)]LCD€)MF1E]LID)^ 
 
 >j 
 
 \^
 
 Robert E. Gross 
 Collection 
 
 A Memorial to the Founder 
 of the 
 
 Business Administration Librar)- 
 Los Angeles 
 
 3ERTSLET (Lewis) A Complete Collection of the Treaties and Conventions 
 ;sent subsisting between Great Britain and Foreign Powers ; so far as they reh 
 Commerce and Navigation ; to the Repression and Abolition of the Slave Trad 
 i to the Privileges and Interests of the Subjects of the High Contracting Parti 
 e Whole in English, and the Modern Treaties, and most Important Documen 
 
 in the Foreign Languages in which they were Signed. Compiled from Authen 
 'cuments, first edition, pages vi, 408 ; vi, 395, 2 vols., 8vo, full hroKm moroc 
 
 1 backs, London, for T. Egerton, 1820 £22/I( 
 <ress C. 548. Not in Sabin. Lewis Hertslet (1787-1870), entered the civil service and beca 
 •arian and keeper of the papers in the Foreign Office. This was his first collection of treat 
 ., and includes agreements between Great Britain and Portugal, Spain, Sardinia, Rus; 
 stria, Denmark, the Barbary States, Morocco, Tripoli, France, Madagascar, the Netherlan
 
 COMPLETE COLLECTION 
 
 OF THE 
 
 TREATIES AND CONVENTIONS 
 
 AT PRESENT SUBSISTING BETWEEN 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN ^ FOREIGN POWERS; 
 
 so FAR AS THEY RELATE TO 
 
 COMMERCE AND NAVIGATION; 
 
 TO THE 
 
 REPRESSION AND ABOLITION OF THE 
 SLAVE TRADE; 
 
 AND TO THE 
 
 PRIVILEGES AND INTERESTS OF THE SUBJECTS OF THE 
 HIGH CONTRACTING PARTIES. 
 
 THE WHOLE IN ENGLISH, AND THE MODERN TREATIES, AND MOST 
 
 IMPORTANT DOCUMENTS, ALSO IN THE FOREIGN LANGUAGES 
 
 IN WHICH THEY WERE SIGNED. 
 
 COMPILED FROM AUTHENTIC DOCUMENTS 
 
 By lewis HERTSLET, Esq. 
 
 LIBRARIAN, AND KEEPER OF THE PAPERS, FOREIGN OFFICE. 
 
 /N TWO VOLUMES. 
 VOL. I. 
 
 LONDON : 
 
 PRINTED FOR T. EGERTON, BOOKSELLER TO THE ORDNANCE, 
 WHITEHALL. 
 
 1820.
 
 London : Printed by C. Rowortli, 
 Bell-yard. Temple-hnr.
 
 Gross Collection 
 Bus. Adm. Uk, 
 
 LIST OF TREATIES, &c 
 
 ^^ 
 
 VOL. L 
 
 AUSTRIA. 
 
 Page 
 Pbeliminauy Treaty of Alliance, signed at Toplitz, 3(1 October, 
 
 1813 (Extract.) 3 
 
 General Treaty, signed in Congress at Vienna, 9th June, 1815. 
 
 {Extract.) 3 
 
 Declaration of the Powers on the Abolition of the Slave 
 
 Trade. Vienna, 8th February, 1815 9 
 
 Regulations for the free Navigation of Rivers 15 
 
 Articles concerning the Navigation of the Rhine .... 1 9 
 
 Articles concerning the Navigation of the Neckar, the 
 
 Mayne, the Moselle, the Meuse, and the Scheldt ... 41 
 
 Treaty, signed at Paris, 5th November, 1815, relative to the United 
 
 States of the Ionian Islands 45 
 
 Constitntional Chart oi the Ionian Islands . . {Extract.) 53 
 
 BARBAE Y STATES, 
 ALGIERS. 
 
 Treaty, signed at Algiers, 10th April, 1682 58 
 
 . . 5th April, 1G86 66 
 
 l/th August, 1/00 72 
 
 28th October, 1 703 74 
 
 29th October, 1/16 75 
 
 . 18th March, 1729 78 
 
 Do. . . 
 
 . do 
 
 Do. . . 
 
 . do 
 
 Do. . . 
 
 . do 
 
 Do. . . 
 
 . do 
 
 Do. . . 
 
 . do 
 
 16 20004
 
 iv LIST OF TREATIES, &C. 
 
 Additional Article, signed at Algiers, 3d June, 1751 
 
 Treaty do. . . 14th May, 1762 
 
 Do do. . . 3d August, 1765 
 
 Do do. . 3d September, 1800 
 
 Do do. . . 19th March, 1801 
 
 Do do. . . 3d April, 1816 
 
 Additional Article . . do. . . 20th May, 1816 
 
 Treaty do, . . 28th August, 1816 
 
 Declaration of the Dey, abolishing Christian Slavery 
 
 Page 
 
 79 
 
 80 
 81 
 83 
 84 
 84 
 86 
 86 
 , 87 
 
 MOROCCO. 
 
 Treaty, signed at Fez, 23d January, 1721 . . . . 
 Additional Articles, do. . 10th July, 1729 . . . . 
 Treaty . . . do. 15th December, 1734 . . . . 
 
 Do do. 15 th Januai-y, 1750 . . . . 
 
 Additional Articles, do. 1st February, 1751 . . . . 
 Treaty ... do. . 28th July, 1760 . . . . 
 Additional Articles, signed at Sallee, 24th May, 1783 
 Treaty . . . .do. . . do. . 8th April, 1791 
 
 89 
 
 93 
 
 95 
 
 96 
 
 97 
 
 100 
 
 110 
 
 112 
 
 TRIPOLI. 
 
 Treaty, signed at Tripoli, 18th October, 1662 
 
 Do do. . . 5 th March, 167f 
 
 Do do. . . 1st May, 1676 
 
 Additional Articles do. . 11th October, 1694 
 
 Treaty. , . . do. . . 19th July, 1716 
 
 Do do. 19th September, 1751 
 
 Do do. . . 22d July, 1 762 
 
 Do do. . . 10th May, 1812 
 
 Do do. . 29th April, 1816 
 
 Declaration of the Bey, abolishing Christian Slavery 
 
 . 125 
 . 128 
 . 134 
 . 136 
 . 137 
 . 143 
 . 151 
 . 152 
 . 153 
 . 155 
 
 TUNIS. 
 
 Treaty, signed at Tunis, 5th October, 1662 157 
 
 Do do. 30th August, 1716 159 
 
 Do. . . at Bardo, 19th October, 1751 164
 
 LIST OF TREATIES, &C. V 
 
 Page 
 
 Treaty, signed at Bardo, 22d June, 17G2 171 
 
 Do do. . . 2d May, 1812 173 
 
 Do do. . . 17th April, 1816 174 
 
 Declaration of the Bey, abolisliing CVim^Jcw 5^/arf7'3' . . .177 
 Do. . . . do. . . engaging that Tunisian Ships shall 
 not cruize in the British Channel, 19th October, 1817 .177 
 
 DENMARK. 
 
 Treaty, signed at Whitehall, 13th February, 1660—1. {Extract.) 179 
 
 Do. . . . Copenhagen, 11th July, 1670 . . . (do.) 186 
 
 Declaration, Explanatory of the 3d Article of the Treaty of 1670, 
 
 signed at Copenhagen, 4th July, 1 780 203 
 
 Treaty of Accession to the Convention between Great Britain and 
 Russia of the -^-j June, 1801 j signed at Moscow, ^ October, 
 
 1801 205 
 
 Treaty, signed at Kiel, 14th January, 1814 . . . (Extract.) 229 
 
 Additional Articles, signed at Liege, 7th April, 1814 . .(do.) 233 
 
 FRANCE. 
 
 Treaty of Peace and Friendship, signed at Utrecht j^j^^^ 1713. 
 
 (Extract.) 237 
 
 Definitive Treaty, signed at Paris, 10th February, 1763 (do.) 239 
 
 Do. . . . do. Versailles, 3d September, 1783 (do.) 241 
 
 Declarations respecting the Fishery on the Coast of Newfoundland 243 
 
 Convention for the Suspension of Hostilities, signed at Paris, 23d 
 
 April, 1814 (Extract.) 247 
 
 Definitive Treaty, signed at Paris, 30th May, 1814 . . (do.) 249 
 
 Additional Articles . do. ... do 261 
 
 Convention relating to the East Indies, signed at London, 7th 
 
 March, 1815 265 
 
 Definitive Treaty, signed at Paris, 20th November, 1815 (Extract) 273 
 
 Additional Article relating to the Slave Trade 277
 
 vi LIST OF TUEATIES, &C. 
 
 Page 
 
 Convention (No. 7.) relative to the Claims of British Subjects, 
 
 signed at Paris, 20th November, 1815 277 
 
 Additional Article, relative to the Bourdcmix Claims . . . 297 
 Convention (No. 13.) relative to the Private Claims upon France, 
 
 signed at Paris, 20th November, 1815 299 
 
 Convention for the final Arrangement of the Claims of British 5m6- 
 
 ^"ec^*, signed at Paris, 25th April, 1818 329 
 
 Separate Article, relative to the Bourdeaux Claims . . . 335 
 Additional Articles, . . do. . . . do, . . signed at 
 
 Paris, 4th July, 1818 335 
 
 Convention for the final Liquidation of the Private Claims upon 
 
 France, signed at Paris, 25 th April, 1818 337 
 
 MADAGASCAR. 
 
 Treaty for the Extinction of the Slave Trade and of Piracy, signed 
 
 at Tamatave, 23d October, 1817 . 354 
 
 NETHERLANDS. 
 
 Convention, signed at London, 13th August, 1814 359 
 
 Additional Articles , , do. . . do 365 
 
 Convention relative to the Colonies of Demerara, Essequebo and 
 
 Berbice, signed at London, 12th August, 1815 . . . 369 
 Treaty for the Prevention of the Slave Trade, signed at the Hague, 
 
 4th May, 1818 381 
 
 Instructions for the British and Netherland Ships of War . 393 
 Regulations for the Mixed Courts of Justice 395 
 
 PERSIA. 
 
 Definitive Treaty of Friendship, signed at Tehran, 25th November, 
 
 1814 {Extract.) 408
 
 TREATIES 
 
 RELATING TO 
 
 COMMERCE AND NAVIGATION. 
 
 VOL. 1.
 
 AUTRICHE. 
 
 TRAITE PRELIMINAIRE D'ALLIANCE cnlrc lu Grande 
 IhttagHe et rAutriche. Sigiie a Toeplitz, le 3 Octohre, 1813. 
 
 EXTRAIT. 
 
 1. Il y aura amltle et concorde sincere et constante entre Sa 
 Majeste le Roi du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et de 
 rirlande, et Sa Majeste TEmpereur d'Autriche, Roi de Hongrie 
 et de Boheme, leurs heritiers et successeurs ; et les anciennes 
 liaisons entre les deux cours seront retablies dans toute leur eten- 
 due. 
 
 VI. Les relations commerciales entre les deux pays sont re- 
 spectivement retablies. 
 
 Fait a Toeplitz le 3 Octobre, 1813. 
 Signe Aberdeen. 
 
 r Clement Wenceslas Lothaire, 
 — < Comte de Metternich Winnebourg- 
 
 ' OCHSENIIAUSEN. 
 
 TRAITE GENERAL, signe en Congrh a Fienne, le Juin, 
 
 1815. 
 
 EXTRAIT. 
 
 XCVI. Les principes gen6raux, adoptes par le Congr^s de 
 Vienne, pour la navigation des fleuves, seront appliques a celle du 
 P6. 
 
 DesCommissaires seront nommes par les etats riverains, au plus 
 tard dans le delai de trois mois apres la fin du Congres,pour regler 
 tout ce qui a rapport k rexecution du present article. 
 
 CVin. Les Puissances dontles etats sont separes, ou traverses 
 par une nienie riviere navigable, s'engagent a regler, d'un commun
 
 AUSTRIA. 
 
 PRELIMINARY TREATY OF ALLIANCE between Great 
 Britain and Austria. Signed at Toplitz, 3d October, 1813. 
 
 ExTUACT. (Translation. J 
 
 1. There shall be a sincere and lasting friendship and union 
 between His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great 
 Britain and Ireland, and His Majesty the Emperor of Austria, 
 their heirs and successors ; and the ancient ties which subsisted 
 between the two courts shall be re-established in their fullest ex- 
 tent. 
 
 VI. The commercial relations between the two countries are 
 re-established on both sides- 
 Signed at Toplitz, 3d October, 1813. 
 Signed Aberdeen. 
 
 r Clement Wenceslas Lothaire, 
 — < Comte de Metternich Winnebourg- 
 
 (■ Ochsenhausen. 
 
 GENERAL TREATY, signed in Congress at Vienna, 9 June, 
 
 1815.*' 
 Extract. (Translation, as laid before Parliament.) 
 
 XCVI. The general principles, adopted by the Congress at 
 Vienna, for the navigation of rivers, shall be applicable to that of 
 the Po. 
 
 Commissioners shall be named by the states bordering on 
 rivers, within three months at latest after the termination of the 
 Congress, to regulate all that concerns the execution of the 
 present article. 
 
 CVIII. The Powers whose states are separated, or crossed by 
 the same navigable river, engage to regulate, by common consent, 
 
 * Since accefled to by all the other powers of Europe. 
 B 2
 
 4 AUTRICHE. 
 
 accord, lout cc qui a rapport a la navigation do cette riviere. 
 Elles nommerout, h cet effet, des Commissaires, qui se r6uniront, 
 au plus tard, six niois apres la fin du Congres, et qui prendront 
 pour bases de leurs travaux, les principes etablis dans les Articles 
 suivans. 
 
 CIX. La navigation dans tout le cours des rivieres indiquees 
 dans I'article precedent, du point oh chacune d'elles devient navi- 
 gable jusqu'a son embouchure, sera entierement libre, et ne 
 pourra, sous le rapport du commerce, etre interdite ^ personne ; 
 bien entendu, que I'on se conformera aux reglemens relatifs a la 
 police de cette navigation ; lesquels seront con^us d'une maniere 
 uniforme pour tons, et aussi favorable que possible au commerce 
 de toutes les nations. 
 
 ex. Le systeme qui sera etabli, tant pour la perception des 
 droits que pour le maintien de la police, sera, autant que faire se 
 pourra, le meme pour tout le cours de la riviere, et s'etendra 
 aussi, a moins que les circonstances particulieres ne s'y opposent, 
 sur ceux de ses embranchemens et confluens qui, dans leur cours 
 navigable, separent ou traversent differens etats. 
 
 CXL Les droits sur la navigation seront fixes d'une maniere 
 uniforme, invariable, et assez independante de la qualite differente 
 des marchandises, pour ne pas rendre necessaire un examen de- 
 taille de la cargaison, autrement que pour cause de fraude et de 
 contravention. La quotite de ces droits, qui, en aucun cas, ne 
 pourront exceder ceux existens actucllement, sera determinee 
 d'apres les circonstances locales, qui ne permettent gueres d'eta- 
 blir une regie generale k cet egard. On partira neanmoins, en 
 dressant le tarif, du point de vue d'encourager le commerce en 
 facilitant la navigation ; et I'octroi etabli sur le Rhin pourra ser- 
 vir d'une norme approximative. 
 
 Le tarif une fois regie, il ne pourra plus etre augmente que par 
 un arrangement commun des etats riverains, ni la navigation gre- 
 vee d'autres droits quelconques, outre ceux fixes dans le regle- 
 ment. 
 
 CXIL Les bureaux de perception, dont on reduira autant que 
 possible le nombre, seront fix6s par le reglement, et il ne pourra 
 s'y faire ensuitc aucun changement, que d'un commun accord, a
 
 AUSTRIA. 5 
 
 all that regards its navigation. For this purpose they will name 
 Commissioners, who shall assemble, at latest, within six months 
 after the termination of the Congress, and who shall adopt, as the 
 basis of their proceedings, the principles established by the fol- 
 lowing Articles. 
 
 CIX. The navigation of the rivers, along their whole course, 
 referred to in the preceding article, from the point where each of 
 them becomes navigable, to its mouth, shall be entirely free, and 
 shall not, in respect to commerce, be prohibited to any one ; it 
 being understood that the regulations established with regard to 
 the police of this navigation, shall be respected ; as they will be 
 framed alike for all, and as favourable as possible to the com- 
 merce of all nations. 
 
 ex. The system that shall be established, both for the col- 
 lection of the duties and for the maintenance of the police, shall 
 be, as nearly as possible, the same along the whole course of the 
 river; and shall also extend, unless particular circumstances pre- 
 vent it, to those of its branches and junctions, which, in their na- 
 vigable course, separate or traverse different states. 
 
 CXI. The duties on navigation shall be regulated in an uni- 
 form and settled manner, and with as little reference as possible 
 to the different quality of the merchandize, in order that a minute 
 examination of the cargo may be rendered unnecessary, except 
 with a view to prevent fraud and evasion. The amount of the 
 duties, which shall in no case exceed those now j)aid, shall be 
 determined by local circumstances, which scarcely allow of a ge- 
 neral rule in this respect. The tarif shall, however, be prepared 
 in such a manner as to encourage connncrce by facilitating liavi- 
 gation ; for which purpose the duties established upon the Rhine, 
 and now in force on that river, may serve as an approximating 
 rule for its construction. 
 
 The tarif once settled, no increase shall take place therein, ex- 
 cept by the common consent of the states bordering on the rivers ; 
 nor shall tlie navigation be burthened with any other duties than 
 those fixed in the regulation. 
 
 CXII. The offices for the collection of duties, the number of 
 which shall be reduced as much as possible, shall be determined 
 upon in the above regulation, and no change shall afterwards be 
 
 B 3
 
 6 AUTRICHE. 
 
 moins qu'un des Etats Riverains ne voulut diminuer le nombre de 
 ceux qui lui appartiennent exclusivetnent. 
 
 CXIII. Chaque Etat Riverain se chargera de Tentretien des 
 cbemins de hallage qui passent par son territoire, et des travaux 
 necessaires pour la meme etendue dans le lit de la riviere, pour 
 ne faire eprouver aucun obstacle a la navigation. 
 
 Le reglement futur fixera la maniere dont les Etats Riverains 
 devront concourir li ces derniers travaux, dans le cas ou les deux 
 rives appartiennent a difterens gouvernemens. 
 
 CXIV. On n'etablira nulle part des droits d'etape, d'ecbelle, 
 ou de relache forcee. Quant a ceux qui existent deja, ils ne se- 
 ront conserves qu'en tant que les Etats Riverains, sans avoir egard 
 a I'interet local de I'endroit, ou du pays ou ils sont etablis, les 
 trouveroient necessaires ou utiles a la navigation et au commerce 
 en general. 
 
 CXV. Les douanes des Etats Riverains n'auront rien de cora- 
 mun avec les droits de navigation. On empechera, par des dis- 
 positions reglementaires, que I'exercice des fonctions des douaniers 
 ne mette pas d'entraves a la navigation ; mais on surveillera, par 
 une police exacte sur la rive, toute tentative des habitans de faire 
 la contrebande a I'aide des bateliers. 
 
 CXVI. Tout ce qui est indique dans les Articles pr^cedens, 
 sera determine par un reglement commun, qui renfermera egale- 
 ment tout ce qui auroit besoin d'etre fixe ulterieurement. Le 
 reglement, une fois arrete, ne pourra etre change, que du con- 
 sentement de tons les Etats Riverains, et ils auront soin de pour- 
 voir a son execution d'une maniere convenable, et adaptee aux 
 circonstances et aux localites. 
 
 CXVIL Les Reglemens particuliers relatifs a la navigation 
 du Rhin, du Neckar, du Mein, de la Moselle, de la Meuse, et 
 de I'Escaut, tels qu'ils se trouvent joints au present Acte, auront 
 la meme force et valeur que s'ils y avaient ete textuellement in- 
 seres. 
 
 CXVIIL Les Traites, Conventions, Declarations, Reglemens,
 
 AUSTRIA. 7 
 
 made, but by common consent, unless any of the States bordering 
 on the Rivers should wish to diminish the number of those which 
 exclusively belong to the same. 
 
 CXIII. Each State bordering on the Rivers is to be at the ex- 
 pense of keeping in good repair the towing paths which pass 
 through its territory, and of maintaining the necessary works 
 through the same extent in the channels of the river, in order that 
 no obstacle may be experienced to the navigation. 
 
 The intended regulation shall determine the manner in which 
 the States bordering on the Rivers are to participate in these latter 
 works, where the opposite banks belong to different govern- 
 ments. 
 
 CXIV. There shall no where be established store-house, port, 
 or forced harbour duties. Those already existing shall be pre- 
 served for such time only as the States bordering on Rivers (with- 
 out regard to the local interest of the place or the country where 
 they are established) shall find them necessary or useful to navi- 
 gation and commerce in general. 
 
 CXV . ^J'he custom-houses belonging to the States bordering 
 on Rivers shall not interfere in the duties of navigation. Regula- 
 tions shall be established to prevent officers of the customs, in 
 the exercise of their functions, throwing obstacles in the way of 
 the navigation ; but care shall be taken, by means of a strict 
 police on the bank, to preclude every attempt of the inhabitants 
 to smuggle goods, through the medium of boatmen. 
 
 CXVI. Every thing expressed in the preceding Articles shall 
 be settled by a general arrangement, in which there shall also be 
 comprized whatever may need an ulterior determination. 
 
 The arrangement once settled, shall not be changed, but by 
 and with the consent of all the States bordering on Rivers, and 
 they shall take care to provide for its execution with due regard 
 to circumstances and locality. 
 
 CXVll. The particular regulations relative to the navigation 
 of the Rhine, the Neckar, the Maine, the Moselle, the Meuse, 
 and the Scheldt, such as they are annexed to the present Act, shall 
 have the same force and validity as if they were textually inserted 
 herein. 
 
 CXVIII. The Treaties, Conventions, Declarations, Regula- 
 
 B 4
 
 AUTPaCHE. 
 
 et autres Actes particuliers, qui se trouvent annexes au present 
 Acte, et nommement : 
 
 XV. La Declaration des Puissances sur I'Abolition de la 
 
 Traite des Negres, du 8 Fevrier, 1815; 
 
 XVI. Les Reglemens pour la libre navigation des rivieres; 
 sont consideres comme parties integrantes des arrangemens du 
 Congres, et auront partout la meme force et valeur que s'ils 
 etoient inseres mot a mot dans le Traite General. 
 
 Fait d Vienne, le Neuf Juin, de I'An de Grace, Mil-Huit-Cent 
 Quinze. 
 
 (Suivent les Signatures dans I'ordre alpliabetique des Cours.) 
 Autrkhey (L.S.) Le Prince de Metternich. 
 
 Le Baron de Wessenberg. 
 
 (L.S.) 
 
 Espagne, 
 France, 
 
 (L.S.) 
 
 (L.S.) 
 
 (L.S.) 
 Grande Bretagne, (L.S.) Clancarty 
 
 (L.S.) Cathcart. 
 
 (L.S.) 
 Portugal, (L.S.) 
 
 (L.S.) 
 
 (L.S.) 
 Prusse, (L.S.) 
 
 (L.S.) 
 Russie, (L.S.) 
 
 (L.S.) 
 
 (L.S.) 
 Sidde, (L.S.) 
 
 Le Prince de Talleyrand. 
 
 Le Due de D'Alberg. 
 
 Le Comte Alexis de Noailles. 
 
 Stewart, L. G. 
 
 Le Comte de Palm ell a. 
 
 Antonio de Sald anha da Gama. 
 
 D. Joachim Lobo de Silveira. 
 
 Le Prince de Hardenberg. 
 
 Le Baron de Humboldt. 
 
 Le Prince de Rasoumoffsky. 
 
 Le Comte de Stackelberg. 
 
 Le Comte de Nesselrode. 
 
 Le Comte Charles-Axel de 
 
 LOWENHIELM. 
 
 ACTE XV. 
 
 Declaration des Puissances sur VAbolition de la Tiaite des Negres, 
 du 8 Fevrier, 1815. 
 
 Les Plenipotentiaircs des Puissances qui ont signe le Traite de 
 Paris, du 30 Mai, 1814, reuuis en conference :
 
 AUSTRIA. 
 
 9 
 
 tions, and other particular Acts whicli are annexed to the present 
 Act, viz. 
 
 XV. The Declaration of the Powers on the Abolition of 
 
 the Slave Trade, of the 8th of February, 1815; 
 
 XVI. The Regulations respecting the free navigation of 
 
 rivers ; 
 shall be considered as integral parts of the arrangements of the 
 Congress, and shall have, throughout, the same force and validity 
 ,ord for word, in the General Treaty. 
 1 of June, in the year of our Lord 1815. 
 in the alphabetical order of the Courts.) 
 The Prince de Metternich. 
 The Baron de Wessenberg. 
 The Prince de Talleyrand. 
 The Duke de D'Alberg. 
 (L.S.) The Count Alexis de Noailles. 
 Great Britain, (L.S.) Clancarty. 
 (L.S.) Cathcart. 
 (L.S.) Stewart, L. G. 
 Portugal, (L.S.) The Comte de Palmella. 
 
 (L.S.) Antonio de Saldanha da Gama. 
 (L.S.) D. JoAQuiM LoBo da Silveira. 
 Prussia, (L.S.) The Prince de Hardenberg. 
 
 (L.S.) The Baron de Humboldt. 
 Russia, (L.S.) The Prince de Rasoumoffsky. 
 
 (L.S.) The Count de Stackelberg. 
 (L.S.) The Count de Nesselrode. 
 
 as if they were inserted. 
 Done at Vienna, the 9t 
 (The Signatures follow 
 (L.S 
 (L.S 
 (L.S 
 (L.S 
 
 Austria, 
 France, 
 
 Spain 
 Simden, 
 
 (L.S.) The Count Charles-Axel 
 Lowenhielm. 
 
 de 
 
 ACT No. XV. 
 
 (Translation as laid before Parliament.) 
 
 Declaration of the Pozoers, on the Abolition of the Slave Trade, 
 of the 8th February, 1815. 
 
 The Plenipotentiaries of the Powers who signed the Treaty of 
 Paris of the 30th May, 1814, assembled in conference:
 
 10 AUTRICHE. 
 
 Ayant pris en consideration que le commerce connu sous le 
 nom de " Traite des Negres d'Afrique," a ete envisag6 par les 
 hommes justes et eclaires de tons les terns, comme repugnant 
 aux principes d'humanite et de morale uuiverselle ; 
 
 Que les circonstances particulieres auxquelles ce commerce a 
 du sa naissance, et la difficulle d'en iiiterrompre brusquenient le 
 cours, ont pu couvrir, jusqu'a un certain point, ce qu'il y avoit 
 d'odieux dans sa conservation ; mais qu'entin la voix publique s'est 
 elevee dans tous les pays civilises pour demander qu'il soit sup- 
 prime le plutot possible ; 
 
 Que depuis que le caractere et les details de ce commerce ont 
 ete mieux connus, et les maux de toute especequi I'accompagnent 
 complettement devoiles, plusieurs des Gouvernemens Europeens 
 ont pris en effet la resolution de le faire cesser, et que successive- 
 ment toutes les Puissances possedant des Colonies dans les diffe- 
 rentes parties du monde, ont reconnu, soit par des Actes Legis- 
 latifs, soit par des Traites, et autres cngugeniens formels, I'obli- 
 gation et la necessite de i'abolir ; 
 
 Que par un Article separe du dernier Traite de Paris, la Grande 
 Bretagne et la France se sont engagees a reunir leurs efforts au 
 Congr^s de Vienne, pour faire prononcer, par toutes les Puis- 
 sances de la Chretiente, I'Abolition universelle de la Traite des 
 Negres ; 
 
 Que les Plenipotentiaires rassembles dans ce Congres, ne sau- 
 raient mieux honorer leur mission, remplirlcur devoir et manifes- 
 ter les principes qui guident leurs Augustes Souverains, qu'en 
 travaillant 'k realiser cet engagement, et, en proclamant, aux noms 
 de leurs Souverains, le voeu de mettre un terme a un fleau qui a si 
 long tems desole I'Afrique, degrade I'Europe, et afflige I'liumanit^. 
 
 Les dits Plenipotentiaires sont convenus d'ouvrir leurs delibera- 
 tions sur les moyens d'accomplir un objet aussi salutaire, par une 
 declaration solemnelle des principes qui les ont dirige dans ce 
 travail. 
 
 En consequence, et duement autorises a cet Acte parl'adliesion 
 unanime de leurs Cours respectives au principe enonce dans le 
 dit Article separe du Traite de Paris, ils declarent, a la face de 
 I'Europe, que, regardant I'abolition universelle de la Traite des
 
 AUSTRIA. 11 
 
 Having taken into consideration that the commerce, known by 
 the name of " the Slave Trade," has been considered by just and 
 enlightened men of all ages, as repugnant- to the principles of 
 humanity and universal morality ; that the particular circumstances 
 from which this commerce has originated, and the difficulty of 
 abruptly arresting its progress, may have concealed, to a certain 
 extent, what was odious in its continuance; but that at length the 
 public voice, in all civilized countries, calls aloud for its prompt 
 suppression ; that since the character and the details of this 
 traffic have been better known, and the evils of every kind which 
 attend it, completely developed, several European Governments 
 have, virtually, come to the resolution of putting a stop to it, and 
 that, successively, all the Powers possessing Colonies in different 
 parts of the world have acknowledged, either by Legislative Acts, 
 or by Treaties, or other formal engagements, the duty and neces- 
 sity of abolishing it : 
 
 That by a separate Article of the late Treaty of Paris, Great 
 Britain and France engaged to unite their etforts at the Congress 
 of Vienna, to induce all the Powers of Christendom to proclaim 
 the universal and definitive Abolition of the Slave Trade : 
 
 That the Plenipotentiaries assembled at this Congress cannot 
 do greater credit to their mission, better fulfil their duty, and 
 manifest the principles which actuate their august Sovereigns, 
 than by endeavouring to carry this engagement into effect, and by 
 proclaiming, in the name of their Sovereigns, their wish of putting 
 an end to a scourge, which has so long desolated Africa, degraded 
 Europe, and afflicted humanity : 
 
 The said Plenipotentiaries have agreed to open their deli- 
 berations, on the means of accomplishing so salutary an object, 
 by a solemn declaration of the principles which have governed 
 them in this undertaking ; accordingly, being duly authorized for 
 this purpose, by the unanimous accession of their respective 
 Courts to the principle laid down in the said separate Article of 
 the Treaty of Paris ; they declare, in the face of Europe, that, 
 considering the universal abolition of the Slave Trade as a mea-
 
 12 AUTRICHE. 
 
 Negres comme une mesure particuli^rement digne de leur atten- 
 tion, conforme k I'esprit dii siecle et aux principes geneieux de 
 leurs Augustes Souverains, ils sont animes du desir sincere de 
 concourir ^ I'execution de la plus pronipte et la plus efficace de 
 cette mesure, par tous les moyens a leur disposition, et d'agir, 
 dans I'emploi de ces moyens, avec tout le z^le et toute la perseve- 
 rance qu'ils doivent a une aussi grande et belle cause. 
 
 Trop instruits toutefois des sentimens de leurs Souverains, 
 pour ne pas prevoir que, quelqu'honorables que soit leur but, ils 
 ne le poursuivront pas sans de justes menagemens pour les in- 
 terets, les habitudes, et les preventions meme de leur sujets, les 
 dits Plenipotentiaires reconnoissent, en meme tems, que cette 
 Declaration generale ne sauroit prejuger le terme que chaque 
 Puissance en particulier pourroit envisager comme le plus con- 
 venable, pour I'abolition definitive du Commerce des Negres. 
 Par consequent, la determination de I'epoque oh ce commerce 
 doit universellement cesser, sera un objet de negociation entre les 
 Puissances ; bien entendu que Ton ne negligera aucun moyen 
 propre ^ en assurer et d en accelerer la marche, et que I'engage- 
 ment reciproque contracte par la pr6sente declaration entre les 
 Souverains qui y ont pris part, ne sera considere comme rempli 
 qu'au moment o\l un succ^s complet aura couronne leurs eftorts 
 reunis. 
 
 En portant cette Declaration a la connoissance de I'Europe et 
 de toutes les nations civilisees de la terre, les dits Plenipoten- 
 tiaires se flattent d'engager tous les autres Gouvernemens, et 
 notamment, ceux qui, en abolissant la Traite des Negres, ont 
 manlfeste dej^ les memes sentimens, ^ les appuyer de leur 
 suffrage dans une cause, dont le triomphe final sera un des plus 
 beaux monumens du siecle qui I'a embrassee, et qui I'aura glo- 
 rieusement terminee. 
 
 Vienne, le 8 Fevrier, 1815. 
 
 Signe Castlereagh. Palmella. 
 
 Stewart, Lieut. Gen. Saldanha. 
 
 Wellington. Lobo. 
 
 Nesselrode. Humboldt. 
 
 C. Lowenhielm. Metternich. 
 
 Gomez Labrador. Talleyrand.
 
 AUSTRIA. 13 
 
 sure particularly worthy of their attention, conformable to the 
 spirit of the times, and to the generous principles of their august 
 Sovereigns, they are animated with the sincere desire of concurring 
 in the most prompt and effectual execution of this measure, by 
 all the means at their disposal, and of acting in the employment 
 of these means, with all the zeal and perseverance which is due 
 to so great and noble a cause. 
 
 Too well acquainted, however, with the sentiments of their 
 Sovereigns, not to perceive, that, however honourable may be 
 their views, they cannot be attained without due regard to the 
 interests, the habits, and even the prejudices of their subjects ; 
 the said Plenipotentiaries at the same time acknowledge that 
 this general Declaration cannot prejudge the period that each 
 particular Power may consider as most advisable for the definitive 
 abolition of the Slave Trade. Consequently, the determining the 
 period when this trade is to cease universally, must be a subject 
 of negociation between the Powers ; it being understood, how- 
 ever, that no proper means of securing its attainment, and of 
 accelerating its progress, are to be neglected ; and that the en- 
 gagement, reciprocally contracted in the present Declaration, 
 between the Sovereigns who are parties to it, cannot be con- 
 sidered as completely fulfilled, until the period when complete 
 success shall have crowned their united efforts. 
 
 In communicating this Declaration to the knowledge of Eu- 
 rope, and of all civilized countries, the said Plenipotentiaries 
 hope to prevail on every other Government, and particularly on 
 those, which, in abolishing the Slave Trade, have already mani- 
 fested the same sentiments, to give them their support in a cause, 
 the final triumph of which will be one of the noblest monuments 
 of the age which embraced it, and which shall have brought it 
 to a glorious termination. 
 
 Vienna, the 8th of February, 1815. 
 
 Signed Castlereagh. Palmella. 
 
 Stewart, Lieut. Gen. Saldanha. 
 Wellington. Lobo. 
 
 Nesselrode. Humboldt. 
 
 C. LOWENHIELM. MeTTERNICH. 
 
 Gomez Labrador. Talleyrand.
 
 14 AUTRICHE. 
 
 AC TE XVI. 
 
 lUgkineiis pour la iibre. Navigation des Rivieres. 
 
 Articles coiiceniant la Navigation des Rivieres, qui, dans leur 
 Cours Navigable, separent ou traverseiit dijferens Etats. 
 
 (ylrrangeniens communs.) 
 
 I. Les Puissances dout les Etats sont separes ou traverses par 
 une riviere navigable, s'engagent u regler, d'un commun accord, 
 tout ce qui a rapport a sa navigation. EUes nonimeront, a cet 
 efFet, des Commissaires, qui se reuniront, au plus tard, six mois 
 apres la fin du Congres, et qui prendront, pour bases dc leurs tra- 
 vaux, les principes suivans : 
 
 (Principes. — Liberie de la Navigation.) 
 
 II. La navigation, dans tout le cours des rivieres indiquees 
 dans I'Article precedent, du point oil cliacune d'elles devient na- 
 vigable jusqu'a son embouchure, sera entierement Iibre, et ne 
 pourra, sous le rapport du commerce, etre interdite a personne, 
 en se conformant toutefois aux reglemens qui seront arretes pour 
 sa police d'une maniere uniforme pour tons, et aussi favorable que 
 possible au commerce de toutes les nations. 
 
 (Unijormite de Systeme.) 
 
 III. Le systeme qui sera etabli, tant pour la perception des 
 droits que pour le maintien de la police, sera, autant que faire se 
 pourra, le meme pour tout le cours de la riviere, et s'etendra 
 aussi, a moins que des circonstances particulieres ne s'y opposent, 
 sur ccux de ses enibranchemens et contluens, qui, dans leurs cours 
 navigables, separent ou traversent differens etats. 
 
 (Tarif.) 
 
 IV. Les droits sur la navigation seront fixes d'une maniere 
 uniforme et invariable, et assez independante de la qualite diflfe- 
 rente des marchandises, pour ne pas rendre necessaire un examen 
 detaille de la cargaison, autremcnt que pour cause de fraude et de 
 contravention. La quotite de ces droits, qui, en aucun cas, ne 
 pourront cxceder ceux existans actuellement, sera determinee d'a-
 
 AUSTRIA. 15 
 
 ACT No. XVI. 
 
 (Transliition, as laid before Parliaineiit.) 
 Regulations for the free Navigation of Rivers. 
 
 Articles concerning the Navigation of the Rivers, tchich, in their 
 Navigable Course, separate or cross different States. 
 
 (General Arrangements.) 
 
 I. The Powers whose States are separated or traversed by the 
 same navigable river, engage to regulate, by common consent, all 
 that regards its navigation. For this purpose they will name 
 Commissioners, who shall assemble, at latest, within six months 
 after the termination of Congress, and who shall adopt, as the 
 bases of their proceedings, the following principles : 
 
 (Principles. — Libert// of Navigation.) 
 
 II. The navigation of the rivers, along their whole course, 
 referred to in the preceding Article, from the point w here each of 
 them becomes navigable, to its mouth, shall be entirely free, and 
 shall not, in respect to commerce, be prohibited to any one; it 
 being, however, understood, that the regulations established with 
 regard to the police of this navigation shall be respected ; as they 
 will be framed alike for all, and as favourable as possible to the 
 commerce of all nations. 
 
 (Vwformity of System.) 
 
 III. The system that shall be established, both for the collec- 
 tion of the duties and for the maintenance of the police, shall be, 
 as nearly as possible, the same along the whole course of the river; 
 and shall also extend, unless particular circumstances prevent it, 
 to those of its branches and junctions, which, in their navigable 
 course, separate or traverse different states. 
 
 (Tarif) 
 
 IV. The duties on navigation shall be regulated hi an uniform 
 and settled manner, and with as little reference as possible to the 
 different quality of the merchandise, in order that a minute exa- 
 mination of the cargo may be rendered unnecessary, except with 
 a view to prevent fraud and evasion. The amount of the duties, 
 which shall in no case exceed those now paid, shall be determined
 
 16 AUTRICHE. 
 
 pres les circonstances locales, qui ne permettent gu^res d'etablir 
 uiie regie generale a cet egard. On paitira neanmoins, en dres- 
 sant le tarif, du point de vue d'encouiager le commerce en faci- 
 litant la navigation, et I'octroi etabli sur le Rhin pourra servir 
 d'une norme approximative. 
 
 Le tarif une fois regie, il ne pourra plus ^tre augmente, que 
 par un arrangement commun des Etats Riverains, ni la navigation 
 grevee d'autres droits quelconques, outre ceux fixes dans le 
 reglement. 
 
 (Bureaux de Perception.) 
 
 V. Les bureaux de perception, dont on reduira, autant que 
 possible, le nombre, seront fix6s par le reglement, et il ne pourra 
 s'y faire ensuite aucun changement que d'un commun accord, k 
 moins qu'un des Etats Riverains ne voulut diminuer le nombre de 
 ceux qui lui appartiennent exclusivement. 
 
 (Chemins de Hallage.) 
 
 VI, Chaque Etat Riverain se chargera de I'entretien des che- 
 mins de hallage, qui passent par son territoire, et des travaux 
 necessaires pour la meme etendue dans le lit de la riviere, pour ne 
 faire eprouver aucun obstacle d la navigation. 
 
 Le reglement futur fixera la maniere dont les Etats Riverains 
 devront coucourir a ces derniers travaux, dans le cas oxl les deux 
 rives appartiennent a difFerens Gouvernemens. 
 
 (Droit de Reldche.) 
 
 Vn, On n'etablira nuUe part des droits d'etape, d'echelle, 
 ou de relache forcee. Quant k ceux qui existent deja, ils ne 
 seront conserves qu'en tant que les Etats Riverains, sans avoir 
 egard d I'interet local de I'endroit ou du pays oil ils sont etablis, 
 les trouveroient necessaires ou utiles A la navigation et au com- 
 merce en general. 
 
 (Douanes.) 
 
 VIIL Les douanes des Etats Riverains n'auront rien de com- 
 mun avec les droits de navigation. On empechera, par des dis- 
 positions reglenientaircs, que I'exercice des fonctions des Doua-
 
 AUSTRIA. ,7 
 
 by local circumstances, which scarcely allow of a general rule in 
 this respect. The tarif shall, however, be prepared in such 
 manner as to encourage commerce by facilitating navigation; for 
 which purpose the duties established upon the Ivhine, and now in 
 force on that river, may serve as an approximating rule for its 
 construction. 
 
 The tarif once settled, no increase shall take place therein 
 except by the connnon consent of the States bordering on the 
 Rivers; nor shall the navigation be burthened with any other duties 
 than those fixed in the regulation. 
 
 (Offices Jov the collection of Duties.) 
 
 V. The offices for the collection of duties, the number of which 
 shall be reduced as much as possible, shall be settled in the above 
 regulation ; and no change shall afterwards be made but by com- 
 mon consent, unless any of the States bordering on Rivers should 
 wish to diminish the number of those which exclusively belono- 
 thereto. 
 
 (Tuwing Paths.) 
 
 VI. Each State bordering on the Rivers shall be at the expense 
 of keeping in good repair the towing paths which pass throuoh 
 its territory, and of maintaining the necessary works through the 
 same extent, in the bed of the river, in order that no obstacle may 
 be experienced in the navigation. 
 
 The intended regulation shall determine the manner in which 
 the States bordering on Rivers are to participate in these latter 
 works, where the opposite banks belong to different Govern- 
 ments. 
 
 ( [f arbour Duties.) 
 
 VII. There shall no where be established store-house, port or 
 forced harbour duties : those already existing shall be preserved 
 for such time only as the States bordering on the Rivers (without 
 regard to the local interest of the place or the country where they 
 are established) shall find them necessary or useful to navigation 
 and commerce in general. 
 
 (Cuslom-Iiouses.) 
 
 VI II. The custom-houses belonging to the States bordering 
 on Rivers shall not interfere in the duties of navigation. liegtda- 
 tions shall be established to prevent officers of the Customs, in the 
 
 '*tl. u c
 
 18 AUTRICHE. 
 
 uiers ne melte pas d'cntravesvl la navigation ; niais on survelUeia, 
 par line police exacte siir la rive, toute tentative des habitans de 
 faire la contrebande a I'aide des bateliers. 
 
 (Reglemejit.J 
 IX. Tout ce qui est indique dans les Articles precedens sera 
 determine par un reglement commun, qui renfermera egalement 
 tout ce qui auroit besoin d'etre fixe ulterieurement. Le regle- 
 ment une fois arrete, ne pourra fetre change que du consentement 
 de tous les Etats Riverains, et ils auront soin de pourvoir d'une 
 maniere convenable, et adaptee aux circonstances et aux localites, 
 ^ son execution. 
 
 Signe D'Alberg. 
 
 Clancarty. 
 Humboldt. 
 Wessenbbrg. 
 
 {Articles concernant la Navigation du Rhin.) 
 
 I. La navigation dans tout le cours du Rhin, du point oil il de 
 vient navigable jusqu'a la nier, soit en descendant, soit en remon- 
 tant, sera entierement libre, et ne pourra, sous le rapport de com- 
 merce, etre interdite ^ personne, en se conformant toutefois aux 
 reglemens qui seront arretes pour sa police, d'une maniere uni- 
 forme pour tous, et aussi favorable que possible au commerce de 
 toutes les nations. 
 
 II. Le systeme qui sera 6tabli, tant pour la perception des 
 droits que pour le maintien de sa police, sera le meme pour tout 
 le cours de la riviere, et s'etendra, autant que faire se pourra, 
 aussi sur ceux de ses embranchemens et confluens qui, dans leurs 
 cours navigables, separent ou traversent differens etats. 
 
 III. Le tarif des droits 'X percevoir sur les marchandlses 
 transportees par le Rhin, sera r6gle de maniere que la totalite du 
 droit d payer entre Strasbourg et la frontiere du royaume des 
 Pays-Bas, soit en remontant de deux francs, et en deseeudant 
 d'un franc, et trente-trois centimes par quintal, et que ce meme 
 tarif pourra fetre 6tendu (en augmentant par la dans la meme pro-
 
 AUSTRIA. 19 
 
 exercise of tlieir functions, throwing obstacles in the way of the 
 navigation ; but care shall be taken, by means of a strict police, 
 on the bank, to preclude every attempt of the inhabitants to 
 smuggle goods, through the medium of boatmen. 
 
 ( Regit lalio7i.) 
 IX. Every thing expressed in the preceding Articles shall be 
 settled by a general arrangement, in which there shall also be 
 comprised whatever may need any ulterior determination. 
 
 The arrangement once settled, shall not be changed, but by 
 and with the consent of all the States bordering on Rivers, and 
 they shall take care to provide for its execution, with due regard 
 to circumstances and locality. 
 
 Signed D'Alijerg. 
 
 Clancarty. 
 Humboldt. 
 Wessenberg. 
 
 ylrtides concerning the Navigation of the Rhine. 
 
 I. The navigation of the Rhine, along its whole course, from 
 the point w here it becomes navigable to the sea, either in ascend- 
 ing or descending, shall be entirely free, and shall not, in respect to 
 commerce, be prohibited to any one : due regard, however, being 
 had to the regulations established with respect to its police, which 
 shall be framed alike for all, and as iiivourable as possible to the 
 commerce of all nations. 
 
 II. The system to be adopted for the collection of the duties, 
 as well as for the maintenance of the police, shall be the same 
 along the whole course of the river, and shall extend, as far as 
 circumstances may permit,, to those of its branches and junctions 
 which, in their navigable course, separate or traverse diliterent 
 states. 
 
 III. The tarif of duties to be levied on merchandise conveyed 
 along the Rhine, shall be so regulated that the whole amount of 
 duty to be paid between Strasbourg and the frontier of the king- 
 dom of the Netherlands, shall be, hi passing up the river, two 
 francs, and in passing down the river, one franc and thirty-tliiee 
 centimes, per hundred-weight ; and that the levying of this tant 
 
 c 2
 
 20 AUTRICHE. 
 
 portion la totality du droit) aux distances entre Strasbourg et 
 Basle, et entre la frontiere du royaume des Pays-Bas et les em- 
 bouchures de la riviere. 
 
 Le droit de reconnoissance restera tel qu'il est regie par I'Ar- 
 ticle XCIV. de la Convention sur I'octroi de Navigation du 
 Rhin, conclu a Paris, le 15 Aout, 1804, sauf a determiner autre- 
 ment I'echelle des droits, de maniere que les bateaux de deux 
 mille cinq cents li cinq mille quintaux, y soient compris egale- 
 ment. JSIais ce droit pourra aussi etre etendu, dans la meme pro- 
 portion, aux distances ci-dessus mentionnees. 
 
 Les moderations du tarif general qui etablit le maximum des 
 droits fixees par les Articles ClI. — CV. de la Convention du ]5 
 Aout, 1804, continueront d'avoir lieu. Mais la commission qui 
 sera chargee de la confection des nouveaux reglemens, examinera 
 si leur distribution en diflferentes classes ne necessitera pas des 
 chansemens encore plus favorables, tant a la navigation et au 
 commerce, qu'a I'agriculture et aux besoins des habitans des 
 Etats Riverains. 
 
 IV. Le tarif ainsi fixe, ne pourra etre augmente que d'un com- 
 mun accord, et les Gouvernemens Riverains du Rhin, en partant 
 du principe que leur veritable interet consiste -X vivifier le com- 
 merce de leurs Etats, et que les droits de la navigation sont prin- 
 cipalement destines a couvrir les frais de son entretien, prennent 
 I'engagement formel de ne se porter d une telle augmentation, que 
 sur les motifs les plus justes et les plus urgens, ni de graver la 
 navigation d'aucun autre droit quelconque, outre ceux fixes par 
 les reglemens actuels, sous quelque denomination ou pretexte 
 que cela puisse etie. 
 
 V. l\ n'y aura que douze bureaux de perception sur toute I'e 
 tendue du Rhin, entre Strasbourg et la frontiere du royaume des 
 Pays-Bas; et ceux qu'il conviendra d'etablir entre Strasbourg et 
 Basle, et dans les Pays-Bas, seront fixes d'apres les memes prin- 
 cipes, et dans des distances proportionnelles. Les bureaux se- 
 ront places d'apres les convenances de la navigation, et leur 
 nombre ne pourra etre augmente, ni leur place changee, que d'un 
 commun accord. II sera neanmoins librc a tout Etat Riverain, 
 de diminuer le nombre de ceux que I'arrangement actuel lui 
 assigne exclusivement.
 
 AUSTRIA. 21 
 
 sliall be extended (increasing the amount of duty in the same pro- 
 portion) to the distances between Strasbourg and Basle, and be- 
 tween the frontier of the kingdom of the Netherlands and the 
 mouths of that river. 
 
 The duty of reconnoissance shall remain as fixed by Article 
 XClV.of the Convention, relative to duties on the Navigation of 
 the Rhine, concluded at Paris the 15th of August, 1S04; with the 
 reservation, however, of making such other alteration in the scale 
 of duties, as that boats from 2500 to 5000 quintals, shall be in- 
 cluded therein. But this duty shall also extend, in the same pro- 
 portion, to the above-mentioned distances. 
 
 The abatements of the general tarif, which established the 
 maximum of the duties fixed by Articles CII. — CV. of the Con- 
 vention of the 15tli August, 1804, shall remain in force; but the 
 commission to be charged with settling the new regulations shall 
 consider whether their distribution into different classes will not 
 require alterations still more favourable, as well to navigation and 
 commerce, as to agriculture and the wants of the inhabitants of 
 the States of the Rhine. 
 
 IV. The tarif thus settled, shall not be augmented but by mu- 
 tual consent, and the Governments on the Rhine, adopting for a 
 principle, that their true interest consists in encouraging the com- 
 merce of their States, and that the duties on navigation should 
 chiefly be appropriated to defraying the expenses of its preserva- 
 tion, formally engage not to increase the same but for the most 
 just and urgent reasons, nor to impose any other duties whatever 
 on navigation, in addition to those fixed by the present regula- 
 tions under any denomination or pretext whatsoever. 
 
 V. There shall be only twelve offices for the collection of 
 duties, throughout the whole extent of the Riiine, between Stras- 
 bourg and the frontier of the kingdom of the Netherlands ; and 
 those which it may be expedient to establish between Strasbourg 
 and Basle shall be fixed, according to the same principles, and at 
 proportionate distances. The offices shall be placed in the most 
 convenient manner for navigation, and their number shall not be 
 augmented, nor their stations changed, but by common consent. 
 Each State bordering on the River shall, however, be allowed to 
 diminish the number exclusively assigned to it by the existing 
 arrausement. c 3
 
 <l<l AUTRICHE. 
 
 VI. La perception des droits se fera dans chaque Etat Riverain 
 pour son compte, ct par ses employes, en distribuant la totalite 
 des droits d'une maniere egale sur I'etendue des possessions 
 respectives des diflferens Etats sur la rive. Les employes des bu- 
 reaux preteront sernient d'observer strictement le reglement qui 
 sera arrete definitivement. Si un meme bureau s'etend sur deux 
 ou plusieurs Etats Riverains, ils repartissent entre eux la recette 
 d'apres I'etendue de leurs possessions respectives sur la rive, et 
 cette m^me disposition sera aussi appliquee au cas ou les deux 
 rives opposees appartiennent a deux difFercns etats. Tout ce qui 
 a rapport a I'organi; ation des bureaux, au mode de percevoir et de 
 constater le payementdes droits, sera fixe d'une maniere uniforme 
 par le reglement definitif, et en pourra plus etre change que d'un 
 commun accord. 
 
 VII. Chaque Etat Riverain se charge de I'entretien des che- 
 mins de hallage qui passent par son territoire, et des travaux ne- 
 cessaires pour la meme etendue dans le lit de la riviere, pour ne 
 faire eprouver aucun obstacle ii la navigation. 
 
 VIII. II sera etabli aupres de chaque bureau de perception, 
 une autorite judiciaire, pour examiner et decider d'apres le regle- 
 ment en premiere instance, toutes les affaires contentieuses qui 
 regardent les objets fixes par ce reglement. Ces autorites judi- 
 ciaires seront entretenues aux frais de I'Etat Riverain dans lequel 
 elles se trouvent, et prononceront leur sentences au nom de leurs 
 Souverains, mais les individus qui les composent, preteront ser- 
 ment d'observer strictement le reglement, et les Juges ne pour- 
 ront perdre leurs places que par un proces intente dans toutes les 
 formes, et par une condamnation passee contre eux. Leur pro- 
 cedure sera fixee par le reglement, et devra etre uniforme pour 
 tout le cours du Rhin, et aussi sommaire que possible. 
 
 Lii, oh un bureau de perception appartiendra a plus d'un Etat, 
 les individus charges de ces fonctions judiciaires seront nomm^s 
 par le Souverain dans le territoire duquel se trouve le bureau en 
 question, et les sentences seront prononcees en son nom ; mais 
 les frais seront fournis par tous ceux a qui la recette du bureau 
 est commune, et dans la proportion de la part qui leur en revient.
 
 AUSTRIA. 23 
 
 VJ. The duty shall be collected, hi each State bordering on 
 the River, on its own account and by its own collectors ; the 
 whole of the duties being distributed in proportion to the extent 
 of the respective possessions of the different States on the bank. 
 The collectors shall make oath to observe strictly the regulation 
 definitively agreed upon. If the same office is employed by two 
 or more States, the proceeds shall be divided between them ac- 
 cording to the extent of their respective possessions on the bank ; 
 and this rule shall also apply in case the opposite banks should be- 
 long to two different states. Every thing relating to the establish- 
 ment of the offices, to the mode of collecting, and of verifying the 
 payment of the duties, shall be settled in an uniform manner by 
 the definitive regulation, and shall not be changed but by com- 
 mon consent. 
 
 VII. Each State of the Rhine shall be at the expense of keep- 
 ing the towing-paths w hich pass through its territory in good re- 
 pair, and of maintaining the necessary works through the same 
 extent in the channel of the river, in order that no obstacle may 
 be experienced to the navigation. 
 
 VIII. A judicial authority shall be attaclied to each office for 
 the collection of duties, for the purpose of investigating and de- 
 termining, agreeably to the regulation, in the Jirst instance, all 
 disputes relating to the objects therein mentioned. These judi- 
 cial authorities shall be maintained at the expense of that State 
 of the Rhine in which they are situated, and shall pronounce sen- 
 tence in the name of their Sovereigns ; but the individuals who 
 compose them shall make oath strictly to observe the regulation, 
 and the Judges shall not be deprived of tJieir situations unless by 
 a regular and formal process, and by a judgment given against 
 them. Their proceeding shall be determined in the regulation, 
 and shall be uniform along the whole course of the Rhine, and as 
 summary as possible. 
 
 Where an office for the collection of duties shall belong to more 
 than one State, individuals invested with the judicial functions 
 shall be nominated by the Sovereign in whose territory the office 
 in question is situated, and judgment shall be given in his name ; 
 but the expenses shall be defrayed by those states who divide the 
 receipts of such office, and in proportion to the share which ac- 
 crues to them. 
 
 c 4
 
 24 AUTRICHE. 
 
 IX. Les parties qui voudront se pourvoir en appcl con tie les 
 sentences prononcees par les autorites judiciaires speciliees k 
 I'Article precedent, auront le choix de s'adresser pour cet effet ^ 
 la commission centrale dont il seraparle ci-dessous, ou au tribunal 
 superieur du ])ays dans lequel se trouve celui de premiere instance, 
 aupres duquel elles auront plaide. Chaque Etat Riverain s'en- 
 gage a etablir un pareil tribunal de seconde instance, ou d'assi- 
 gner un de ceux qui existent dejd, pour la decision des causes de 
 cette nature. Ces tribunaux pr^teront 6galement serment d'ob- 
 server le reglement de navigation ; leur organisation et leur pro- 
 cedure fera partie du reglement ; et ils ne pourront point sieger 
 dans une ville trop eloignee de la rive du Rhin. Le reglement 
 renfermera les dispositions precises vicet egard. Leurs sentences 
 seront definitives et ne permettront point d'autres recours. 
 
 X. Afin d'etablir un controle exact, sur I'observation du regle- 
 ment commun, et pour former une autorite qui puisse servir d'un 
 nioyen de communication entre les Etats Riverains, sur tout ce 
 qui regarde la navigation, il sera cree une commission centrale. 
 
 XI. Chaque Etat Riverain nommera un commissaire pour la 
 former, et elle se reunira regulierement le ler Novembre de 
 chaque annee, a Mayence. Elle jugera par les circonstances et 
 les affaires sur lesquelles elle aura a statuer, si, outre cette ses- 
 sion, il sera necessaire qu'elle en tienne une seconde au printems. 
 
 Le president, (}ui, sans autre prerogative, sera charge de la di- 
 rection generale des travaux de la commission, sera designe par 
 le sort, et renouvelie tons les mois dans le cas qu'une session se 
 prolongeat. Un autre membre de la commission sur le choix 
 duquel ses membres conviendront, tiendra le proces-verbal. 
 
 XII. Afm qu'il existe une autorite permanente, qui puisse 
 aussi pendant I'absence de la commission centrale, veiller au 
 niaintien du reglement, et vi laquelle le commerce et les bateliers 
 puissent recourir en tout terns, il sera nomme un inspecteur en 
 chef et trois sous-inspecteurs.
 
 AUSTRIA. 25 
 
 IX. Parties wishing to appeal against the decisions of tlie 
 courts of justice specified in the preceding Article, shall have the 
 option of applying for this purpose to the central conunission 
 hereafter mentioned, or to the superior tribunal of the country in 
 which the court oi first instance, before which they shall have 
 pleaded, is situated. Each State of the River engages to establish 
 a similar tribunal of second instance, or to refer the decision of 
 causes of this nature to one of those already existing. These 
 tribunals shall likewise make oath to observe the law concerning 
 navigation. Their organization and mode of proceeding shall 
 form part of the regulation, and they shall not hold their meetings 
 in a town situated too far from the bank of the Rhine. The re- 
 gulation shall contain the particular airangements for that pur- 
 pose. Their sentences shall be final, and no further appeal shall 
 be allowed. 
 
 X. In order to establish a perfect controul over the observance 
 of the general regulation, and to constitute an authority which 
 may serve as a means of communication between the States of 
 the Rhine upon all subjects relating to navigation, a central com- 
 mission shall be appointed. 
 
 XI. Each State bordering on the Rhine shall name a commis- 
 sioner for its formation ; and it shall assemble regularly at Mentz 
 on the 1st November in each year. They shall judge according 
 to circumstances, and the business upon which they may have to 
 decide, whether, after this session, it will be necessary to hold 
 another in the spring. 
 
 The president, who, without any other prerogative, shall be 
 employed in the general management of the labour of the 
 commission, shall be chosen by ballot, and replaced every month, 
 in case the session should be prolonged. Another member of 
 the commission, who shall be chosen by the members, shall keep 
 the minutes of their proceedings. 
 
 XII. In order that a permanent authority may exist, which, 
 in the absence of the central commission, may superintend the 
 observance of the regulation, and to which the merchants and 
 boatmen may at all times refer, there shall be named a chief in- 
 spector and three deputy inspectors.
 
 26 AUTRICHE. 
 
 L'inspecteur en chef r^sidera egalement a Mayence, les sous- 
 inspecteurs seront destines pour le Haut, Moyen, et Bas-Rhin. 
 
 XIII. L'inspecteur en chef sera nomme par la commission 
 centrale, ^ la pluralite des voix, mais de la maniere suivante. On 
 fixera un nombre ideal de voix, ct le conimissaire Prussien en 
 exercera un tiers. Le conimissaire Francois un sixieme, le com- 
 niissaire des Pays-Bas un sixieme, et celui des autres Princes 
 TVUeniands, outre la Prusse, un tiers. 
 
 La distribution des voix de ces princes, sera reglee des qu'il 
 aura ete dispose deiinitivement de la rive entiere du Rhin ; mais 
 elle sera faite 6galement, d'apres I'etendue des possessions respec- 
 tives sur la rive. 
 
 Les trois sous-inspecteurs seront nommes I'un par la Prusse, 
 le second alternativement par la France et les Pays-Bas, et le 
 troisieme par les autres Princes Allemands co-possesseurs de la 
 rive, qui conviendront sur le mode de concourir a cette nomina- 
 tion. 
 
 XIV. Les places, tant de l'inspecteur en chef que des sous- 
 inspecteurs, seront a vie. 
 
 Si la commission croyoit devoir eloigner im de ses employes 
 pour cause de mecontentement de ses services, elle pourra niettre 
 en deliberation s'il devra simplement etre remplace par un autre, 
 ou traduit en jugement. 
 
 Dans le premier cas, applicable egalement aux retraites pour 
 cause d'inlirmites, I'employe jouira d'une pension de retraite, la- 
 quelle sera de la moitie du traitement s'il n'a pas eu dix annecs 
 de services, et des deux tiers, s'il a servi dix annees, ou au-dela. 
 Cette pension sera payee de la maniere que le traitement lui- 
 meme. Dans le second cas, la commission decidera, en delibc- 
 rant de la maniere prescrite par I'Article XVII. quels seront les 
 tribunaux qui le jugeront, en premiere et seconde instance ; I'em- 
 ploye obtiendra sa pension de retraite s'il s'est acquitte enticrc- 
 ment, et il sera statue sur lui selon la sentence prononcee dans le 
 cas contrairc. Aussi souvent que la connnission mettra aux voix 
 reloigncMuent d'un des inspecteurs, elle votera de la maniere 
 indiquee a I'Article XUI. mais i'employe ne pourra perdre sa
 
 AUSTRIA. 27 
 
 The chief inspector shall also reside at Mentz ; the deputy 
 inspectors shall be appointed for the Upper, Middle, and Lower 
 Rhine. 
 
 XIII. The chief inspector shall be chosen by the central com- 
 mission, by a majority of votes, but in the following manner; 
 
 A certain number of votes shall be given ; of which the Prus- 
 sian Commissioner shall have one-third ; the French commis- 
 sioner one-sixth ; the commissioner of the Netherlands one-sixth; 
 and that of the other German princes, excepting Prussia, one- 
 third. 
 
 The distribution of the votes of these princes shall be regulated 
 as soon as the whole bank of the Rhine shall have been finally 
 disposed of; but the distribution shall be made proportionately 
 to the extent of their respective possessions on the bank. The 
 three deputy inspectors shall be chosen ; the first by Prussia, the 
 second alternately by France and the Netherlands, and the third 
 by the other German princes, joint possessors of the bank, who 
 shall agree upon the mode of making this appointment. 
 
 XIV. The appointments, as well of the chief inspector as of 
 the deputy inspectors, shall be for life. 
 
 If the commission should deem it expedient to remove one of 
 its officers, from being dissatisfied with his services, it shall be 
 put to the vote whether he shall be merely replaced by another, 
 or brought to trial. In the, former case, which likewise applies 
 to retireinent in consequence of infirmity, the individual shall re- 
 tire upon a pension, amounting to half his salary, should he not 
 have served ten years ; and two-thirds of it, if he has served ten 
 years or upwards. This pension shall be paid in the same man- 
 ner as the salary. 
 
 In the second case, the commission shall determine, in the 
 manner prescribed by Article XVII, by which courts of the first 
 and second instance he shall be tried. 
 
 The individual shall be entitled to the pension if he is fully 
 acquitted.; and on the other hand, he shall be proceeded against 
 according to the sentence which shall have been passed upon him. 
 Whenever the commission shall vote upon the question of re- 
 moving any of the inspectors, the votes shall be given in tiie 
 manner determined upon in the 13lh Article; but the individual
 
 28 AUTRICHE. 
 
 place que lorsqu'il aura les deux tiers du nonibre ideal des voix 
 centre lui. 
 
 XV. L'iuspecteur en chef, assiste des sous-inspecteurs, est 
 destine a veiller a I'execution du reglement, et a niettre de I'en- 
 semble dans tout ce qui regarde la police de la navigation ; il 
 aura en consequence le droit et le devoir d'adresser a cet egard 
 des ordrcs aux bureaux de perception, et de se mettre en rapport 
 avec les autres autorites locales des Etats Riverains. Les em- 
 ployes des bureaux, et les autorites locales, devront lui preter 
 obeissance et assistance dans tout ce qui regarde I'execution du 
 reo-lenient, et ne pourront surseoir a I'execution de ses instruc- 
 tions, que lorsqu'il depasseroit les liniites de ses fonctions. Dans 
 ce cas, elles en feront incessamment rapport a leur superieurs. 
 
 L'iuspecteur en chefdevra en outre preparer tons les materiaux 
 qui pourront eclaircir la commission centrale, sur I'etat et les be- 
 soins de la navigation, et lui fiiire les propositions convenablcs 
 sur les mesures qu'il sera bon de prendre. Dans les cas urgens, 
 il pourra et devra entretenir a cet egard, une correspondance avec 
 ses membres, aussi dans le terns qu'elle ne sera pas reunie. 
 
 XVI. La commission centrale se fera rendre compte par les 
 inspecteurs de leur administration, les assistera dans leurs lonc- 
 tions, et surveillera la maniere dont il s'en acquittent ; elle s'oc- 
 cupera en meme terns de tout ce qui pourra tendre au bien 
 general de la navigation et du commerce, et publiera, a la fin de 
 chaque annee, un rapport detaille sur I'elat de la navigation du 
 Rhin, son mouvement annuel, ses progres, les changemens qui 
 pourroient y avoir lieu, et tout ce qui interesse le commerce inte- 
 rieur et etranger. 
 
 XV IL La commission centrale prendra ses decisions a la plu- 
 ralite absolue des voix, qui seront emises dans une parfaite egalite. 
 Mais ses membres, devant etre regardes comme des agens des 
 Etats Riverains charges de se concerter sur leurs interets com- 
 muns, ses decisions ne seront (jbligatoires j)oiu- les Etats Rive- 
 rains, que lorsqu'iis y auront consenti par leur comn)issaire. 
 
 XVIII. Le traitcment de I'inspecteur en chef et des sous- 
 inspecteurs, niais non pas celui des commissaires qui |)ourrout
 
 AUSTRIA. 29 
 
 cannot be deprived of his situation, unless two-thirds of the num- 
 ber of votes detennined upon shall be against him. 
 
 XV. The duties of the chief inspector, assisted by the deputy 
 inspectors, are to superintend the fulfilment of the regulation, and 
 to arrange every thing relating to the police of the navigation. It 
 will, therefore, be his right and his duty to issue orders on this 
 subject to the offices for collecting duties, and to communicate 
 with the other local authorities of the States bordering on the 
 Rhine. Persons employed in the offices, and the local authori- 
 ties, shall obey and assist him in every thing concerning the ob- 
 servance of the regulation, and shall not oppose the execution of 
 his orders, unless he shall exceed the lin)its of his authority. In 
 this case, they shall immediately make it known to their superiors. 
 
 The chief inspector shall likewise collect every information 
 which may be necessary for the central commission, regarding the 
 state and defects of the navigation, and shall submit to them such 
 measures as he may consider advisable to be adopted. On 
 pressing occasions, he shall be at liberty, and it will be his duty, 
 to hold a correspondence with its members, even when they are 
 not sitting. 
 
 XVI. The central commission shall direct the inspectors to 
 report to them an account of their proceedings ; they shall assist 
 them in their duties, and superintend the manner in which they 
 are performed ; they shall, at the same time, attend to all matters 
 that may contribute to the general interests of navigation and 
 commerce; and shall publish, at the close of every year, a detailed 
 report, of the state of the navigation of the Rhine, its annual 
 movement, its progress, the changes which may take place, and 
 of every thmg relating to domestic and foreign commerce. 
 
 XVII. The decisions of the central commission shall be had 
 by an absolute majority of votes, which shall be given in perfect 
 equality: but as its members should be considered as agents of 
 the States of the Rhine, charged with making arrangements for 
 their mutual interests, their decisions shall not be binding upon 
 these States until their consent shall have been given by their 
 commissioners. 
 
 XVIII. The salary of the chief inspector and of the deputy in- 
 spectors, but not that of the commissioners, wh) may be merely
 
 30 AUTRICHE. 
 
 fetre de simples agens temporaiies, sera fixe par le reglement. II 
 sera A la charge de tons les Etats Riverains, qui y coutribueront 
 dans la proportion de la part qu'ils prennent a leur nomination. 
 
 Le reglement contiendra tout ce qui appartient a I'organisation 
 ulterieure de la commission centrale, et de Tadministration per- 
 manente, et fixera, d'une maniere precise et detaill6e, toutes ses 
 fonctions et ses attributions. 
 
 XIX. Les droits d'etape ayant etc supprimes par I'Article 
 VIII, de la Convention du 15 Aout, 1B04, la meme suppression 
 estetendu actuellement aux droits que les vilies de Mayence et 
 de Cologne exercoient sous le nom de droit de relache, d'echelle, 
 ou de rompre-cliarge (umschtag) de fagon qu'il sera libre de na- 
 viguer sur tout le cours du Rhin, du point ou il devient naviga- 
 ble jusqu'a son embouchure dans la mer, soit en remontant, 
 soit en descendant, sans qu'on soit oblige de rompre-charge, 
 et de verser les chargemens dans d'autres embarcations dans 
 quelque port, ville, ou endroit que cela puisse etre. 
 
 XX. II sera 6tablie toutefois une police reglementaire, pour 
 obvier aux fraudes qui pourroient avoir lieu dans les endroits 
 d'embarcation, de decharge, ou de versement de chargemens ; et 
 les taxes de grue, de quai, et de magasinage, la, oii ces etablisse- 
 mens existent, ou seront nouvellement etablis, seront fixees par le 
 reglement d'une maniere uniforme, et sans pouvoir etre augmen- 
 tees ensuite autrement que d'uu commun accord. 
 
 XXI. Aucune association, moins encore un individu qualifie 
 batelier (la ou il n'existeroient point d'associations) d'un des Etats 
 Riverains, ne pourra exercer un droit exclusif de navigation sur 
 cette riviere, ou sur une de ses parties. II sera libre aux sujets 
 de chacun de ses etats de rester membre d'une association d'un 
 autre de ses etats. 
 
 XXII. Les douanes des Etats Riverains, n'ayant rien de com- 
 mun avec les droits de la navigation, elles resteront separees de la 
 perception de ces derniers. Le reglement definitif renfermera 
 les dispositions propres a empecher que la surveillance des doua- 
 niers ne mette pas d'entraves a la navigation. 
 
 XXIII. Les bateaux et nacelles de I'octroi porteront le pa- 
 vilion de cciui des Etats Riverains auquel ils appartiennent, mais.
 
 AUSTRIA. 31 
 
 temporary agents, shall be fixed by the regulation. It shall be at 
 the joint expense of all the states bordering on the Rhine, who 
 shall contribute in proportion to the part which they take in their 
 nomination. The regulation shall contain every thing relating to 
 the future establishment of the central commission, and of its 
 permanent administration, and shall determine, in a precise and 
 detailed manner, all its functions and privileges. 
 
 XIX. The staple duties having been suppressed by Article VTII. 
 of the Convention of the loth August, 1804, that suppression is 
 hereby extended to the duties which the towns of Mentz and 
 Cologne levied, under the denomination of harbour and port du- 
 ties, and on breaking bulk, (iimsc/ilag,) so that individuals shall 
 be at liberty to navigate along the whole course of the Rhine, 
 from the point where it becomes navigable to where it falls into 
 the sea, either in passing up or down the river, without being 
 compelled to break bulk, or to remove the cargoes into another 
 vessel, in any port, town or place whatever. 
 
 XX. A superintending police shall, however, be appointed, 
 for the prevention of fraud, where vessels are laden or unladen, 
 as well as w here cargoes are shifted ; and the crane, quay, and 
 storehouse duties, in places where such accommodations exist, 
 or where they may hereafter be erected, shall be fixed by the re- 
 gulation, in an uniform manner, and they shall not afterwards be 
 augmented but by common consent. 
 
 XXI. No company, much less any qualified boatmen (in places 
 where there are no companies) shall in any of the States of the 
 Rhine, exercise any exclusive right of navigation on this river, or 
 on any part of it. The subjects of any one of these states may 
 continue to be members of a company in any other of the states. 
 
 XXII. The custom-houses of the States of the Rhine, being 
 unconnected with the duties on navigation, shall not interfere with 
 the collection of the latter. The definitive regulation shall con- 
 tain the necessary arrangements to prevent the superintending 
 officers of the customs from throwing obstacles in the way of the 
 navigation, 
 
 XXIII. The custom-house boats, and small craft, shall bear 
 the flag of the State to which they belong, but in order to denote
 
 32 
 
 AUTRICHE. 
 
 pour les designer comme destines au service de I'octroi, il y sera 
 ajoute le mot " Rhenus." 
 
 XXIV. Les droits de la navigation du Rliin ne pourront ja- 
 mais etre affermes, soit en masse, soit partiellement. 
 
 XXV. Aucune demande, en exemption, on moderation de 
 droits, ne sera admise, ni par les preposes des bureaux, ni meme 
 par la commission centrale, quelles que soient la nature, I'origine 
 et la destination des embarcations des effets ou des marchandises, 
 et d quelques personnes, corps, villes, ou Etats, que les uns ou 
 les autres appartiennent, comme aussi pour quelque service, et 
 par quelque ordre que le transport s'en eifectue. 
 
 XXVI. S'il arrivoit (ce qu'a Dieu ne plaise) que la guerre vint 
 A avoir lieu entre quelques-uns des Etats situes sur le Rhin, la per- 
 ception du droit d'octroi continuera a se faire libreuient sans qu'il 
 y soit apporte d'obstacle de part et d'autre. 
 
 Les embarcations et personnes employees au service de I'oc- 
 troi, jouirout de tons les privileges de la neutralite. II sera 
 accorde des sauve-gardes pour les bureaux et les caisses de I'oc- 
 troi. 
 
 XXVII. La Commission actuelle ayant du se borner a poser 
 les principes le plus generaux, sans entrer dans tous les details 
 qu'il sera indispensable de regler ; toutes les dispositions parti- 
 culi^res, et nommement celles qui regardent le tarif de droits, tant 
 celui qui est adopte pour toutes les marchandises en general que 
 celui pour les marchandises qui, d'apres une certaine classifica- 
 tion, payent des droits moins forts ; la distribution des bureaux de 
 perception ; leur organisation, et le mode de percevoir : I'organi- 
 sation des autorites judiciaires de premiere et seconde instance, 
 et leur procedure ; I'entretien des chemins de hallages, et les 
 travaux au lit de la riviere ; les manifestes ; le jaugeage; et la de- 
 sio-nation des bateaux, et des trains de bois ; les poids, mesures, et 
 monnoies qui seront adoptes, et leur redaction et evaluation ; la 
 police pour les ports d'embarcation, de decharge, etde versemens 
 de chargemcns ; les associations des bateliers ; les conditions 
 requises pour etre batelier ; la grande et la petite navigation, si une 
 pareille distinction, qui ne pent plus exister dans le sens que lui 
 donne la Convention de 1S04, devoit etre mainteuue sous d'autres 
 rapports, et par d'autres raisons ; la fixation du prix du IVet; les
 
 AUSTRIA. 33 
 
 their belonging to the customs, the word ' Rhemts' shall be in- 
 scribed upon it. 
 
 XXIV. The duties on the navigation of the Rhine shall never 
 be farmed out either wholly or partially. 
 
 XXV. No demand of exemption, or abatement of duties, 
 shall be admitted, either by the overseers of the customs, or even 
 by the central commission, whatever may be the nature, origin, 
 or destination of the boats, effects, or merchandize, and to what- 
 ever individuals, bodies, towns, or States, either of them may 
 belong, or for whatever service, or on whose account soever the 
 same may be shipped. 
 
 XXVI. If it should happen (which God forbid) that war should 
 break out among any of the States of the Rhine, the collection of 
 the customs shall continue uninterrupted, without any obstacle 
 being thrown in the way by either party. 
 
 The vessels, and pei'sons employed by the custom-houses, 
 shall enjoy all the rights of neutrality. A guard shall be placed 
 over the offices and chests belonging to the customs. 
 
 XXVII. The existing commission, having been obliged to 
 confine itself to the establishing of the most general principles, 
 without entering into the details necessary to be regulated ; all 
 particular arrangements, and especially those relating to the tarif 
 of duties, to that adopted for merchandize in general, and also to 
 that for goods which, being of a certain description, pay smaller 
 duties ; the situation of the offices for the collection of duties, 
 their internal management, and mode of collection ; the organiza- 
 tion of judicial authorities of the Jirst and second instance, and 
 their mode of proceeding ; the preservation of the towing-paths, 
 and the works in the bed of the river ; the manifests ; the gauging 
 and designation of boats and floats of wood ; the weights, mea- 
 sures, and coins to be used, and their proportions and valuation ; 
 the police of the ports for shipping, unloading, or shifting car- 
 goes; the companies of watermen; the requisite qualifications 
 for watermen ; the greater and lesser navigation, if such a dis- 
 tinction, which no longer exists in the sense given to it by the 
 Convention of 1804, should be maintained, under other circum- 
 stances, and for other reasons ; the scale of charges for freight ; 
 
 VOL. I. D
 
 34 AUTRICHE. 
 
 Contr£^ventions ; la sepaialion des Bureaux pour la navigation ; 
 des douanes, &.c. &.C., seront reserves au regleraent deiinitif qui 
 sera dresse ainsi qu'il va etre expose ci-apres. 
 
 XXVIII. Les dispositions des Articles 9, 14, 17, 19 etCiO, du 
 rec^s principal de la deputation extraordinaire de I'Empire, du 25 
 Fevrier, 1803, concernant les rentes perpetuelles, directemeut as- 
 signees sur le produit de Toctroi de la navigation du Rhin, sont 
 maintenues. En consequence de ce principe ; 
 
 1 . Les gouvernemens Allemands co-possesseurs de la rive du 
 Rhin se chargent du payement des susdites rentes, en se reser- 
 vant neanmoius la faculte de racheter ces rentes d'apres la teneur 
 de I'Article 30, du reces, ou au denier-quarante, ou moyennant 
 tout autre arrangement dont les parties interessees conviendront 
 de gre-a-gre. 
 
 2. Sont exceptees du principe general du payement des rentes 
 enoncees ^ I'alinea precedent, les cas oil le droit de reclamer ces 
 rentes soufFrirait des objections particulieres et legales. 
 
 Ces cas seront examines et decides, ainsi qu'il sera dit, dans 
 I'aliuea suivant. 
 
 3. L'application du principe enonce 'k I'alinea I, aux diffe- 
 rentes reclamations, et le jugement sur les exceptions mention- 
 nees ^ I'alinea 2, sera contie a uue commission composee de cinq 
 personnes, que la Cour de Vienne sera invitee par les gouvernci- 
 mens Allemands, co-possesseurs de la rive, d designer, en choisis- 
 sant, autant que possible, des individus qui ont ete membres du 
 Conseil Aulique de I'Empire, et qui se trouvent encore ici. 
 
 Cette commission decidera de cette affaire en toute justice, et 
 avec la plus grande ^quite, et les gouvernemens debiteurs des 
 rentes, promettent de s'en tenir 'k cette decision, sans autre re- 
 cours ni objection quelconque. 
 
 4. La susdite commission examlnera le droit de demander les 
 arr^rages des rentes, et decidera tant du principe, si les posses- 
 seurs actuels de la rive du Rhin sont obliges de payer ces arrerages, 
 que de l'application de ce principe, s'il est reconnu par la commis- 
 sion aux differentes reclamations d'arrerages en particulier. Elle
 
 AUSTRIA. 35 
 
 contraventions ; the separation of offices for the navigation ; of the 
 custom-houses, &c. &c. shall be determined in the definitive re- 
 gulations, which shall be framed in the manner hereafter men- 
 tioned. 
 
 XXVIII. The regulations of the 9th, 14th, 17th, igth and 
 20th Articles of the principal recess of the extraordinary deputa- 
 tation of the Empire of the (25th of February, 1803, concerning 
 the permanent rents, directly assigned upon the produce of the 
 duties on the navigation of the Rhine, shall be continued. Fot 
 this purpose ; 
 
 1. The German governments, joint possessors of the banks of 
 the Rhine, charge themselves with the payment of the above 
 rents; reserving, however, to themselves the power of repurchasing 
 such rents, according to the 30th Article of the recess, either at 
 2| per cent, or by any other arrangement upon which the parties 
 concerned may mvitually agree. 
 
 2. Cases are excepted from the general principle, concerning 
 the payment of the rents mentioned in the preceding paragraph, 
 where there shall exist peculiar and legal objections against the 
 claiming of such rents. These cases shall be considered and de- 
 termined upon, as mentioned in the following paragraph. 
 
 3. The adoption of the principle mentioned in the 1st para- 
 graph, relative to the various claims, and the decisions concerning 
 exceptions referred to in the 2d paragraph, shall be entrusted to a 
 commission, composed of five persons, whom the Court of Vienna, 
 at the desire of the German governments, joint possessors of the 
 bank of the river, shall nominate ; by chusing, as far as may be 
 practicable, individuals who have been members of the Aulic 
 Council of the Empire, and are still here. 
 
 This commission shall settle this matter in the most just and 
 equitable manner, and the Governments from whom such rents 
 are due, promise to abide by such decision, without any appeal or 
 objection whatever. 
 
 4. The above-mentioned commission shall inquire into the 
 right of demanding arrears of rents, and shall decide on the prin- 
 ciple, whether the actual possessors of the bank of the Rhine are 
 liable to pay these arrears, or whether the application of this prin- 
 ciple, if admitted by the commission, applies to the various 
 
 D 2
 
 36 AUTRICHE. 
 
 terminera son travail dans le tenne de trois mois, ^ dater du jour 
 de sa convocation. 
 
 5. Si la commission decide que les arrerages devront fetre payes, 
 et en fixe la quotite, la commission centrale determinera le mode 
 du payement, de sorte que les gouvernemens debiteurs auront le 
 choix, ou de les acquitter dans dix annees consecutives, par 
 dixieme cliaque annee, ou de les transformer d'apr^s I'analogie de 
 I'Article 30 du reces au denier-quarante, en rentes additionnelles d 
 celles que les maisons k qu'ils appartienneut poss^dent k present. 
 
 La commission centrale d6terminera egalement si, et en quelle 
 proportion, la France devra contribuer au payement desdits ar- 
 rerages. 
 
 6. Tons les payemens, dont il est question dans le present ar- 
 ticle, s'efFectueront par semestre. 
 
 La commission centrale fixera le mode de ces payemens, en 
 adoptant, autant que possible, celui qui sera le plus favorable k 
 ceux qui jouissent de ces rentes, et les gouvernemens debiteurs y 
 contribueront dans la proportion de la part qu'ils ont a la recette 
 de I'octroi. Cette proportion sera fixee, une foix pour toutes, par 
 la commission centrale a sa premiere reunion, sur la base du pro- 
 duit de I'annee commune des difFerens bureaux de perception qui 
 ont existe dans le courant des six premieres annees que la conven- 
 tion de 1804, a ete mise en activite. 
 
 XXIX. Les dispositions, renfermees dans les Articles 73 — 
 78, dela Convention du 15 Ao^t, 1804, concernant le fonds des- 
 tine a I'acquit des pensions de retraite et aux secours a accorder 
 aux veuves et enfans des employes, le montant des vacances, le 
 droit de retraite, le montant des pensions, et les secours a accor- 
 der aux veuves et orphelins, etant intimement lies a la perception 
 des droits en commun, cessent desormais, et le soin d'accorder 
 des pensions de retraite aux employes de I'octroi, et des secours 
 k leurs veuves et orphelins, est abandonne k chaque Etat Rive- 
 rain en particulier. 
 
 La commission centrale s'occupera, nonobstaut immediatement 
 apr^s sa premiere reunion, k s'arranger avec la France, sur la 
 restitution du fonds forme en vertu de I'Article 73, de la Conven-
 
 AUSTRIA. 37 
 
 claims of arrears, in particular. Its labours shall terminate in 
 three months from the day of its assembling. 
 
 5. If the commission shall decide, that the arrears should be 
 paid, and shall fix the instalments, the central commission shall 
 regulate the mode of payment in such manner, that the debiting 
 Governments shall have the option either of discharging the same 
 in ten successive years, at the rate of one-tenth each year, or of 
 transferring them, analogous to the 30th Article of the recess, at 
 2J per cent, into rents, in addition to those which the govern- 
 ments to whom they belong, actually possess. 
 
 The central commission shall likewise decide whether, and in 
 what proportion, France ought to contribute to the payment of 
 these arrears. 
 
 6. All payments, decided on by the present article, are to be 
 made half yearly. 
 
 The central commission shall fix the manner in which these 
 payments shall be made, favouring, as much as possible, those to 
 whom the said rents belong, and the debiting governments shall 
 contribute to them in proportion to their share of the duties. 
 This proportion shall be definitively arranged by the central com- 
 mission at its first meeting, on the average of the amount of a 
 year's receipts of the different offices of collection which have 
 existed during the first six years, from the time of the Convention 
 of 1804 having been in force. 
 
 XXIX. The regidations comprehended in the Articles 73 — 
 78 of the Convention of the 15th August, 1804, concerning a 
 fund to be appropriated to the payment of pensions on retire- 
 ment, and to the relief of widows and children of government 
 officers, the number of vacancies, and the right of superannua- 
 tion, as well as the amount of the pensions, and the relief to be 
 granted to widows and orphans, being intimately connected with 
 the general receipt of duties, shall immediately cease, and the bu- 
 siness of granting pensions on the retirement of officers of the 
 customs, and relief to their widows and orphans, is left to the 
 discretion of each particular State bordermg on the river. 
 
 The central commission shall nevertheless be employed, imme- 
 diately on its opening, in arranging with France the restitution of 
 the fund, formed in virtue of the 73d Article of the Convention, 
 
 D 3
 
 18 AUTRICHE. 
 
 tion par la retenue de 4 pour cent, sur les traitemens qui ont ete 
 verses dans la calsse d'amortissement, et le gouvernement Fran- 
 cois s'engage a cette restitution des que le montant de ce fonds 
 aura ete liquide par la commission centrale. 
 
 Cette restitution faite, la commission examinera quelles pen- 
 sions et secours sont encore a distribuer de ce fonds, et les as- 
 signera selon les principes de la Convention de 1804. 
 
 Les individus qui ont ete employes aupres de I'octroi, a qui on 
 ne pourroit point proposer, dans le nouvel ordre de clioses, des 
 places convenables, ou qui allegueroient des raisons pour ne pas 
 les accepter, qui seroient jugees valables par la commission cen- 
 trale, seront pensionnes et traites d'apres les principes de TArlicle 
 LIX, du reces de I'Empire de 180.3. 
 
 XXX. Les pensions des anciens employes aux peages sup- 
 primees par I'Article XXXIX, du reces de 1803, seront payees 
 par les gouvernemens Allemands co-possesseurs de la rive. 
 
 Celles qui auroient ete legalement accordees depuis I'epoque 
 ou I'octroi de la navigation a ete mis en activite, seront egalement 
 payees; mais la commission centrale examinera et decidera en 
 quelle proportion les gouvernemens, co-possesseurs de la rive, ^ 
 I'exception toujours du royaume des Pays-Bas, devront y con- 
 tribuer. 
 
 Elle liquidera le montant de toutes ces pensions, et en arr^tera 
 delinitivement I'etat qui servira de norme au payement. 
 
 Le payement, tant de ces pensions que de celles mentionnees 
 dans I'Article XXIX, se fera de la maniere que cela est ariete 
 d'apres I'alinea VI, de I'Article XXVIII pour le payement des 
 rentes. 
 
 XXXI. Des que les principes generaux sur la navigation du 
 Rhin seront iixes au Congres, les Etats Riverains nommeront les 
 individus qui formeront la commission centrale, et cette commis- 
 sion se reunira, au plus tard, le premier de Juin de cette annee, 
 a Mayence. A cette menie epoquc, I'adniinistration provisoire 
 actuelle remettra la direction dont elle a ete chargee, a la com- 
 mission centrale et aux autorites riveraines : la perception par- 
 tielle des droits sera substituee a la perception commune, et Ton
 
 AUSTRIA. 89 
 
 for the drawback of 4 per cent, upon salaries, which has been paid 
 into the sinking fund ; and the French government engages to 
 make the restitution, as soon as the amount of tiiis fund shall have 
 been liquidated by the central commission. 
 
 This restitution being made, the commission shall consider 
 what pensions and relief are still to be paid out of this fund, and 
 shall assign them, according to the principles established by the 
 Convention of 1S04. 
 
 Individuals who have been employed in the tax-office, and (o 
 whom, in consequence of the new arrangements, proper situa- 
 tions cannot be given, or who shall allege such reasons for not ac- 
 cepting such situations as the central commission shall deem suf- 
 ficient, shall have pensions and allowances granted to them, con- 
 formably to the principles established by Article LIX of the 
 recess of the Empire of 1803. 
 
 XXX. The pensions granted to the receivers of duties dis- 
 continued by Article XXXIX of the recess of 1 803, shall be paid 
 by the German governments, joint possessors of the bank of the 
 river. Those which have been legally granted since the period 
 at which the duties on navigation have been in force, shall also 
 be paid ; but the central commission shall investigate and deter- 
 mine in what proportion the governments, joint proprietors of the 
 bank, (the kingdom of the Netherlands, however, excepted,) shall 
 contribute to these payments. 
 
 It shall discharge the amount of all these pensions, and finally 
 settle the scale by which such payments shall be regulated. 
 
 The j^ayment of these pensions, as well as of those mentioned 
 in Article XXIX, shall be regulated in the manner fixed by the 
 6th paragraph of Article XXVIII, for the payment of rents. 
 
 XXXI. As soon as the general principles for the navigation 
 of the Rhine shall have been laid down by the Congress, the States 
 of the Rhine shall appoint persons for the formation of the cen- 
 tral commission ; and this commission shall assemble at latest on 
 the 1st of June of this year, at Mentz. At the same time the 
 present provincial administration shall deliver up the direction 
 with which they have been charged, to the central commission, 
 and to the authorities of the States of the Rhine ; the partial col- 
 
 1) 5
 
 40 AUTRICHE. 
 
 fera 6maner, au nom des tous les Etats Riverains, une instruc- 
 tion interimistique, par laquelle on ordonnera de suivre jusqu'^ 
 la confection et sanction definitive du nouveau reglement, la Con- 
 vention du 15 Aoftt, 1804, en indiquant toutefois succinctement, 
 lesquels de ses articles se trouvent deja supprimes par les dispo- 
 tions actuelles, et quelles autres dispositions il faut dej^ d present 
 y substituer. 
 
 XXXII. D^s que la commission centrale sera reunie elle 
 s'occupera : 
 
 1. A dresser le reglement pour la navigation du Rhin. II 
 suffit d'observer ici, que les presens articles lui serviront d'instruc- 
 tion, et que les objets que le reglement devra embrasser, sont 
 indiques tant dans le travail actuel, que dans la Convention du 
 15 Aoftt, 1804, et qu'elle devra prendre ^ tache de conserver 
 tout ce que cette convention renferme de bon et d'utile. 
 
 Lorsque le reglement sera termini, il sera soumis ^ la sanction 
 des gouvernemens Riverains, et ce n'est que lorsque cette sanc- 
 tion aura ete donnee, que le nouvel ordre de choses pourra com- 
 mencer, et que la commission centrale pourra entrer dans ses 
 fonctions ordinaires. 
 
 2. A remplacer I'administration centrale actuelle Ik ou cela 
 seran6cessaire, jusqu'a la publication du nouveau reglement. 
 
 Signe D'Alberg. De Marschall. 
 
 Clancarty. Spaen. 
 
 Wrede. Humboldt. 
 
 TuRCKHEIM. WeSSENBERG. 
 
 Berckheim. 
 
 Articles concernant la l^avigation du Neckar, du Mein, de la 
 Moselle, de la Meuse et de PEscaut. 
 
 I. La liberie de la navigation, telle qu'elle a ete determin^e 
 pour le Rhin, est etendue au Neckar, au Mein, a la Moselle, i 
 la Meuse et ^ I'Escaut, du point oti chacune de ces Rivieres 
 devient navigable jusqu'a leur embouchure. 
 
 II. Les droits d'etape ou de relache forcee, sur le Neckar et
 
 AUSTRIA. 41 
 
 lection of the duties shall be substituted for the general collection, 
 and they shall publish, in the name of all the States of the Rhine, 
 a temporary instruction, by which it shall be ordered, that until 
 the completion and final approval of the new regulation, the Con- 
 vention of the 15th August, 1804 shall be observed; it being dis- 
 tinctly pointed out, which of its articles are already annulled by 
 the present arrangements, and what other arrangements ought 
 immediately to be adopted in lieu of them. 
 
 XXXII. As soon as the central commission shall have as- 
 sembled it shall occupy itself; 
 
 1. In drawing up the regulations for the navigation of the 
 Rhine. It is sufficient to observe here, that the present articles 
 shall serve as a guide to them, and that the points which the re- 
 gulations are to embrace, are mentioned as well in the present 
 instrument, as in the Convention of the 15th August, 1804, and 
 that care must be taken to retain whatever is good and useful in 
 that convention. 
 
 When the regulations are completed, they shall be submitted 
 to the governments of the Rhine for their approbation, and until 
 such approbation shall have been given, the new order of things 
 shall not commence, nor shall the central commission enter upon 
 its regular duties. 
 
 2. In acting for the present central administration, where it 
 shall be necessary, until the publication of the new regula- 
 tions. 
 
 Signed D'Alberg. De Marschall. 
 
 Clancarty. Spaen. 
 
 Wrede. Humroldt. 
 
 Turckhetm. Wessenberg. 
 Berckheim. 
 
 Articles concerning tlie Navigation of the Neckar, the Mayne, 
 the Mozelle, the Mense and the Scheldt. 
 
 I. The same freedom of navigation that has been granted for 
 the Rhine, shall be extended to the Neckar, the Mayne, the Mo- 
 selle, the Meuse, and the Scheldt, from the point where each of 
 them becomes navigable, to their mouths. 
 
 II. Storehouse and forced harbour duties, on the Neckar and
 
 42 AUTRICHE. 
 
 sur le Mein, seront et demeureront abolis ; et il sera libre d tout 
 batelier qualifie de naviguer sur la totalite de ces rivieres de la 
 meme inaniere que cette liberie a etc retablie par TArticle XIX 
 sur le Rhin. 
 
 III. Les phages 6tablis sur le Neckar et le Meiu ne seront 
 point auginent6s ; les Gouvernemens co-possesseurs de la rive 
 promettent, au contraire, de les diminuer dans le cas qu'ils ex- 
 cederoient actuellement les tarifs en usage en 1802, jusqu'aux 
 taux de ces tarifs. lis s'engagent egalement a ne point grever la 
 navigation par de nouvelles impositions quelconques, et se reuni- 
 ront aussitot que possible, pour convenir d'un tarif aussi analogue 
 a celui de I'octroi sur le Rhin, que les circonstances le permet- 
 tront. 
 
 IV. Sur la Moselle et la Meuse, les droits qui y sont pergus 
 actuellement en vertu des decrets du Gouvernement Francois, 
 du 12 Novembre, 1806, et du 10 Brumaire de I'ann^e 14, ne 
 seront point augmentes; les Gouvernemens co-possesseurs de la 
 rive promettent, au contraire, de les diminuer dans le cas qu'ils 
 fussent plus considerables que ceux sur le Rhin jusqu'au mfeme 
 taux. 
 
 Cet engagement de ne pas rehausser les tarifs actuels, ne 
 s'entend neanmoins que de la totalite et du maxbnnrn des droits, 
 les Gouvernemens se reservant expressement de fixer, par uu 
 nouveau reglement, tout ce qui a rapport a la distribution des 
 marchandises assujetties a un moindre tarif dans differentes 
 classes, aux differences 6tablies maintenant pour la remonte et la 
 descente aux bureaux de perception, au mode de percevoir, ^ la 
 police de la navigation, ou a tout autre objet qui auroit besoin 
 d'etre regie ulterieurement. 
 
 Ce reglement sera rendu aussi conforme que possible, a celui 
 du Rhin ; et pour obtenir davantage cette conformite, il sera 
 dresse par ceux des membres de la commission centrale pour le 
 Rhin, dont les Gouvernemens auront aussi des possessions sur 
 la rive de la Moselle et de la Meuse, 
 
 Une augmentation du tarif tel qu'il sera definitivement arrete 
 par le nouveau reglement, ne pourra plus avoir lieu, que si une 
 pareille augmentation etoit jugee n^cessaire sur le Rhin, et dans
 
 AUSTRIA. 43 
 
 the Mayne, are and shall continue abolished, and all qualified 
 watermen shall be allowed to navigate along the whole extent of 
 these rivers, in the same manner that such liberty has been 
 restored, by Article XIX, on the Rhine. 
 
 III. The tolls levied on the Neckar and the Mayne shall not 
 be increased; on the contrary, the Governments, joint possessors 
 of the bank, engage to reduce them, in case they should exceed 
 the tarifs in use in 1B02, to the rates of those tarifs. They like- 
 wise engage not to burthen navigation by any new imposts what- 
 ever, and will meet, as soon as possible, to arrange a tarif as 
 similar to the duties levied on the Rhine, as circumstances may 
 permit. 
 
 IV. The duties now levied on the Moselle and the Meuse, in 
 pursuance of the decree of the French Government of the 12th 
 November, IBO6, and of the 10th Brumaire of the year 14, 
 shall not be increased; on the contrary, the Governments, joint 
 possessors of the bank, engage to reduce them, in case they are 
 higher than those levied on the Rhine, to the same rate. 
 
 This engagement not to increase the present tarifs, refers, 
 however, only to the amount and maximum of duties; the Go- 
 vernments expressly reserving to themselves the power of fixing, 
 by new regulations, every thing relative to the division into diffe- 
 rent classes of such merchandize as is subject to a lower tariff 
 to the difference now established for passing up and down the 
 river at the custom-houses; to the mode of collection; to the 
 police of the navigation ; or to any other subject requiring ulte- 
 rior determination. 
 
 This regulation shall be made to correspond, as nearly as possi- 
 ble, with that of the Rhine ; and the better to insure such uni- 
 formity, it shall be drawn up by those members of the central 
 commission of the Rhine, whose Governments shall also have 
 possessions on the banks of the Moselle and the Meuse. 
 
 No increase shall take place in the tarif, to be finally settled 
 by the new regulation, unless a similar increase shall be con- 
 sidered necessary on the Rhine, and that only in the same pro-
 
 44 AUTRICHE. 
 
 la meme proportion seulement ; et aucune autre disposition de 
 reglement ne pourra etre chang^e que d'un commun accord. 
 
 V. Les Etats Riverains des rivieres specifiees a I'Article I. 
 se chargent de I'entretien des chemins de hallage, et des travaux 
 n6cessaires dans le lit des fleuves, de la meme maniere que cela a 
 ete arrete, a I'Article VII, pour le Rhin. 
 
 VI. Les sujets des Etats Riverains du Neckar, du Mein et de 
 la Moselle, jouissent des m^mes droits pour la navigation sur le 
 Rhin, et les sujets Prussiens pour celle sur la Meuse, que les 
 sujets des Etats Riverains de ces deux dernieres rivieres, en se 
 conformant toutefois aux reglemens y 6tablis. 
 
 VII. Tout ce qui auroit besoin d'etre fixe ulterieurement sur 
 la navigation de I'Escaut, outre la liberte de la navigation sur 
 cette riviere, prononce a I'Article I, sera definitivement regie de 
 la maniere la plus favorable au commerce et a la navigation, et 
 la plus analogue a ce qui a ete fixe pour le Rhin. 
 
 Signe D'Alberg. DeMarschall. 
 Le Comte de Keller. Spaen. 
 
 Clancarty. Le Baron de Linden, sauf la 
 
 Wrede. Ratification de Sa Majeste 
 
 Turckheim. le Roi. 
 
 Danz. Wessenbero. 
 Berckheim. 
 
 TRAITE entre la Grande- Bretagne et rAutriche (et la liussie 
 et la Prusse) signe a Paris, le 5 Novembre, 1815. 
 
 Au noiii de la Tres-Sainte ct Indivisible Trinite. 
 
 Sa Majeste le Roi du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne 
 et d'Irlande, Sa Majeste I'Empereur d'Autriche, Roi de Hongrie 
 et de Boheme, Sa Majeste I'Empereur de toutes les Russies, et 
 Sa Majeste le Roi de Prusse, animes du desir de donner suite 
 aux negociations ajournees lors du Congres de Vienne, afin de 
 fixer le sort des sept Isles loniennes, et d'assurer I'independance, 
 la liberte et le bonheur des habitans de ces lies, en les pla^ant,
 
 AUSTRIA. 45 
 
 portion ; and no other part of the regulation shall be altered but 
 by common consent. 
 
 V. The States of the Rivers specified in Article I, engage 
 to keep the towing-paths in repair, as well as the necessary works 
 in the beds of the rivers, in the same manner as agreed upon 
 in Article VII, for the Rhine. 
 
 VI. The subjects of the States of the Rivers Neckar, the 
 Mayne and the Moselle, shall enjoy the same rights of naviga- 
 tion on the Rhine, and Prussian subjects on the Meuse, as the 
 Aibjects of the States of the two last rivers; paying due regard, 
 however, to the regulations therein established. 
 
 VII. Every thing relating to the navigation of the Scheldt, 
 which may need ulterior arrangement, besides the freedom of 
 navigation on this river, specified in Article I, shall be de- 
 finitively regulated in a manner the most favourable to commerce 
 and navigation, and the most analogous to the regulations esta- 
 blished on the Rhine. 
 
 Signed D'Alberg. De Marschall. 
 
 Count Keller. Spaen. 
 
 Clancarty. The Baron Linden, subject 
 
 Wrede. to the approbation of His 
 
 TuKCKHEiM. Majesty the King. 
 
 Danz. Wessenberg. 
 Berckheim. 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and Austria {and Russia and 
 Prussia) signed at Paris, 5th November, 1815. * 
 
 In the name of the Most Holy and Undivided Trinity 
 His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Bri- 
 tain and Ireland, His Majesty the Emperor of Austria, King of 
 Hungary and Bohemia, His Majesty the Emperor of all the 
 Russias, and His Majesty the King of Prussia, animated by the 
 desire of prosecuting the negociations adjourned at the Congress 
 of Vienna, in order to fix the destiny of the seven Ionian Islands, 
 and to insure the independence, liberty, and happiness of the in- 
 
 • Since acceded to by all the other Powers of Europe.
 
 46 AUTRICHE. 
 
 eux et leur constitution sous la protection immediate d'une des 
 grandes Puissances de I'Europe, sont convenues de r6gler de- 
 iinitivement tout ce qui a rapport ^ cet objet par un Acte special, 
 lequel, 6tant fonde sur les droits resultant du Traite de Paris du 
 trente Mai, mil-huit-cent-quartorze, ainsi que sur les declarations 
 Britanniques, a I'epoque oil les armes de TAngleterre ont delivre 
 Cerigo, Zante, Cephalonie, Sainte Maure, Ithaque et Paxo, sera 
 envisage comme faisant partie du Traite General, signe a Vienne, 
 le neuf Juin mil-huit-cent-quinze, ^ la suite du Congr^s. Et pour 
 arreter et signer le dit Acte, les hautes Parties Contractantes ont 
 nomme Plenipotentiaires, savoir : 
 
 Sa Majeste le Roi du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et 
 d'Irlande; le Tres-Honorable Robert Stewart, Vicomte Castle- 
 reagh, Chevalier de I'Ordre Tres-Noble de la Jarretiere, See. &,c. 
 &c. ; et le Tr^s-Illustre et Tr^s-Noble Seigneur Arthur, Due, 
 Marquis, et Comte de Wellington, Marquis de Douro, Vicomte 
 Wellington de Talavera et de Wellington, et Baron Douro de 
 Wellesley, Chevalier du Tr^s-Noble Ordre de la Jarretiere, &c. 
 &c. &c. 
 
 Et Sa Majeste I'Empereur d'Autriche, Roi de Hongrie et de 
 Boheme, le Sieur Clement-Wenceslas Lothaire, Prince de Met- 
 ternich-Winnebourg-Ochsenhausen, &c. Sic. 8cc. ; et le Sieur 
 Jean Philippe, Baron de Wessenberg, &,c. 8cc. &c. 
 
 Lesquels, apr^s avoir echange leurs pleins pouvoirs, trouves en 
 bonne et due forme, sont convenus des Articles suivans : 
 
 I. Les Isles de Corfou, Cephalonie, Zante, Sainte Maure, Itha- 
 que, Cerigo et Paxo, avec leurs dependances, telles qu'elles sont 
 designees dans le Traite entre Sa Majeste I'Empereur de toutes 
 les Russies et la Porte Ottomane du vingt-un Mars, mil-huit-cent,* 
 formeront un seul etat libre et independant, sous la denomina- 
 tion des Etats-Unis des Isles loniennes. 
 
 II. Cet etat sera plac6 sous la protection immediate et exclu- 
 
 * " Les Isles dc Corfou, de Zante, de Cephalonie, de Santa Maura, d'ltaque, de 
 Pascou, de Cerigo, et toutes les Isles grandes et petites, habitees et inhabitecs, 
 situ^es vis-a-vis des cotes de la Mor^e et de I'Albanie, lesquelles ont ^le detaches 
 de Venise et viennent d'etre conquises." — (Art. 2.)
 
 AUSTRIA. 4f 
 
 habitants of those Islands, by placing them and their constitution 
 under the immediate protection of one of the great Powers of 
 Europe, have agreed to settle definitively by a special Act, what- 
 ever relates to this object, which, grounded upon the rights result- 
 ing from the Treaty of Paris of the 30th May, IB 14, and like- 
 wise upon the British declarations at the period when the British 
 arms liberated Cerigo, Zante, Cephalonia, Santa Maura, Ithaca 
 and Paxo, shall be considered as forming part of the General 
 Treaty, concluded at Vienna on the yth June, of the present year 
 1815, on the termhiation of the Congress ; and in order to settle 
 and sign the said Act, the High contracting Powers have nomi- 
 nated Plenipotentiaries ; that is to say. 
 
 His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Bri- 
 tain and Ireland, the Right Honourable Robert Stewart, Viscount 
 Castlereagh, K.G. &.c. &c. &.c. and the Most Illustrious and 
 Most Noble Lord, Arthur, Duke, Marquess, and Earl of Wel- 
 lington, Marquess of Douro, Viscount Wellington, of Talavera 
 and of Wellington, and Baron Douro, of Wellesley, K.G. &c. 
 &c. 8lc. 
 
 And His Majesty the Emperor of Austria, King of Hun- 
 gary and Bohemia, the Sieur Clement Wenceslas Lothaire, Prince 
 of Metternich-Winnebourg-Ochsenhausen, Sec. &c. &c. and the 
 Sieur John Philip Baron VVessenberg, &-c. 8cc. &c. who, after 
 having exchanged their full powers, found to be in good and due 
 form, have agreed upon the following Articles : 
 
 I. The Islands of Corfu, Cephalonia, Zante, Santa Maura, 
 Ithaca, Cerigo and Paxo, with their dependencies, such as they are 
 described in the Treaty between His Majesty the Emperor of all 
 the Russias and the Ottoman Porte, of the 21st of March, 1800,* 
 shall form a single, free, and independent State, under the deno- 
 mination of the United States of the Ionian Islands. 
 
 II. This State shall be placed under the immediate and ex- 
 
 * " The Islands of Corfu, Zante, Cephalonia, Santa Maura, Ithaca, Paxo, Cerigo, 
 and all the large and small islands, inhabited and uninhabited, which are situated 
 opposite to the coasts of the Morea and Albania, which were detached from Venice, 
 and have recently been conquered." — (Art. 2.)
 
 48 AUTRICHE. 
 
 sive de Sa Majesty le Roi du Royaume de la Grande-Bretagne 
 et d'Irlande, et de Ses heritiers et successeurs. 
 
 En consequence, les autres Puissances Contractantes renon- 
 cent d tout droit ou pretention particuliere qu'elles auraient pu 
 former a cet 6gard, et garantissent formellement toutes les dispo- 
 sitions du present trait6. 
 
 III. Les Etats-Unis des Isles loniennes regleront avec Tap- 
 probation de la Puissance Protectrice, leur organisation int6rieure ; 
 et pour donner a toutes les parties de cette organisation la con- 
 sistance et Taction necessaire, Sa Majeste Britannique vouera 
 une soUicitude particuliere d la legislation et a I'administration 
 g6n6rale de ces 6tats. 
 
 En consequence, Sa Majeste nommera pour y resider un Lord 
 commissaire superieur qui sera invest! de toute Tautorite neces- 
 saire k cet ejflfet. 
 
 IV. Afin de mettre en execution sans delai, les stipulations 
 consignees dans les articles precedens et fonder la reorganisation 
 politique des Etats-Unis loniens, sur cette organisation qui est 
 actuellement en vigueur, le Lord Commissaire superieur de la 
 Puissance Protectrice, reglera les formes de convocation d'une 
 assemblee legislative, dont il dirigera les operations k TefFet de 
 r^diger pour cet etat une nouvelle Charte Constitutionelle que 
 Sa Majeste Britannique sera prie de ratifier. Jusqu'au moment 
 oh une pareille Charte Constitutionnelle sera redigee et duement 
 ratifiee, les Constitutions existantes resteront en vigueur dans les 
 differentes isles, et aucun changement ne pourra y etre fait que 
 par Sa Majeste Britannique dans Son Conseil. 
 
 V. Pour assurer sans restriction aux habitans des Etats-Unis 
 des Isles loniennes, les avantages resultans de la haute protection 
 sous laquelle ils sont places, ainsi que pour Texercice des droits 
 inherens k cette protection, Sa Majeste Britannique aura celui 
 d'occuper les fortresses et places de ces Etats et d'y tenir gar- 
 nison. 
 
 La force militaire des dits Etats-Unis sera de meme sous les 
 ordres du commandant des troupes de Sa Majeste Britannique. 
 
 VI. Sa Majeste Britannique consent a ce qu'une convention
 
 AUSTRIA. 
 
 49 
 
 elusive protection of His Majesty the King of the United Kino-- 
 dom of Great Britain and Ireland, his heirs and successors. The 
 other Contracting Powers do consequently renounce every ri^ht 
 or particular pretension which they might have formed in respect 
 to them, and formally guarantee all the dispositions of the pre- 
 sent Treaty, 
 
 III. The United States of the Ionian Islands shall, with the 
 approbation of the Protecting Power, regulate their internal 
 organization ; and, in order to give to all the parts of this oro-ani- 
 zation the necessary consistency and action. His Britannic Ma- 
 jest}' will employ a particular solicitude with regard to the legis- 
 lation and the general administration of those States. His 
 Majesty will therefore appoint a Lord High Commissioner to 
 reside there, invested vvith all the necessary power and authorities 
 for this purpose. 
 
 IV. In order to carry into execution, without delay, the stipula- 
 tions mentioned in the articles preceding, and to ground the 
 political re-organization of the United Ionian States, upon that 
 organization which is actually in force, the Lord High Commis- 
 sioner of the Protecting Power shall regulate the forms of con- 
 vocation of a Legislative assembly, of which he shall direct the 
 proceedings, in order to draw up a new Constitutional Charter 
 for the States, which his Majesty the King of the United King- 
 dom of Great Britain and Ireland shall be requested to ratify. 
 
 Until such Constitutional Charter shall have been so drawn up, 
 and duly ratified, the existing Constitutions shall remain in force 
 in the different islands, and no alteration shall be made in them, 
 except by His Britannic Majesty in Council. 
 
 V. In order to ensure, without restriction, to the inhabitants 
 of the United States of the Ionian Islands, the advantages re- 
 sulting from the high protection under which these States are 
 placed, as well as for the exercise of the rights inherent in the 
 said protection, His Britannic Majesty shall have the right to 
 occupy the fortresses and places of those States, and to maintain 
 garrisons in the same. The military force of the said United 
 States shall also be under the orders of the Commander-in-Chief 
 of the troops of His Britannic Majesty. 
 
 VI. His Britannic Majesty consents, that a particular Conven- 
 VOL. I. E
 
 50 AUTRJCHE. 
 
 particuli^re avec le Gouvernement des dits Etats-Unis, regie, 
 d'apres les levenus de I'Etat, tous les objets relatifs au maintieii 
 des forteresses actuellement existantes, ainsi qu'ii I'entretien et au 
 payement des garnisons Britanniques et au iionibre d'liommes qui 
 les composeront en terns de paix. La meme Convention fixera 
 en outre les rapports qui devront avoir lieu entre cette force 
 arm6e et le Gouvernement lonien. 
 
 VII. Le pavilion marchand des Etats-Unis des Isles loniennes 
 sera reconnu par toutes les Parties Contractantes comme pavil- 
 ion d'un Etat libre et independant. II portera avec les couleurs 
 et au dessus des armoiries qu'il a deployees avant niil-huit-cent- 
 sept, celles que Sa Majeste Britannique pourra juger ^ propos 
 de lui accorder en signe de la protection sous laquelle les dits 
 Etats-Unis loniens sont places, et pour donner plus de poids 
 encore d cette protection, tous les ports des dits Etats sont de- 
 clares etre, quant aux droits honorifiques et militaires, sous la 
 jurisdiction Britannique. 
 
 Le commerce entre les Etats-Unis loniens et les Etats de Sa 
 Majeste Imp^riale et Royale Apostolique jouira des memes 
 avantages et facilites que celui de la Grande-Bretagne avec les 
 dits Etats-Unis. 
 
 II ne sera accr6dite aux Etats-Unis des Isles loniennes que des 
 agens commerciaux, ou Consuls charges imiquementdela gestion 
 des relations coninierciales, et assujettis aux reglemens, auxquels 
 les agens commerciaux ou Consuls sont soumis dans d'autres 
 Etats independans. 
 
 VIII. Toutes les Puissances qui out signe le Traite de Paris 
 du trente Mai, mil-huit-cent-quatorze, et I'Acte du Congr^s de 
 Vienne du neuf Juin, mil-huit-ccnt-quinze, et en outre Sa Majeste 
 le Roi des Deux Siciles et la Porte Ottomane seront invites a 
 acceder a la presente Convention. 
 
 IX. Le present Acte sera ratifie et les ratifications seront 
 echangees dans deux mois ou plutot si faire se pent.
 
 AUSTRIA. 51 
 
 tion with llie Government of the said United States shall regulate, 
 according to the revenues of those States, every thing which may 
 relate to the maintenance of the fortresses already existing, as 
 well as to the subsistence and payment of the British garrisons, 
 and to the number of men of which they shall be composed in 
 lime of peace. 
 
 The same Convention shall likewise fix the relations which are 
 to exist between the said armed force and the Ionian Govern- 
 ment. 
 
 V^Il. The trading flaoof the United States of the Ionian Islands 
 shall be acknowledged by all the Contracting Parties as the flag 
 of a free and independent State. It shall carry with the colours, 
 and above the armorial bearings thereon displayed before the year 
 1807, such other as His Britannic Majesty may think proper 
 to grant, as a mark of the protection under which the said United 
 Ionian States are placed ; and for the more effectual furtherance 
 of this protection, all the ports and harbours of the said States are 
 hereby declared to be, with respect to honorary and military rights, 
 within British jurisdiction. The commerce between the United 
 Ionian States and the dominions of His Imperial and Royal Apos- 
 tolic Majesty shall enjoy the same advantages and facilities as 
 that of Great Britain with the said United States. None but 
 commercial agent.s, or Consuls, charged solely with the carrying 
 on conmiercial relations, and subject to the regulations to which 
 commercial agents or Consuls are subject in other independent 
 States, shall be accredited to the United States of the Ionian 
 Islands.* 
 
 VIII. All the Powers which signed the Treaty of Paris of the 
 .^Oth of May, 1814, and the Act of the Congress of Vienna of the 
 9th of June, 1815 ; and also His Majesty the King of the Two 
 Sicilies, and the Ottoman Porte, shall be invited to accede to the 
 present Convention. 
 
 IX. The present Act shall be ratified, and the ratifications 
 shall be exchanged in two months, or sooner, if possible. 
 
 • See extract from the Constitutional Chart wlilch follows this Treaty. 
 
 E 2
 
 52 AUTRICHE. 
 
 En foi de quoi, les Pl6nipotentiaires respectifs Tont signe et y 
 ont appose le cachet de leurs armes. 
 
 Fait k Paris, le cinq Novembre, mil-huit-cent-quinze. 
 
 Sign6 (L.S.) Castleueagh. 
 
 (L.S.) Wellington. 
 
 (L.S.) Metternigh. 
 
 (L.S.) Wessi:nbero. 
 
 Documento relativo al Jrticolo 7" del Trattato precedenfe. 
 
 COSTITUZIONE DEGLI Stati Unili delle hole lonie 
 unaidmamente adottala e sanzionata dalT Assemblea Legis/a- 
 iiva net Giorno 2 Maggio, 1817. 
 
 ESTRATTO. 
 
 CAPITOLO VIT. 
 
 Miscellanea. 
 
 Sezione IV^. 
 Delle Relazioni Estere. 
 
 1. Stante die nell' ultima parte dell' Articolo settimo del Trat- 
 tato di Parigi ^ convenuto, che nessuna persona, per parte di 
 qualsiasi Potenza, sara aniniessa in questi Stati, la quale posseda, 
 o pretenda di possedere, alcun potere oltre di quelli che vengono 
 definiti nell' articolo sopraddetto,viene qui dichiarato : che qualsiasi 
 persona assumesse qualinique autorita, come agente di una Potenza 
 estera, eccetto quauto viene come sopra ordinato, potrA essere 
 tradotta in giudizio innanzi al Supremo Consiglio di Giustizia, e 
 andrasoggetta,nel casoche risultasse colpevole, alle pene ordinate 
 nei casi di alto tradimento contro lo Stato. 
 
 IL Verun nativo, o suddito degli Stati Uniti delle Isole lonie, 
 sara considerate persona competente a poter agire come Console, 
 o Vice-Console, di alcuna Potenza estera negli stati medesimi. 
 
 IlL I ConsoliBritaiHiici in tutti gli stati esteri, senza eccezione, 
 saranno considerati avcrc il carattere di Consoli, e di Vice-Consoli
 
 AUSTRIA. 53 
 
 III witness whereof tiie respective Plenipotentiaries have 
 signed it, and have affixed thereunto the seals of their arms. 
 Done at Paris the 5th day of November, in the year of our 
 Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifteen. 
 
 Signed (L.S.) Castlerkagh. 
 
 (L.S.) Wellington. 
 (L.S.) Metternich. 
 (L.S.) Wessenberg. 
 
 Document referring to the Seventh Article of the preceding 
 
 Treaty. 
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL CHAPtT of the United States of the 
 Ionian. Islands, as agreed on and passed nnauimousli/ hj/ the 
 Legislative Assembly, on the Id of Mai/, 1817. 
 
 Extract. (Translation as laid before Parliament.) 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 Miscellaneons. 
 
 Section IV. 
 Of Foreign Relations. 
 I. Whereas, in the latter part of the seventh Article of the 
 Treaty of Paris, it is agreed, " that no person, from any Power 
 whatsoever, shall be admitted within these States, possessing or 
 pretending to possess any powers beyond those which are de- 
 fined in the aforesaid article ;" it is hereby declared, that any 
 person who shall assume to himself any authority as an agent for 
 a foreign Power, except as therein directed, shall be amenable 
 to be tried before the Supreme Council of Justice, and be liable, 
 if found guilty, to punishment, as in cases of high treason against 
 the State. 
 
 II. No native, or subject of the United States of the Ionian 
 Islands shall be held competent to act as Consul or Vice-Consul 
 for any foreign Power within the same. 
 
 III. The British Consuls, in all ports whatsoever, shall be con- 
 sidered to be the Consuls and V ice-Consuls of the United States of
 
 54 AUTRICHE. 
 
 degli Stati Uniti delle Isole lonie, ed i sudditi delle stesse avranno 
 diiitto alia pienissima loro protezione. 
 
 IV. Qualunque richiesta necessaria da farsi da questi Stati a 
 qualunque Potenza estera, sard trasmessa dal prestantissinio Senato 
 a Sua Eccellenza il Lord Alto Commissioiiario di Sua Maest'A il 
 Sovrano Protettore, il quale avanzera la medesima al ministro del 
 Sovrano protettore resideute nella Corte della detta Potenza, onde 
 sia dal niedesimo presentata in dovuta forma alia Potenza sudetta. 
 
 V. L'approvazione della destinazione di tutti gli agenti, o 
 Consoli esteri negli Stati Uniti delle Isole lonie, sard fatta dal 
 prestantissimo Senato per mezzo di Sua Altezza il Presidente del 
 niedesimo, col coucorso di Sua Eccellenza il Lord Alto Commis- 
 sionario del Sovrano Protettore. 
 
 VI. Colla mira di assicurare la massima protezione al com- 
 mercio di questi stati, tutti i bastimenti che navigheranno coperti 
 della bandiera Ionia, prima di partire dui porti degli Stati lonii a' 
 quali appartengono, dovranno essere nuuiiti di un passo firmato 
 da Sua Eccellenza il Lord Alto Commissionario di Sua Maesta 
 il Sovrano Protettore, e non sard considerata legale la navigazione 
 di qualunque naviglio che navigasse senza tal passo. Resta per6 
 riservato a Sua Maesta il Sovrano Protettore di decidere, se 
 oltre al detto passo, sia necessario, che vengan pure muniti del 
 passo deir ammiragliato della Grande Brettagna nel Mediter- 
 
 raneo. 
 
 Sezione V. 
 
 Del/a Sanitd. 
 I. Stante che lo stato protettore, e lo Stato protetto hanno 
 uguale diritto ed interesse nel grande oggetto della preservazione 
 della salute pubblica, viene qui dichiarato : che la direzione della 
 Sanitd per tutti gli Stati Uniti delle Isole lonie e devoluta a Sua 
 Eccellenza il Lord Alto Commissionario del Sovrano Protettore, 
 il quale regolerd, a norma delle discipline Sanitarie, le relative 
 contumacie da farsi in ogni caso, dandone le dovute notizie ; fissera 
 il numero degli uffiziali da essere impiegati, e nominerd in ogn* 
 isola il capo del uffizio di Sanitd, che potrd essere suddito Britan- 
 nico, o lonio ; ma qualunque altra nomina su questo proposito, 
 sard soggetta all' approvazione del prestantissinio Senato ; e per
 
 AUSTRIA. 55 
 
 the louian Islands, and the subjects of the same shall be entitled 
 to their fullest protection. 
 
 IV. All applications necessary to be made by these States to 
 any foreign Power, shall be transmitted by the Senate to His 
 Excellency the Lord High Commissioner of the Protecting Sove- 
 reign, who shall forward the same to the and)assador or minister 
 of the Protecting Sovereign, resident at the Court of the said 
 foreign Pow er, for the purpose of submitting them in due form to 
 the said Power. 
 
 V. The approval of the appointments of all foreign agents, or 
 Consuls, in the United States of the Ionian Islands, shall be by the 
 Senate, through the medium of His Highness the President thereof, 
 with the concurrence of His Excellency the Lord High Com- 
 missioner of the Protecting Sovereign. 
 
 VI. With a view to ensure the most perfect protection to the 
 commerce of these islands, every vessel, navigating under the 
 Ionian flag, shall be bound, before leaving the port of the Ionian 
 States to which she belongs, to provide herself with a pass, 
 signed by His Excellency the Lord High Commissioner of the 
 Protecting Sovereign, and no vessel sailing without such pass, 
 shall be considered as navigating according to law. But it is 
 reserved to His Majesty, the Protecting Sovereign, to decide how 
 far it may be necessary, that, independent of such pass, they should 
 further be bound to supply themselves with Mediterranean passes. 
 
 Section V. 
 
 Of the Sanita. 
 I. Whereas the protecting and protected State have an equal 
 right and interest in the great object of the preservation of the 
 public health ; it is hereby declared, the controul of the Sanit^ 
 throughout the United States of the Ionian Islands, shall be vested 
 in the hands of His Excellency the Lord High Commissioner of 
 the Protecting Sovereign, who shall regulate, according to the 
 rules of Sanita, the relative quarantines to be performed in all 
 instances, giving due notice of the same ; shall fix the number of 
 officers to be employed, and name, in each island, the heads of 
 the office of Sanita, being either British or Ionian subjects : but 
 all other appointments made upon this head shall be subject to
 
 56 AUTRICHE. 
 
 quanto riguarda il nuniero di altri agenti del detto iiffizio, ed il 
 loro stipendio, ci6 verra preso in considerazione dall' Assemblea 
 Legislativa, come fu gia esposto riguardo alia lista civile. 
 
 I[. L'uffizio della posta in ogn' isola sara d'ora innanzi coiisi- 
 deiato come parte integrante dell' uffizio di Sanitii. 
 
 Sezione VI. 
 Delia Binidkra, e degli Stemmi Naziuua/i. 
 
 I. La Bandiera Conimerciale della Nazione degli Stati Uniti 
 dellelsole Ionie,nel modo che viene ordinato nel settimo Articolo 
 del Tjattato di Parigi, sard I'aiitica bandiera di qiiesti Stati coll' 
 aggiunta dell' Uuione Britannica da essere innestata nell' angolo 
 superiore presso I'asta. 
 
 II. La bandiera Britannica verra spiegata giornalmente in 
 tutti i forti degli Stati Uniti delle Isole lonie ; ma nelle giornate 
 di pubblica festa ed esultanza, sara spiegata una bandiera, che 
 verra espressamente fatta secondo ii niodello degli stemmi dei 
 detti Stati. 
 
 III. Le armi, o gli stemmi degli Stati Uniti delle Isole lonie 
 consisteranno d'ora innanzi nelle armi Britanniche nel centro, 
 circondate dalle armi di ciascuna delle isole componenti i detti 
 Stati. 
 
 IV. Lo stemma di ciascuna delle Isole sarA formato dalle armi 
 proprie dell' Isola, e da tale emblema denotante la protezione del 
 Sovrano Protettore, quale verra giudicato conveniente. 
 
 Sezione VII. 
 Clausule Generali. 
 III. Nei casi di qualnnque transazionemarittima,e nella riscos- 
 sione dei dazii, spettera alle autoritd competenti d'impi^gare dei 
 sudditi Britannici, o lonii. 
 
 V. Una legge speciale stabilird i termini, il tempo, ed il modo 
 per la naturalizzazione dei svidditi esteri in questi Stati ; raa i 
 sudditi di Sua Maesta il Sovrano Protettore, avranno in ogni caso 
 il diritto di naturalizzazione alia meta del tempo richiesto per 
 quelli di qualunque altra Potenza estera; ed un suddito della 
 Potenza protettrice, o di qualunque altre Potenza estera, pu6 
 essere ad un tratto naturaiizzato per mezzo di un apposito Bill, 
 senza riguardo a verun perlodo fisso di residenza in questi Stati, 
 ciocclie verra .sj)iegato nella medesima legge.
 
 AUSTRIA. 57 
 
 the approbation of the Senate, and, as far as relates to numbers 
 and amount of salary, to the consideration of tlie Legislative As- 
 sembly, as hereinbefore stated in regard to the civil list. 
 
 II, The post-office in each island shall, hereafter, be considered 
 as an integral part of the Sanita. 
 
 Sf.ction VI. 
 Of the Natiofial Co /ours and Armor'ud Bearings. 
 
 I. The National Commercial Flag of the United States of the 
 Ionian Islands, as directed by the seventh Article of the Treaty of 
 Paris, shall be the original flag of these States, with the addition 
 of the British Union, to be placed in the upper corner, next to 
 the flag-staff'. 
 
 II. On usual days, the British colours shall be hoisted on all 
 the forts within the United States of the Ionian Islands ; but a 
 standard shall be made, to be hoisted on days of public rejoicing 
 and festivity, according to the model of the armorial bearings of 
 the said States. 
 
 III. The arms, or armorial bearings of the United States of 
 the Ionian Islands shall hereafter consist of the British arms in 
 the centre, surrounded by the arms of each of the islands com- 
 posing the said States. 
 
 IV. The armorial bearings of each of the Islands shall consist 
 of the individual arms of the island, and such embleni, denoting 
 the Sovereign Protection, as may be deemed advisable. 
 
 Section VII. 
 General Clauses. 
 III. In the instance of all maritime transactions, and the col- 
 lection of the customs, it shall be competent for the proper au- 
 thorities to employ either British or Ionian subjects. 
 
 V. A specific law shall settle the terms, time, and mode for the 
 naturalization of foreign subjects in these States; but the subjects 
 of the protecting Power shall, in all instances, be entitled to na- 
 turalization in half the time that is required for those of any 
 foreign Power; and a subject of the protecting Power, or of any 
 other Power, may be at once naturalized by a bill to that effect, 
 without reference to any fixed time of residence in these States, 
 which shall be laid down in the law itself.
 
 ( 58 ) 
 
 BARBARY STATES 
 
 ALGIERS. 
 
 TREATY belwccit Great Britain and Algiers, signed at Algiers, 
 \Oth April, 1()82.* 
 
 Articles of Peace and Commerce between tlie Most Serene 
 and Mighty Prince Charles the Second, by the Grace of God 
 King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the 
 Christian Faith, &c. and the Most Illustrious Lords, the 
 Bashaw, Dey, Aga, and Governors of the famous City and 
 Kingdom of Algiers, in Barbary : concluded by Arthur Her- 
 bert, Esquire, Admiral of His Majesty's Fleet in the Mediter- 
 ranean Seas, on the Tenth day of April, old stile, iGS'i. 
 
 I. In the first place it is agreed and concluded, that from this 
 day, and for ever forwards, there be a true, firm and inviolable 
 peace between the most Serene King of Great Britain, France 
 and Ireland, Defender of the Christian Faith, &c. and the most 
 illustrious Lords, the Bashaw, Dey, Aga, and Governors of the 
 City and Kingdom of Algiers, and between all the Dominions and 
 subjects of either side, and that the ships or other vessels, and 
 the subjects and people of both sides shall not henceforth do to 
 each other any arm, offence or injury, either in word or deed, but 
 shall treat one another with all possible respect and friendship. 
 
 II. That any of the ships, or other vessels, belonging to the 
 said King of Great Britain, or to any of His Majesty's subjects, 
 may safely come to the port of Algiers, or to any other port or 
 place of that kingdom, there freely to buy and sell, paying the 
 
 * Renewed b^f the Treaty ol' loth March, 17^9.
 
 BARBARY STATES. 50 
 
 usual customs of ten per cent, as in former times, for such goods 
 as they sell ; and the goods they sell not, they shall freely carry 
 on board without paying any duties for the same ; and that they 
 shall freely depart from thence whensoever they please, without 
 any stop or hindrance whatsoever. As to contraband merchan- 
 dises, as powder, brimstone, iron, planks, and all sorts of timber 
 fit for building of ships, ropes, pitch, tar, fusils, and other habili- 
 ments of war, His said Majesty's subjects shall pay no duty for 
 the same to those of Algiers. 
 
 III. That all ships, and other vessels, as well those belonging 
 to the said King of Great Britain, or to any of His Majesty's 
 subjects, as those belonging to the Kingdom or people of Algiers, 
 shall freely pass the seas, and traffic without any search, hindrance 
 or molestation from each other; and that all persons or passen- 
 gers, of what country soever, and all monies, goods, merchandises 
 and moveables, to whatsoever people or nation belonging, being 
 on board of any of the said ships or vessels, shall be wholly free, 
 and shall not be stopped, taken or plundered, nor receive any 
 harm or damage whatsoever from either party. 
 
 IV. That the Algier ships of war, or other vessels, meeting 
 with any merchants' ships, or other vessels, of His said Majesty's 
 subjects, not being in any of the seas appertaining to His Majesty's 
 dominions, may send on board one single boat, with two sitters 
 only, besides the ordinary crew of rowers, and that no more shall 
 enter any such merchant ship or vessel, without express leave 
 from the commander thereof, but the two sitters alone ; and that 
 upon producing a pass under the hand and seal of the Lord High 
 Admiral of England and Ireland, or of the Lord High Admiral of 
 Scotland, for the said kingdoms respectively, or under the hands 
 and seals of the commissioners for executing the office of Lord 
 High Admiral of any of the said kingdoms, that the said boat 
 shall presently depart, and the merchant ship or vessel shall pro- 
 ceed freely on her voyage, and that although, for the space of 
 fifteen months next ensuing after the conclusion of this peace, the 
 said commander of the merchant ship or vessel produce no such 
 pass, yet if the major part of the seamen of the said ship or ves- 
 sel be subjects of the said King of Great Britam, the said boat 
 shall immediately depart, and the said merchant ship, or vessel.
 
 60 ALGIERS. 
 
 shall freely proceed on her voyage ; but that after the said fifteen 
 months, all merchants' ships, or vessels, of His said Majesty's sub- 
 jects shall be obliged to produce such a pass as aforesaid. And 
 any of the ships of war, or other vessels, of His said Majesty, 
 meeting with any ships, or other vessels, of Algiers, if the com- 
 mander of any such Algier ship, or vessel, shall produce a pass 
 finned by the chief governors of Algiers, and a certificate from 
 the English Consul living there, or if they have no such pass, or 
 certificate, yet if, for the space of fifteen months next ensuing the 
 conclusion of this peace, the major part of the ship's company be 
 Turks, Moors, or slaves belonging to Algiers, then the said Algier 
 ship, or vessel, shall proceed freely ; but that, after the said fifteen 
 months, all Algiers ships, or vessels, shall be obliged to produce 
 such a pass and certificate as aforesaid. 
 
 V. That no commander, or other person, of any ship, or vessel, 
 of Algiers, shall take out of any ship, or vessel, of His said Ma- 
 jesty's subjects, any person or persons whatsoever, to carry them 
 any where to be examined, or upon any other pretence; nor shall 
 they use any torture, or violence, to any person of what nation or 
 quality soever, being on board any ship, or vessel, of His Ma- 
 jesty's subjects, upon any pretence whatsoever. 
 
 VI. That no shipwreck belonging to the said King of Great 
 Britain, or to any of His Majesty's subjects, upon any part of the 
 coast belonging to Algiers, shall be made or become prize, and 
 that neither the goods thereof shall be seized, nor the men made 
 slaves ; but that all the subjects of Algiers shall do their best 
 endeavours to save the said men and their goods. 
 
 VH. That no ship, nor any other vessel of Algiers, shall have 
 permission to be delivered up, or go to Sally, or any place in 
 enmity with the said King of Great Britain, to be made use of as 
 corsairs, or sea-rovers, against His said Majesty's subjects. 
 
 VHI. That none of the ships, or other smaller vessels of Al- 
 giers, shall remain cruising near or in sight of His Majesty's city 
 and garrison of Tangier, or of any other of His Majesty's roads, 
 havens or ports, towns and places, nor any ways disturb the peace 
 and commerce of the same. 
 
 IX. That if any ship, or vessel, of Tunis, Tripoli, or Sally, or 
 of any other place, bruig any ships, vessels, men or goods be-
 
 BAIIBARY STATES. ni 
 
 longing to any of His said Majesty's subjects, to Algiers, or to 
 any port or place in that kingdom, the governors there shall not 
 permit them to be sold within the territories of Algiers. 
 
 X. That if any of the ships of war of the said King of Great 
 Britain do come to Algiers, or to any other port or place of that 
 kingdom, with any prize, they may freely sell it, or otherwise to 
 dispose of it at their own pleasure, without being molested by 
 any : and that His Majesty's said ships of w ar shall not be obliged 
 to pay customs in any sort ; and that if they shall want provi- 
 sions, victuals, or any other things, they may freely buy them at 
 the rates in the market. 
 
 Xr. That when any of His said Majesty's ships of war shall 
 appear before Algiers, upon notice thereof given by the English 
 Consul, or by the commander of the said ships, to the chief go- 
 vernors of Algiers, public proclamation shall be immediately 
 made to secure the Christian captives; and if, after that, any 
 Christians whatsoever make their escape on board any of the said 
 ships of war, they shall not be required back again, nor shall the 
 said consul or commander, or any other His Majesty's subjects, 
 be obliged to pay any thing for the said Christians. 
 
 Xn. That from, and after, the time that the ratification of this 
 Treaty by the King of Great Britain shall be delivered to the chief 
 governors of Algiers, no subjects of His said Majesty shall be bought 
 or sold, or made slaves in any part of the Kingdom of Algiers, 
 upon any pretence whatsoever. And the said King of Great 
 Britain shall not be obliged, by virtue of this Treaty of Peace, to 
 redeem any of His subjects now in slavery, or who may be made 
 slaves before the said ratification ; but it shall depend absolutely 
 npon His Majesty, or the friends and relations of the said persons 
 in slavery, without any limitation or restriction of time, to redeem 
 such, and so many of them, from time to time, as shall be thought 
 fit, agreeing of as reasonable a price as may be, with their patrons 
 or masters, for their redemption, without obliging the said pa- 
 trons or masters, against their wills, to set any at liberty, whether 
 they be slaves belonging to the Beylicque or Gaily, or such as 
 belong to the Bashaw, Dey, Governor, Aga, or any other persons 
 whatsoever. And all slaves, being His Majesty's subjects, shall, 
 when they are redeemed, enjoy the advantage and benefit of
 
 62 ALGIERS. 
 
 abatements of the duty due to the royal house, and of the other 
 charges, by payuig such reasonable sums as any slaves of other 
 nations usually pay M-hen they are redeemed. 
 
 XIII. That if any subject of the said King of Great Britain 
 happen to die in Algiers, or in any part of its territories, his 
 goods or monies shall not be seized by the Governors, Judges, 
 or other officers of Algiers (who shall likewise make no enquiry 
 after the same) but the said goods or monies shall be possessed 
 or received by such person or persons whom the deceased shall 
 by his last w ill have made his heir or heirs, in case they be 
 upon the place where the testator deceased. But if the heirs 
 be not there, then the executors of the said will, lawfully consti- 
 tuted by the deceased, shall, after having made an inventory 
 of all the goods and monies left, take them into their custody 
 without any hindrance, and shall take care the same be remitted 
 by some safe w ay, to the true and lawful heirs ; and in case any 
 of His said Majesty's subjects happen to die, not having made 
 any will, the English Consul shall possess himself of his goods 
 and monies upon inventory, for the use of the kindred, and heirs 
 of the deceased. 
 
 XIV. That no merchants being His Majesty's subjects, and 
 residing in, or trading to the City and Kingdom of Algiers, shall 
 be obliged to buy any merchandises against their wills ; but it 
 shall be free for them to buy such commodities as they shall 
 think fit, and no captain or commander of any ship or vessel be- 
 longing to His said Majesty's subjects, shall be obliged against 
 his will to lade any goods to carry them, or make a voyage to 
 any place he shall not have a mind to go to : and neither the Eng- 
 lish Consul, nor any other subject of the said King, shall be 
 bound to pay the debts of any other of His Majesty's subjects, 
 except that he or they become sureties for the same by a public 
 act. 
 
 XV. That the subjects of His said Majesty in Algiers, or 
 its territories, in matter of controversy, shall be liable to no 
 other jurisdiction but that of the Dey or Duan, except they 
 happen to be at difterence between themselves, in which case 
 they shall be liable to no other determination but that of the Con- 
 sul on I v.
 
 BARBARY STATES. 6.3 
 
 XVI. That in case any subject of His said Majesty being in 
 any part of the Kingdom of Algiers, liappen to strike, wound, or 
 kill a Turk or a Moor, if he be taken, he is to be punished in 
 the same manner, and with no greater severity than a Turk ought 
 to be, being guilty of the same offence ; but if he escape, nei- 
 ther the said English Consul, nor any other of His said Majesty's 
 subjects, shall be in any sort questioned and troubled therefore. 
 
 XVH. That the English Consul now, or at any time here- 
 after living in Algiers, shall be there at all times with entire free- 
 dom and safety of his person and estate, and shall be permitted 
 to choose liis own druggerman and broker, and freely to go on 
 board any ships in the road, as often and when he pleases, and 
 to have the liberty of the country ; and that he shall be allowed a 
 place to pray in, and that no man shall do him any injury in 
 word or deed. 
 
 XVHI. That not only during the continuance of this peace 
 and friendship, but likewise if any breach of war happen to be 
 hereafter between the said King of Great Britain and the King- 
 dom of Algiers, the said English Consul, and all other His 
 said Majesty's subjects inhabiting in the Kingdom of Algiers, 
 shall always, and at all times, both of peace and war, have full 
 and absolute liberty to depart and go to their own, or any other 
 country, upon any ship or vessel, of what nation soever, they 
 shall think fit; and to carry with them all their estates, goods, 
 families and servants, without any interruption or hhidrance. 
 
 XIX. That no subject of His said Majesty, being a passenger, 
 and coming or going with his baggage, from or to any port, shall 
 be any way molested or meddled with, although he be on board 
 any ship or vessel in enmity with Algiers; and in like manner no 
 Algerine passenger being on board any ship or vessel in enmity 
 with the said King of Great Britain, shall be any way molested, 
 whether in his person, or in his goods which he may have laden 
 on board the said ship or vessel. 
 
 XX. That at all times when any ship of war of the King of 
 Great Britain's, carrying His said Majesty's flag at the main top- 
 mast head, shall appear before Algiers, and come to an anchor in 
 the roads ; that immediately after notice thereof given by His 
 said Majesty's Consul, or officer, from the ship unto the Dey and
 
 04 ALGIERS. 
 
 Government of Algiers, they shall in honour to tlis Majesty, 
 cause a salute of one-and-twenty cannon to be shot off from the 
 castles and forts of the city, and that the said ship shall return an 
 answer by shooting off the same number of cannon. 
 
 XXI. That presently after the signing and sealing of these 
 Articles, by the Bashaw, Dey, Aga, and Governors of Algiers, 
 all injuries and damages sustained on either part, shall be quite 
 taken away and forgotten, and this peace shall be in full force 
 and virtue, and continue for ever. And for all depredations and 
 damao-es that shall be afterwards committed or done by either 
 side, before notice can be given of this peace, full satisfaction 
 shall immediately be made, and whatsoever remains in kind, shall 
 be instantly restored. 
 
 XXII. That in case it shall happen, hereafter, that any thing 
 is done or committed contrary to this Treaty, whether by the sub- 
 jects of the one or the other party ; the Treaty, notwithstanding, 
 shall subsist in full force, and such contraventions shall not occa- 
 sion the breach of this peace, friendship, and good correspon- 
 dence ; but the party injured shall amicably demand immediate 
 satisfaction for the said contraventions before it be lawful to 
 break the peace ; and if the fault w as committed by any private 
 subjects of either Party, they alone shall be punished as breakers 
 of the peace, and disturbers of the public quiet. And our faith 
 shall be our faith, and our Mord our word. 
 
 Confirmed and sealed in the presence of Almighty God, the 
 10th day of April, in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, l682, 
 and in the year of the Hegira, 10y3, and the 1 1th day of 
 the Moon, Abril. 
 
 Sitrned Autiiur Herkert. 
 
 Article concerning Passes. 
 
 Whereas on the lOlhday of April, l68'2, there was a Treaty of 
 Peace concluded between the Most Serene King of Great Bri- 
 tain, France and Ireland, Defender of the Christian Faith, &c. 
 and the Most Illustrious Lords the Bashaw, Dey, Aga, and Go-
 
 BAlUiARY- STATES. 65 
 
 vernors of the City and Kingdom of Algiers, to which Treaty 
 there was annexed a fonn of Passes for the ships belonging to 
 the subjects of the said King of Great Britain ; it is hereby 
 agreed and expressly declared, that the said form annexed to the 
 said Treaty being no part thereof, the Lords High Admirals or 
 Commissioners of the Admiralty of His said Majesty's Domi- 
 nions, are at full liberty in giving the said Passes, to use the 
 form of words hereunto annexed, which shall be good and 
 sufficient to all intents and purposes. 
 
 Confirmed and sealed, in the presence of Almighty God, the 
 5th day of March, in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, 
 1683, being in the year of the Hegira, 1094, and the I7th 
 day of the Moon, Moolout. 
 
 Form of the Pass. 
 Suffer the Sliip 
 
 to pass with her company, passengers, goods 
 and merchandizes, without any let, hindrance, seizure or molesta- 
 tion, the said ship appearing unto me (or us) by good testimony, 
 to belong to the subjects of our Sovereign Lord the King, and 
 to no foreigners. Given under my hand (or our hands) and the 
 seal of my (or our) office of Admiral, at 
 tiie day of 
 
 in the year of our Lord 
 
 To all persons whom these may concern. 
 
 By command of 
 
 Note. — That the late Commission of the Admiralty of England 
 having been determined, and the administration of the affairs 
 thereof (and particularly that of signing Passes) taken into His 
 Majesty's own Royal Hand, the form of the forementioned Pass 
 has received the following alterations, viz. 
 
 James the Second, by the Grace of God, King of England^ 
 Scotland, France and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, &,c. 
 
 To all persons whom these may concern, greeting. 
 VOL. I. V
 
 66 ALGIERS. 
 
 Suft'er the Ship 
 
 to pass with her company, passengers, goods and 
 merchandizes, without any let, hindrance, seizure or molesta- 
 tion ; the said ship appearing unto us by good testimony to be- 
 long to our subjects, and to no foreigner. Given under our Sign 
 Manual, and the Seal of our Atlmiralty, at our Court at 
 
 this day of 
 
 in the year of our Lord 
 
 James R. 
 
 By Ilis Majesty's command. 
 
 Signed 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and Algiers. Signed at Algiers, 
 
 blh Jpril, 1686.* 
 
 Articles of Peace and Commerce between the Most Serene 
 
 and Mighty Prince, James the Second, by the Grace of God, 
 
 King of Great Britain, France, and Ireland, Defender of the 
 
 Christian Faith, 8cc. and the Most Illustrious Lords, the 
 
 Doulet, G. Bashaw, Aga, and Governors of the famous City 
 
 and Kingdom of Algiers, in Barbary, ratified and confirmed 
 
 by Sir William Soame, Baronet, His Majesty's Ambassador 
 
 to the Grand Signior, on the 5th of April, O. S. l680. 
 
 I. In the first place it is agreed and concluded, that from this 
 
 day, and for ever forwards, the peace made by Arthur Herbert, 
 
 Esq. Admiral of His Majesty's fleet in the Mediterranean, be 
 
 renewed and confirmed, and kept inviolable between the Most 
 
 Serene King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of 
 
 the Christian Faith, Sec. and the Most Illustrious Lords the 
 
 Doulets, Bashaw, Aga, and Governors of the City and Kingdom 
 
 of Algiers, and between all the dominions and subjects of either 
 
 side ; and that the ships and other vessels, and the subjects and 
 
 people of both sides, shall not from henceforth do to each other 
 
 any harm, offence, or injury, either in word or deed, but shall 
 
 * Renewed by the Treaty of '18lh March, 1729.
 
 CARBARY STATES» 67 
 
 treat one another with all possible respect and iViendship ; and 
 that all deniantis and pretensions whatsoever to this day, between 
 both parties, shall cease and be void. 
 
 II. That any of the ships or other vessels belonging to the 
 said King of Great Britain, or to any of His Majesty's snbjects, 
 may safely come to the port of Algiers, or to any other port or 
 place of that Kingdom, there freely to buy and sell, paying the 
 usual customs of 10 per cent, as in former times, for such goods 
 as they sell ; and the goods they sell not, they shall freely carry 
 on board without paying any duties for the same, and that they 
 shall freely depart from thence whensoever they please, without 
 any stop or hindrance whatsoever. As to contraband merchan- 
 dizes, as powder, brimstone, iron, planks, and all sorts of timber 
 fit for building of ships, ropes, pitch, tar, fusils, and other habili- 
 ments of war. His said Majesty's subjects shall pay no duty for 
 the same to those of Algiers. 
 
 III. That all ships and other vessels, as well those belonging 
 to the King of Great Britain, or to any of His Majesty's subjects, 
 as those belonging to the Kingdom or people of Algiers, shall 
 freely pass the seas, and traffic without any search, hindrance, 
 or molestation from each other ; and that all persons or passen- 
 gers of what country soevei', and all monies, goods, merchandizes, 
 and moveables, to whatsoever people or nation belonging, being 
 on board of any of the said ships or vessels, shall be wholly free, 
 and shall not be stopped, taken or plundered, nor receive any 
 harm or damage whatsoever from either party. 
 
 IV. That the Algiers ships of war, or other vessels, meeting 
 with any merchant ships, or other vessels of His said Majesty's 
 subjects, not being in any of the seas appertaining to His Ma- 
 jesty's Dominions, may send on board one single boat with two 
 sitters only, besides the ordinary crew of rowers, and that no 
 more shall enter any such merchant ship or vessel, without express 
 leave from the connnander thereof, but the two sitters alone; 
 and that upon producing a Pass under the hand and seal of His 
 Majesty, or whom'soever He shall appoint to be Lord High Ad- 
 miral, or to execute the office of Lord High Admiral for England 
 and Ireland, or of the Lord High Admiral for Scotland, for the 
 said Kingdoms respectively, that tlie said boat shall presently de- 
 
 F ii
 
 68 ALGIERS. 
 
 part, and the merchant ship or vessel shall proceed freely on her 
 voyage : and any of the ships of war, or other vessels of His 
 said Majesty, meeting with any ships or other vessels of Algiers, 
 if the commander of any such Algier ship or vessel shall produce 
 a Pass firmed by the chief governors of Algiers, and a certificate 
 from the English Consul living there, the said Algier ship or 
 vessel shall proceed freely. 
 
 V. That no commander, or other person, of any ship or vessel 
 of Algiers, shall take out of any ship or vessel of His said Ma- 
 jesty's subjects, any person or persons whatsoever, to carry them 
 any where to be examined, or upon any other pretence ; nor shall 
 they use any torture or violence to any person of what nation or 
 quality soever, being on board any ship or vessel of His Majesty's 
 subjects, upon any pretence whatsoever. 
 
 VI. That no shipwreck belonging to the said King of Great 
 Britain, or to any of His Majesty's subjects, upon any part of the 
 coast belonging to Algiers, shall be made or become prize ; and 
 that neither the goods thereof shall be seized, nor the men made 
 slaves; but that all the subjects of Algiers shall do their best en- 
 deavours to save the said men and their goods. 
 
 VH. That no ship, nor any other vessel of Algiers, shall have 
 permission to be delivered up, or go to Sally, or any other place 
 in enmity with the said King of Great Britain, to be made use of 
 as corsairs, or sea-rovers, against His said Majesty's subjects. 
 
 Vni. That none of the ships, or other smaller vessels of 
 Algiers, shall remain cruising near or in sight of any of His Ma- 
 jesty's roads, havens, or ports, towns and places, nor any way 
 disturb the peace and commerce of the same. 
 
 IX. That if any ship or vessel of Tunis, Trjpoly, or Sally, or 
 of any other place, bring any ships, vessels, men, or goods, be- 
 longing to any of His said Majesty's subjects, to Algiers, or to 
 any port or place in that Kingdom, the Governors there shall not 
 permit lliem to be sold within the territories of Algiers. 
 
 X. That if any of the ships of war of the said King of Great 
 Britain do come to Algiers, or any other port or place of that 
 Kingdom, with any prize, they may freely sell it, or otherwise to 
 dispose of it at their own pleasure, without being molested by 
 any; and that His Majesty's said ships of war shall not be obliged
 
 HA IIBARY STATES. 69 
 
 to pay ciKstonis in any sort ; and that if they shall want provisions, 
 victuals, or any other things, they may freely buy them at the 
 rates in the market. 
 
 XI. That when any of His said Majesty's ships of war shall 
 appear before Algiers; upon notice thereof given by the English 
 Consul, or by the commander of the said ships to the chief 
 Goveniors of Algiers, public proclamation shall be immediately 
 made to secure the Christian captives; and, if after that any 
 Christians whatsoever make their escape on board any of the 
 said ships of war, they shall not be required back again, nor shall 
 the said Consul, or Commander, or any other of His Majesty's 
 subjects, be obliged to pay any thing for the said Christians. 
 
 Xn. That henceforward no subjects of His Majesty of Great 
 Britain, &c. shall be bought or sold, or made slaves in any part 
 of the Kingdom of Algiers, upon any pretence whatsoever: nor 
 shall His Majesty be obliged, by virtue of this Treaty of Peace, 
 to redeem any of His subjects now in slavery ; but it shall depend 
 absolutely upon His Majesty, or the friends and relations of the 
 said persons in slavery, without any limitation or restriction of 
 time, to redeem such, and so many of them, from time to time, 
 as shall be thought fit, agreeing of as reasonable a price as may 
 be with their patrons, or masters, for their redemption, without 
 obliging the said patrons or masters against their will to set any 
 at liberty, whether they be slaves belonging to the Beylicque or 
 Galley, or such as belong to the Bashaw, Dey, Governor, or any 
 other persons whatsoever : and all slaves, being His Majesty's 
 subjects, shall, when they are redeemed, enjoy the advantage and 
 benefit of abatements of the duty due to the Royal House, and 
 of the other charges, by paying such reasonable sums as any 
 slaves of other nations usually pay when they are redeemed. 
 
 Xni. That if any subject of the said King of Great Britain 
 happen to die in Algiers, or in any part of its territories, his 
 goods and monies shall not be seized by the Governors, Judges 
 or other officers, (who shall likewise make no enquiry after the 
 same) but the said goods and monies shall be possessed or re- 
 ceived by such person or persons, whom the deceased, by his 
 last will, shall have made his heir or heirs, in case they be upon 
 the place where the testator deceased ; but if the heirs be not 
 
 1" ">
 
 70 ALGIERS. 
 
 there, then the executors of the said will, lawfully constituted by 
 the deceased, shall, after having made an inventory of all the 
 goods and monies left, take them into their custody without any 
 hindrance, and shall take care the same be remitted by some safe 
 way to the true and lawful heirs ; and in case any of His said 
 ISIajesty's subjects happen to die, not having made any will, the 
 English Consul shall possess himself of his goods and monies 
 upon inventory, for the use of the khidred and heirs of the de- 
 ceased. 
 
 XIV. That no merchants, being His Majesty's subjects, and 
 residing in, or trading to the City and Kingdom of Algiers, shall 
 be obliged to buy any merchandizes against their wills ; but it 
 shall be free for them to buy such commodities as they shall 
 think fit ; and no captain, or commander of any ship or vessel 
 belonging to His said Majesty's subjects, shall be obliged against 
 his will to lade any goods, to carry them, or make a voyage to any 
 place he shall not have a mind to go to : and neither the English 
 Consul, nor any other subject of the said King, shall be bound 
 to pay the debts of any other of His Majesty's subjects, except 
 that he or they become sureties for the same by a public act. 
 
 XV. That the subjects of His said Majesty in Algiers, or its 
 territories, in matter of controversy, shall be liable to no other 
 jurisdiction but that of the Dey or Divan, except they happen to 
 be at difference between themselves ; in which case they shall be 
 liable to no other determination but that of the Consul only. 
 
 XVI. That in case any subject of His said Majesty, being in 
 any part of the Kingdom of Algiers, happen to strike, wound, 
 or kill a Turk, or a Moor, if he be taken, he is to be punished 
 in the same manner, and with no greater severity, than a Turk 
 ought to be, being guilty of the same offence ; but if he escape, 
 neither the said English Consul, nor any other of His said Ma- 
 jesty's subjects, shall be in any sort troubled or questioned there- 
 fore. 
 
 XVII. That the English Consul now, or at any time, living in 
 Algiers, shall be there at all times with entire freedom and safety 
 of his person and estate, and shall be permitted to choose his own 
 druggerman and broker, and freely to go on board any ship in 
 ihe road, as often, and when he pleases, and to have the liberty
 
 BARBARY. STATES. 71 
 
 of the CDiinti V, luul tliat he shall be allowed a place to pray in, 
 and that no man shall do him any injury in word or deed. 
 
 XV III. That not only during the continuance of this peace and 
 friendship, but likewise if any breach, or war, happen to be 
 heieafter between the said King of Great Britain and the King- 
 dom of Algiers, the said English Consul, and all other His said 
 Majesty's subjects inhabithig in the Khigdoni of Algiers, shall 
 always, and at all times, both of peace and war, have full and 
 absolute liberty to depart, and go to their own or any other 
 country, upon any ship or vessel of what nation soever they shall 
 think lit, and to carry with them all their estates^ goods, families, 
 and servants, without any interruption or hindrance. 
 
 XIX. That no subject of His said Majesty, being a passenger, 
 and coming or going with his baggage from or to any port, shall 
 be any way molested or meddled with, although he be on board 
 any ship or vessel in enmity w ith Algiers : and in like manner, no 
 Algerine passenger being on board any ship or vessel in enmity 
 W'ith the said King of Great Britain, shall be any way molested, 
 whether in his person or in his goods, which he may have laden 
 on board the said ship or vessel. 
 
 XX. That at all times, when any ship of war of the King of 
 Great Britain's, carrying His said Majesty's flag at the main top- 
 mast head, shall appear before Algiers, and come to an anchor 
 in the road ; that immediately after notice thereof given by His 
 said Majesty's Consul or officer from the ship unto the Dey and 
 Government of Algiers, they shall, in honour to His Majesty, 
 cause a salute of one-and-twenty cannon to be shot from the 
 castles and forts of the city ; and that the said ship shall return 
 an answer by shooting oft^ the same number of cannon. 
 
 XXI. That presently after the signing and sealing of these 
 Articles by the Bashaw, Dey, Aga, and Governors of Algiers, 
 all injuries and damage sustained on either part shall be quite 
 taken away and forgotten, and this peace shall be in full force 
 and virtue, and continue for ever: and for all depredations and 
 damages that shall be afterwards committed, or done, by either 
 side, before notice can be given of this peace, full satisfaction 
 shall immediately be made, and whatsoever remains in kind shall 
 be instantly restored. 
 
 f4
 
 7-2 ALGIERS. 
 
 XXII. That in case it shall happen hereafter, that any thing 
 is done or committed contrary to this Treaty, whether by the 
 subjects of the one or the other party, the Treaty notwithstanding 
 shall subsist in full force, and such contraventions shall not occa- 
 sion the breach of this peace, friendship, and good correspond- 
 ence ; but the party injured shall amicably demand immediate 
 satisfaction for the said contraventions, before it be lawful to 
 break the peace ; and if the fault was committed by any private 
 subjects of either party, they alone shall be punished as breakers 
 of the peace, and disturbers of the public quiet : and our faith 
 shall be our faith, and our word our word. 
 
 Confirmed and Sealed in the presence of Almighty God, the 
 5th day of April, in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, 1686, 
 and in the year of the Hegira, 1097, and the three-and- 
 twentieth day of the Moon, Gemasilavel. 
 
 Signed Wm. Soame. 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and Alsiers. Simed at 
 
 b' 
 
 .Algiers, \lth August, 1700.* 
 
 Peace confirmed, and additional Articles made with the Govern- 
 ment of Algier, by Capt. Munden, and Consul Cole. 
 
 L We the Most Excellent and Most Illustrious Lords Mustapha 
 Dey, Ali Bashaw, and Mustapha Aga, Governors of the most 
 famous and warlike City and Kingdom of Algier, by these presents 
 do renew and confirm the peace we so happily enjoy with the 
 King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the Chris- 
 tian Faith, and His subjects, made in the year 1 682, in every part 
 and article, more particularly that of the 8th, wherein it is ex- 
 pressed, that no ship or vessel belonging to ourGovernment of Al- 
 gier shall cruize near or in sight of any of the roads, havens, or 
 ports, towns or places belonging to the said King of Great Britain, 
 or any way disturb the peace and commerce of the same : and in 
 compliance with the 8th Article of that Treaty, we do sincerely 
 promise and declare, (hat such orders shall for the future be given 
 
 * Reiicncd hy the Tieiitj ot 18tli Maitlij 1729.
 
 BARBARY STATES. 73 
 
 to all our comnumders, that, under a severe punishment, and our 
 utmost displeasure, they shall not enter into the Channel of Eng- 
 land, nor come to cruize, nor come in sight of any port of His Ma- 
 jesty of Great Britain's Dominions any more for the time to come. 
 
 II, That whereas we had declared, that all ships and vessels 
 belonging to the said King of Great Britain should have Passes 
 by the last of September, 1700, we do by these declare, at the 
 desire of Captain John Munden, Commander in Chief of His 
 Majesty's ships hi the Mediterranean, and Robert Cole, Esq. 
 His Majesty's Consul, now residing at our City of Algier, on the 
 behalf of their great master, that no Passes shall be required or 
 expected from any of the English ships or vessels in any part of 
 the world ; but that they shall proceed on their voyage, without 
 producing or showing a Pass to any of our cruizers till the last of 
 September, 1701 : and after that time is expired, and any ship of 
 England be seized, not having a pass, we do hereby declare, that 
 the Goods on that ship shall be prize; but the master, men, and 
 ship, shall be restored, and the freight immediately paid to the 
 said master, to the utmost value as if he should have gone safe 
 to the port whither he was bound. 
 
 HI. That whereas Captain John Munden has given us good 
 assurance that he had a great affront some years past from some 
 of our rude sailors at the Mould ; we do hereby promise, that at 
 all times, whenever any of the King of Great Britaiai's ships of 
 war come to this place, order shall be given to an officer of the 
 Government immediately, who shall attend at the Mould all the 
 day-time, during their stay here, to prevent any such disorder for 
 the future, that no misunderstanding may happen between us ; 
 and if any such disorder should happen, the officer of the Mould 
 shall secure the person or persons, and they shall be punished 
 with the utmost severity. 
 
 IV. By the help of God, and if He please, these Articles now 
 made between us shall be maintained : to the truth of which we 
 have hereunto set our seals in Algier, in the year of the 
 Hegira, 1112, and is the account of the Christians, August J7, 
 1700. 
 
 Signed John Munden. 
 
 (L.S.) (L.S.). Robert Cole.
 
 74 ALGIERS. 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and Algiers. Signed at 
 Algiers, ^iSth October, 1703.* 
 
 Articles of Peace and Commerce between the Most Serene 
 and Mighty Princess Anne, by the Grace of God, Queen of 
 Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the Christian 
 Faith, &.C. and the Most Illustrious Lord MustaphaDey, the 
 Bashaw, Aga, and Governors of the famous City and Kingdom 
 of Algiers, in Barbary ; ratified, confirmed, and renewed, by 
 George Byng, Esq. Rear Admiral of the R«d Squadron of Her 
 Majesty's Fleet, on the 28th day of October, old style, 1703. 
 
 I. In the first place it is agreed and concluded, that from this 
 day, and for ever forwards, that the peace made by Arthur Her- 
 bert, Esq., then Admiral of Her INIajesty's Fleet, in the Medi- 
 terranean, in the year 1082, and since confirmed by Sir William 
 Soame, Bart. Ambassador to the Grand Signior, in the year 
 1686, with the additional articles agreed to with Captain Mun- 
 den and Consul Cole, in the year 1700, be renewed and con- 
 firmed, (with the farther addition to the articles agreed to in this 
 Treaty with George Byng, Esq. Rear Admiral of the Red 
 Squadron of Her Majesty's fleet) be kept inviolable between the 
 Most Serene Queen of Great Britain, France and Ireland, De- 
 fender of the Christian Faith, &c. and the most Illustrious Lord 
 MustaphaDey,theBashaw,Aga, and Governors of the famous City 
 and Kingdom of Algiers, and between all the dominions and sub- 
 jects of either side, and that the ships and otlier vessels, and the 
 subjects and people of both sides, shall not henceforth do to each 
 other any harm, offence, or injury, either in word or deed, but 
 shall treat one another with all possible respect and friendship ; 
 and that all demands and pretences whatsoever to this day, be- 
 tween both parties, shall cease and be void. 
 
 II. That, whereas, by the said Articles of Peace, made and 
 concluded by Admiral Herbert, it was agreed the subjects of 
 England should pay ten per cent, custom for the goods they 
 should sell at Algiers, or dominions thereof. Now, for the bet- 
 ter settling and maintaining a good commerce between the sub- 
 
 * Renewed b^- the Tlc^(y of 18lh March, 1729.
 
 BARBARY STATES 75 
 
 jects of EnglaiKl and those of Algiers, it is agreed and declared, 
 that from hencelbrw ard the subjects of England shall pay but five 
 per cent, custom for the goods they shall sell at /Algiers, and that 
 contraband goods, as is declared before, shall pay no custom. 
 
 III. And it is farther agreed and declared, that all prizes taken 
 by any of Her Majesty of Great Britain's subjects, and all ships 
 and vessels built and litted out in any of Her Majesty's planta- 
 tions in America that have not been in England, shall not be 
 molested in case of no Pass ; but that a certificate in writing un- 
 der the hand of the commanding officers that shall so take prizes, 
 or Chief of any of Her Majesty's plantations in America, or where 
 any ships shall be built or fitted, shall be a sufficient pass to either 
 of them : and our faith shall be our faith, and our word, our 
 word. 
 
 Confirmed and sealed in the presence of Almighty God, the 
 2Bth day of October, in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, 
 1703, and in the year of the Hegira, 1 ] 15, and the 1st day 
 of the Moon, Regep* 
 
 Signed G. Byng. 
 
 TREATY betzceen Great Britain and Algiers. Sianed at 
 
 Algiers, C9 October, 1716.* 
 
 t)' 
 
 Articles of Peace and Commerce between the Most Serene 
 and Mighty Prince George, by the Grace of God, King of Great 
 Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the Christian Faith, 
 &c. and the Most Illustrious Lord Ally, Dey, Bashaw, and Go- 
 vernor of the famous City and Kingdom of Algiers, in Barbary; 
 ratified, confirmed, and renewed, by Captain Conigsby Nor- 
 bury, Commander of His Majesty's ship, Argyle, Captain Ni- 
 cholas Eaton, Commander of His Majesty's ship, Chester, and 
 Thomas Thompson, Esq. His Majesty's Consul at Algiers, 
 on the 29th day of October, 1716, by Virtue of a full Power 
 given and granted to us by John Baker, Esq. Vice Admiral 
 of the Blue Squadron of His Britannic Majesty's fleet, and 
 Admiral and Commander in Chief of His Majesty's ships 
 employed and to be employed in the Mediterranean. 
 
 * Renewed by llie Treaty ol" I81I1 March, 1729.
 
 76 ALGIERS. 
 
 I. In the first place it is agreed and concluded, that from this 
 day, and for ever forwards, the peace made by Arthur Herbert, Esq. 
 then Admiral of His Majesty's fleet, in the Mediterranean in 1682; 
 { nd since confirmed by Sir Wm. Soame, Bart. Ambassador to the 
 Grand Signior,in 1686, with the additional Articles agreed to with 
 Capt. Muuden and Consul Cole, in the year 1700. And likewise 
 tlie fiivther additional Articles agreed to with George Byng, Esq. 
 then Rear Admiral of the Red Squadron of Her Majesty's fleet, 
 in the year 1703, be renewed and confirmed, together with the 
 additional Articles agreed to in this Treaty with Captain Coningsby 
 Norbury, Commander of His Majesty's ship, Argyle, Captain 
 Nicholas Eaton, Commander of His Majesty's ship, Chester, and 
 Thomas Thompson, Esq. His Majesty's Consul at Algiers, be 
 kept inviolable between the Most Serene King of Great Britain, 
 France and Ireland, Defender of the Christian Faith, &c. and the 
 Most Illustrious Lord Ally, Bashaw, Dey and Governor of the 
 warlike City of Algiers in the West, the Aga, Kahya, and the 
 rest of the Honourable Seniors of the Divan, and between all the 
 dominions and subjects of either side ; and that the ships and 
 other vessels, and the subjects and people of either side, shall not 
 henceforth do to each other any harm, ofl'ence, or injury, either 
 in word or deed, but shall treat one another wath all possible 
 respect and friendship. And if any demands or pretences shall 
 be now left depending between the subjects or others of either 
 party, they shall be amicably redressed, and full satisfaction shall 
 be made to each other according to the truth and justice of their 
 claim, and that this Treaty shall not cancel or make void the 
 same. 
 
 II. That as the Island of Minorca in the Mediterranean Sea, 
 and the city of Gibraltar, in Spain, have been yielded and annexed 
 to the Crown of Great Britain, as well by the King of Spain, as by 
 all the several Powers of Europe engaged in the late war: now it 
 is hereby agreed and fully concluded, that from this time forward 
 for ever, the said Island of Minorca, and the city of Gibraltar, 
 shall be esteemed in every respect, by the government and people 
 of Algiers, to be part of His Britannic Majesty's own Dominions, 
 and the inhabitants thereof to be looked upon as His Majesty's na- 
 tural subjects, in the same manner as if they had been born in any
 
 BARBARY STATES. 77 
 
 other part of Great Britain ; and they, with their ships and ves- 
 sels wearing British colours, and being furnished with proper 
 Passes, shall be permitted freely to trade and traffic in any part 
 of the Dominions of Algiers, and shall pass without any molesta- 
 tion whatsoever, and shall have the same liberties and privileges 
 that are stipulated in this, and have been made in all other Trea- 
 ties in the behalf of the British nation and subjects ; and therefore 
 none of the cruizers of Algiers shall at any time cruize within 
 sight of the ports of the said Island of Minorca, or city of Gib- 
 raltar. 
 
 III. That if an English ship shall receive on board any passen- 
 gers and goods belonging to the Kingdom of Algiers, they shall 
 defend them and their goods so far as lieth in their power, and 
 not deliver them to their enemies ; and the better to prevent any 
 unjust demands being made upon the Crown of Great Britain, 
 and to avoid disputes and differences that may arise, all goods 
 and merchandizes that shall from henceforward be shipped by 
 the subjects of Algiers, on board the ships or vessels of Great 
 Britain upon freight, shall be first registered in the office of Can- 
 cellaria, before the British Consul residing in the port where they 
 are shipped, and the quantity, quality, and value thereof shall be 
 expressed, and the Consul is to manifest the same in the clearance 
 given to the ship or vessel before she shall depart ; to the end, that 
 if any cause of complaint should happen hereafter, there may be 
 no greater claim made on the British nation, than what by this 
 method may be proved just and equitable. 
 
 IV. That if any of the Algerine cruizers shall meet with any 
 British ships provided with scollop Passes of either ships or sat- 
 tees, that shall fit with those delivered to them by the British Con- 
 sul, they shall pass free and unmolested. 
 
 Signed Con. Norbury. 
 N. Eaton. 
 Tho. Thomson. 
 AUj^iers, 99 October, 1716.
 
 78 ALGIERS. 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and yJ/giers. Signed at 
 Algiers, \Slh March, 1729.* 
 
 Articles of Peace and Commerce between the Most Se- 
 rene and Mighty Prince, George the Second, by the Grace 
 of God, King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, De- 
 fender of the Christian Faitli, &.C., and the Most Illustrious 
 Lord Abdy, Dey, Bashaw and Governor of the famous City 
 and Kingdom of Algiers, in Barbary ; ratified, confirmed, 
 and renewed by Philip Cavendish, Esq., Rear Admiral of 
 the Red Squadron of His Britannic Majesty's fleet, and 
 Admiral and Commander in Chief of His Majesty's sliips 
 employed in the Mediterranean, being properly empowered 
 for that purpose. 
 
 In the first place : It is agreed and concluded, that, from this 
 day and for ever forward, the peace made by Arthur Herbert, Esq. 
 (in 1682) then Admiral of His Majesty's fieet ; and Sir William 
 Soame, Bart. Ambassador to the Grand Signior, in the year 
 1686; with the additional Articles agreed to with Captain Mun- 
 den and Consul Cole, in the year 1700; and likewise the farther 
 additional Articles agreed to with George Byng, Esq. then Rear 
 Admiral of the Red Squadron of Her Majesty's fleet, in the year 
 1 703 ; together with the additional Articles agreed to with Cap- 
 tain Coningsby Norbury, Commander of His Majesty's ship, 
 Argyle, Captain Nicholas Eaton, Commander of His Majesty's 
 ship, Chester, and Thomas Thompson, Esq. His Majesty's Con- 
 sul at Algiers, in the year I7l6, be renewed and confirmed in 
 this' Treaty with Philip Cavendish, Esq. Rear Admiral of the 
 Red Squadron of His Majesty's fleet ; the same to be kept in- 
 violable between the Most Serene King of Great Britain, France 
 and Ireland, Defender of the Christian Faith, &c., and the Most 
 Illustrious Lord Abdy, Dey, Bashaw and Governor of the warlike 
 City and Kingdoms of Algiers, and between all the dominions and 
 subjects on either side ; and that the ships and others vessels, 
 and subjects and people of either side, shall not henceforth do 
 to each other any harm, offence, or injury, either in word or deed, 
 
 * llciiewed by Treatj of eStli August, 1816.
 
 BARBARY STATES. 79 
 
 but shall treat one another with all possible respect and friend- 
 ship ; and if any demands or pretensions shall be now left de- 
 pending between the subjects or others of either party, they shall 
 be amicably redressed, and full satisfaction made to each other 
 according to the truth and justice of their claim, and that this 
 Treaty shall not cancel or make void the same. 
 
 Confirmed and sealed in the presence of Almighty God, the 
 Eighteenth day of March, in the year of our Lord Jesus 
 Christ, 1729, and in the year of the Hegira, 1 142, and the 
 Tenth day of the Moon, Ramadan. 
 
 Signed Phil. Cavendish. 
 
 ADDITIONAL ARTICLE between Great Britain and AU 
 giers. Signed at Algiers, ^d June, 1751.* 
 
 Additional Article to the Ancient Treaties subsisting 
 between His Britannic Majesty and the Dey and Govern- 
 ment of Algiers, agreed to by the present Dey, Mahommed 
 Eftendi and His said Majesty's Plenipotentiaries the Ho- 
 nourable Augustus Keppel, and Ambrose Stanyford, Esq. 
 His Majesty's Agent and Consul General, at Algier. 
 
 That all packets or express-boats, bearing His Britannic Ma- 
 jesty's Commission, which shall be met by any of the cruizers of 
 Algiers, shall be treated with the same respect as His Majesty's 
 ships of war, and all due respect shall be paid to His Majesty's 
 commission ; and both at meeting and parting, they shall be 
 treated as friends : and if any of the Algerine cruizers commit the 
 least fault or violence against them, the captains or raizes so of- 
 fending, shall, on their arrival at Algiers, and proper complaint 
 being made of them, be most severely punished, without admit- 
 ting of their excuses. Dated at Algiers the Third day of June, 
 1751, and in the year of the Hegira, 1164, the Twentieth day 
 of Moon, Regib. 
 
 Signed Augustus Keppel. 
 
 Ambrose Stanyford. 
 
 * Renewed by Treaty of 28th August, 181 6»
 
 80 ALGIERS. 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and Algiers. Signed at Al- 
 giers, \A May, MQ'I,* 
 
 Articles of Peace and Commerce between the Most 
 SiTvine auJ Mi^lity Prince George the Third, by the 
 Grace of God, King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, 
 Defender of the Christian Faith, Duke of Brunswick and Lu- 
 nenburg, Arch-Treasurer and Prince Elector of the Holy 
 Roman Empire, &c. &c. &c. And the Most Illustrious 
 Lord Ally, Bashaw, Dey and Governor of the warlike City 
 and Kingdom of Algier, in Barbary, concluded, ratified, con- 
 firmed, and renewed, by his Excellency Archibald Clevland, 
 Esq. His Britannic Majesty's Ambassador to the Emperor 
 of Fez and Morocco, and to all the other Barbary States. 
 
 I. In the first place, it is hereby agreed and concluded, that 
 from this day and for ever, there shall be a strict and inviolable 
 peace and friendship between His Britannic Majesty and the 
 Kingdom of Algier : and that all the Articles and Treaties of 
 Peace and Commerce, subsisting between the Kingdom of Great 
 Britain, &c. and the Kingdom of Algier, be hereby renewed, rati- 
 fied, and confirmed. That the ships and other vessels, and the 
 subjects and people of both sides, shall not, henceforward, do to 
 each other any harm, offence, or injury, either in word or deed; 
 but shall treat one another m ith all possible respect and friend- 
 ship ; and that all demands and pretences whatsoever, to this 
 day, between both parties, shall cease and be void. 
 
 n. It is also agreed, that if any ships or vessels of Christian 
 nations, in enmity with the King of Great Britain, &.c. shall, at 
 any time hereafter, be met with or found upon the coast of the 
 Kingdom of Algier, either at anchor or otherwise, and not within 
 the reach of cannon shot of the shore, that it shall and may be 
 lawful for any of His Britannic Majesty's ships or vessels of war, 
 or any English privateers, or letters of marque, to take and seize 
 as prizes, any such ships or vessels so met with or found, as afore- 
 said ; and shall also be suffered to bring the said prizes into any 
 port, road, or harbour of the Kingdom of Algier; and to dispose 
 
 * Renewed by Treaty of 5;8th August, 1816.
 
 BARBARY STATES. 81 
 
 of the whole or any part thereof, or otherwise to depart with such 
 captures, without the least hindrance or molestation. 
 
 III. And lastly, it is agreed, that if, at any time hereafter. His 
 Britannic Majesty shall be at war with any Mahometan Prince or 
 State, and any ships or vessels belonging to subjects of such 
 Prince or State, shall be met with by any of His Britannic Ma- 
 jesty's ships or vessels of war, ^r by any ships or vessels of His 
 Majesty's subjects, within sight of any part of the coast of the 
 Kingdom of Algier, that they shall be suffered to pass free and 
 unmolested. 
 
 Confirmed and sealed in the warlike City and Kingdom of Al- 
 gier, in the presence of Almighty God, the Fourteenth day 
 of May, in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, 1762, and 
 in the year of the Hegira, 1175, and the 21st day of the 
 Moon, Cheval. 
 
 Signed Arch. Clevland. 
 
 TREATY between G reut Britain and Algiers. Signed at Algiers, 
 3d August, 1765.* 
 
 Articles of Peace and Commerce between the Most Se- 
 rene and Mighty Prince, George the Third, by the Grace of 
 God, King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender 
 of the Christian Faith, Duke of Brunswick and Lunenburg, 
 Arch Treasurer, and Prince Elector of the Holy Roman 
 Empire, &c.&,c. and theMostlllustrious Lord Ally, Bashaw, 
 Dey and Governor of the warlike City and Kingdom of Al- 
 gier, in Barbary ; concluded, ratified, confirmed and renewed, 
 by His Excellency Archibald Clevland, Esq. His Britannic 
 Majesty's Ambassador to the Kingdom of Algier. 
 
 In the first place, it was expressly agreed upon and concluded;, 
 
 » Renewed by Treaty of 28th August, ISIG. 
 VOL. I. »
 
 ^o ALGIERS. 
 
 after a mature and regular deliberation with the Divan, that from 
 henceforward, no Englishman taken by sea or by land shall, upon 
 any pretext whatsoever, be either bought, sold, or made slave of, 
 within the Dominions of this Kingdom, but be immediately deli- 
 vered up to His Britannic Majesty's Consul residing here ; to 
 which purpose orders were forthwith issued out, to all the Go- 
 vernors of the several Provinces, that all Englishmen that here- 
 after may chance to be taken or found within the limits of their 
 several dependencies, be immediately forwarded to this capital. 
 To the more punctual compliance with this Treaty, and to the 
 avoiding the difficulties that may arise from Particulars, buying 
 English subjects, and thereby believing themselves entitled to a 
 ransom, notice has been given by the common cryer in all the 
 public places of this city, that from henceforward, no subject of 
 His Britannic Majesty be either bought or sold by any body 
 whatsoever. 
 
 Secondly. It is further concluded and agreed upon, that in case 
 any of His Britannic Majesty's subjects, should, from liquor, or 
 from any other motive, declare an intention of embracing the 
 Mahometan religion, they shall forthwith be secured, sent to the 
 Consul's house, and there three days allowed them for reflexion, 
 after which three days they shall be at liberty to put their design 
 in execution, and no further constraint be put upon them ; — this 
 only case excepted : when they shall take refuge in the Casherias, 
 or Soldiers' barracks, which being looked upon as sacred, any 
 one taking refuge there cannot be meddled with. 
 
 Confirmed and sealed in tlie warlike City and Kingdom of Al- 
 gier, in the presence of Almighty God, the :3d day of August, 
 in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, 176j, and hi the year 
 of the Hegira, 1179, and the day of the Moon, Sufferr. 
 
 Signed Arch. Clevland.
 
 BARBARY STATES. 83 
 
 TREATY betU'cen Great Britain and Algiers. Signed at Algiers, 
 3d September, lyOO.* 
 
 EXTRACT. 
 
 Articles of Peace and Commerce between His Most Ex- 
 cellent Majesty, George the Third, by the Grace of God, 
 King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the 
 Christian Faith, &.c. and the Most Illustrious Lord Musta- 
 pha, Dey, Bashaw and Governor of the most famous and 
 warlike City and Kingdom of Algiers ; ratified, confirmed, 
 and renewed by John Falcon, Esq. His Britannic Majesty's 
 Agent and Consul-General to His Highness the Dey and 
 State of Algiers, being invested with His Britannic Majesty's 
 full power for that purpose. 
 
 I. In the first place it is agreed and concluded that there shall 
 be a lasting peace and friendship between His Britannic Majesty 
 and His Highness the Dey of Algiers, and that all the Articles 
 and Treaties of Peace and Commerce that have been, and are 
 at present subsisting between the Kingdom of Great Britain and 
 the Kingdom of Algiers be hereby renewed, ratified and con- 
 firmed; the same to be kept inviolable between His Britannic 
 Majesty and His Highness the Dey of Algiers, and between all 
 the Dominions and subjects on either side, and that the ships and 
 other vessels, and subjects and people of either side, shall not 
 henceforth do to each other any harm, offence or injury, either in 
 word or deed ; but shall treat one another with all possible respect 
 and friendship, and that all demands and pretences whatsoever, 
 subsisting between both parties, shall be as soon as possible fairly 
 and amicably adjusted. 
 
 Confirmed and sealed in the warlike City and Kingdom of Al- 
 giers, in the presence of Almighty God, the 3d day of Sep- 
 tember, 1800, and in the year of the Hegira, 1215, and the 
 13th day of the Moon, Rabbia-ultimo. 
 
 Signed John Falcon. 
 
 * Renewed by Treaty of Jolli Avij^usl, 1816. 
 <; '2
 
 84 ALGIERS. 
 
 'I'KEATY hetiveen Great Britain and Algiers. Signed at Jl- 
 giers, 19th March, 1801 * 
 
 Whereas the Island of Malta, in the Mediterranean Sea, has 
 been conquered by His Britannic Majesty's Arms; it is now 
 hereby agreed and fully concluded, between John Falcon, Esq. 
 His Britannic Majesty's Agent and Consul- General for the City 
 and Khigdom of Algiers, and His Highness Mustapha, Dey, 
 Bashaw, and Governor, &c. of Algiers : — That from the 7th day of 
 December last, 1800, the inhabitants thereof shall be treated upon 
 the same footing as the rest of His Britannic Majesty's subjects, 
 and the said Island shall be considered in all respects like the 
 other places subject to the Crown of Great Britain, and agree- 
 able to the Convention (arrangement) made with His Britannic 
 Majesty, by Braem Rais, Ambassador from His Highness the 
 Dey. 
 
 Confirmed and sealed in the warlike City and Kingdom of Al- 
 giers, in the presence of Almighty God, the 19th day of 
 March, 1801, and in the year of the Hegira, 1216, and the 
 6th day of the Moon, Gilip. 
 
 Signed John Falcon. 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and Algiers. Signed at Al- 
 giers, 3d April, 18l6.t 
 
 In the Name of God Almighty, 
 The great Allied Powers of Europe having placed the United 
 States of the Ionian Islands, viz. Corfu, Cephalonia, Zante, 
 Maura, Ithaca, Cerigo, and Paxo, with their dependencies, in all 
 their various interests, under the immediate and exclusive protec- 
 tion of His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great 
 Britain and Ireland, His heirs and successors ; the following Ar- 
 ticles between His Royal Highness the Prince Regent, acting in 
 the name and on the behalf of His Majesty, the King of the 
 United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and His Most 
 
 * Renewed by Treaty of 28th August, 1816. 
 t Renewed by the Treaty of 28th August, 1816.
 
 BARBARY STxVTES. 85 
 
 Serene Highness, Omar Bashaw, Dey and Governor of the war- 
 like City and Kingdom of Algiers, are concluded by the Right 
 Honourable Edward Baron Exmouth, Knight Commander of the 
 most Honourable Military Order of the Bath, Admiral of the 
 Blue Squadron of His Britannic Majesty's fleet, and Commander 
 in Chief of His said Majesty's ships and vessels employed in 
 the Mediterranean. 
 
 I. The inhabitants of the Ionian Islands are hereby fully re- 
 cognized and acknowledged by His Highness the Dey of Algiers 
 as British subjects, and entitled as such to all the rights and se- 
 curity which British subjects now enjoy : and it is hereby stipu- 
 lated that their flag and commerce shall be henceforward respected 
 as such, accordingly, in all their various interests. 
 
 II. In the event of any misunderstanding between His High- 
 ness the Dey of Algiers or his subjects, and the subjects of the 
 Ionian Islands, the cause of such misunderstanding shall be re- 
 ferred to His Britannic Majesty, mIio charges Himself with pro- 
 curing redress upon any just complaint His Highness the Dey 
 may have to make against the said Ionian States and subjects, as 
 if they were to all intents and purposes British-born subjects. 
 
 III. His Highness the Dey of Algiers in recognizing the inha- 
 bitants of the said Ionian Islands as British subjects, hereby en- 
 gages to release immediately without ransom, and delivered to 
 persons authorized to receive them, all captives now in the City 
 and Kingdom of Algiers, being subjects of the Ionian Islands, 
 under whatever circumstances they may have been taken ; and 
 any of the inhabitants of the said Islands that may hereafter be 
 brought into the Kingdom of Algiers, from the signing of the 
 present treaty, shall be immediately given up, with all their goods 
 and chattels, to the British Consul. 
 
 IV. Serious complaints having been made of the Barbary 
 cruizers entering on board ships they speak at sea (under British 
 protection) with a greater number of men than is allowed by 
 Treaty, and destroying the ship's papers, to the great injury of the 
 owners: with a view of preventing the recurrence of such serious 
 complaints, His Highness the Dey of Algiers hereby engages to 
 give the most positive orders, and adopt measures, to prevent 
 such practices in future, under the severest punishment of the 
 
 G 3
 
 86 ALGIERS. 
 
 offender. Tlie oath of tlie master and one other person of the 
 crew shall be sufficient proof of the fact ; and for the punctual 
 performance of this Article, the Reis or captain of any cruizer so 
 offending, shall be answerable for the conduct of his officers and 
 crew. 
 
 Done in triplicate in the warlike City of Algiers, in the pre- 
 sence of Almighty God, the 3d day of April, in the year of 
 Jesus Christ, I8l6, and in the year of the Hegira, 123!, and 
 the 4th day of the Moon, Ouell. 
 
 Signed Exmouth. 
 
 ADDITIONAL ARTICLE hetzoeen Great Britain and Al- 
 giers. Signed at Algiers, May 20th, 1816.* 
 
 Additional Article, concluded between His Most Serene 
 
 Highness Omar Bashaw, Dey and Governor of the warlike 
 
 City and Kingdom of Algiers, and the Right Honourable 
 
 Edward Baron Exmouth, Knight Grand Cross of the Most 
 
 Honourable Military Order of the Bath, Admiral of ihe Blue, 
 
 and Commander in Chief of His Britannic Majesty's fleet 
 
 in the Mediterranean. 
 
 His Highness the Dey of Algiers hereby engages to recognize 
 
 the flag and subjects of the Kingdom of Hanover, on the same 
 
 footing as those of other countries belonging to the Sovereignty 
 
 of His Britannic Majesty, and as such, entitled to the rights and 
 
 securities enjoyed by the flag and subjects of Great Britain, in all 
 
 their various interests. 
 
 Done at Algiers in the presence of Almighty God, the 20th 
 day of May, 18l6, and in the year of the Hegira, 1231, and 
 the 22d day of the Moon, Gemas Lehar. 
 
 Signed Exmouth. 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and Algiers. Signed at Al- 
 giers, 28 M August, 1816. 
 
 In the Name of God Almighty. 
 Treaty of Peace between His Majesty the King of the United 
 Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and His Most Se- 
 
 * Rciicvvod by tlic Treaty of '28lh August, 1816.
 
 BARBARY STATES. 87 
 
 rene Highness Omar Bashaw, Dey and Governor of the 
 warlike City and Kingdom of Algiers, made and concluded 
 by the Right Honourable Edward Baron Exmouth, Knight 
 Grand Cross of the Most Honourable Military Order of 
 the Bath, Admiral of the Blue Squadron of His Britannic 
 Majesty's fleet, and Commander in Chief of a Squadron of 
 His said Majesty's ships and vessels employed on a parti- 
 cular service, being duly authorized by His Royal Highness 
 the Prince Regent, acting in the name and on the behalf of 
 His Britannic Majesty. 
 
 I, It is hereby agreed and concluded, that from this day and 
 for ever there shall be a strict and inviolable peace and friend- 
 ship, between His Britannic Majesty and the Kingdom of Algiers, 
 and that all the Articles and Treaties of Peace and Commerce 
 subsisting between the Kingdom of Gj'eat Britain and its de- 
 pendencies, and the Kingdom of Algiers, previous to the 27th of 
 August, 1816, are hereby renewed, ratified, and confirmed. That 
 the ships and other vessels, and the subjects and people of both 
 sides, shall not from henceforward do to each other any harm, of- 
 fence, or injury, either in word or deed, but shall treat each other 
 with all possible respect and friendship, and that all the transac- 
 tions which took place on the 27th, shall from henceforward be 
 buried in oblivion, and the ancient friendship between the two 
 Kingdoms restored. 
 
 Done in duplicate, in the warlike City of Algiers, in the pre- 
 sence of Almighty God, the 28th day of August, in the year 
 of Jesus Christ, 1816, and in the year of the Hegira, 1231, 
 and the 6th day of the Moon, Shawal. 
 
 Signed Exmouth. 
 
 Signed H. McDonell, 
 
 Consul General. 
 
 DECLARATION of the Dey of Algiers, 2Sth August, 1816. 
 
 Declauation of His Most Serene Highness Omar Bashaw, 
 Dey and Governor of the warlike City and Kingdom of Al- 
 giers, made and concluded with the Right Honourable Ed- 
 ward Baron Exmouth, Knight Grand Crt>ss of the Most
 
 88 ALGIERS. 
 
 Honourable Military Order of the Bath, Admiral of the Blue 
 Squadron of His Britannic Majesty's fleet, and Commander 
 in Chief of His said Majesty's ships and vessels in the Medi- 
 terranean. 
 
 In consideration of the deep interest manifested by His Royal 
 Highness the Prince Regent of England for the termination of 
 Christian Slavery, His Highness the Dey of Algiers, in token of 
 his shicere desire to maintain inviolable his friendly relations with 
 Great Britain, and to manifest his amicable disposition and high 
 respect towards the Powers of Europe, declares, that in the 
 event of future wars with any European Power not any of the 
 prisoners shall be consigned to slavery, but treated with all hu- 
 manity as prisoners of war, until regularly exchanged according 
 to European practice in like cases, and that at the termination of 
 hostilities, they shall be restored to their respective countries 
 without ransom ; and the practice of condemning Christian pri- 
 Boners of war to slavery is hereby formally and for ever renounced. 
 
 Done in duplicate in the warlike City of Algiers, in the pre- 
 sence of Almighty God, the 28th day of August, in the year 
 of Jesus Christ, 1816, and in the year of the Hegira, 1231, 
 and the 6th day of the Moon, Shawal. 
 
 Signed Exmouth. 
 Signed H. Mc Don ell. 
 
 Agent and Consul General. 
 
 By Command of the Admiral. 
 Signed Jos. Grimes, Sec.
 
 ( 8ff ) 
 
 MOROCCO. 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and Morocco. Signed at 
 Fez, 23d January, 1721.'* 
 
 Treaty of Peace concluded between His Majesty George 
 the First, King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, and 
 Muli Ismael, son of Muli Alii Sherife, King of Fez, Me- 
 quinez, Morocco, and all the West of Africa, God bless him. 
 The following Articles were agreed on, in the presence of 
 Bashaw Ahamad, son of Abdula, and the then English Am- 
 bassador, interpreted by Moses, son of Attor, servant and 
 interpreter at the Emperor's Court. 
 
 I. In order to establish Peace between the Powers, both by 
 land and sea, and all their respective Dominions, it is agreed on, 
 that the English may now, and always hereafter, be well used and 
 respected by our Subjects, agreeable to the orders and com- 
 mands of the Emperor. 
 
 II. That all English men of war and merchant ships, that 
 shall come to any part of the Emperor's Dominions, to trade or 
 otherwise, and shall have on board, a cargo, not proper for vend- 
 ing in the place where they shall come, may depart with the same 
 to any other part of the Emperor's Dominions, and shall pay 
 duty but once for the same ; and that no duty at all shall be paid 
 for any war implements, such as fire-arms, swords, and any thing 
 belonging to the Army, as also for materials of all kinds for ship- 
 building; and if any English ship shall arrive at any of the Em- 
 
 * Renewed by Ailitle XL. ol tlie Treaty of 1791.
 
 90 MOROCCO. 
 
 peror's Ports, with any merchandize destined for any other part of 
 the world, that no duty shall be paid for such merchandize, but 
 shall depart with the same without any manner of molestation. If 
 any English ship shall be thrown upon the Emperor's coasts, by 
 stress of weather, or otherwise, the same shall be protected, and 
 may safely depart without any ill usage or interruption : in like 
 manner shall be treated the Emperor's ships, happening to be 
 thus thrown on the coast of Great Britain, or the Dominions 
 thereto belonging. 
 
 III. That all the English ships and Emperor's ships may pass 
 and repass the seas without hindrance, interruption, or molesta- 
 tion from each other ; nor shall any money, merchandize, or any 
 demand be made or taken by the ships of either power from each 
 other; and if any subjects of any other Nation shall be on board 
 either the English or the Emperor's ships, they shall be safely 
 protected by both sides. 
 
 IV. If the Emperor's men of war meet with any English 
 ships, and shall want to see their passports, they are to send a boat 
 with two men of fidelity, to peruse the said passports who are to 
 return without any further trouble, and then both sides to proceed 
 quietly on their respective voyages ; the same usage to be received 
 by the Emperor's merchant ships from the English men of war, 
 who shall allow the passport made out by the English Consul ; 
 and if the Consul shall not be present to make them, then the 
 passports made out by the English merchants to be good and 
 valid. 
 
 V. If the English men of war, privateers, or letter-of-marque 
 ship, shall take prizes from any Nation with whom they shall be 
 at war, they shall have liberty to bring and dispose of the same 
 in any of the Emperor's Dominions, without any duty or charge 
 whatsoever. 
 
 VI. If any English ship shall, by storm, or in flying from her 
 enemy, come upon the Emperor's coasts, the same shall be 
 safely protected, and nothing touched or taken away, but shall 
 be under the direction of the English Consul, who shall send the 
 goods and people where he shall think fit. 
 
 VII. It is the mutual agreement of the King of Great Britain
 
 BARBARY STATES. gt 
 
 and llic Emperor, that tlie Emperor do issue out orders to all 
 parts of his Dominions, for the well-using of all the English sub- 
 jects; and that particular places be appointed for the burial of their 
 dead ; that the Consul's brokers shall freely go on board any ship 
 without interruption ; that the English Consuls, merchants, and 
 other subjects of Great Britain, may safely travel by land with 
 eft'ects, without any hindrance whatever ; and if any English, 
 settled in the Emperor's Dominions, shall be desirous to return 
 home, that they may so do with their families, goods, and effects, 
 w ithout interruption : if any English die, the effects of such to be 
 taken under the care of the Consul, to be disposed of as directed 
 by the will of such person, and if no will, for the benefit of such 
 person's next heir ; and if any debts shall be owing to such de- 
 ceased person, the same to be paid by order of the Governor or 
 other person in power, where such person shall die ; and that a 
 subject of the Emperor's be appointed to demand and receive 
 the same; and deposit the same in the hands of the English Con- 
 sul for the aforesaid uses. If any English shall contract debts 
 in the Emperor's Country, and remove from thence without satis- 
 fying the same, no other person shall be liable to pay such debts. 
 The like usage and treatment the subjects of the Emperor are to 
 receive in the King of Great Britain's Dominions ; and that the 
 King may send as many Consuls to the Emperor's Dominions as 
 He shall think necessary. 
 
 VIII. That no English merchant, Captains of ships, or other 
 person or persons whatsoever, that are English subjects, shall 
 be forced to sell any of their goods for less than the real value ; 
 and that no Captain, Master, or Commander of any English ship 
 shall be compelled, without their own will and consent, to carry 
 any goods or merchandizes for any person or persons whatsoever; 
 nor shall any sailor be forced away from any English ship. 
 
 IX. If any quarrel or dispute shall happen between any 
 Englishman and a Musselman, by which hurt to either may en- 
 sue, the same to be heard before and determined by the Empe- 
 ror only ; and if an Englishman, who may be the aggressor, shall 
 make his escape, no other Englishman shall suffer upon his ac- 
 count; and if two Englishmen shall quarrel, to be determined by
 
 93 MOROCCO. 
 
 the English Consul, who shall do with them as he pleases ; and 
 if any quarrel or dispute shall happen between Musselmen in 
 England, or in any of the English Dominions, by which hurt may 
 ensue, the same to be heard before one Christian and one Mus- 
 selman, and to be determined according to the laws of Great 
 Britain. 
 
 X. If it shall happen that this Peace by any means shall be 
 broke, the Consul, and all other English, shall have six months' 
 time to remove themselves with their families and effects to any 
 place they please without interruption ; and that all debts owing 
 to them shall be justly paid to them. 
 
 XI. If any English in the Emperor's Dominions, or the Em- 
 peror's subjects in the English Dominions, shall maliciously en- 
 deavour to break the peace, such of them who shall be proved so 
 to intend, shall by each Power be punished for such oifence ; each 
 Power to take cognizance of their own subjects. 
 
 XII. If any of the Emperor's subjects shall purchase any 
 commodity in the English Dominions, they shall not be imposed 
 upon in price, but pay the same as is sold to the English. 
 
 XIII. That not any of the Spanish, whether Captains, Sailors, 
 or other persons under the English Government in Gibraltar, or 
 Port Mahon, shall be taken or molested, sailing under English 
 colours with passports. 
 
 XIV. That no excuse be made, or ignorance pretended, of 
 this peace, the same shall be published and declared to all the 
 subjects of each Power, which declaration shall be signed by 
 each Power, and kept by them to prevent disputes. 
 
 XV. If any men of war shall be on the Emperor's coasts, 
 that are enemies to the English, and any English men of war, 
 or other English ships, shall happen to be or arrive there also, 
 that they shall not in any manner be hurt or engaged by their 
 enemy ; and when such English ships shall sail, their enemies' 
 ships shall not set sail under forty hours afterwards. And if af- 
 ter the conclusion of this Peace, any ships shall happen to be 
 taken by either Power within six months after the proclamation 
 of the Peace, that the same, with the people and effects, shall be 
 restored.
 
 BARBARY STATES. 93 
 
 Made and declared in the presence of the tmperor's servant 
 Ahammed Basha, son of AHi, son of Abdula, by the au- 
 thority given to him by the Emperor. Dated this 23d of 
 January, in the year, 1721, English stile. Wrote and given 
 to Charles Stewart, Esq. the English Ambassador, in the 
 7th year of the reign of King George the First. 
 
 Signed Charles Stewart. 
 
 ADDITIONAL ARTICLES betzceen Great Britain and Mo- 
 rocco. Signed at Fez, lOth July, 1729.* 
 
 Additional Articles of Peace and Commerce between 
 the Most High and Most Renowned Prince George the 
 Second, by the Grace of God, King of Great Britain, France 
 and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, Duke of Brunswick and 
 Lunenburg, Arch Treasurer, and Elector of the Holy Ro- 
 man Empire ; and the High and Glorious Mighty and Right 
 Noble, Prince MuUey Abdalla, Ben MuUey Ismael, Ben 
 Mulley Xeriph, Ben MuUey Aly, King and Emperor of 
 the Kingdoms of Fez, Taffalet, Suz, and all the Algarbe and 
 its Territories in Africa, &c. Concluded, agreed, and ad- 
 justed by John Russell, Esq. in the behalf of His Britannic 
 Majesty, and by His Excellency Bashaw Hamet Ben Ab- 
 dallah, on behalf of the said King and Emperor of Morocco. 
 
 I. That all Moors or Jews, subject to the Emperor of Mo- 
 rocco, shall be allowed a free traffic, to buy or sell for thirty days 
 in the City of Gibraltar, or Island of Minorca, but not to reside 
 in either place, but to depart with their effects, without let or mo- 
 lestation, to any part of the said Emperor of Morocco's Do- 
 minions. 
 
 * Renewed by Article XL. of the Treaty of 1791.
 
 94 MOROCCO. 
 
 II. That the King of Great Britain's subjects be not obliged 
 to appear, before the Cady or Justices of the Country, in any 
 cause, but only the Governor of the place, and His Britannic 
 Majesty's Consul, to take cognizance of, and adjust the difference 
 they may have with the natives of the country. 
 
 III. That all of His Britannic Majesty's subjects, as well those 
 of Hanover as others, that may happen to be passengers or be- 
 long to any Foreign ship or vessel, and taken by any of the Em- 
 peror of Morocco's cruizers shall immediately be set at liberty 
 and sent to the City of Gibraltar. 
 
 IV. That there be permission for buying provisions, and all 
 other necessaries, for His Britannic Majesty's fleet or City of 
 Gibraltar, at any of the King of Fez and Morocco's sea-ports, 
 at the market prices, and the same to be shipped off, without 
 paying custom, as has been lately practised, contrary to the 
 Treaty of Peace subsisting. 
 
 All the other Articles, being fifteen in number, concluded, 
 agreed, and adjusted, by the Honourable Charles Stewart, Esq. 
 on the behalf of His Britannic Majesty, and by His Excellency 
 Bashaw Hamet Ben Aly, Ben Abdallah, and His Imperial Ma- 
 jesty's Treasurer, Mr. Moses Ben Hattar, a Jew, on the behalf 
 of the said King of Fez and Morocco, shall stand good and be of the 
 same force, as in the reigns of the Most High and Most renowned 
 Prince George the First, King of Great Britain, France, and 
 Ireland, &c. &c. (of Glorious Memory) and the High and Glo- 
 rious, Mighty and Right Noble Prince Albumazer Muley Ismael, 
 late Emperor of Morocco. 
 
 And it is further agreed, that all the Articles aforementioned, 
 as well as the fifteen, as the additional ones, shall in twenty days 
 after the date hereof, be published in the Arabic language and 
 affixt on the gates of all sea-ports in His Imperial Majesty's Do- 
 minions. 
 
 Signed and dated at the Court of Fez, the 10th day of July, 
 
 1729. O. S. 
 
 Signed John Russell.
 
 BARBARY STATES. 9a 
 
 TREATY heliveen Great Britain and Morocco. Signed at 
 , \5th December, 1734.* 
 
 TiiEATY OF Peace betweeen His Majesty George the Second, 
 King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, and Mulay 
 Abedela Ben Ismael, King and Emperor of Fez, Mequinez, 
 Morocco, and all the West of Africa, God bless him. 
 
 I. That if any English shall happen to be on board any ship 
 or ships, enemies to the Emperor, that may be taken by the Em- 
 peror's ships, such English shall be well treated, delivered into 
 the hands of the English Consul, and have their liberty to go 
 where they please : This Article to continue in force for six 
 months from the conclusion of this Peace; in which time it is 
 required, that notice shall be given by the King of Great Britain 
 to all the English subjects, not to embark on board any of the 
 Emperor's enemies' ships ; for after that time, if the English shall 
 so embark, the blame must be their own, as no regard will be 
 had to them more than the Emperor's enemies. 
 
 II. If any of the Emperor's subjects shall be made slaves, and 
 escape to an English man of war, or to Gibraltar, Port-Mahon, 
 or any of the English Dominions, that they shall be protected, 
 and with all convenient speed, sent to their respective homes. 
 The like treatment to be given to the English who shall be 
 slaves, and escape to any part of the Emperor's Dominions, 
 
 III. If any English shall contract any thing to be paid to the 
 Emperor's subjects, that notes shall be given for the same ; and 
 in like manner the same to be observed by the Emperor's sub- 
 jects in the English Dominions; and if it shall happen, that such 
 subjects of either power cannot write, to get some person to write 
 such notes for them. 
 
 That no excuse be made, or ignorance of this peace pre- 
 
 * Renewed by Article XL, of the Treaty of 1791,
 
 96 MOROCCO. 
 
 tended, the same shall be published and declared to all the sub- 
 jects of both Powers, both what is now agreed on, and the Ar- 
 ticles concluded with King George the First ; which declaration 
 shall be signed by each Power, and by them kept to prevent dis- 
 putes. This Treaty was concluded the 15th of December, 1734. 
 
 Signed John Leonard Sollicoffre. 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and ]\lorocco. Signed at 
 Fez, 1 5th January, 1750.* 
 
 Treaty of Peace between His Majesty George the Second, 
 King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, and Mulay Abe- 
 dela Ben Ismael, King and Emperor of Fez, Mequinez, 
 Morocco, and all the West of Africa, God bless him ; and 
 the following Articles were concluded by Alcaide Habeb 
 Lohab, first Minister, and William Petticrew, Esq. His 
 Britannic Majesty's Consul General. 
 
 I. For establishing peace and friendship, it is agreed and con- 
 cluded for firm and valid, both by land and sea, in all the Domi- 
 nions of both Powers, that the English in general shall and may 
 now, and at all times hereafter, enjoy and continue in Peace and 
 friendship with the Emperor and his subjects, and be well used 
 and respected by the Emperor's subjects, agreeable to the order 
 and commands of the Emperor. 
 
 II. That such number or quantity of passports, as may be ne- 
 cessary, be transmitted to the Emperor, indented in such manner 
 as shall tally with the passports that shall be received by the 
 English merchants in England ; and if an English man of war 
 meets with any merchant ships belonging to the Emperor, such 
 merchant ships shall be obliged to produce and shew their pass- 
 ports given to them by the English Consul. 
 
 III. If any dispute shall happen between the English and the 
 
 * Renewed b>' Article XL. of the Treaty of 1791.
 
 BARBARY STATES. 97 
 
 Emperor's subjects, the same not to be determined by a Judge, 
 but ended and adjusted by the English Consul and the Coyed, 
 (that is) the mayor of the town, where such dispute shall hap- 
 pen. 
 
 IV. That none of the Emperor's subjects shall, at any time, 
 forcibly enter the houses of the English, or any place belonging 
 to them, or take and carry away any of their goods and effects, 
 unless they have leave and authority from the Emperor so to do. 
 That if any of the Emperor's subjects shall hire any English ship 
 to carry and convey goods from one part of the Emperor's Do- 
 minions to another, and shall happen by stress of weather, or any 
 other occasion, to touch at any place or places in the voyage, 
 such ship or ships shall not be obliged to pay any thing for the 
 shelter or assistance they may receive, and that no English what- 
 ever, or any of their servants (though not English) shall be liable 
 to pay the tax, imposed upon the Emperor's subjects, called the 
 poll-tax. 
 
 V. That the fifteen Articles of Peace, made and concluded be- 
 tween King George the First, and Muli Ismael, are hereby agreed 
 to and confirmed with His Majesty King George the Second, as 
 good and valid, and shall be faithfully kept and observed, together 
 with the aforesaid four Articles. Concluded the ]5th of Rabbei 
 the first, in the year ll64, which is in English stile, the 15th of 
 January, 1750. 
 
 Signed William Petticrew. 
 
 ADDITIONAL ARTICLES between Great Britain and Mo- 
 rocco. Signed at Fez, \st February, 1751.* 
 
 Additional Articles of Peace and Commerce between 
 the Most High, Illustrious, and Most Renowned Prince 
 George the Second, by the Grace of God, King of Great 
 Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the Christian Faith, 
 &c. and the High, Glorious, Mighty and Most Noble Prince 
 Mulay Abedela, Ben Mulay Ismael, Ben Mulay Seriph, 
 Ben Mulay Aly, King and Emperor of the Kingdoms of 
 
 * Renewed by Article XL. of the Treaty of 1791. 
 VOL. I. H
 
 98 MOROCCO. 
 
 Fez, Morocco, Taffilete, Sus, and all the Algarbe and its 
 Territories, agreed on and concluded by William Petticrew, 
 Esq. on the behalf of His Britannic Majesty, and by the 
 Alcaide Habeb Lohab Ben Hamed Limury, First Minister 
 on the behalf and by order of the King of Fez and Morocco. 
 
 I. It is agreed on and concluded, that from henceforward there 
 shall be between His Majesty of Great Britain, Prince and Elec- 
 tor of Hanover, and the King of Fez and Morocco, their heirs 
 and successors, a general, true, and perfect Peace for ever, as 
 well by land as by sea and fresh waters ; and also between the 
 Lands, Kingdoms, Dominions, and Territories belonging to or 
 under the jurisdiction of His Britannic Majesty in Germany, and 
 those appertaining to the King of Fez and Morocco, and their 
 subjects, people, or inhabitants respectively, of what condition, 
 degree, or quality soever, from henceforth reciprocally shall owe 
 the other all friendship ; and that all ships, vessels, passengers 
 with their effects trafficking voluntary, or compelled by enemies, 
 disasters of the seas, or any accident whatsoever, to the Coast of 
 the Emperor of Fez and Morocco's Dominions, being His Bri- 
 tannic Majesty's subjects in Germany, shall, from henceforth, 
 be treated with the said regulations as specified by the Treaties 
 of Peace now subsisting between His Britannic Majesty and the 
 King of Fez and Morocco. 
 
 II. It is agreed, that all ships and vessels belonging to His 
 Britannic Majesty in Germany, shall carry a proper Pass, and 
 that a copy of such Pass, with the heads of the said Passes, shall 
 be sent to His Britannic Majesty's Consul, residing in Barbary, 
 to the end that he may deliver the same to the Commanders or 
 Captains of the King of Fez and Morocco's ships of war or crui- 
 zers, to the end that due regard may be had to this Peace, and 
 that no Commander or Captain may offend through ignorance ; 
 and all Commanders or Captains of ships or vessels belonging to 
 His Britannic Majesty's subjects in Germany, meeting with any 
 ship or vessel belonging to the King of Fez and Morocco, or his 
 subjects, if the Commander of such ship or vessel produce a 
 Pass signed by the Governor of the City they belong to, with a 
 certificate from the English Consul, and in case of his death or 
 absence, from the major part of the English Merchants residing
 
 BARBARY STATES. 99 
 
 in the said place, in such cases the said ship or vessel shall pur- 
 sue freely her voyage without hindrance or molestation. 
 
 III. It is agreed, that the King of Great Britain's subjects 
 shall not be obliged to appear before Justices of the Country on 
 any cause, but that only the Governor of the City of His Bri- 
 tannic Majesty's Consul shall take cognizance of, and adjust the 
 difference or suits they may have with the Moors, or other inha- 
 bitants in the Dominions of the King of Fez and Morocco. 
 
 IV. It is agreed, that no Governor or Officer under the King 
 of Fez and Morocco, shall, without the King's Special Order, 
 visit or register the Dwelling-houses or Magazines of any of 
 His Britannic Majesty's subjects residing in Barbary; and that 
 all British ships, taking freight in any Port of the King of 
 Fez and Morocco to carry to other ports of the said Kingdom, 
 shall be exempted from all port charges, as usual, in whatever 
 port they may put in ; and that the Consul and the other British 
 merchants shall be freely allowed to have Moors or Jews as their 
 interpreters and brokers, who shall be exempted from all taxes, 
 as likewise all their domestic servants. 
 
 All the other Articles, being fifteen in number, concluded, 
 agreed, and adjusted by the Admiral Charles Stewart, on the be- 
 half of His Britannic Majesty ; and by His Excellency Bashaw 
 Hemet Ben Ally, Ben Abdalla, and His Imperial Majesty's Trea- 
 surer, Mr. Moses Benatar, on behalf of the said King of Fez and 
 Morocco, shall stand good, and be of the same force, as in the 
 Reign of the Most High, Illustrious, and Renowned Prince 
 George the First, King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, 
 of glorious memory ; and the High, Mighty, and Most Noble 
 Prince Mulay Ismael, late Emperor of Morocco; as likewise the 
 other Articles, being three in number, agreed and concluded by 
 John Leonard Sollicoffre, Esq. on behalf of His Britannic Ma- 
 jesty, and His Excellency Bashaw Hamet Ben Aly Ben Abdalla, 
 on behalf of the King of Fez and Morocco. 
 
 It is agreed on and concluded, that all the Articles aforemen- 
 tioned, being eighteen in number, with these additional Articles 
 that are translated into the Arabic language, copies thereof be 
 sent to all His Imperial Majesty's Alcaides and Officers of all 
 the ports in his Dominions, there to be read by the Cady or Chief 
 
 h2
 
 100 MOROCCO. 
 
 Justice in public assembly ; and afterwards to remain deposited 
 either in the hands of the Judge or the Alcaide of the port, that 
 recourse may be had thereto on all occasions which may occur ; 
 and that the ratification of the said Articles shall be made within 
 the term of six months, or sooner, if possible, in Spanish, which 
 shall be received and be of equal force. Dated and signed at the 
 Court of Fez, on the 1st of February, 1751, N. S. 
 
 Sinned William Petti crew. 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and Morocco, signed at Fez, 
 IQth July, 1760.* 
 
 Articles of Peace and Commerce, made between the 
 Hi^h and Glorious, Powerful and Most Noble Monarch, 
 Sidi Mahomet Ben Abdalla, Emperor and King of the King- 
 doms of Fez and Morocco, Trafilet, Sus, and all the Algarbe, 
 and its Territories in Africa, &:c. and the Most High and 
 Famous Monarch, George the Second, by the Grace of 
 God, King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender 
 of the Christian Faith, Duke of Brunswick and Lunenburg, 
 Arch-Treasurer, and Prince Elector of the Holy Roman 
 Empire, &c. concluded, agreed, and adjusted by the said 
 Emperor of Fez and Morocco, and by the Noble Mark 
 Milbanke, Esq. on the part of His Britannic Majesty. 
 
 I. It is agreed and concluded, that, from this time forward, 
 there shall be, between His Majesty of Great Britain, and the 
 Emperor of Fez and Morocco, their heirs and successors, a ge- 
 neral, true, and perfect peace for ever, as well by land as by sea 
 and fresh waters ; and also between their lands, kingdoms, do- 
 minions, and territories, belonging to, or under the jurisdiction of 
 either of them ; and that their respective subjects, people, or in- 
 habitants, of whatever condition, degree, or quality they be, shall 
 reciprocally shew to each other all friendship ; and that, on the 
 demise of either of their Majesties, the Successor shall send an 
 ambassador to the other, to notify His accession to the Throne. 
 
 II. It is also agreed, that all English ships of war, and mer- 
 
 * Renewed by Article XL. of llic Treaty of 1791,
 
 BARBARY STATES. 101 
 
 chant ships, that shall come to any part of the Emperor's Domi- 
 nions to trade, or for any other purpose, and shall have on board 
 a cargo, which shall not be saleable in the said place where they 
 come, may depart with the same to any other part whatsoever of 
 the Emperor's Dominions, and shall not pay the duties for it more 
 than once ; and that no duty shall be paitl for implements of war, 
 such as fire-arms, swords, or any other thing whatsoever which 
 may belong to the military ; neither for all sorts of materials used 
 for building ships ; and that, if any English ship shall come to 
 any of the Emperor's ports with merchandize destined for another 
 part of the world, they are not to pay any duty for such merchan- 
 dize, so that they may depart with the same without any molesta- 
 tion. If any English ship shall be thrown upon the Emperor's 
 coast, by bad weather or otherwise, the same shall be protected, 
 and depart again in safety, without any ill-treatment or inter- 
 ruption. And the Emperor's ships, Mhich shall be thrown on 
 the coast of Great Britain, or Dominions thereunto belonging, 
 shall be treated in the same manner. 
 
 III. It is also agreed, that all ships belonging to the subjects 
 of the said King of Great Britain, and of the Emperor of Fez 
 and Morocco, and his subjects, may securely navigate and pass 
 the seas, without being searched, or receiving hindrance or 
 trouble, the one from the other ; and that all persons and passen- 
 gers, of whatever nation they may be, belonging to either of the 
 parties, shall be entirely free, without being detained, molested, 
 robbed, or receiving any damage from the others. And more- 
 over, it is agreed, that the English ships, which shall be freighted 
 in any port of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, for other ports 
 of the same kingdom, shall not be obliged to pay the usual 
 port charges ; and that no captain or other person, belonging to 
 any ship or vessel of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, or his 
 subjects, shall take any person or persons whatsoever, out of any 
 ship or vessel of the King of Great Britain, or His subjects, in 
 order to be examined, or under any other pretence whatsoever; 
 neither sliall they offer violence to any person or persons, of what- 
 ever nation or quality they be, on board a ship belonging to His 
 Majesty's subjects. 
 
 IV. It is besides agreed, for the better observance of the pre- 
 
 H 3
 
 UYi MOROCCO. 
 
 ceding Articles, according to their true intent, that the ships of 
 >var or cruizers, belonging to the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, 
 or to his subjects, meeting M'ith any ships, or other vessels, of 
 the King of Great Britain, or His subjects, (not being in the seas 
 belonging to His Majesty's Dominions) may send a single boat on 
 board, with two trusty rowers, and no more, who may enter such 
 ships or vessels ; that on shewing them a passport, signed by the 
 King of Great Britain, or by the High Admiral of England, 
 Scotland, and Ireland, in the form hereafter mentioned, the said 
 boat shall depart immediately, leaving such ships to pursue their 
 voyage freely : and when it may happen, that any ship of war, or 
 privateer, of the King of Great Britain, shall meet any ship or 
 vessel of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, or of his subjects, on 
 the Captain of such ship shewing a passport from the governor 
 of the city to which he belongs, with a certificate from the English 
 Consul, or, in case of his death, or absence, from the major part 
 of the English merchants residing there ; in such case, he shall be 
 permitted to pursue his voyage without impediment or injury. 
 
 V. It is also agreed, that, in case any ships of war of the King 
 of Great Britain, or of His subjects, shall come to any port under 
 the dominion of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, with prize 
 goods, they shall be permitted to sell them without hindrance or 
 imposition ; and, in case any squadron, or single ship of war, or 
 merchant ship of His Majesty, shall want provisions, victuals, or 
 refreshments, it is hereby agreed, that they may buy them, in the 
 quantity and quality they shall have occasion for, at the current 
 market-price, free of duties, or of any other gratuity. 
 
 VI. It is moreover agreed, that if any ship, or other vessel, be- 
 longing to His Britannic Majesty, or to His subjects, shall, by 
 misfortune, storm, or any other disaster whatsoever, be forced 
 ashore, or wrecked, on any part of the Dominions of the Emperor 
 of Fez and Morocco, such ship or ships, persons and goods, 
 .shall be faithfully, and without the least damage or diminution, 
 restored and delivered to the Consul, or any other person whom 
 their owner shall appoint to receive the same ; the people shall 
 be set at liberty, and permitted to depart whensoever they please, 
 without the least detention. 
 
 VII. It is moreover agreed, that His Majesty of Great Britain
 
 BARBARY STATES. 103 
 
 shall have liberty to establish a Consul, or as many Consuls as he 
 pleases, in the Dominions of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, and 
 that the said Consul or Consuls may reside in any port, or ports, 
 or places they please, as well maritime as others, belonging to, 
 or under the jurisdiction of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco ; 
 and that the said Consul or Consuls shall be treated with the 
 respect due to their titles or characters ; and they, as well as the 
 other subjects of His Majesty residing there, shall be permitted 
 to enjoy the entire freedom and exercise of their religion, without 
 the least impediment, reproach, or affront, either in word or ac- 
 tion ; and that they shall have a decent place for their burying 
 ground, against which no violence shall be committed ; and that 
 the aforesaid Consuls, and factors, may dispatch, at their plea- 
 sure, their brokers and servants, with liberty to go from place to 
 place, by sea and land ; it is likewise granted to them to embark 
 and go on board any ship or ships whatsoever, to treat and con- 
 tract, as M'ell in the port as in the road, without impediment, con- 
 straint or limitation, concerning their effects, secure from any risk 
 of confiscation or embargo, under any pretence ; and the said 
 Consul or Consuls, with the other subjects of His Britannic Ma- 
 jesty trading there, shall have full liberty to leave the country 
 w hensoever they please, without impediment or molestation being 
 offered to them or their effects. And it is moreover agreed, 
 that, if any subject of His Britannic Majesty, residing or traffick- 
 ing in the dominions of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, shall 
 happen to die, the governor of the place, where it happens, shall 
 be obliged to see all his ooods and effects delivered into the 
 hands of His Majesty's Consul, and, in default of such Consul, 
 to some English merchant, who is to secure and keep them for 
 the disposition of his heirs ; but this is to be understood, in case 
 the deceased shall not have left a partner, or friend, or, before 
 his decease, shall not have recommended his said effects, and 
 debts, to some other Christian merchant (of any nation whatsoever) 
 in which ease, the Governor shall not intermeddle further than to 
 use his authority, to see that the will and testament of the de- 
 ceased be carried into execution, as in recovery of his debts, 8\.c. 
 and further declares, that no subject of His Britannic Majesty 
 shall be obliged to give satisfaction for any other debt, but what 
 
 u 4
 
 104 MOROCCO. 
 
 shall be contracted by himself, or shall appear by his accounts ; 
 and that the subjects of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, as 
 well Moors as Jews, residing in the Dominions of the King of 
 Great Britain, shall enjoy the same privileges, that are granted to 
 the English residing in Barbary ; and that the domestic servants 
 of the Consuls, and other subjects of His Britannic Majesty, of 
 whatever nation they may be, either Moors or others, shall not 
 pay the tax called the poll-tax, or any other tax. 
 
 Vlir. It is agreed, that no Alcaide, Governor, Soldier, or Sub- 
 ject of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, shall lay violent hands 
 on the effects or merchandizes, belonging to the subjects of His 
 Britannic Majesty, within the jurisdiction of the Emperor of Fez 
 and Morocco, without first treating, agreeing, and paying the 
 value thereof, or according to an agreement made, and without 
 having permission and authority from the Emperor for that pur- 
 pose; neither shall the subjects of His Britannic Majesty be 
 forced to buy goods contrary to their inclination : and it is more- 
 over agreed, that no Commander, or Captain of an English ship, 
 shall be obliged, or constrained to negotiate, or receive on board, 
 merchandizes belonging to any person whatsoever, he or they de- 
 claring to the Consul residing there, the reason for it, neither 
 shall the said ship be detained, or embargoed, under any pretence; 
 and that, if any of the Emperor's subjects shall freight an English 
 ship to carry and convey any commodities from one place to 
 others of the Emperor's Dominions, and it shall happen, either 
 from bad weather, or any other accident whatever, to touch at 
 any place or places, in the voyage, such ship, or ships, shall not 
 be obliged to pay any thing for the shelter or assistance they may 
 receive ; nor shall a pilot or mariner be taken out of any English 
 ship. 
 
 IX. If there shall happen any quarrel or dispute, between any 
 Englishman and any Mussulman, by which any of them may re- 
 ceive detriment, the same shall be heard and determined by the 
 Emperor alone; and if any Englishman, who shall be the aggressor, 
 shall make his escape, in such case, no other Englishman shall 
 suffer on his account, or in his place : it is also agreed, that, if 
 any law-suit, dispute, or diffeience, arises between the subjects 
 of His Britannic Majesty, they shall be accommodated by the
 
 BARBARY STATES. 10^ 
 
 Consul of the nation : and if any quarrels shall happen among 
 the Mussulmen in England, or in any of the English Dominions, 
 by which one of them may receive detriment, the same shall be 
 heard before a Christian and a Mussulman, and shall be decided 
 according to the Laws of Great Britain. 
 
 X. It is agreed, that not only during the present peace and 
 amity, but also in case of a rupture or war breaking out between 
 their said Majesties, in any time hereafter, the Consul, and other 
 subjects of the King of Great Britain, who reside or traffic in the 
 Dominions of the said Emperor of Fez and Morocco, shall be 
 permitted to quit the country whenever they think proper, as well 
 in peace as in w^ar, in any vessels of whatever nation ; and also, 
 in case of a rupture, the space of six months shall be granted to 
 them to remove ; and all their debts shall be justly paid to them; 
 and they shall take away their effects, families, children, though 
 born in the country, and servants, without the least detention, 
 impediment or embargo. 
 
 XL It is moreover agreed, that if any Englishman, in the Do- 
 minions of the Emperor, or any subjects of the Emperor, in the 
 English Dominions, shall maliciously endeavour to break the 
 peace, they, who are guilty of such crime, shall be punished by 
 each Sovereign for that offence : but each Sovereign shall take 
 cognizance of His own subjects. 
 
 XII. It is also agreed, that if any subject of the Emperor of 
 Fez and Morocco, desires to transport commodities from the 
 Dominions of the King of Great Britain, he shall be permitted 
 to do it, without paying greater duties, or impositions, than other 
 nations pay, according to the custom of the country ; and when 
 the English convoy shall be ready, it shall be ordered, after its 
 arrival at Gibraltar, to convoy the vessel, on which the said com- 
 modities are embarked, to the port His Imperial Majesty shall 
 appoint. 
 
 XIII. It is also agreed, that no Spaniard, or native of any 
 other country, whether Captains, mariners, fishermen, or other 
 persons, under the English Government in the City of Gibraltar, 
 (or in the Island of Minorca, when it shall again be in possession 
 of the English) shall be seized, or molested, navigating under the 
 English flag, with passports from the Governor, or Commander
 
 106 MOROCCO. 
 
 in Chief of those places, and that they shall be considered and 
 esteemed as English natural subjects, 
 
 XIV. It is also agreed, that all the subjects of the Emperor of 
 Fez and Morocco, Moors, or Jews, shall be permitted to traffic, 
 buy, or sell, in the City of Gibraltar, (or in the Island of Minorca, 
 when it shall again be in possession of the English) for the space 
 of thirty days only, and, at the end of that time, to take and 
 carry away, without molestation, all their effects to any part of 
 the Dominions of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco. 
 
 XV. It is further concluded, that all the subjects of His Bri- 
 tannic Majesty, and likewise of Hanover, and of His other Domi- 
 nions, who, being passengers on board any ship or vessel of any 
 nation not in friendship with the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, 
 shall be taken and made prisoners by any of his cruizers, shall be 
 immediately set at liberty, and delivered to His Britannic Ma- 
 jesty's Consul residing at the place where they shall be taken to ; 
 and if there be no Consul residing in such place, to the principal 
 merchant there, with directions to send them by the first and most 
 convenient opportunity, to the fortress of Gibraltar, or to any 
 other place ; and in case any of the Emperor's subjects being 
 passengers on board any ship or vessel of any nation at war with 
 His Britannic Majesty, shall be taken by His Britannic Majesty's 
 ships, they shall, in like manner, be set at liberty ; and all His 
 Britannic Majesty's subjects, belonging to Hanover, or His other 
 Dominions in Germany, shall enjoy the same privileges, and shall 
 receive the same respect, and shall be considered by the Emperor 
 of Fez and Morocco, and by his subjects, in the same manner as 
 the English. 
 
 XVI. It is moreover agreed, that such of the English subjects 
 of His Britannic Majesty, or others, who shall be ordered by the 
 Governor of the City of Gibraltar, (or of the Island of Minorca, 
 when it shall be again in the possession of the English,) shall be 
 permitted, and shall have liberty to buy cattle, provisions, refresh- 
 ments, and all necessaries they please, for the said places, in the 
 public markets, or in any other manner, as shall be most conve- 
 nient to them, in any port, or place, in the Dominions of the Em- 
 peror of Fez and Morocco, and shall take them away, without
 
 BARBARY STATES. 107 
 
 hindrance or molestation, paying a stipulated duty for the said 
 cattle, provisions, refreshments, &c. 
 
 XVII. It is moreover agreed, that such a number and quantity 
 of passports shall be transmitted to the Emperor of Fez and Mo- 
 rocco, as shall be judged necessary for him, and which shall be 
 indented in such manner as shall tally with those which the 
 English merchants shall receive in England ; and if a ship of war 
 shall meet with any of the merchant ships belonging to the Em- 
 peror, such merchant ships shall be obliged to produce and shew 
 their passports, which the English Consul has given them. 
 
 XVIII. It is also agreed, that if any of the subjects of the 
 Emperor of Fez and Morocco shall have been made slaves, and 
 shall escape on board any English ship of war, or to Gibraltar, 
 (or to Port-Mahon, when it shall be again in possession of the 
 English,) or in any other part of the English Dominions, the 
 same are to be protected, and sent, with all convenient speed, to 
 their respective homes ; and His Majesty of Fez and Morocco 
 assures and promises, that the subjects of His Britannic Majesty 
 who may escape from Ceuta, or any other garrison on the coast 
 of Africa, being prisoners in such garrisons on the coast of Africa 
 (not having taken arms against the Emperor) shall be free, and 
 sent to Gibraltar. 
 
 XIX. It is moreover agreed, that no obligation, or contract, 
 shall have force, or be valid, against any merchant whatsoever, 
 subject of His Britannic Majesty, unless the said merchant shall 
 have signed it with his hand, and in case that any one cannot 
 write, it shall suffice that a person, to his satisfaction, has wrote 
 such obligations or contracts, and signed them for him; the same 
 privilege shall be granted to the subjects of the Emperor of Fez 
 and Morocco, residing in the Dominions of His Britannic Ma- 
 jesty. 
 
 XX. It is moreover agreed, that all ships and vessels belong- 
 ing to His Britannic Majesty in Germany shall carry a Pass; that 
 the form and head of the said Pass shall be sent to the Consul of 
 His Britannic Majesty residing in Barbary, to be delivered to the 
 Commanders or Captains of the ships, or cruizers of the Emperor 
 of Fez and Morocco, to the end that the said Commanders or
 
 108 MOROCCO. 
 
 Captains may shew the due respect to this peace, without oflFend- 
 iii"- through ignorance ; and all the Commanders or Captains of 
 ships or vessels belonging to the subjects of His Britannic Ma- 
 jesty in Germany, who shall meet with any ship or vessel of the 
 Emperor of Fez and Morocco, or of his subjects, if the Captain 
 thereof shews a Pass, signed by the Governor of the City he be- 
 longs to, with a certificate from the English Consul, or in case of 
 his death or absence, from the major part of the English mer- 
 chants residing there, he shall be permitted to pursue his voyage 
 without impediment or injury. 
 
 XXI. It is also agreed, that the subjects of His Britannic 
 Majesty shall not be obliged to present themselves before the 
 magistracy of the Country, to be judged, under any pretence ; 
 and their causes, suits, or differences, which may happen with 
 the Moors, or any other subjects whatsoever, living in the Do- 
 minions of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, shall be judged 
 and determined, only by the Governor of the City, and English 
 Consul. 
 
 XXn. It is also agreed, that in case any ship or ships of war, 
 or others, at enmity with His Britannic Majesty, shall be in any 
 port of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, where at the same 
 time there shall be ships belonging to the subjects of His Bri- 
 tannic Majesty, the said cruizers shall not be permitted to offer 
 any violence to them, nor to sail under forty hours after the said 
 ships shall be departed ; and it is moreover agreed that the peace 
 shall commence from the signing of this Treaty, after which, no 
 subject of His Britannic Majesty shall be bought, sold, or made 
 a slave of, in any part of the Dominions, or under the jurisdiction 
 of the Emperor of F'ez and Morocco ; and this shall be ratified 
 within six months, or sooner if possible ; and in case, in the 
 mean time, any prize shall be made by either of the two parties 
 with loss, reparation shall be made, according to the shaies, and 
 as the ship or effects shall have been sold ; and the part, which 
 shall remahi entire, shall be immediately restored in its own spe- 
 cies ; the people shall be set at liberty. 
 
 XXHI. It is agreed and concluded (in order that there be no 
 excuse made, or ignorance pretended of this peace) that the 
 twenty-five Articles following and bcforc-mentioucd, shall be de-
 
 BARBARY STATES. 109 
 
 clared and published to all the subjects of each Power, which de- 
 claration shall be signed by each party, and shall be observed by 
 them, to avoid disputes ; and that they shall be translated imme- 
 diately, by the Emperor's order, into the Arabic language ; that 
 copies shall be sent to all the Alcaides and Officers of all the 
 Ports and Dominions of His Imperial Majesty, to be read pub- 
 licly by the Judge, and afterwards to remain deposited in the 
 hands of the said Judge, or the Alcaide of the Port, for occasions 
 that may offer; and, to prevent all other troubles, that every 
 Captain of a ship of war, or cruizer, of the Emperor of Fez and 
 Morocco, shall be provided with a copy of them, which copy 
 shall be actually on board the said ship or cruizer, in order to 
 make this peace the more inviolable ; and that the ratification of 
 the said Articles shall be in the Spanish language, which shall 
 be received, and of equal force, as if it was in either language 
 of the two nations. 
 
 XXIV. And lastly, it is agreed and concluded, that when his 
 Excellency Mark Milbanke, Esq. His Britannic Majesty's Am- 
 bassador, arrives at Court, or where he shall receive his audience, 
 or during the time he stays in the Dominions of the Emperor, 
 he shall never, in any manner, be asked, or interrogated, by the 
 Emperor, His Servants, or any other person, either Christian, 
 Moor, or Jew, relating to any prize or prizes, made by His Bri- 
 tannic Majesty's ships of war, or privateers, neither shall he meet 
 with any insults or affronts, by applications on that or any other 
 matter ; it being clearly understood, that the 25,000 pesos duros 
 which are paid (exclusive of the 200,000 pesos duros for the re- 
 demption) are for the entire satisfaction of all difficulties, differ- 
 ences, pretensions, disputes of any sorts, depending between 
 their Imperial and Britannic Majesties, their subjects or the in- 
 habitants of their Dominions, and to cement a true and inviolable 
 peace and friendship between the two nations. And it is further 
 agreed, that the Consul or Consuls of His Britannic Majesty 
 shall not pay any duties for their furniture, cloaths, or baggage, 
 or any other necessaries, which they shall, at times, have occa- 
 sion to bring to the Emperor's Dominions, for the consumption 
 of them, or their families in their houses.
 
 110 MOROCCO. 
 
 ADDITIONAL ARTICLE. 
 
 It is moreover agreed, that if any of the Governors of Gibral- 
 tar, or Minorca (when it shall be again in the possession of the 
 English) shall desire flour or wheat for the troops of the said 
 garrisons, that His Imperial Majesty permits them to buy the 
 same in any places of His Imperial Majesty's Dominions, and 
 to carry them away, paying a fixed duty ; but it is understood, 
 that the Emperor does not grant the said privilege to any mer- 
 chant to carry away the said Articles to sell. And it is permitted 
 that the ships of war may buy the said Articles for their own use, 
 in any Port of His Imperial Majesty's Dominions, without pay- 
 ing any duty or imposition. Given and signed in our Royal 
 Court of Fez, the 28th of July, 1760. 
 
 Sioned Mark Milbanke. 
 
 ADDITIONAL ARTICLES hetzceen Great Britain and Mo- 
 rocco. Signed at Sallee, 24th May, 1783.* 
 
 Additional Articles of Friendship and Commerce, 
 made by the Emperor of Morocco with the King of Great 
 Britain ; concluded with Sir Roger Curtis, His Britannic 
 Majesty's Ambassador to Morocco, 24th May, 1783. 
 
 Ill the Name of God, Amen. Nothing can be done but with the help of God. From 
 the Slave of God, Mahomet Ben Abdallah. God is his Master. 
 
 These are the Articles of friendship and peace made and con- 
 cluded between us and the Great King of the English, George 
 the Third, through the hands of His Excellency Sir Roger 
 Curtis, the Ambassador which he sent unto us. 
 
 T. There is peace and friendship between us, agreeable to for- 
 mer Treaties, nor has it been otherwise. The English merchants 
 have free liberty to come to all our ports, there to trade, and to 
 buy, and to sell like other nations : and we also give leave to the 
 merchants, our subjects, to repair to and trade at all English 
 Ports. 
 
 II. All English subjects, who have debts or demands in our 
 
 * Renewed by Article XL. of the Treaty of 1791.
 
 BARB ARY STATES. lU 
 
 Dominions or Ports, have free liberty to come and recover the 
 same, and to be paid even to the last blanquin. But if any have 
 claims upon such as are bankrupt and unable to pay, their mo- 
 ney is unavoidably lost ; for we have heretofore often signified, 
 to all the merchants -who traded to our Ports, not to sell their 
 goods but for ready money, or to persons of established credit ; 
 and these are still our orders. And we also give the same orders 
 to our merchants who trade to foreign Ports, not to sell but for 
 ready money, or with people of credit ; and if they dealed with 
 insufficient persons, they must lose their money. 
 
 III. We grant to the English the house at Tangier, where the 
 English Vice-Consul used to live ; but as to the house of Elihu 
 the Jew, where Logic used to live, it is agreed with the said 
 Elihu, that if he suffered any Christian, of whatsoever nation, to 
 live in the said house, it shall be taken from him and forfeited to 
 the public treasury of the Mussulmen ; and all the furniture and 
 other effects of Logic, which was in the said house, we have or- 
 dered to be restored again, without any thing being lost ; and if 
 any thing shall be missing, our servant Alcaide Mahomet Ben 
 Abdelmaleek, the Governor of Tangier, is to pay for it. 
 
 IV. We grant to the English our house at Tangier, where 
 Benido used to live, and after him our servant Alcaide Abdcl- 
 hazed Fenish. We give it to you. 
 
 V. We promise to build a house for the English Agent, at 
 Marteen. The rooms on the ground-floor shall be for lodo;in<r 
 the stores of our ships, and the upper part shall be for the habi 
 tation of whoever the English send. 
 
 VL The English shall load provisions and refreshments from 
 all our Ports for one year, the said year to commence on the first 
 day of the month Jumet, the 1st in the year, 1197 (1st April, 
 1783) and to end on the last day of the month Rabere, the 2d 
 1198 (28th March, 1784) during which year they arc to pay no 
 duty, no ounce, nor anchorage fee. And from the first of the 
 month Jumet, 1st 11 98 (1st April, 1784) the English shall have 
 the use of all our Ports, Safie, Willidecah, New Teet, Tadallah, 
 Dalbydah, Arabat (the beginning of goodness) Sallee, Mamora, 
 Tangier, Earache, and Tetuon, to load the aforesaid provisions 
 and refreshments : to pay the following duties :
 
 112 MOROCCO. 
 
 For every Ox 4 Cobbs, 
 
 For a Sheep 7 Ounces, 
 
 For a dozen Fowls ti Ounces, 
 
 and all other articles to pay the same duty as formerly : except at 
 the Port of Magodor, where the English are to pay the same duties, 
 for provisions or refreshments, as the merchants of other Chris- 
 tian nations. And we grant the English leave to take on board 
 Mules from all our Ports, paying ten cobbs duty for every mule ; 
 and they are allowed three hundred weight of barley for each 
 mule. 
 
 VII. The master of every vessel, which comes from Gibraltar 
 to load provisions or refreshments, is to bring a clearance, in 
 which is to be inserted, upon the oath of the Master, the size of 
 the vessel. 
 
 A vessel of 200 quintals, or 10 tons burthen, is 
 
 to pay for anchorage fee 3 Cobbs, 
 
 From 200 quintals to 400, or 20 tons .... 5 do. 
 From 400 do. to 600, or 30 tons .... 8 do. 
 From 600 do. to 800, or 40 tons ... 10 do. 
 But if any vessels carry any manner of merchandize besides pro- 
 visions and refreshments, they shall pay the same anchorage- 
 duties as the merchant vessels of all other nations which come to 
 our Ports. 
 
 VIII. We have given orders to our servants, at all our Ports, 
 that they do observe and obey all the Articles which we have 
 now granted, neither more nor less. These are our orders. The 
 23d of the month Jumet, the 2d in the year of God, 1 197 (24th 
 May, 1783). Signed Roger Curtis, (L. S.) 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and Morocco. Signed at 
 Sale, Sth of April, 1 79 1 . 
 
 Praised be God alone. 
 This is a copy of the writing of the Treaties of Peace between 
 the Lord of the Faithful, who is crowned Defender of the 
 Law, by the Grace of God of the Universal World, that his 
 prosperity may never be at an end.
 
 BARBARY STATES. 113 
 
 Mahomed el Mcliidi el Yazid, whom God has crowned at the 
 head of his troops, that his fame may be continued to be 
 named in his Dominions ; and George the Third, King of 
 England ; in Forty-three Articles. 
 
 I. For the freedom, security and perfect ease, of the subjects 
 of both parties, 
 
 It is agreed, that the English shall have liberty to establish a 
 Consul (or as many Consuls as they please) in the Dominions of 
 the Emperor of Morocco, who shall have the liberty of the Coun- 
 try, and reside in any Port or place he chooses, whether maritime 
 or not, as he may tind most conducive to the service of the Knig 
 his master, and advantageous to the trade of His subjects. 
 
 II. The English Consul residing in the Emperor's Dominions, 
 shall be treated at all times with the respect and civility due to 
 his character. — His person and house shall be inviolable, and if 
 any person injures or insults him by word or deed, he shall be 
 severely punished. He shall have liberty to choose his own in- 
 terpreters and servants, either Musselmen or others, who are not 
 to pay the poll-tax, or any tax or contribution whatsoever ; he 
 shall be allowed a place to pray in ; he shall have liberty at all 
 times of hoisting His Majesty's flag on the top of his house either 
 in town or country, and in his boat when he passes on the water ; 
 he shall not pay duty for furniture, clothes, baggage, or any other 
 necessaries which he imports in the Emperor's Dominions, for 
 the use of himself or his family ; and if the nature of the service, 
 or any other motive, require his absence from Barbary, neither 
 himself, his servants, baggage, or effects, shall be stopped or de- 
 tained upon any pretence whatsoever; but shall have free leave 
 to go, and to return as often as he may think it necessary ; and 
 all honors or privileges that are now, or may hereafter be granted 
 to the Consul or Deputy of any other Power, shall likewise be 
 granted to the English Consul and his Deputy. 
 
 III. English subjects are permitted to come with their ships, 
 merchandize, or goods, to all parts of the Emperor's Dominions ; 
 to enter into the same, to remain and reside there without any 
 limitation of time ; also to hire, or build houses or stores ; and 
 the English subjects visiting or residing in the Dominions of the 
 Emperor, and the subjects of the Emperor, visitnig or residing 
 
 VOL. I. 1
 
 114 MOROCCO. 
 
 in any part of the English Dominions, shall not do to each other 
 any harm, offence, or injury, either by word or deed, but shall 
 treat each other with all possible respect and friendship. 
 
 IV. English subjects, or any under English protection, residing 
 in, or trading to, any part of the Dominions of the Emperor shall 
 be in perfect security as to their persons, property, and effects; 
 they shall enjoy the entire freedom and exercise of their religion 
 without the least reproach or affront, and shall have a convenient 
 place for their burying ground, against which, or the bodies 
 buried in the country, no violence or indecency shall be com- 
 mitted; they shall have the liberty of the town and country; may 
 choose their own interpreters, brokers, couriers, and servants, 
 be they Musselmen or not, whom they may dispatch at their 
 pleasure, with liberty to go from place to place either by sea or 
 land ; and whenever they think proper they may go or send on 
 board any ship whatever either in the port or road, and neither 
 they nor their domestics of any religion shall pay the poll-tax or 
 any other tax. 
 
 V. No English subject or person under English protection, 
 shall be forced to sell or buy any thing contrary to their inclina- 
 tion, nor shall the Moors take any effects from them but by their 
 own consent, according to an agreement made ; and the like con- 
 duct shall be observed by the English towards such Moors as 
 may be in the English Dominions. 
 
 VI. No English subject, or person under English protection, 
 shall be bound to pay the debts of any other English subject, or 
 of any other person whatsoever, unless he become surety for the 
 same by a public act under his own hand. 
 
 VII. Such causes or differences as may arise in Barbary be- 
 tween the subjects of His Imperial Majesty and English subjects, 
 shall not be decided by the Cadi or Judges of the place, but are 
 to be determined by the Governor of the City, and the English 
 Consul or his Deputy ; nor shall an English subject, or one under 
 English protection, be obliged on any pretence to present himself 
 before the ordinary magistracy of the country ; and all such 
 Causes as may arise between English subjects or those imder 
 English protection shall be determined by the English Consul or 
 his deputy alone.
 
 BARBARY STATES. t !| 
 
 VIII. If there happen any quarrel between any English sub- 
 ject, or person under English protection, and Musselmen, by 
 which either of them may receive detriment, the Cause shall be 
 heard and determined by the Emperor alone, and if the English 
 subject, or person under English protection, be the aggressor, he 
 shall be punished with no greater severity than a Moor guilty of 
 the like offence ought to be ; and if he escape, no other English 
 subject, or person under English protection, shall suffer on his ac- 
 count, or in his place; and if it appear that the crime was commit- 
 ted by accident, or in his own defence, he shall be treated agree- 
 at)le to the customs observed towards Musselmen in like cases. 
 
 And if any quarrel shall happen between Englishmen and 
 Musselmen in any part of the Dominions of the King of England, 
 by which one of them may receive detriment, the same shall be 
 heard before an equal number of Musselmen and Christians, and 
 determined agreeably to the laws of England. 
 
 IX. All subjects of the Emperor who shall have been made 
 slaves, and shall escape to any English ship of war, or to any 
 part of the English Dominions, shall be protected and sent with 
 all convenient speed to their homes ; and in like manner all Eng- 
 lish subjects, who may escape from any garrison on the coast of 
 Africa, or from any place without the English Dominions, where 
 they were prisoners or slaves, to any part of the Emperor's Do- 
 minions, shall immediately be free, and be delivered up to the 
 Consul or his deputy, or be sent to Gibraltar. 
 
 X. No English subject, or person under English protection, 
 shall be permitted to turn Musselman, being induced thereto by 
 surprize, unless he voluntarily appear before the Governor with 
 the British Consul or his Deputy three times, in three days, and 
 each day declare his resolution to turn Mahometan. 
 
 XI. Any English subject, or person under English protection, 
 turning Moor, and having in his possession, goods or estate the 
 property of other English subjects, or books or papers relating 
 to the property of other English subjects ; all such books, papers, 
 goods, or estate, shall positively be delivered to the British Con- 
 sul or his deputy, that they may be conveyed to their true owners-. 
 
 XII. All English subjects of every denomination, that may be 
 in the Emperor of Morocco's Dominions, shall always, and at 
 
 1 2
 
 116 MOROCCO. 
 
 all times, both of peace and war, have full and absolute liberty 
 to depart and go to their own or any other country, upon any 
 ship or vessel of what nation soever they shall think fit; they shall 
 be permitted to sell, or alienate their moveable or immoveable 
 estates, and to carry away the price thereof, with their effects, 
 goods, families, or servants, whether born in the country or not, 
 without any interruption or hindrance, and the same privilege 
 shall be allowed to all the subjects of the Emperor, who may be 
 in the English Dominions. 
 
 XIII. If any English subject, or person under English protec- 
 tion, dies in any part of the Emperor's Dominions, his goods and 
 monies shall not be seized by the Governor, Judges, or other 
 Officers, who shall likewise make no enquiry after the same ; but 
 the said goods and monies shall be received by such person or 
 persons, whom the deceased, by will, shall have made his heirs, 
 in case they be present ; but if the heirs be not there, then the 
 executors constituted by the deceased, or in their absence the 
 Consul or his Deputy, shall, after having made an inventory of all 
 the property left, take them into custody for the benefit of the 
 lawful heirs. — And in case any English subjects die, not having 
 made any will, the English Consvd or his Deputy shall, after hav- 
 in<y made an inventory, possess himself of his goods and monies, 
 for the use of the kindred and heirs of the deceased : and the 
 Governor, or any other Officer in power, in the place where such 
 person shall die, shall order all debts due to the deceased to be 
 paid to the Consul or his Deputy for the above uses. 
 
 XIV. It is agreed and understood that all the German sub- 
 jects of the King of England or inhabitants of his German Do- 
 minions, and all the inhabitants of Gibraltar, are and shall be 
 considered as English subjects, and entitled to the privileges of 
 English subjects to all intents and purposes, as if they were born 
 in the City of London : and if any place or dominion shall here* • 
 after become subject to the King of England, either by cession or 
 conquest, the inhabitants thereof shall be considered as English 
 subjects, and be as fully entitled to all the privileges of English 
 subjects, as if such place or dominion was now especially named 
 in this Treaty. 
 
 XV. The subjects of the King of England, and those under
 
 BxYRBARY STATES. 117 
 
 His said Majesty's protection, over and above the stipulations 
 contained in this Treaty, shall enjoy all the privileges and ad- 
 vantages which now are, or which hereafter may be, granted to 
 any of the subjects of the most favoured nation. 
 
 XVr. There shall be a reciprocal and perfect freedom of na- 
 vigation between the subjects and vessels of the King of England, 
 and of the Emperor of Morocco; and if any ship of war or pri- 
 vateer belonging to the King of England or His subjects, shall 
 meet with any ship or vessel belonging to the Emperor or his sub- 
 jects, if the Commander of any such ship or vessel shall produce a 
 Pass signed by the Moorish Governor, and a certiticate from the 
 English Consul or his Deputy, declaring such vessel to be the 
 property of the Emperor or his subjects, or if they have no such 
 Pass or certiticate, yet if the Commander and Major part of the 
 ship's company be subjects of the Emperor, the said Moorish 
 ship or vessel shall pass freely. 
 
 XVH. The ships of war or cruizers belonging to the Empe- 
 ror of Morocco, or to his subjects, meeting with any ship or ves- 
 sel belonging to the King of England or His subjects, not being in 
 any of the seas appertaining to any of His Majesty's Dominions, 
 may send a single boat on board with two sitters, which two and 
 no more may enter the ship ; and on shewing them a Passport 
 signed in the usual manner, the said boat shall dej)art immediately, 
 leaving the ship to pursue her voyage, although she should be 
 coming from, or bound to a port in the Dominions of a Prince 
 or State actually at war with the Emperor ; nor shall any pilot, 
 mariner, passenger, or person whatsoever, either for examination 
 or on any other pretence, or any stores or effects of any kind, ei- 
 ther as a free gift or otherwise, be taken out of or from any vessel 
 belonging to the King of England or to His subjects. And all prizes, 
 taken by the King of England's ships, or subjects, and all ves- 
 sels fitted out in any of tlie distant English Governments, shall 
 not be molested in case of not having a Mediterranean Pass on 
 board ; but a certificate under the hand of the Commanding Oflfi- 
 cer, that shall so take prizes, and a certificate under the hands and 
 seal of the Governor or Chief of such distant Government where 
 the ship sailed from, shall be a sufficient Pass to either of them. 
 
 J3
 
 m 
 
 MOROCCO. 
 
 XVIII. It is agreed that the ships or vessels of tlie Emperor, 
 or those belonging to his subjects, are not to cruize so near any 
 of the ports belonging to the King of England's Dominions, as to 
 disturb or molest the trade thereof in any manner whatsoever. 
 
 XIX. Any subjects of the Emperor of Morocco, being pas- 
 sengers on board any vessels belonging to a nation at war with 
 England, and if such vessel be taken by the English ships, the 
 Moorish subjects on board shall all be set at liberty, and their 
 property restored to them ; and all English subjects, being passen- 
 gers on board any ship or vessel of any nation not in peace with 
 the Emperor, if such vessel be taken by the Emperor's cruizers, 
 the English subjects shall be immediately set at liberty, and all 
 their property restored to them. 
 
 XX. Any ship or vessel belonging to the King of England or 
 His subjects, having passengers, goods, or merchandize, although 
 the property of a people actually at war with the Emperor, shall 
 pass free and unmolested, and the like freedom is granted to all 
 vessels belonging to the Emperor or His subjects. 
 
 XXI. If any ship belonging to the King of England or His 
 subjects, shall come to any port within the Emperor's Domi- 
 nions with a prize or prize goods, they shall be at liberty to sell 
 them, without hindrance or molestation, or depart therewith, as 
 they please. 
 
 XXII. If any ship or vessel of either of the Parties shall have 
 an engagement with a vessel of any other Power, within gun-shot 
 of the coast of the other, the vessel so engaged shall be protected 
 or defended as far as possible. 
 
 XXIII. All ships or vessels of any Nation whatsoever, which 
 shall be under the guns of the ships of war of either party, shall, 
 for the time, be considered as immediately under the protection, 
 of the Crown to which such ships of war belong, nor shall it be 
 lawful on any account to molest vessels so protected. 
 
 XXIV. It shall not be lawful for any cruizers, not being subject 
 to the Emperor or the King of England, who have commissions 
 from any Prince or State, in enmity with either the Emperor or 
 the King of England, to refit their ships in the ports of one or the 
 other Nation, nor to sell what prizes they hnve taken, or in any
 
 BARBARY STATES. H9 
 
 other manner whatever to exchange either ships' merchandize, or 
 any other ladings ; neither siiall they be allowed to pnrchase 
 stores, or even provisions, except such as shall be necessary for 
 their going to the next port of the country to wiiicli they be- 
 long. 
 
 XXV. If any ship or vessel belonging to any Power whatso- 
 ever, at war with the King of England, shall be in any bay, port, 
 or road of the Emperor's Dominions, where at the same time 
 there shall be vessels belonging to the King of England, or His 
 subjects, the said vessels of the enemy shall not be permitted to 
 offer any violence to them, nor to sail under twenty-four hours 
 after the said vessels shall be departed ; and in like manner shall 
 all vessels of the Emperor or his subjects be protected in the 
 ports of the King of Erigland. 
 
 XXVr. If any squadron, or single ship of war, or merchant 
 vessel, belonging to the King of England or His subjects, being 
 in the ports, or on the coast of His Imperial Majesty's Domi- 
 nions, shall want provisions or refreshments, they may buy them 
 in the quantity or quality they may have occasion for, at the cm- 
 rent market price, free of duties, or of any other gratuity, and the 
 like privilege shall be granted to the Moorish vessels in any port 
 of the King of England's Dominions. 
 
 XXVII. As the English ships of war do frequently assemble 
 in the Bay of Gibraltar, or cruize in the neighbouring seas, if at 
 any time they should be in want of provisions and refreshments, 
 and should send from thence to purchase supplies in any part of 
 the Emperor's Dominions, they shall be permitted by their 
 agents, properly authorised, to buy cattle, alive or dead, and all 
 other kinds of refreshments and provisions, at the prices they are 
 sold for in the market, and shall be suflTered to carry them off 
 without paying duty, in the same manner as if such English ships 
 of war Mere themselves in the port. 
 
 XXVIII. All packets bearing the King of England's Com- 
 mission, or Conmiission from the Royal post-office, shall be 
 treated with the same respect, and enjoy the same privileges as 
 His Majesty's ships of war. 
 
 . XXIX. No native of any country whatsoever, whether Cap- 
 
 14
 
 120 MOROCCO. 
 
 tain, mariner, fisherman, or other person, under the English Go- 
 vernment, in the City of Gibraltar, or any other place that may 
 hereafter belong to the King of England, shall be seized or mo- 
 lested, navigating or fishing under the English flag, with passports 
 attested by the Governor or Commander in Chief of those places, 
 but they shall be considered and esteemed as English natural- 
 born subjects. 
 
 XXX. The ships of the subjects and inhabitants of both their 
 Majesties, coming to any of the sea-coasts within the Dominions 
 of either, but not willing to enter into port, or being entered, not 
 being willing to shew, or to sell, the cargoes of the ships, shall 
 not be obliged to give an account of their loading, nor shall they 
 be searched, examined, or delayed on any pretence whatsoever. 
 
 XXXI. If any English ship or vessel shall come into any port 
 of the Emperor's Dominions, having a cargo on board, a part 
 only of which is destined for such place, no duty shall be de- 
 manded or paid but for such articles as are there landed, and the 
 vessel or crew shall, without the least molestation, be permitted 
 to depart freely with the remainder of her cargo. 
 
 XXXII. No Commander of an English ship or vessel shall 
 be obliged to receive on board passengers or merchandize, neither 
 for public nor private service, belonging to any person whatsoever, 
 against his consent, nor to make a voyage to any place he shall 
 not have a mind to go to, neither shall his vessel be searched, de- 
 tained, or embargoed on any pretence. 
 
 XXXIII. If any of the Emperor's subjects shall hire any 
 English vessels, to convey any goods or passengers from one part 
 of the Emperor's Dominions to another, and shall happen, by 
 violence of weather or other occasion, to touch at any place on 
 the voyage, such ships shall not be obliged to pay anchorage, 
 port charges, or any thing for the shelter they may receive. 
 
 XXXIV. Any ship or vessel belonging any part of the Eng- 
 lish Dominions that may meet with an accident at sea, and shall 
 put in any port of the Emperor's Dominions to repair, shall l>e 
 received and treated with all manner of humanity and civility ; 
 have all the protection and assistance of friends ; shall be at li- 
 berty to land and re-load her cargo, without paying any duty wiiat-
 
 BARBARY STATES. 121 
 
 ever; shall be allowed to buy provisions and other necessaries, 
 for the support of their persons and future subsistence to their 
 destined port, or for repairing their ships ; and they shall in no 
 manner be retarded or hindered from proceeding on their voyage. 
 
 XXXV. If any ship or vessel belonging to the King of Eng- 
 land or His subjects, be forced on shore, or wrecked on any part 
 of the Emperor's Dominions, they shall have all the protection 
 and assistance of friends ; every part of the ship-tackle, furniture, 
 goods or merchandize, saved either by themselves or others, or 
 driven on shore, shall neither be hidden, nor detained from them, 
 nor hurt, under any pretext whatsoever, but shall be restored to 
 the proprietors, or to the Consul or his deputy, for their use ; all 
 the people shall be at liberty, and without the least detention, 
 permitted to embark whensoever they please for any part of the 
 world ; and in like manner, shall the vessels and subjects of the 
 Emperor be treated, if wrecked on the coast of the English Do- 
 minions : and if any English vessel be wrecked at Oled Nun, or 
 on the coast to the southward among the Arabs, the Emperor 
 will use his utmost power and influence to have the men restored, 
 that they may return immediately to their own country, and the 
 Consul or his Deputy is permitted, at the same time, to use his 
 best endeavours to procure the men, in which humane duty he 
 shall be cordially assisted by the Emperor's subjects. 
 
 XXXVI. There shall be an entire freedom of commerce, 
 tluoughout all the Dominions of both parties, where commerce 
 is at this time permitted, or shall be permitted hereafter to the 
 subjects of any other nation ; and that the trade of the subjects 
 of both parties, may be established on just foundations, and all 
 difficulties in future removed, a permanent tariff for regulating 
 the duties of import and export shall be established, which tariff 
 is to be considered as forming a part of this Treaty, the same as if 
 it was here inserted word for word. 
 
 XX XVII. The subjects of the King of England, or those un- 
 der His said Majesty's protection, who shall repair to the Domi- 
 nions of the Emperor for cattle or provisions of any kind, shall 
 be allowed to purchase and embark the same, paying the duties 
 according to the established tariff; and should the arrival of se- 
 veral foreign vessels, at the same time, cause the demand for cattle
 
 1^3 MOROCCO. 
 
 and provisions to exceed the quantity oftered for sale, tlie English 
 subjects shall at all times be furnished with an equal proportion 
 at the usual market prices, nor shall the subjects of any one na- 
 tion be allowed to engross the whole ; and as a proof of the Em- 
 peror's friendship for the King of England, it is agreed that if, at 
 any time hereafter. His said Islajesty's garrison of Gibraltar shall 
 be in any w ant of provisions, and there be no scarcity in Barbary, 
 the Emperor will permit the English to buy flour or wheat, and 
 to export the same at a reasonable duty, solely for the use of the 
 troops, &c. of the said garrison. 
 
 XXXVIII. In case any subject of the King of England, or 
 person under His said Majesty's protection, shall import into any 
 part of the Emperor's Dominions any warlike stores, or any kind 
 of materials for building, rigging, or repairing of ships, they shall 
 not pay for the same any custom or duty whatsoever. 
 
 XXXIX. All goods and merchandize or effects, that shall be 
 imported into any port of the Emperor's Dominions, by English 
 subjects, or those under English protection, and which have once 
 paid the regular duty, may be exported or transmitted to any 
 other part of the Emperor's Dominions, without paying any fur- 
 ther duty : and all merchandize smuggled in without paying du- 
 ties shall be confiscated ; but no other punishment shall be in- 
 flicted on the subjects of either Dominion. 
 
 XL. All the Treaties made with Muley Ishmael, Muley Ab- 
 dellah Ben Ishmael, and Sidi Mahomet Ben Abdellah, shall con- 
 tinue in force and be faitiifully observed, except the Articles that 
 shall be found contrary to what is this day concluded and signed. 
 
 XLl. That whensoever it shall happen hereafter, through in- 
 advertency or otherwise, that any thing is done by the ships or 
 subjects of either side, contrary to any of these Articles, the 
 friendship and good intelligence shall not immediately thereupon 
 be broke off; but this Treaty shall subsist in all its force, until 
 satisfaction, after having been regularly demanded, shall be re- 
 fused; and the subjects of either Party who shall maliciously 
 break this Treaty, or any of the Articles thereof, shall be severely 
 punished by their respective Sovereigns, each Sovereign to take 
 cognizance of the conduct of His own subjects. 
 
 XLll. If ever the good understanding and friendship now 
 subsisting between the two Courts should be broken, and war
 
 BAIIBARY STATES. 123 
 
 ensue, which God forbid, all English subjects and those under 
 English protection, of every rank and denomination, being within 
 the Dominions of the Emperor, shall be permitted to retire with 
 all their property, families and servants, whether born in the 
 country or not, to any part of the world that they please, and by 
 the vessels of any nation whatsoever ; and to all such as desire it, 
 six months shall be given, during which time they shall be in 
 perfect freedom and safety, and sell and dispose of their goods 
 and effects ; nor shall their persons or property be molested or 
 distmbed in any manner, either on account of the war or other 
 pretence ; but on the contrary they shall enjoy good and speedy 
 justice, to the end that they may dispose of or remove their pro- 
 perty and recover their debts ; for which purpose the Powers of 
 the Government shall at all times assist them, and so shall it be 
 to the !Moors in England. 
 
 XLIII. That there may be no ignorance pretended of this 
 Peace, this Treaty shall be declared and published to all the sub- 
 jects of each Power, and copies be sent to all the Alcaydes and 
 Customers of all the ports of the Emperor's Dominions, and the 
 Captains of all his cruizers. 
 
 Praised be God alone. 
 Seal. 
 
 The writing of the slave of God, Mohamed el Yazid el Me- 
 hedi, whom God preserve. — Amen. 
 
 The forty-three Articles, or Treaties, that are written on these 
 three sheets, on the right side, are confirmed between me and the 
 Powerful Englishman King George the Third, l)y means of His 
 Ambassador, James Mario Matra. I consent to all of them, 
 and make my peace on them, except one Article, which is No. 7,
 
 1'24 MOROCCO. 
 
 which says that the Cadi, or Moorish Judge shall not be present 
 at the trial of causes between English merchants and Moors ; to 
 this I cannot consent, for it cannot be dispensed with that the 
 Judge shall not be present, because he is the principal, and to be 
 depended upon, and with the consent of the above-mentioned 
 Ambassador the Treaty remains concluded for all English ships, 
 that will enter and sail from my ports. 
 
 4th Sheban, 1205. 
 
 Concluded on, and ratified by the Emperor of Morocco, in the 
 City of Sale, the Sth of April, 1791. 
 
 Signed James M. Matra.
 
 BARBARY STATES. 125 
 
 TRIPOLI. 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and Tripoli. Signed at 
 Tripoli, ISth October, l662 * 
 
 Articles of Peace between His Sacred Majesty, Charles II, 
 King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, &c. and the Most 
 Excellent Osman Bassa, and the People of the Noble City 
 and Kingdom of Tripoli; concluded by Sir John La\vson,Kt. 
 
 I. That from this day and for ever forward, there be a good and 
 firm Peace between His Sacred Majesty, the King of Great 
 Britain, &c. and the Bassa and the People of the City and King- 
 dom of Tripoli, and the Dominions thereunto belonging. And 
 the ships, subjects, and People on either Party shall not do nor 
 offer any offence or injury to each other, but treat one another 
 with all possible respect and friendship : and any ships belongino- 
 to the King of Great Britain, 8cc. or any of His subjects, may 
 freely come to the Port of Tripoli and buy and sell as in former 
 times, and also unto any other Port that belongs to the Govern- 
 ment of Tripoli, paying the custom as in former times : and no 
 man within the jurisdiction of Tripoli shall give the subjects of 
 His said Majesty a bad word, or a bad deed, or a bad action : 
 and, presently after the signing and sealing of these Articles, all 
 injuries and damages sustained on either part shall be. quite taken 
 away and forgotten, and this Peace shall be in full force and virtue. 
 
 II. That all ships, as well those belonging to His Sacred Ma- 
 jesty the King of Great Britain, &.c. and any of His Majestv's 
 Subjects, as those belonging to Tripoli, shall freely pass the Seas, 
 and traffic without any search, hindrance, or molestation whatso- 
 ever. And for the better practising of this second Article, accord- 
 ing to the true intent and meaning thereof, it is agreed, that the 
 Tripoli ships of war meeting any merchant ships belonging to 
 
 • Ilenewed by Article XXV. of the Treaty of 1716,
 
 Vfm TRIPOLI. 
 
 the subjects of the Kmg of Great Britain, 8cc. not being in any of 
 the Seas appertaining to His Majesty's Dominions, have liberty 
 to send one single boat, with but two sitters more than the 
 common crew of rowers, and no more to enter on board the said 
 merchant ship but the two sitters, without the express leave 
 of the Commander of the merchant ship ; that upon producing 
 unto them a Pass, under the hand and Seal of the Lord High Ad- 
 miral of England, the said boat do presently depart and the mer- 
 chant ship to proceed on his voyage. And although the Com- 
 mander of the merchant ship produce no Pass from the Lord 
 High Admiral of England, yet, if the major part of the ship's 
 company be subjects to the King of Great Britain, &c. the said 
 boat shall presently depart, and the merchant ship proceed 
 freely ; and though there be strangers on board, they shall be 
 free, and their goods. And any ships of war of His Majesty the 
 King of Great Britain, &c. meeting with any ships of Tripoli, 
 if the commander shall produce a Pass firmed by the Chief Go- 
 vernors of Tripoli, and the major part of the ship's company be 
 Turks, Moors, or Slaves, then the Tripoli ship to proceed 
 freely. 
 
 HL That any ship belonging to the Subjects of His Majesty 
 the King of Great Britain, &c. coming into Tripoli, or any of 
 the ports in its Territories, shall, for such goods as they sell, pay 
 the dues according to custom ; and the goods they sell not, they 
 shall freely carry on board, and carry away the same where they 
 please, without paying any duties for the same. 
 
 IV. That if any ship of Algier, Tunis, or Sally, or any other, 
 do bring any ships, men, or goods belonging to any of the 
 Subjects of His Majesty the King of Great Britain, &c. into 
 Tripoli, or any of the ports thereto belonging, the Governors 
 there shall not permit them to be sold within the said territories ; 
 and for the time to come, that no subject of His said Majesty 
 be bought or sold, or made slave of, in Tripoli or its territories. 
 
 V. That any merchant of the Subjects of the King of 
 Great Britain, &c. dying in Tripoli or its Territories, his goods 
 or monies shall not be seized by the Bassa, Aga, or any other 
 Minister, but remain with the English Consul. 
 
 VL That the Subjects of the King of Great Britain, &c.that 
 do at present, or shall at any time hereafter, inhabit in the City
 
 BARBARY STATES. 127 
 
 and Kingdom of Tripoli, sliull have free liberty, when they please, 
 to transport themselves, with their families and children, althongh' 
 born in the country. 
 
 VU. That the Consul, or any other subject of the King of 
 Great Britain, Sec. in matter of difference, shall not be liable 
 to any other judgment but that of the Dey. 
 
 VIII. That the subjects of His said Majesty, in difference 
 among themselves, shall be subject to no determination but that 
 of the Consul. 
 
 IX. That the Consul, or any other of the subjects of His 
 said Majesty, be not liable to pay the debts of any subject of His 
 said Majesty, unless obliged under his hand for the same. 
 
 X. That in case any of His said Majesty's subjects shall 
 happen to strike a Turk or a Moor, if he be taken, let him be 
 punished : but if he escape, nothing shall be said to the English 
 Consul, or any other of His said Majesty's subjects upon that 
 account. 
 
 XI. That in case any slave in the Kingdom of Tripoli, of any 
 nation whatsoever, shall make his escape, and get on board any 
 ship belonging to His said Majesty, the Consul shall not be 
 liable to pay his ransom, unless timely notice hath been given 
 him to give order that no such be entertained ; and then if it ap- 
 pear that any slave hath so gotten away, the said Consul is to pay 
 the patron the price for which he was sold in the market; and if 
 no price be cut, then to pay three hundred dollars, and no more. 
 
 XII. That no merchant, nor other subject of His said Ma- 
 jesty, being a passenger in or unto any port, shall be molested 
 or meddled with. 
 
 XIII. That the English Consul, that lives in Tripoli, be 
 allowed a place to pray in, and no man to do him, or any of His 
 said Majesty's subjects, any wrong or injury, m word or deed, 
 whatsoever. 
 
 XIV. That if any ship of war of His said Majesty shall 
 come into Tripoli, or other the ports of that Government, with 
 any prize, they may sell and dispose of it at their pleasure, with- 
 out being molested by any; and that they be not obliged to pay 
 customs in any sort : and if the said ships of war shall want 
 provisions, victuals, or any other thing, they may freely buy it at 
 the rate in the market.
 
 1^ TRIPOLI. 
 
 XV. That no shipwreck belonging to His said Majesty, or any 
 of His subjects, on the coast belonging to Tripoli, shall become 
 prize ; and that neither the goods be forfeited nor the men made 
 slaves, but the people of Tripoli shall do their best endeavours to 
 save them and their goods. 
 
 That if any grievances happen on either side, it shall not be 
 lawful to break the peace until satisfaction be denied. 
 
 That in all other particulars, not mentioned in these Articles, 
 the regulations shall be according to the general Capitulations with 
 the Grand Signior. 
 
 Signed and sealed in the presence of the great God. 
 
 Signed John Lawson. 
 Tripoli, 18th October, 1662. 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and Tripoli. Signed at Tri- 
 jwli, 5th March, 1675-6.* 
 
 Articles of Peace and Commerce between the Most Se- 
 rene and Mighty Prince, Charles the Second, by the Grace 
 of God, King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, De- 
 fender of the Christian Faith, &c. and the Most Illustrious 
 Lords, Halil Bashaw, Ibraim Dey, Aga, Divan, and Gover- 
 nors of the City and Xingdom of Tripoli ; concluded by Sir 
 John Narbrough, Knight, Admiral of His Majesty's fleet in 
 the Mediterranean Seas. 
 
 I. In the first place, it is agreed and concluded, that, from this 
 day and for ever forward, there be a true, firm, and inviolable 
 Peace between the Most Serene King of Great Britain, France and 
 Ireland, Defender of the Christian Faith, &c. and the Most Illus- 
 trious Lords the Bashaw, Dey, Aga, Divan, and Governors of 
 the City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in Barbary, and between all the 
 Dominions and subjects of either side, and that the ships or other 
 vessels, and the subjects and people of both sides shall not hence- 
 forth do to each other any harm, oftence, or injury, either in 
 word or deed, but shall treat one another with all possible respect 
 and friendship. 
 
 * ReiR-wod Iiv Article XXV. of Ilio Treat v of 1716.
 
 BARBARY STATES. 129 
 
 II. That any of the ships or other vessels belonging to the 
 said King of Great Britain, or to any of His Majesty's subjects, 
 may safely come to the Port of Tripoli, or to any other port or 
 place of that Kingdon), or Dominions thereunto belonging, freely 
 to buy and sell without the least disturbance, paying the usual cus- 
 toms, as in former times hath been paid, for such goods as they 
 sell ; and for the goods they sell not, they shall have free liberty 
 to carry on board their own ships, without paying any duties for 
 the same, and when they please they shall freely depart from 
 thence without any stop, hindrance, or molestation whatsoever. 
 
 III. That all ships and other vessels, as well those belonging 
 to the said King of Great Britain, or to any of His Majesty's sub- 
 jects ; as also ihose belonging to the Kingdom or People of Tri- 
 poli, shall freely pass the seas, and traffic where they please, with- 
 out any search, hindrance, or molestation from each other ; and 
 that all persons or passengers of what country soever, and all mo- 
 nies, goods, merchandizes, and moveables, to whatsoever people 
 or nation belonging, being on board of any the said ships or ves- 
 sels, shall be wholly free, and shall not be stopped, taken, or 
 plundered, nor receive any harm or damage whatsoever from 
 either party. 
 
 IV. That the Tripoli ships of war, or other vessels thereunto 
 belonging, meeting with any merchants' ships or other vessels of 
 the King of Great Britain's subjects, not being in any of the seas 
 appertaining to His Majesty's Dominions, may send on board one 
 single boat with but two sitters, besides the ordinary crew of 
 rowers, and no more but the two sitters to enter any of the said 
 merchants' ships, or any other vessels, without the express leave 
 from the Commander of every such ship or vessel ; and then upon 
 producing unto them a Pass under the hand and seal of the Lord 
 High Admiral of England, the said boat shall presently depart, and 
 the merchants' ship or ships, vessel or vessels, shall proceed freely 
 on lier or their voyage. And although the Commander or Com- 
 mandei's of the said merchants' ship or ships, vessel or vessels, pro- 
 duce no Pass from the Lord High Admiral of England, yet if the 
 major part of the said ships' or vessels' company be subjects to the 
 said King of Great Britain, the said boat shall presently depart, 
 and the merchants' ship or ships, vessel or vessels, shall proceed 
 
 VOL. I. K
 
 130 TRIPOLI. 
 
 freely on her or their voyage ; and if any of the said ships of war 
 or other vessels of His said Majesty, meeting with any ship or 
 ships, vessel or vessels, belonging to Tripoli, if the Commander 
 or Commanders of any such ship or ships, vessel or vessels, shall 
 produce a Pass firmed by the chief Governors of Tripoli, and a 
 certificate from the English Consul living there, or if they have 
 no such Pass or certificate, yet if the major part of their ship's 
 company or companies be Turks, Moors, or Slaves, belonging to 
 Tripoli, then the said Tripoli ship or ships, vessel or vessels, shall 
 proceed freely. 
 
 V. That no commander or other person of any ship or vessel 
 of Tripoli shall take out of any ship or vessel of His said Ma- 
 jesty's subjects, any person or persons whatsoever, to carry them 
 any where to be examined, or upon any other pretence, nor shall 
 use any violence or torture unto any person of what natioji or 
 quality soever, being on board any ship or vessel of His Majes- 
 ty's subjects, upon any pretence whatsoever. 
 
 VI. That no shipwreck belonging to the King of Great Bri- 
 tain, or to any of His Majesty's subjects, upon any part of the 
 coast belonging to Tripoli, shall be made or become prize; 
 and that neither the goods thereof shall be seized, nor the men 
 made slaves, but that all the subjects of Tripoli shall do their best 
 endeavours to save the said men and their goods. 
 
 VII. That no ship or any other vessel of Tripoli shall have 
 permission to be delivered up, or to go to any other place in en- 
 mity with the said King of Great Britain, to be made use of as 
 corsairs or sea-rovers against His said Majesty's subjects. 
 
 VIII. That none of the ships or other smaller vessels of Tripoli 
 shall remain cruizing near His Majesty's city and garrison of 
 Tangier, or in sight of it, nor other way disturb the peace and 
 commerce of that place. 
 
 IX. That if any ship or vessel of Tunis, Algier, Tetuan, or 
 Sally, or any other place, being in war with the said King of Great 
 Britain, bring any ships, vessels, men or goods, belonging to any 
 of His said Majesty's subjects, to Tripoli, or to any port or place 
 in that Kingdom, the Governors there shall not permit them to 
 be sold within the territories of Tripoli. 
 
 X. That if any of the shrps of war of the said King of Great
 
 BARBARY STATES. 13l 
 
 Britain do come to Tripoli, or to any other port or place of that 
 Kingdom, with any prize, they may freely sell it, or otherwise dis- 
 pose of it at their own pleasure, without being molested by any ; 
 and that His Majesty's said ships of war shall not be obliged to 
 pay customs in any sort ; and that if they shall want provisions, 
 victuals, or any other things, they may freely buy them at the rates 
 in the market. 
 
 XI. That when any of His Majesty's ships of war shall appear 
 before Tripoli, upon notice thereof given to the English Consul, 
 or by the Commander of the said ships, to the chief Governors of 
 Tripoli, public proclamation shall be immediately made to secure 
 the Christian captives ; and if after that any Christians whatso- 
 ever make their escape on board any of the said ships of war, they 
 shall not be required back again, nor shall the said Consul or 
 Commander, or any other His said Majesty's subjects, be obliged 
 to pay any thing for the said Christians. 
 
 XH. That if any subjects of the said King of Great Britain 
 happen to die in Tripoli, or its territories, his goods or monies 
 shall not be seized by the Governors or any Minister of Tripoli, 
 but shall all remain with the English Consul. 
 
 XHI. That neither the English Consul, nor any other subject 
 of the said King of Great Britain, shall be bound to pay the debts 
 of any other of His Majesty's subjects, except that they become 
 surety for the same by a public act. 
 
 XIV. That the subjects of His said Majesty in Tripoli or its 
 territories, in matter of controversy, shall be liable to no other 
 jurisdiction but that of the Dey or Divan, except they happen to 
 be at difference between themselves ; in which case they shall be 
 liable to no other determination but that of the Consul only. 
 
 XV. That in case any subject of His Majesty, being in any 
 part of the Kingdom of Tripoli, happen to strike, wound, or kill 
 a Turk or a Moor, if he be taken, he is to be punished in the 
 same manner, and with no greater severity than a Turk ought to 
 be, being guilty of the same offence ; but if he escape, neither 
 the said English Consul, nor any other of His said Majesty's sub- 
 jects, shall be in any sort questioned or troubled therefore. 
 
 XVI. That the English Consul now, or at any time hereafter, 
 living in Tripoli, shall be there at all times with entire freedom 
 
 K 2
 
 132 TRIPOLI. 
 
 and safety of his person and estate, and shall be permitted to 
 choose his own druggernian and broker, and freely to go on board 
 any ship in the road, as often, and when he pleases, and to have 
 the liberty of the country ; and that he shall be allowed a place 
 to pray in, and that no man shall do him any injury in word or 
 deed. 
 
 XVII. That not only during the continuance of this peace and 
 friendship, but likewise if any breach or war happen to be here- 
 after between the said King of Great Britain and the City and 
 Kingdom of Tripoli, the said Consul, and all other His said Ma- 
 jesty's subjects inhabiting in the City and Kingdom of Tripoli, shall 
 always, and at all times, both of peace and war, have full and ab- 
 solute liberty to depart, and go to their own or any other country, 
 npon any ship or vessel of what nation soever they shall think 
 fit, and to carry with them all their estates, goods, families, and 
 servants, although born in the country, without any interruption 
 or hindrance. 
 
 XVIII. That no subject of His said Majesty, being a passen- 
 ger from or to any Port, shall be any way molested or meddled 
 with, although he be on board any ship or vessel in enmity with 
 Tripoli. 
 
 XIX. That whereas a war hath lately happened between the 
 Most Serene King of Great Britain, 8cc. and the Most Illustrious 
 Lords, Halil Bashaw, Ibraim Dey, Aga, Divan, and Governors of 
 the noble City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in Barbary, by reason of 
 the injuries done unto the Kingof Great Britain and His subjects, 
 by the Government and people of Tripoli, contrary to the Articles 
 of Peace : We Halil Bashaw, ibraim Dey, Aga, Divan, and Gover- 
 nors of the noble City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in Barbarv, do 
 acknowledge the injuries done, and that the breach of the Peace 
 between His Most Excellent Majesty the King of Great Britain 
 and us of Tripoli, was committed by our subjects, for which some 
 are banished, and some tied from our justice ; and for further sa- 
 tisfaction to His Most Excellent Majesty for the breach of Arti- 
 cles, (we are sorry for the same) and do by these engage to set 
 at liberty and deliver unto the Right Honourable Sir John Nar- 
 brough, Knight, Admiral of His Majesty's Heet in the Mediter- 
 ranean Seas, all English Captives residing in the City and Kingdom
 
 BARBARY STATES. l:)3 
 
 of Tripoli, and Dominions tlicreunto belonging, without paying 
 any ransom for them ; and likewise by setting at liberty, and de- 
 livering unto the said Sir John Narbrough, Knight, all other per- 
 sons taken under English colours, without paying any ransom for 
 them, and by paying 80,000 dollars in monies, goods, and slaves 
 to the aforesaid Sir John Narbrough, Knight. And, moreover, 
 we do engage ourselves and successors, that if any injury for the 
 future be done contrary to these Articles, by the Government and 
 people of Tripoli, to the King of Great Britain and His subjects ; 
 if upon demand of satisfaction from the Government and people 
 of Tripoli, we or they refuse or deny to give satisfaction there- 
 fore, so that a war be occasioned thereby between the King of 
 Great Britain and the Government and people of Tripoli, we do 
 engage ourselves and successors to make restitution for the inju- 
 ries done ; and likewise to make satisfaction to the King of Great 
 Britain for the full charge and damage of that war. 
 
 XX. That no subject of the King of Great Britain, &c. shall 
 be permitted to turn Turk or Moor in the City and Kingdom of 
 Tripoli (being induced thereunto by any surprisal whatsoever) 
 unless he voluntarily appear before the Dey or Governor with 
 the English Consul's druggerman, three times in twenty-four hours' 
 space, and every time declare his resolution to turn Turk or Moor. 
 
 XXr. That at all times when any ship of war of the King of 
 Great Britain, 8lc. carrying His said Majesty's flag at the main- 
 top-mast head, appear before the said City of Tripoli, and come 
 to anchor in the road, that immediately after notice thereof given 
 by His said Majesty's Consul or Officer, from the ship, unto the 
 Dey and Government of Tripoli, they shall, in honour to His Ma- 
 jesty, cause a salute of one-and-twenty cannon to be shot off from 
 the castles and forts of the City, and that the said ship shall re- 
 turn an answer by shooting off the same number of cannon. 
 
 XXH. That presently after the signing and sealing of these 
 Articles by us Halil Bashaw, Ibraini J3ey, Aga, Divan, and Go- 
 vernors of the Noble City and Kingdom of Tripoli, all injuries 
 and damages sustained on either part, shall be quite taken away 
 and forgotten, and this Peace shall be in full force and virtue, 
 and continue for ever : and for all depredations and damages that 
 shall be hereafter committed or done by either side, before notice 
 
 K 3
 
 134 TRIPOLI. 
 
 can be given of this Peace, full satisfaction shall be immediately 
 made, and whatsoever remains in kind, shall be instantly restored. 
 XXIII. That whensoever it shall happen hereafter, that any 
 thing is done or committed by the ships or subjects of either side 
 contrary to any of these Articles, satisfaction being demanded 
 therefore, shall be made to the full, and without any manner ot 
 delay ; and that it shall not be lawful to break this Peace, until 
 such satisfaction be denied : and our faith shall be our faith, and 
 our word our word ; and whosoever shall be the cause of the break- 
 ing of this Peace, shall assuredly be punished with present death. 
 Confirmed and sealed in the presence of Almighty God, the 
 5th day of March, old stile, and the year of our Lord Jesus 
 Christ, 1675-6, being the last day of the Moon Zelhedga, 
 and the year of the Hegira, 1086. 
 
 (L.S.) (L.S.) (L.S.) (L.S.) 
 Bashaw. Dey. Divan. 
 
 Signed John Narbrough. 
 
 TREATY betz&een Great Britain and Tripoli. Signed at Tri- 
 poli, \st May, 1676.* 
 
 Whereas there were Articles of Peace and Commerce between 
 the Most Serene and Mighty Prince, Charles the Second, by the 
 Grace of God, King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, De- 
 fender of the Christian Faith, &.c. and the Most Illustrious Lords, 
 Halil Bashaw, Ibraim Dey, Aga, Divan, and Governors of the 
 Noble City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in Barbary, lately made and 
 concluded by the said Lords on the one part, and by Sir John 
 Narbrough, Knight, Admiral of His said Serene Majesty's fleet, 
 in the Mediterranean seas, on the other part, and by them con- 
 firmed and sealed in the presence of Almighty God, the 5th day 
 of March, old stile, and the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, 
 1675-6, being the last day of the Moon Zelhedga, and the year 
 of the Hegira, 1086 : Since which time of confirming and seal- 
 ing the aforesaid Articles of Peace and Commerce, the aforesaid 
 Lord Ibraim Dey being fled away from His said Government of 
 the City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in Barbary ; now, therefore, 
 
 » Renewed b^ Article XXV. of tlie Treaty of 1716.
 
 BAIIBARY STATES. 13j 
 
 we, Halil Bashaw, Aga, Divan, Governors, Soldiers, and People of 
 the aforesaid City and Kingdom of Tripoli, have chosen and elected 
 Vice Admiral MustaphaGraud to beDey of the said City and King- 
 dom of Tripoli, in Barbary, to succeed Ibraim Dey in the afore- 
 said Government. And now, we, the said Halil Bashaw, Mus- 
 tapha Dey, Aga, Divan, Governors, Soldiers, and People of Tri- 
 poli, aforesaid, having seen the aforesaid Articles of Peace and 
 Commerce, which were lately made and concluded as aforesaid, 
 and having seriously perused and fully considered all particulars 
 therein mentioned, do fully approve of all and every of the afore- 
 said Article and Articles of Peace; and we, and every one of us 
 do now by these presents consent and agree to and with Sir John 
 . Narbrough, Knight, aforesaid, for the just and exact keeping and 
 performing all of the said Articles, and do accept, approve, ra- 
 tify and confirm all and every of them, in the same manner and 
 form as they are inserted and repeated in the preceding Articles 
 aforesaid ; hereby firmly engaging ourselves and successors, as- 
 suring on our faith, sacredly to maintain, and strictly to observe, 
 perform and keep inviolably all and every the aforesaid Article 
 and Articles of Peace and Agreement for ever ; and to cause and 
 require all our subjects and people, of what degree or quality 
 soever, within the City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in Barbary, or 
 Dominions thereunto belonging, both by sea and land, punctually, 
 inviolably, carefully, and duly to observe, keep and perform all 
 and every the aforesaid Article and Articles thereof for ever; and 
 our faith shall be our faith, and our word our word ; and who- 
 soever shall at any time violate and break any part of the "said 
 Article or Articles of Peace, they shall assuredly be punished with 
 the greatest severity, and his or their heads shall be immediately 
 cut ofif, and forthwith be presented unto any officer whom 
 the Most Serene Khig of Great Britain, &.c. shall authorize to 
 make demand thereof. 
 
 It is farther agreed, that the subjects belonging unto the Most 
 Serene King of Great Britain, &c. trading unto the Port of the 
 City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in Barbary, aforesaid, or unto any 
 Port or place of the Dominions thereunto belonging, in any mer- 
 chant's ship or other vessel belonging unto the said Serene King's 
 subjects, shall not pay so much custom by one per cent, for what- 
 
 K 4
 
 136 TRIPOLI 
 
 soever goods or merchandize they sell or buy, as other Nations 
 do for the custom of the like goods or merchandize, notwithstand- 
 ing ^Yhatsoever is specified in the second Article aforesaid, to the 
 contrary. 
 
 And that the Most Serene King of Great Britain's Consul re- 
 siding in Tripoli, aforesaid, shall have liberty at all times when he 
 pleaseth, to put up His said Serene Majesty's flag, on the flag- 
 staff on the top of his house, and there to continue it spread as 
 long time as he pleaseth. Likewise, the said Consul to have the 
 same liberty of putting up, and spreading the said flag in his boat, 
 when he passeth on the water, and no man whatsoever to oppose, 
 molest, disturb, or injure him therein, either by word or deed. 
 
 These and all the other preceding Articles are to remain firm for 
 ever, without any alteration ; and in all other particulars not men- 
 tioned in any of these Articles, the regulation shall be according 
 to the Capitulations general with the Grand Signior. 
 
 Confirmed likewise and sealed in the presence of Almighty God, 
 at our Castle in the Noble City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in 
 Barbary, the 1st day of May, old stile, and the year of our 
 Lord Jesus Christ, 1676, being the 26tli day of the Moon 
 Zaphire, and the year of the Hegira, 1087. 
 
 (L.S.) (L.S.) (L.S.) (L.S.J 
 Bashaw. Dey. Divan. 
 
 Signed John Narbrough. 
 
 ADDITIONAL ARTICLES between Great Britain and Tri- 
 poli. Signed at Tripoli, \]th October, l694.* 
 
 Additional Articles to Sir John Narbrough's Treaty, made, 
 concluded, and agreed upon, between the Most Serene and 
 Mighty Monarch, William the Third, by the Grace of God, 
 King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the 
 Faith, &c. and the Most Illustrious Lords the Bassa, Dey, 
 Aga aiid Divan of the City and Kingdom of Tripoli, by 
 Thomas Baker, Esq. His Majesty's late Agent and Consul, 
 atAlgier, 1 1 th day of October, 1694. 
 
 * Renewed by Article XXV. of Ihe Treaty of 1716.
 
 BARBARY STATES. 137 
 
 I. That, whereas, the Dey of Tripoli is obliged by his Treaty 
 with the French King to salute any of His flag ships appearing 
 before that port with twenty-five guns, he, the said Dey, shall in 
 honour to His Majesty salute an English Admiral with twenty- 
 seven guns, shotted, as an acknowledgment of His Majesty of 
 Great Britain being the most powerful Prince on the Ocean. 
 
 II. That the French Consul shall not be permitted to make his 
 visit to the Dey, on the Turkish solemn festivals or other public 
 occasions, until the Consul of His Majesty of Great Britain shall 
 first have performed his, this priority of reception being allowed 
 to the said Consul, in regard to His Majesty of Great Britain, 
 who was the first Christian Monarch that ever made a peace with 
 that Government. 
 
 ni. That the customs upon all goods and merchandizes 
 brought to the port of Tripoli, upon English shipping, shall be 
 reduced to 3 per cent. 
 
 IV. That, whereas, in all the ports of the Grand Signior's 
 Dominions, the French assume a power to protect all Christian 
 merchants, strangers not having a Consul of their own nation in 
 such ports, all persons coming to the port of Tripoli shall be at 
 liberty to put themselves under the protection of the English, as 
 well as the French Consul as they themselves shall think fit. 
 
 Signed Hadgee Mahomet Dey. 
 T. Baker. 
 
 TREATY belzceen Great Britain and Tripoli. Signed at Tri- 
 poli, \9th July, 1716.* 
 
 Articles of Peace between His Most Sacred Majesty, 
 George, by the Grace of God, King of Great Britain, 
 France and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, &c. and the 
 Most Excellent Lords, Mamet Bey, Isouf Dey, Siaban 
 Rei, the Divan, and the rest of the Officers and People of 
 the City and Kingdom of Tripoli ; renewed, concluded and 
 ratified this 19th of July, 1716, by John Baker, Esq. Vice- 
 Admiral of the Blue Squadron of His Britannic Majesty's 
 
 ♦ Renewed b}' Article XXIV. of the Treaty of 17 jl.
 
 138 TRIPOLI. 
 
 fleet, and Admiral and Commander in Chief of His Ma- 
 jesty's ships employed, and to be employed in the Mediter- 
 ranean, being properly empowered for that purpose. 
 
 I. In the fust place it is agreed and concluded, that from this 
 time forward for ever, there shall be a true and inviolable peace 
 between the Most Serene King of Great Britain, and the Most 
 Illustrious Lords and Governors of the City and Kingdom of 
 Tripoli, in Barbary, and between all the Dominions and sub- 
 jects of either side ; and if the ships and subjects of either party 
 shall happen to meet upon the seas, or elsewhere, they shall not 
 molest each other, but shall shew all possible respect and friend- 
 ship. 
 
 II. That all merchant ships belonging to the Dominions of 
 Great Britain, and trading to the City, or any other part of the 
 Kingdom of Tripoli, shall pay no more than three per cent, cus- 
 tom for all kinds of goods they shall sell ; and for such as they 
 shall not sell, they shall be permitted freely to embark it again 
 on board their ships, without paying any sort of duty whatsoever, 
 and shall depart without any hindrance or molestation. 
 
 HI. That all ships and other vessels, as well those belonging 
 to the said King of Great Britain, or to any of His Majesty's sub- 
 jects, as also those belonging to the Kingdom or people of Tripoli, 
 shall freely pass the seas, and traffic where they please, v ithout 
 any search, hindrance, or molestation, from each other ; and that 
 all persons or passengers, of what country soever, and all monies, 
 goods, merchandizes and moveables, to whatsoever people or na- 
 tion belonging, being on board of any the said ships or vessels, 
 shall be wholly free, and shall not be stopped, taken, or plun- 
 dered, nor receive any harm or damage whatsoever from either 
 party. 
 
 IV. That the Tripoli ships of war, or any other vessels there- 
 unto belonging, meeting with any merchant ships, or other vessels 
 of the King of Great Britain's subjects, (not being hi any of the 
 seas appertaining ito His Majesty's Dominions) may send on 
 board one single boat, with two sitters, besides the ordinary 
 crew of rowers ; and no more but the two sitters to enter any of 
 the said merchant ships, or any other vessels, without the express 
 leave of the Commander of every such ship or vessel ; and then,
 
 BARBAllY STATES. 1.^9 
 
 upon producing to them a pass under the hand and seal of tlie 
 Lord High Admiral of England, the said boat shall presently de- 
 part, and the merchant ship or ships, vessel or vessels, shall pro- 
 ceed freely on her or their voyage. And although the Comman- 
 der or Commanders of the said merchant ship or ships, vessel or 
 vessels, produce no pass from the Lord High Admiral of England, 
 yet if the major part of the said ship's or vessel's company be sub- 
 jects to the said King of Great Britain, the said boat shall presently 
 depart, and the merchant ship or ships, vessel or vessels, shall 
 proceed freely on her or their voyage ; and if any of the said ships 
 of war, or other vessels of His said Majesty, meeting with any 
 ship or ships, vessel or vessels, belonging to Tripoli, if the Com- 
 mander or Commanders of any such ship or ships, vessel or ves- 
 sels, shall produce a Pass firmed by the chief Governors of Tri- 
 poli, and a Certificate from the English Consul Uving there ; or 
 if they have no such Pass or certificate, yet if the major part of 
 their ship's company or companies be Turks, Moors, or Slaves 
 l>elonging to Tripoli, then the said Tripoli ship or ships, vessel 
 or vessels, shall proceed freely. 
 
 V. That no Commander, or other person, of any ship or vessel 
 of Tripoli, shall take out of any ship or vessel of His said Ma- 
 jesty's subjects any person or persons. whatsoever, to carry them 
 any where to be examined, or upon any other pretence, nor shall 
 use any torture or violence unto any person of what nation or 
 quality soever, being on board any ship or vessel of His Majesty's 
 subjects, upon any pretence whatsoever. 
 
 VI. That no shipwreck belonging to the said King of Great 
 Britain, or to any of His Majesty's subjects upon any part of the 
 coast belonging to Tripoli, shall be made or become prize, and 
 that neither the goods thereof shall be seized, nor the men made 
 slaves ; but that all the subjects of Tripoli shall do their best 
 endeavours to save the said men and their goods. 
 
 Vn. That no ship, or any other vessel of Tripoli, shall have 
 permission to be delivered up, or to go to any other place in 
 enmity with the said King of Great Britain, to be made use of as 
 corsairs at sea against His said Majesty's subjects. 
 
 VHL That if any ship or vessel of Tunis, Algier, Tetuan or 
 Sally, or any other place being in war with the said King of
 
 140 TRIPOLI. 
 
 Great Britain, bring any sliips, vessels, men or goods, belonging 
 to His said Majesty's subjects, to Tripoli, or to any port or place 
 in that Kingdom, the Governors there shall not permit them to 
 be sold within the territories of Tripoli, 
 
 IX. That if any subject of the said King of Great Britain hap- 
 pens to die in Tripoli, or its territories, his goods or money shall 
 not be seized by the Governors, or any Ministers of Tripoli, but 
 shall all remain with the English Consul. 
 
 X. That neither the English Consul, nor any other subject of 
 the said King of Great Britain, shall be bound to pay the debts 
 of any other of His Majesty's subjects, except that they become 
 surety for the same by a public act. 
 
 XI. That the subjects of His said Majesty in Tripoli, or its 
 territories, in matter of controversy, shall be liable to no other 
 jurisdiction but that of the Dey, or Divan, except they happen to 
 be at difference between themselves, in which case they shall be 
 liable to no other determination but that of the Consul only. 
 
 XII. That in case any subject of His Majesty, being in any 
 part of the Kingdom of Tripoli, happen to strike, kill, or wound 
 a Turk or Moor ; if he be taken, he is to be punished in the 
 same manner, and with no greater severity than a Turk ought to 
 be, being guilty of the same offence ; but if he escape, neither 
 the said English Consul, nor any other of His said Majesty's sub- 
 jects, shall be in any sort questioned or troubled therefore. 
 
 XIH. That the English Consul now, or at any time hereafter, 
 living in Tripoli, shall be there at all times with entire freedom 
 and safety of his person and estate, and shall be permitted to 
 chuse his ovvn druggerman and broker, and freely to go on board 
 any ship in the road, as often and when he pleases, and to have 
 the liberty of the country ; and that he shall be allowed a place 
 to pray in, and that no man shall do him any injury in word or 
 deed. 
 
 XIV. That not only during the continuance of this peace and 
 friendship, but likewise if any breach or war happen to be here- 
 after between the said King of Great Britain and the City and 
 Kingdom of Tripoli, the said Consul, and all other His Majesty's 
 subjects inhabiting in the Kingdom of Tripoli, shall always, and 
 at all times, both of peace and war, have full and absolute libeity
 
 BARBARY STATES. Ul 
 
 to depart and go to their own country, or any other, upon any 
 ship or vessel of what nation soever they shall think fit, and to 
 carry with them all their estates, goods, families, and servants, 
 although born in the country, without any interruption or hin- 
 drance. 
 
 XV. That no subject of His said Majesty, being a passenger 
 from or to any port, shall be any way molested or meddled with, 
 although he be on board any ship or vessel in enmity with 
 Tripoli. 
 
 XVI. That if any of the ships of war of the said King of 
 Great Britain do come to Tripoli, or to any other port or place of 
 that Kingdom w ith any prize, they may freely sell it, or otherw ise 
 dispose of it at their own pleasure, without being molested by 
 any ; and that His Majesty's said ships of war shall not be 
 obliged to pay customs in any sort; and that if they shall want 
 provisions, victuals, or any other things, they may freely buy them 
 at the rates in the market. 
 
 XVn. That when any of His Majesty's ships of war shall 
 appear before Tripoli ; upon notice thereof given to the English 
 Consul, or by the Commander of the said ships, to the Chief Go- 
 vernors of Tripoli, public proclamation shall be immediately 
 made to secure the Christian captives ; and if after that any 
 Christians whatsoever make their escape on board any of the said 
 ships of war, they shall not be required back again, nor shall the 
 said Consul, or Commander, or any other His Majesty's subjects, 
 be obliged to pay any thing for the said Christians. 
 
 XV''1H. That all merchant ships coming to the City and King- 
 dom of Tripoli, (though not belonging to Great Britain) shall 
 have free liberty to put themselves under the protection of the 
 British Consul in selling and disposing of their goods and mer- 
 chandize, if they shall think proper, without any hindrance or 
 molestation. 
 
 XIX. That at all times, when any ship of war of the King of 
 Great Britain, &c. carrying His said Majesty's flag, appears be- 
 fore the said City of Tripoli, and comes to anchor in the road, 
 immediately after notice thereof given by His said Majesty's 
 Consul, or officer from the ship, unto the Dey and Government 
 of Tripoli, they shall, in honour of His Majesty, cause a salute
 
 142 TRIPOLI. 
 
 of Iwenty-sevcn cannon to be shot oflf from the castle and forts of 
 the City ; and that the said ship shall return an answer by shooting 
 off the same number of cannon. 
 
 XX. That no merchant ship belonging to Great Britain, or 
 any other nation, under the protection of the British Consul, be- 
 ing in the port of Tripoli, shall be detained from proceeding to 
 sea on her voyage longer than three days, under the pretence of 
 arming out the ships of war of this Government, or any other 
 whatsoever. 
 
 XXI. That no subject of the King of Great Britain, &c. shall 
 be permitted to turn Turk or Moor in the City and Kingdom of 
 Tripoli, (being induced thereunto by any surprisal whatsoever) 
 unless he voluntarily appear before the Dey or Governor, with 
 the English Consul's druggermau, three times in twenty-four 
 hours' space, and every time declare his resolution to turn Turk 
 or Moor. 
 
 XXII. Tiiatthe Most Serene King of Great Britain's Consul, 
 residing in Tripoli aforesaid, shall have liberty at all times, when 
 he pleaseth, to put up His said Serene Majesty's flag on the flag- 
 staff on the top of his house, and there to continue it spread as 
 long time as he pleaseth ; likewise the said Consul to have the 
 same liberty of putting up and spreading the said flag in his boat 
 when he passeth on the water, and no man whatsoever to oppose, 
 molest, disturb, or injure him therein, either by word or deed. 
 
 XXI II. That whereas the Island of Minorca in the Mediter- 
 ranean Sea, and the City of Gibraltar, in Spain, have been yielded 
 up and annexed to the Crown of Great Britain, as well by the 
 King of Spain, as by all the several Powers of Europe engaged 
 in the late war : now it is hereby agreed and fully concluded, that 
 from this time forward, for ever, the said Island of Minorca and 
 City of Gibraltar shall be esteemed in every respect by the Go- 
 vernment of Tripoli to be part of iiis Britannic Majesty's own 
 Dominions, and the inhabitants thereof to be looked upon as His 
 Majesty's natural subjects, in the same manner as if they had 
 been born in any other part of Great Britain ; and they with their 
 ships and vessels wearing British colours, shall be permitted 
 freely to trade and traffic in any part of the Kingdom of Tripoli, 
 and shall pass without any molestation whatsoever, either on the
 
 BARBARY STATES. 143 
 
 seas or elsewhere, in the same manner, and with the same free- 
 dom and privileges as have been stipulated in this and all former 
 Treaties in behalf of the British nation and subjects. 
 
 XXIV. And whereas in the Treaty of Peace concluded in 
 the reign of King Charles II. in the year I676, by Sir John Nar- 
 brough, Knt., an Article was inserted, by which the ships and 
 vessels of Tripoli w-ere not permitted to cruize before, or in sight 
 of the port of Tangier, then belonging to Great Britain ; now it 
 is hereby concluded and ratified, that in the same manner none of 
 the ships or vessels belonging to Tripoli, shall cruize or look for 
 prizes, before or in sight of tlie ports of the Island of Minorca, 
 and the City of Gibraltar, to disturb or molest the trade thereof in 
 any manner whatsoever. 
 
 XXV. That all and every the Articles in this Treaty shall be 
 inviolably kept and observed between His Most Sacred Majesty 
 of Great Britain, and tlie Most Illustrious Lords and Governors 
 of this City and Kingdom of Tripoli, and all other matters not 
 particularly expressed in this Treaty, and provided for in any 
 former, shall still remain in full force, and shall be esteemed the 
 same as if inserted here. Dated in the presence of Almighty 
 God, in the City of Tripoli, this 19th day of July, 1716, accord- 
 ing to the Christian computation, and of the Turkish Hegira, the 
 10th of the Moon Siaban, 1 128. 
 
 Signed J. Baker. 
 
 TREATY between Great Brilain and Tripoli. Signed at Tri- 
 poli, 19th September, 1751.* 
 
 Treaty of Peace and Commerce between the Most Serene 
 and Mighty Prince, George the Second, by the Grace of 
 God, of Great Britain, France and Ireland, King, Defender 
 of the Christian Faith, Duke of Brunswick and Lunenburg, 
 Arch-Treasurer and Elector of the Holy Roman Empire^ 
 &c. 8cc. &c. And the Most Excellent and Illustrious Lords 
 Mohammet Bashaw Grimali, Dey, Governor, and Captain- 
 
 * Renewed by the Treaty of 176?.
 
 144 TRIPOLI. 
 
 General, Seedy AH Bey, Seedy Hassan Kiaja, the Divan, 
 and all the Officers, Soldiers, and People of the Noble City 
 and Kingdom of Tripoli, in Barbary ; renewed, agreed on, 
 and confirmed, by the Honourable Augustus Keppel, Com- 
 mander in Chief of His Britannic Majesty's ships and vessels 
 in and about the Mediterranean Seas, and Robert White, 
 Esq. His said Serene Majesty's Agent and Consul-General 
 to the Dey and State of Tripoli, furnished with His Ma- 
 jesty's full Powers for that purpose. 
 
 I. In the first place it is agreed and concluded, that from this time 
 forward for ever, there shall be a true and inviolable Peace, between 
 the Most Serene King of Great Britain, and the Most Illustrious 
 Lords and Governors of the City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in 
 Barbary ; and between all the Dominions and Subjects of either 
 side ; and if the ships and subjects of either party, shall happen 
 to meet upon the seas, or elsewhere, they shall not molest each 
 other, but shall shew all possible respect and friendship. 
 
 II. That all merchant ships belonging to the Dominions of 
 Great Britain, and trading to the City, or any part of the King- 
 dom of Tripoli, shall pay no more than three per cent, custom, 
 for all kinds of goods they shall sell ; and for such as they shall 
 not sell, they shall be permitted freely to embark it again on 
 board their ships, without paying any sort of duty whatsoever, 
 and shall depart without hindrance or molestation. 
 
 III. That all ships and other vessels, as well those belonging 
 to the said King of Great Britain, or to any of His Majesty's 
 subjects, as those belonging to the Kingdom or People of Tri- 
 poli, shall freely pass the seas, and traffic where they please, 
 without any search, hindrance or molestation from each other : 
 and that all persons or passengers, of what country soever, and 
 all monies, goods, merchandizes, and moveables, to whatsoever 
 people or nation belonging, being on board of any the said ships 
 or vessels, shall be wholly free, and shall not be stopped, taken 
 or plundered from either party. 
 
 IV. That the Tripoli ships of war, or any other vessels thereunto 
 belonging, meeting with any merchant ships, or other vessels of 
 the Khig of Great Britain's subjects (not being in any of the seas 
 appertaining to any of His Majesty's Dominions) may send on
 
 BARBARY STATES. 145 
 
 board one single boat, with two sitters, besides the ordinary crew 
 of rowers, and no more but the two sitters to enter any of the 
 said merchant ships, or any other vessels, without the express 
 leave of the Commander of every such ship or vessel ; and then, 
 upon producing unto them a Pass under the hand and seal of the 
 Lord High Admiral of England, the said boat shall presently de- 
 part, and the merchant ship or ships, vessel or vessels, shall pro- 
 ceed freely on her or their voyage : and although the Commander 
 or Commanders of the said merchant ship or ships, vessel or ves- 
 sels, produce no Pass from the Lord High Admiral of England, 
 yet if the major part of the ship's or vessel's company be subjects 
 to the said King of Great Britain, the said boat shall presently 
 depart, and the merchant ship or ships, vessel or vessels, shall 
 proceed freely on her or their voyage : and any of the said ships 
 of war, or other vessels of His said Majesty, meeting with any 
 ship or ships, vessel or vessels, belonging to Tripoli, if the Com- 
 mander of any such ship or ships, vessel or vessels, shall produce 
 a Pass, signed by the Chief Governors of Tripoli, and a certificate 
 from the English Consul living there ; or if they have no such 
 Pass or certificate, yet if the major part of their ship's company 
 or companies be Turks, Moors, or Slaves belonging to Tripoli, 
 then the said Tripoli ship or ships, vessel or vessels, shall proceed 
 freely. 
 
 V. That no Commander, or other person, of any ship or vessel 
 of Tripoli, shall take out of any ship or vessel of His said Ma- 
 jesty's subjects, any person or persons whatsoever, to carry them 
 any where to be examined, or upon any other pretence, nor shall 
 use any torture or violence unto any person of what nation or 
 quality soever, being on board any ship or vessel of His Majes- 
 ty's subjects, upon any pretence whatsoever. 
 
 VL That no shipwreck belonging to the said King of Great 
 Britain, or to any of His Majesty's subjects, upon any part of the 
 coasts belonging to Tripoli, shall be made or become prize ; and 
 that neither the goods thereof shall be seized, nor the men made 
 slaves ; but that all the subjects of Tripoli shall do their best en- 
 deavours to save the said men and their goods. 
 
 VH. That no ship, or any other vessel of Tripoli, shall have 
 permission to be delivered up, or to go to any other place in 
 
 VOL. I. L
 
 146 TRIPOLI. 
 
 enmity with the said King of Great Britain, to be made use of as 
 corsairs at sea against His said Majesty's subjects. 
 
 VIII. That if any ship or vessel of Tunis, Algier,^ Tetuan, or 
 Sally, or any other place, being in war with the said King of 
 Great Britain, bring any ships or vessels, men or goods, belong- 
 ing to His said Majesty's subjects, to Tripoli, or to any port or 
 place in that Kingdom, the Governors there shall not permit 
 them to be sold within the territories of Tripoli, like as is 
 aoreed at Algiers. 
 
 IX. That if any subject of the King of Great Britain happens 
 to die in Tripoli, or its territories, his goods or money shall not 
 be seized by the Governors, or any Ministers of Tripoli, but shall 
 all remain with the English Consul. 
 
 X. That neither the English Consul, nor any other subject of 
 the said King of Great Britain, shall be bound to pay the debts 
 of any other of His Majesty's subjects, unless they become 
 surety for the same by a public act. 
 
 XI. That the subjects of His said Majesty in Tripoli, or its 
 territories, in matter of controversy, shall be liable to no other 
 jurisdiction but that of the Dey or Divan, except they happen to 
 be at difference between themselves, in which case they shall be 
 liable to no other determination but that of the Consul only. 
 
 XII. That in case any subject of His Majesty, being in any 
 part of the Kingdom of Tripoli, happen to strike, kill, or wound 
 a Turk or Moor, if he be taken, he is to be punished in the same 
 manner, and with no greater severity than a Turk ought to be, 
 being guilty of the same offence ; but if he escape, neither the 
 said English Consul, nor any other of His said Majesty's subjects, 
 shall be in any sort questioned or troubled upon that account, 
 and no trial or sentence to be passed without the Consul being 
 present. 
 
 XUI. That the English Consul now, or at any time hereafter, 
 living at Tripoli, shall be there at all times with entire freedom 
 and safety of his person and estate, and shall be permitted to 
 choose his own druggerman and broker, and freely to go on 
 board any ship in the road, as often and when he pleases, and to 
 have the liberty of the country ; and that he shall be allowed a 
 place to pray in ; and that no man shall do him any injury, either
 
 BARBARY STATES. 147 
 
 in word or deed ; and that lie shall have liberty at all times of 
 hoisting His Majesty's flag at the top of his house, and on his 
 boat, when lie passes on the water. 
 
 XIV. That not only during the continuance of this Peace and 
 friendship, but likewise if any breach or war happen to be here- 
 after, between the said King of Great Britain, and the City and 
 Kingdom of Tripoli, the said Consul, and all other His Majesty's 
 subjects, inhabiting in the Kingdom of Tripoli, shall always, and 
 at all times, both of peace and war, have full and absolute liberty 
 to depart and go to their own country, or any other, upon any 
 ship or vessel, of what nation soever they shall think fit, and to 
 carry with them all their estates, goods, families and servants, 
 although born in the country, without any interruption or hin- 
 drance. 
 
 XV. That no subject of His said Majesty, being a passenger 
 from or to any port, shall be any way molested or meddled with, 
 either in person or property, although on board any ship or ves- 
 sel in enmity with Tripoli ; and the same is to be regarded in 
 favour of the subjects of Tripoli. 
 
 XVI. That when any of His Majesty's ships of war shall ap- 
 pear before Tripoli, upon notice thereof given by the English 
 Consul, or by the Commander of the said ships, to the Chief Go- 
 vernors of Tripoli, public proclamation shall be immediately 
 made to secure the Christian captives ; and if after that, any 
 Christians whatsoever make their escape on board any of the said 
 ships of war, they shall not be required back again, nor shall the 
 said Consul or Commander, or any other His Majesty's subjects, 
 be obliged to pay any thing for the said Christians. 
 
 XVII. That all merchant ships coming to the City or King- 
 dom of Tripoli, though not belonging to Great Britain, shall 
 have free liberty to put themselves under the protection of the 
 British Consul, in selling and disposing of their goods and mer- 
 chandize, if they shall think proper, without any hindrance or 
 molestation. 
 
 XVIII. That at all times when any ship of war of the King of 
 Great Britain, &c. carrying His said Majesty's flag, appears be- 
 fore the said City of Tripoli, and comes to an anchor in the road, 
 immediately after notice thereof given by His said Majesty's Con- 
 
 L 2
 
 148 TRIPOLI. 
 
 sul, or officer from the ship, unto the Dey and Government of 
 Tripoli, they shall, in honour to His Majesty, cause a salute of 
 twenty-seven cannon to be fired from the castle and forts of the 
 City, and that the said ship shall return an answer by firing the 
 same number of cannon. 
 
 XIX. That no subject of the King of Great Britain shall be 
 permitted to turn Turk or Moor in the City and Kingdom of Tri- 
 poli, (being induced thereunto by any surprize whatsoever) unless 
 he voluntarily appear before the Dey or Governor, with the Eng- 
 lish Consul's druggerman, three times in three days, and each day 
 declare his resolution to turn Turk or Moor. 
 
 XX. Whereas it is customary for the European Consuls (o 
 pay their respects to the Bashaw at the feasts of Ramadam and 
 Birham, it is hereby declared, that His Britannic Majesty's Con- 
 sul shall be admitted first to audience, and take the precedency 
 of all other Consuls, in consideration of the English being the 
 oldest friends to the State of Tripoli. 
 
 XXI. That whereas the Island of Minorca in the Mediterra- 
 nean Sea, and the City of Gibraltar, in Spain, do now belong to 
 His Majesty the King of Great Britain ; it is therefore hereby 
 agreed, that from this time forward, for ever, the said Island of 
 Minorca, and City of Gibraltar, shall be esteemed, in every re- 
 pect, by the Bashaw and Government of Tripoli, to be part of 
 His Britannic Majesty's own Dominions, and the inhabitants 
 thereof shall be looked upon as His Majesty's natural subjects, 
 in the same manner as if they had been bom in any part of Great 
 Britain ; and they, with their ships and vessels wearing British 
 colours, and being furnished with Mediterranean Passes, shall be 
 permitted freely to trade and traffic in any part of the Kingdom 
 of Tripoli, or Dominions thereunto belonging, and shall pass 
 without any molestation whatsoever, either on the seas or else- 
 where, in the same maimer, and with the same freedom and pri- 
 vileges, as have been stipulated in this and all former Treaties, in 
 behalf of the British nation and subjects ; and that none of the 
 ships or vessels belonging to Tripoli, shall cruize or look for 
 prizes, before, or in sight of the ports of the Island of Minorca, 
 and tlic City of Gibraltar, to disturb or molest the trade thereof 
 in any manner whatsoever.
 
 BARBARY STATES. 141) 
 
 XXII. That if any of the ships of war of the said King of 
 Great Britain come to Tripoli, or to any other port or place of 
 that Kingdom, with any prize, they may freely sell it, or other- 
 wise dispose of it, at their own pleasure, without being molested 
 by any ; and that His Majesty's said ships of war shall not be 
 obliged to pay customs in any sort ; and that if they shall want 
 provisions, victuals, or any other things, they may freely buy them 
 at the rates in the market. 
 
 XXIII. That whensoever it shall happen hereafter, that any 
 thing is done or committed, by the ships or subjects of either 
 side, contrary to any of these Articles, satisfaction being demanded 
 therefore, the same shall be made to the full, and without any 
 manner of delay ; and it shall not be lawful to break this peace, 
 until such satisfaction be denied ; and whosoever shall be the 
 cause of breaking this peace, shall assuredly be punished with 
 present death. 
 
 XXIV. That His Britannic Majesty's subjects (over and 
 above the stipulations contained in this and all former Treaties) 
 shall enjoy all the privileges and advantages, which now are, or 
 which hereafter may be, granted to any of the subjects of the 
 most favoured nation. 
 
 XXV. That in case any of His said Majesty's subjects shall 
 import into the said Kingdom of Tripoli, or into any of the ports 
 or Dominions thereunto belonging, any warlike stores, as can- 
 nons, muskets, pistols, cannon powder, or fine powder, brim- 
 stone, bullets, iron, planks, and all sorts of timber fit for building 
 of ships, pitch, tar, rosin, ropes, cables, masts, blocks, anchors, 
 sails, and all other habiliments of war, as well by sea as by land ; 
 as also provisions, viz. wheat, barley, beans, oats, or the like, 
 they shall not pay any sort of duty or custom whatsoever. 
 
 XXVI. That new Mediterranean Passes shall be issued out 
 and given to His said Majesty's trading subjects, with all conve- 
 nient speed ; and that the time for the continuance of the old 
 Passes, for the ships in the Indies and remote parts, shall be three 
 years ; and for all other ships and vessels, one year ; to commence 
 from the delivery of the counter-tops of the new Passes at Algiers ; 
 of which His Majesty's Consul here shall give the earliest notice 
 to the Bashaw and Government; and it is hereby expressly agreed 
 
 L o
 
 150 TRIPOLI. 
 
 and declared, that the said new Passes shall, during the above 
 mentioned spaces of time of three years and one year, be of ful 
 and sufficient force and effect to protect all ships and vessels o' 
 His said Majesty's subjects, who shall be provided with the same. 
 
 XXVII. That no merchant ship belonging to Great Britain, 
 or any other nation under the protection of the British Consul, 
 being in the port of Tripoli, shall be detained from proceeding to 
 sea on her voyage, longer than eight days, under the pretence of 
 arming out the ships of war of the Government, or any other 
 whatsoever. 
 
 XXVIII. That if at any lime the garrisons of Gibraltar or 
 Port Mibon should be in want of provisions, and should send for 
 the same to Tripoli, or any part of the Dominions thereof, they 
 shall, if it is to be had, be supplied with it at the market-price. 
 
 XXIX. That all packets, bearing His Britannic JNIajesty's 
 Commission, which shall be met by any of the crulzers of Tripoli, 
 shall be treated with the same respect as His Majesty's ships of 
 war, and all due respect shall be paid to His Majesty's Commis- 
 sion ; and both at meeting and parting, they shall be treated as 
 friends ; and if any of the Tripoli cruizers commit the least fault 
 or violence against them, the Captains or Raizes, so offending, 
 shall, on their arrival at Tripoli, and proper complaint being 
 made of them, be most severely punished, without admitting of 
 their excuses. 
 
 XXX. That all and every the Articles in this Treaty shall be 
 inviolably kept and observed between His Most Sacred Majesty 
 of Great Britain, and the Most Illustrious the Bashaw, Lords and 
 Governors of the City and Kingdom of Tripoli, and between the 
 Dominions and subjects of either side ; and our faith shall be 
 our faith, and our word our word. Dated in the presence of 
 .Almighty God, in the City of Tripoli, this 19th day of Septem- 
 ber, 1751, according to the Christian computation, and of the 
 Turkish Hegira, 1164, the 'i'Jth day of the Moon Shawan. 
 
 Signed A. Keppel. Divan. 
 
 Robert White. Kiaja. 
 
 Bey. 
 Bashaw.
 
 BARBARY STATES. 151 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and Tripuii. Signed at 
 Tripoli, 'I'ld July, 176'2.* 
 
 Articles of Peace and Commerce between the Most Serene 
 and Might_y Prince, George the Third, by the Grace of God, 
 King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the 
 Christian Faith, Duke of Brunswick and Lunenburg, Arch- 
 Treasurer and Prince Elector of tlie Holy Roman Empire, 
 &c. &c. &c. and the Most Excellent and Illustrious Lord 
 Ally Bashaw, Bey, Governor and General of the garrisoned 
 City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in the West, renewed, confirm- 
 ed, and ratified, by His Excellency Archibald Clevland, Esq. 
 His Britannic Majesty's Ambassador to the Emperor of Fez 
 and Morocco, and furnished with His Majesty's full Powers 
 for renewing the Treaties with all the other Barbary States. 
 
 It is hereby agreed and concluded, that from this day and for 
 ever, the Peace made by the Honourable Augustus Keppel, 
 Commander in Chief of His Britannic Majesty's ships and 
 vessels in and about the Mediterranean, and Robert White, Esq. 
 His said Serene Majesty's Agent, and Consul-General, to the 
 Bey and State of Tripoli, with the late Most Excellent and Il- 
 lustrious Lords Mohammet Bashaw Gramali, Bey, Governor and 
 Captain-General, Seedy Ally Bey, Seedy Hassan Kiaja, the Divan, 
 and all the Officers, Soldiers and People of the said City and 
 Kingdom of Tripoli, concluded and signed on the Nineteenth 
 of September, 1751, be hereby renewed, ratified, and confirmed. 
 And that the ships and other vessels, and the Subjects and Peo- 
 ple of both sides, shall not henceforward do to each other any 
 harm, offence, or injury, either in word or deed, but shall treat 
 one another with all possible respect and friendship. 
 
 Concluded and signed in the City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in 
 the West, in the presence of Almighty God, the Twenty- 
 second day of July, in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, 
 1762, and in the year of the Hegira, 1 176, and the first day 
 of the Moon Muharem el Haram. 
 
 Signed Arch. Clevland, (L. S.) 
 
 * Renewed by Article I. of the Treaty of 1812.
 
 J5a TRIPOLI 
 
 T REATY betzveen Great Britain and Tripoli. Signed at Tripoli, 
 \Olh May, 1812. 
 
 Matthew Smith, Esq. Captain of His Britannic Majesty's ship 
 Comus, invested with full Powers, and His Highness Sidi 
 Jusef Caramanli, Bashaw, Bey, Governor and Captain Ge- 
 neral of the City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in the West ; 
 
 Being mutually animated by the desire of putting an end to the 
 recent and repeated complaints, which have taken place in conse- 
 quence of the misinterpretation of some of the Articles of Peace 
 established between the two Contracting Powers, to prevent the 
 violation of the Neutral Rights of this City and Kingdom by the 
 privateers of Belligerent Nations ; and being further desirous to 
 give reciprocal proofs of the harmony and good faith which hap- 
 pily subsist between His Britannic Majesty's Government, and 
 that of His Excellency the Bashaw, have agreed and established 
 as follows : — 
 
 I. The present existing Treaties or Conventions of Peace, 
 Friendship, and Commerce, shall have their full effect, and shall 
 preserve in all and every point their full force and virtue, and 
 shall be looked upon as renewed and confirmed by virtue of this 
 present Treaty, except only such articles, clauses and conditions, 
 from which it has been thought fit to derogate, explain, or revise 
 by this present Treaty. 
 
 II. That the privateers of Belligerent Powers, which, on ac- 
 count of bad weather, want of provisions, or chased by an enemy, 
 shall take refuge in Tripoli, or in any other of the ports, roads, or 
 bays of that Kingdom, having received a supply of provisions, 
 and the danger of the enemy ceased, shall be obliged to depart 
 without unnecessary delay, or increasing the number of men, arms, 
 or ammunition, with which they entered ; and, being out of port, 
 the said privateers shall not lurk in the bays, creeks, and behind 
 the points of promontories or Islands belonging to the Territory 
 of His Highness the Bashaw, to tarry there, and give chase to 
 the ships of their enemies, which shall be entering or going out, 
 nor shill they in any manner whatever disturb the free ingress or
 
 BARBARY STATES. 153 
 
 regress of the ships of any nation to the ports, bays, or roads of 
 the Kingdom. 
 
 III. The privateers of Belligerent Powers shall not be per- 
 mitted to sail for any port, bay, or roadstead belonging to the 
 Kingdom, mitil twenty-four hours after the departure of any 
 vessel belonging to another Power with which they may be at 
 war, nor shall they even at any period be allowed to depart, while 
 such vessel remains in sight of such port, bay, or roadstead, whe- 
 ther detained by calms, foul winds, or other unavoidable cir- 
 cumstances. 
 
 IV. It is finally agreed and established that His Excellency 
 Sidi Jusef Caramanli, Bashaw, being desirous to maintain inviola- 
 bly the existing Treaties and the strict neutrality of his Kingdom, 
 will not permit or tolerate in any part of the Dominions of the 
 City and Kingdom of Tripoli, the sale of any prizes or prize 
 goods whatever that may have appertained to Great Britain ; but 
 that such prizes shall be obliged to depart with the whole and 
 entire cargoes with which they entered the port, subject to the 
 same regulations as the privateers of the Belligerent Powers in 
 conformity to the second Article of the present Treaty. 
 
 In witness whereof, we have caused our Seal to be affixed in 
 the City of Tripoli, in the West, this 10th day of May, in the 
 year of the Christian ^ra, 1812, and of the Hegira, the 28th of 
 the Moon Rabia Second, 1227. 
 
 Signed Mat. Smith, (L. S.) 
 
 The Seal 
 
 of the Bey 
 
 and five 
 
 others. 
 
 TREATY belzceen Great Britain and Tripoli. Signed at Tri- 
 poli, l^th April, 1816. 
 
 In the Name of God Almighty. 
 The Great Allied Powers of Europe having placed the United 
 States of the Ionian Islands, viz. Corfu, Cephalonia, Zante, 
 Maura, Ithaca, Cerigo, and Paxo, with their dependencies in all
 
 154 TRIPOLI. 
 
 their various interests, under the immediate, and exclusive pro- 
 tection of Ilis Majesty the Khig of the United Kingdom of 
 Great Britain and Ireland, His Heirs and Successors ; the follow- 
 ing Articles between His Royal Highness the Prince Regent, 
 acting in the name and on the behalf of His Majesty the King of 
 the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and His High- 
 ness Sidi Jusef Caramanli, Bashaw and Bey of the Regency of 
 Tripoli, and its dependencies, in Barbary, are concluded by the 
 Right Honourable Edward Baron Exmouth, Knight Grand Cross 
 of the Most Honourable Military Order of the Bath, Admiral of 
 the Blue Squadron of His Britannic Majesty's fleet, and Com- 
 iTiander in Chief of His said Majesty's ships and vessels em- 
 ployed in the Mediterranean. 
 
 I. The inhabitants of the Ionian Islands are hereby fully re- 
 cognized and acknowledged by His Highness the Bey of Tripoli, 
 as British subjects, and entitled as such, to all the rights and 
 security which British subjects now enjoy : and it is hereby sti- 
 pulated that their Flag and Commerce shall be henceforward 
 respected as such, accordingly, in all their various interests. 
 
 II. In the event of any misunderstanding between His High- 
 ness, the Bey of Tripoli, or his subjects, and the subjects of the 
 Ionian Islands, the cause of such misunderstanding shall be 
 referred to His Britannic Majesty, who charges Himself with 
 procuring redress, upon any just complaint His Highness the 
 Bey may have to make, against the said Ionian States and sub- 
 jects, as if they were, to all intents and purposes, British-born 
 subjects. 
 
 HI. His Highness the Bey of Tripoli, in recognizing the in- 
 habitants of the said Ionian Islands, as British subjects, hereby 
 eno-ages to release immediately without ransom, and deliver to 
 persons authorised to receive them, all captives now in the City 
 and Kingdom of Tripoli, being subjects of the Ionian Islands, 
 under whatever circumstances they may have been taken, and any 
 of the inhabitants of the said Islands that may hereafter be 
 brought into the Kingdom of Tripoli, from the signing of the 
 present Treaty, shall be immediately given up, with all their 
 goods and chattels to the British Consul. 
 
 IV. Serious complaints having been made of the Barbary
 
 BARBARY STATES. lo5 
 
 cruizers entering on board ships they speak at sea (under British 
 protection) with a greater number of men than is allowed by 
 Treaty, and destroying the ship's papers, to the great injury of 
 the owners ; m ith a view of preventing the recurrence of such 
 serious complaints. His Highness the Bey of Tripoli hereby 
 engages to give the most positive orders, and adopt measures to 
 prevent such practices in future, under the severest punishment of 
 the offender : the oath of the master, and two other persons of 
 the crew shall be sufficient proof of the fact, and for the punc- 
 tual performance of this Article, the Reis, or Captain of any 
 cruizer so offending, shall be answerable for the conduct of his 
 officers and crew ; but should any ship so boarded come into the 
 port, or Territory of Tripoli, the complaint shall be heard and 
 determined by regular examination before the Bey in the pre- 
 sence of the Consul. 
 
 V. His Highness the Bey of Tripoli, hereby further engages to 
 
 recognize the Flag and subjects of the Kingdom of Hanover, on 
 
 the same footing as those of other countries belongin"; to the So- 
 
 vereignty of His Britannic Majesty, and as such entitled to the 
 
 rights and securities enjoyed by the flag and subjects of Great 
 
 Britain in all their various interests. 
 
 Done in duplicate, at the Palace of Tripoli, in the presence of 
 
 Almighty God, the 29th day of April, in the year of Jesus 
 
 Christ, 1816, and in the year of the Hegira, 12^1, and the 
 
 30th day of the Moon Jumed Ouell. 
 
 Signed Exmouth, (L. S.) 
 
 Admiral and Commander in Chief of 
 His Britannic Majesty's fleet in 
 the Mediterranean. 
 Signed Hanmer Warrington, (L. S.) 
 
 B. C. G. 
 Seal of the Bey. 
 
 DECLARATION of the Bey of Tripoli, oQih April, 181G. 
 
 Declaration of His Highness Sidi Jusef Caramanli, Bashaw 
 and Bey of the Regency of Tripoli and its Dependencies,
 
 156 TRIPOLI. 
 
 in Barbary, made and concluded with the Right Honour- 
 able Edward Baron Exmouth, Knight Grand Cross of the 
 Most Honourable Military Order of the Bath, Admiral 
 of the Blue Squadron of His Britannic Majesty's fleet, and 
 Commander in Chief of His said Majesty's ships and vessels 
 in the Mediterranean. 
 In consideration of the deep interest manifested by His Royal 
 Highness the Prince Regent of England, for the termination of 
 Christian Slavery; His Highness the Bey of Tripoli, in token of 
 liis sincere desire to maintain inviolable his friendly relations with 
 Great Britain, and in manifestation of his amicable disposition 
 and high respect towards the Powers of Europe, (with all of 
 whom he is desirous to establish peace) declares and agrees that 
 in the event of a future war with any European Power (which 
 God forbid) that not any of the prisoners shall be consigned to 
 slavery, but treated with all humanity as prisoners of war, until 
 regularly exchanged, according to European practice in like cases, 
 and that at the termination of hostilities they shall be restored to 
 their respective countries without ransom. 
 
 Done in duplicate, at the Palace of Tripoli, in the presence of 
 Almighty God, the 29th day of April, in the year of Jesus 
 Christ, 1816, and in the year of the Hegira, 1231, and the 
 30th day of the Moon Jumed Ouell. 
 
 Seal 
 of the Bey. 
 
 Signed Exmouth, (L.S.) 
 
 Admiral and Commander in Chief of 
 His Britannic Majesty's fleet in 
 the Mediterranean. 
 
 Signed Hanmer Warrington, (L. S.) 
 B. C.G.
 
 BAUBAUY STATES. 157 
 
 TUNIS. 
 
 TREATY betreeen Great Britain and Tunis. Signed at Tunis, 
 bth October, 1662 * 
 
 Articles of Peace between the Most Serene and Mighty 
 Prmce, Charles the Second, by the Grace of God, Khig of 
 Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, 
 &c. and the Most Excellent Signors, Mahomet Bashaw, the 
 Divan of the Noble City of Tunis, Hagge Mustapha Dey, 
 Morat Bey, and the rest of the Soldiers in the Kingdom 
 of Tunis ; concluded by Sir John Lawson, Knight, the 5th 
 of October, 1662. 
 
 I. That all former aggrievances and losses, and other pretences 
 between both parties, shall be void and of no effect, and from 
 henceforward a firm peace for ever, free trade and commerce, 
 shall be and continue between the subjects of His Sacred Ma- 
 jesty the King of Great Britain, &c. and the People of the 
 
 Kingdom of Tunis, and the Dominions thereunto belonging. 
 
 II. That the ships on either part shall have free liberty to 
 enter into any port or river belonging to the Dominions of either 
 party, (paying duties only for what they shall sell) transporting 
 the rest without any trouble or molestation, and freely enjoy any 
 other privileges, accustomed : and the late exaction that hath 
 been upon the lading and unlading of goods at Goletta and the 
 Marine, shall be reduced to the ancient customs in those cases. 
 
 III. That there shall be no seizure of any ships of either 
 party at sea or in port, but that they shall quietly pass without 
 any molestation or interruption, they displaying their colours. 
 And for prevention of all inconveniences that may happen, the 
 
 * Renewed by Article X. of the Treat}' of 1751.
 
 158 TUNIS. 
 
 ships of Tunis are to have a certificate under the hand of the 
 English Consul there, that they belong to that place ; which be- 
 ino- produced, the English ship shall admit two men to come on 
 board them peaceably, to satisfy themselves that they are Eng- 
 lish ; and although they have passengers of other nations on 
 board, they shall be free, both them and their goods. 
 
 IV. That if any English ship shall receive on board them any 
 t^oods or passengers belonging lo the Kingdom of Tunis, they 
 shall be bound to defend them and their goods, so far as lieth in 
 their poM'er, and not deliver them unto the enemy. 
 
 V. That if any of the ships of either party shall by accident 
 of foul weather, or otherwise, be cast away upon the coast be- 
 longing to either Party, the persons shall be free, and the goods 
 saved, and delivered to the proprietors thereof. 
 
 VI. That the English that do at present, or shall at any time 
 hereafter, inhabit in the City or Kingdom of Tunis, shall have 
 free liberty when they please, to transport themselves with their 
 families and children, although born in the country. 
 
 VII. That the People belonging to the Dominions of either 
 Party, shall not be abused with ill-language, or otherwise ill- 
 treated, but that the parties so offending shall be punished se- 
 verely according to their desert. 
 
 VIII. That the Consul, or any other of the English nation re- 
 sidino- in Tunis, shall not be forced to make his addresses in any 
 difference unto any Court of Justice, but unto the Dey himself, 
 from whom only they shall receive judgment. 
 
 IX. That the Consul, or any other of the English nation, 
 shall not be liable to pay the debts of any particular person of 
 the nation, unless obliged thereunto under his hand. 
 
 X. That all the ships of war belonging unto the Dominions of 
 either Party, shall have free liberty to use each other's ports for 
 washing, cleansing and repairing any their defects, and to buy and 
 to ship off any sort of victuals, alive or dead, or any other neces- 
 saries, at the price the natives buy it in the market, without pay- 
 ing custom to any officer. 
 
 XI. That in case any ships of war belonging to the Dominions 
 of Tunis, shall take, in any of the enemy's ships, any English- 
 man serving for wages, they are to be made slaves ; but if
 
 BARBARYSTATES. i5[) 
 
 merchants or passengers, they are to enjoy their liberty and goods 
 free and entire. 
 
 XII. That if any ship of war belonging to the Kingdom of 
 Tnnis, fighting nnder his own colours, with any English ship not 
 wearing English colours, and shall surprise her under the same, 
 the said English ship shall be prize, notwithstanding the peace. 
 
 XIII. That in case any slave in the Kingdom of Tunis, of 
 any nation whatsoever, shall make his escape and get on board 
 any ship belonging to the Dominions of His Sacred Majesty the 
 King of Great Britirin, &c. the Consul shall not be liable to pay 
 his ransom, unless timely notice be given him, to order that none 
 such be entertained ; and then if it appear that any slave hath 
 so got away, the said Consul is to pay to his patron the price for 
 M'hich he was sold in the market ; and if no price be cut, then 
 to pay three hundred dollars and no more. 
 
 These Articles aforementioned are to remain firm for ever, 
 without any alteration ; and in all other particulars not mentioned 
 in these Articles, the regulation shall be according to the Capitu- 
 lations general with tlie Grand Signior. 
 
 Signed and Sealed in the presence of the Great God. 
 
 Signed John Lawson. 
 
 Tunis, 5th October, 1662. 
 
 TREATY betzceen Great Britain and Tunis. Signed at Tunis, 
 30th August, 17 IG.* 
 
 Articles of Peace between His Most Sacred Majesty 
 George, by the Grace of God, King of Great Britain, 
 France and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, Sec. and the 
 Most Excellent Lords, Ally Bashaw, Ussain Ben Ally Bey, 
 Cara Mustapha Dey, Aga of the Divan of the Most Noble 
 City of Tunis, and the whole body of the Militia of the 
 said , Kingdom; renewed and concluded by John Baker, 
 Esq. Vice- Admiral of the Blue Squadron of His Britannic 
 Majesty's fleet, and Admiral and Commander in Chief of 
 
 * Renewed by Article X. of the Trcafjr of 1751.
 
 IGQ TUNIS. 
 
 His Majesty's ships, employed and to be employed in the 
 Mediterranean Sea, being properly empowered for that pur- 
 pose. 
 
 I. That all former grievances and losses, and other pretensions 
 between both parties shall be void and of no effect ; and from 
 henceforward, a firm Peace for ever, free trade and commerce, 
 shall be and continue, between the subjects of His Most Sacred 
 Majesty, George, King of Great Britain, &.c. and the People of 
 the Kingdom of Tunis, and the Dominions thereunto belonging ; 
 but that this Article shall not cancel or make void any just debt, 
 either in commerce or otherwise, that may be due from any per- 
 son or persons to others of either party ; but that the same shall 
 be liable to be demanded and recoverable as before. 
 
 H. That the ships of ether party shall have free liberty to enter 
 into any port or river, belonging to the Dominions of either party, 
 paying the duties only for what they shall sell, transporting the 
 rest without any trouble or molestation, and freely enjoy any other 
 privileges accustomed ; and the late exaction that hath been upon 
 the lading and unlading of goods at Goletta and the Marine, shall 
 be reduced to the ancient customs in those cases. 
 
 IH. That there shall be no seizure of any ships of either party 
 at sea or in Port, but that they shall quietly pass without any mo- 
 lestation or interruption, they displaying their colours ; and for 
 prevention of all inconveniences that may happen, the ships of 
 Tunis are to have a certificate under hand and seal of the British 
 Consul, that they belong to Tunis ; which being produced, the 
 English ship shall admit two men to come on board them peace- 
 ably to satisfy themselves they are English ; and although they 
 have passengers of other nations on board, they shall be free, both 
 them and their goods. 
 
 IV. That if an English ship shall receive on board any goods 
 or passengers, belonging to the Kingdom of Tunis, they shall be 
 bound to defend both them and their goods, so far as lieth in 
 their power, and not deliver them unto the enemies ; and the 
 better to prevent any unjust demands being made upon tlie Crown 
 of Great Britain, and to avoid disputes and differences which may 
 arise, all goods and merchandize that shall from hence forward 
 be shipped by the subjects of this Government, either in this
 
 BAIIBARY STATES. l6l 
 
 Port or any other whatsoever, on board the ships or vessels be- 
 longing to Great Britain, shall be first entered in the office of 
 Cancellaria, before the British Consul residing at the respective 
 Port, expressing the quantity, quality, and value of the goods so 
 shipped ; which the said Consul is to manifest in the clearance 
 given to the said ship or vessel before she departs, to the end that 
 if any cause of complaint should happen hereafter, there may be 
 no greater claim made on the British nation than by this method 
 shall be proved to be just and equitable. 
 
 V. That if any of the ships of either Party shall by accident of 
 foul weather, or otherwise, be cast away upon any coast belong- 
 ing to either party, the persons shall be free, and the goods saved 
 and delivered to the proprietors thereof. 
 
 VI. That the English which do at present, or shall at any time 
 hereafter, inhabit in the City or Kingdom of Tunis, shall have 
 free liberty, when they please, to transport themselves, with then- 
 families and children, although born in the country. 
 
 VII. That the people belonging to the Dominions of either 
 Party, shall not be abused with ill-language or otherwise ill- 
 treated, but that the parties so offending, shall be punished se- 
 verely, according to their deserts. 
 
 VIII. That the Consul, or any other of the English nation re- 
 siding in Tunis, shall not be forced to make their addresses, in 
 any difference, unto any Court of Justice, but to the Bey hnn- 
 self, from whom only they shall receive judgment, in case the 
 difference should happen between a subject of Great Britain, and 
 another of this Government, or any other foreign nation ; but 
 if it should be between two of His Britannic Majesty's subjects, 
 then it is to be decided by the British Consul only. 
 
 IX. That the Consul, or any other of the English nation shall 
 not be liable to pay the debts of any particular person of the na- 
 tion, unless obliged thereunto under his hand. 
 
 X. That as the Island of Minorca, in the Mediterranean Sea, 
 and the City of Gibraltar, in Spain, have been yielded and an- 
 nexed to the Crown of Great Britain, as well by the King of 
 Spain, as by all the several Powers of Europe engaged in the late 
 war ; now it is hereby agreed and fully concluded, that from this 
 time forward for ever, the said Island of Minorca and Citj' of 
 
 VOL. 1. ^ M
 
 IG'2 TUNIS. 
 
 Gibraltar, shall be esteemed in every respect by the Government 
 of Tunis, to be part of His Britannic Majesty's own Dominions, 
 and the inhabitants thereof to be looked upon as His Majesty's 
 natural subjects, in the same manner as if they had been born in 
 any other part of Great Britain ; and they with their ships and ves- 
 sels wearing the British colours, shall be permitted freely to trade 
 and traffic in any part of the Kingdom of Tunis, and shall pass 
 without any molestation whatsoever, either on the seas or else- 
 where, in the same manner and with the same freedom and pri- 
 vileges that have been stipulated in this and all former Treaties, in 
 behalf of the British nation and subjects. 
 
 XI. And the better and more firmly to maintain the good cor- 
 respondence and friendship, that hath been so long and happily 
 established, between the Crown of Great Britain and the Go- 
 vennnent of Tunis, it is hereby agreed and concluded by the Par- 
 ties beforemeutioned, that none of the ships and vessels belonging 
 to Tunis, or the Dominions thereof, shall be permitted to cruize, 
 or look for prizes of any Nation whatsoever, before or in sight of 
 the aforesaid City of Gibraltar, or any of the Ports of the Island 
 of Minorca, to hinder or molest any vessels bringing provisions 
 and refreshments for His Britannic Majesty's troops and garri- 
 sons in those places, or to give any disturbance to the trade or com- 
 merce thereof; and if any prize shall be taken by the ships or 
 vessels of Tunis, within the space of ten miles of the aforesaid 
 places, she shall be restored without any contradiction. 
 
 XII. That all the ships of war belonging to the Dominions of 
 either Party, shall have free liberty to use each other's Ports, for 
 washing, cleaning, or repairing any their defects ; and to buy and 
 to ship off any sort of victuals, alive or dead, or any other necessa- 
 ries, at the price the natives buy at in the market, without paying 
 custom to any officer: and whereas His Britannic Majesty's 
 ships of war do frequently assemble and harbour in the Port of 
 Mahon, in the Island of Minorca, if at any time they or His Ma- 
 jesty's troops in garrison there should be in want of provisions, 
 and should send from thence to purchase supplies in any part of 
 the Dominions belonging to Tunis, they shall be permitted to 
 buy cattle, alive or dead, and all other kind of provision at the 
 prices it is sold in the market ; and shall be suffered to carrv it
 
 BARBARY. STATES. 163 
 
 oflf, without paying duty to any officer, in the same manner as if 
 His Majesty's ships were themselves in the Port. 
 
 XIII. That in case any ships of war belonging to the Kingdom 
 of Tunis shall take in any of their enemies' ships, any Englishmen 
 serving for wages, they are to be made slaves ; but if merchants 
 or passengers, they are to enjoy their liberty and goods free. 
 
 XIV. That in case any slave in the Kingdom of Tunis, of any 
 nation whatsoever, shall make his escape, and get on board any 
 ship belonging to the Dominions of His Sacred Majesty the 
 King of Great Britain, &c. the Consul shall not be liable to pay 
 the ransom, unless timely notice be given him to order that none 
 such be entertained ; and then if it appears that any slave hath so 
 got away, the said Consul is to pay to his patron the price for 
 which he was sold in the market, and if no price be set, then to 
 pay 300 dollars, and no more. 
 
 XV. And the better to prevent any dispute that may hereafter 
 arise, between the two parties, about salutes and public ceremo- 
 nies ; it is hereby agreed and concluded, that whenever any 
 flag-officer of Great Britain shall arrive in the Bay of Tunis in 
 any of His Majesty's ships of war, immediately upon notice given 
 thereof, there shall be five-and-twenty cannon shot off from the 
 castles of Goletta, or other the nearest fortification belonging to 
 Tunis, according to custom, as a royal salute to His Britannic 
 Majesty's colours, and the same number shall be returned in 
 answer thereto, by His Majesty's ships ; and it is hereby stipu- 
 lated and agreed, that all ceremonies of honour shall be allowed to 
 the British Consul who resides here, to represent in every respect 
 His Majesty's person, equal to any other nation whatsoever, and 
 no other Consul in the Kingdom to be admitted before him in 
 precedency. 
 
 XVI. That the subjects of His Sacred Majesty of Great Britain, 
 Sec. either residing in or trading to the Dominions of Tunis, shall 
 not for the time to come pay any more than 3 per cent, custom, 
 on the value of the goods or merchandize which they shall either 
 bring into or carry out of this said Kingdom of Tunis. 
 
 XV H. It is moreover agreed, concluded, and established, that 
 at whatsoever time it shall please the Government of Tunis to re- 
 duce the customs of the French Nation to less than they pay at 
 
 M 2
 
 164 TUNIS. 
 
 present, it shall always be observed that the British customs shall 
 be 2 per cent, less than any agreement that shall for the future be 
 made with the said French, or that shall be paid by the subjects 
 of France. 
 
 XVIII. It is moreover agreed, concluded, and established, that 
 in case any British ship or ships, or any of the subjects of His 
 Majesty of Great Britain, shall import at the Port of Tunis, or 
 any other Port of this Kingdom, any warlike stores, as cannons, 
 muskets, pistols, cannon-powder, or fine powder, bullets, masts, 
 anchors, cables, pitch, tar, or the like ; as also provisions, viz. 
 wheat, barley, beans, oats, oil, or the like ; for the said kinds of 
 merchandize, they shall not pay any sort of duty or custom what- 
 ever. 
 
 We, the parties beforementioned, having seen and perused the 
 preceding Articles, do hereby approve, ratify, and confirm the 
 several particulars therein mentioned, and they are to remain firm 
 for ever without any alteration. In testimony of which we do 
 hereunto set our hands and seals in the presence of Almighty 
 God, in the noble City of Tunis, the 30th day of August, old stile, 
 and the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, 1? I(^, being the C6th day 
 of the Moon Ramadan, and the year of the Hegira, 1 12B. 
 
 Signed J. Baker, (L,S.) (L.S.) (L.S.) (L.S.) 
 
 TREATY betrccoi Great Britain and Turns. Signed at Bardo, 
 IQlh October, 1751.* 
 
 Treaty of Peace and Commerce between the Most Serene 
 and Mighty Prince, George the Second, by the Grace of 
 God, of Great Britain, France and Ireland, King, Defender 
 of the Christian Faith, Duke of Brunswick and Lunenberg, 
 Arch-Treasurer and Elector of the Holy Roman Empire, 
 &c. Sic. Sic. and the Most Excellent and Illustrious Lord 
 All Pasha, Begler Bey and Supreme Commander of the 
 State of Tunis, renewed, agreed on, and confirmed, by the 
 
 * Renewed by Article 1. of the Trc;i(v of 1762.
 
 BARBARY, STATES. l6o 
 
 Honourable Augustus Kcppel, Commander in Chief of His 
 ]5ritannic Majesty's ships and vessels in and about the Me- 
 diterranean Seas, and Charles Gordon, Esq. His said Se- 
 rene Majesty's Agent and Consul-General to the State of 
 Tunis, furnished with His Majesty's full Powers for that 
 purpose. 
 I. That all former grievances and losses, and other pretences 
 between both Parties, shall be void and of no effect; and from 
 henceforward there shall be a firm Peace for ever, and free trade 
 and commerce, between His Britannic Majesty's subjects, and 
 the people of the Kingdom of Tunis, and Dominions thereunto 
 belonging : but this Article shall not cancel or make void any 
 just debt, either in commerce or otherwise, between the subjects 
 on both sides, but the same may be demanded and recovered as 
 before. 
 
 H. That the ships of either party shall have free liberty to 
 enter into any Port or river belonging to the Dominions of the 
 other, where they shall pay duties only for what they sell, and, for 
 the rest, may freely export it again without molestation ; and 
 shall enjoy all other accustomed privileges : and the late exaction 
 that hath been at the Goletta and the Marine, shall be reduced 
 to the ancient customs in those cases. 
 
 HI. That there shall not be any seizure made of any of the 
 ships of cither Party, either at sea, or in port, but they shall pass 
 without any interruption, they displaying their colours ; and to 
 prevent any misunderstandings, the ships of Tunis shall be fur- 
 nished with certificates, under the hand and seal of the British 
 Consul, of their belonging to Tunis, which they are to produce 
 on meeting with any English ship, on board of whom they shall 
 have liberty of sending two men only, peaceably to satisfy them- 
 selves of their being English, who, as well as any passengers of 
 other nations they may have on board, shall go free, both them 
 and their goods. 
 
 IV^. That if an English ship receive on board any goods or 
 •passengers belonging to the Kingdom of Tunis, they shall be 
 bound to defend them and their goods, so far as lieth in their 
 power, and not deliver them unto their enemies ; and the better 
 to prevent any unjust demands being made upon the Crown of 
 
 M 3
 
 166 TUNIS. 
 
 Great Britain, and to avoid disputes and differences that might 
 arise, all goods and merchandize that shall from henceforward be 
 shipped by the subjects of Tunis, either in this Port, or in any 
 other whatsoever, on board the ships or vessels belonging to 
 Great Britain, shall be first entered in the office of Cancellaria, 
 before the British Consul residing at the respective port, express- 
 ing the quantity, quality, and value of the goods so shipped, which 
 the said Consul is to manifest in the clearance given to the said 
 ship or vessel before she departs ; to the end that if any cause of 
 complaint should happen hereafter, there may be no greater claim 
 made on the British nation, than by this method shall be proved 
 to be just and equitable. 
 
 V. That if any of the ships of either Party shall by accident of 
 foul weather, or otherwise, be cast away upon any of the coasts 
 belonging to the other, the persons shall be free, and the goods 
 saved and delivered to the proprietors thereof. 
 
 VI. That the English which do at present, or shall at any time 
 hereafter, inhabit in the City or Kingdom of Tunis, shall have free 
 liberty, when they please, to transport themselves, with their fa- 
 milies and children, although born in the country. 
 
 VII. That the people belonging to the Dominions of either 
 Party, shall not be abused with ill-language, or otherwise ill-treated, 
 but the parties so offending shall be punished severely according 
 to their deserts. 
 
 VIII. That the Consul or any other of the English nation re- 
 siding in Tunis, shall not be obliged to make their addresses, in 
 any difference, unto any Court of Justice, but to the Bashaw 
 himself, from whom only they shall receive judgment, in case the 
 difference should happen between a subject of Great Britain and 
 another of this Government, or any other Foreign nation ; but 
 if it should be between two of His Britannic Majesty's subjects, 
 then it is to be decided by the British Consul only. 
 
 IX. That neither the English Consul, nor any other of His Ma- 
 jesty's subjects, shall be liable to pay the debts of any other of 
 the nation, unless particularly bound thereto under his own hand. 
 
 X. That whereas the Island of Minorca in the Mediterranean 
 Sea, and tlie City of Gibraltar, in Spain, do now belong to His 
 Majesty the King of Great Britain ; it is hereby agreed and fully
 
 BARBARY STATES. ifi? 
 
 concluded, that from this time forward, for ever, the said Island of 
 Minorca, shall be esteemed (as likewise Gibraltar) by the Govern- 
 ment of Tunis, to be, in every respect, part of His Britannic Ma- 
 jesty's Dominions, and the inhabitants thereof shall be looked 
 upon as His Majesty's natural-born subjects, in the same manner 
 as if they had been born in any other part of Great Britain ; and 
 they, with their ships and vessels wearhig British colours, shall be 
 permitted freely to trade and traffic in any part of the Kingdom 
 of Tunis, and shall pass, without any molestation whatsoever, 
 either on the seas or elsewhere, in the same manner, and with the 
 same freedom and privileges, that have been stipulated in this and 
 all former Treaties, in behalf of the British nation and subjects. 
 
 XI. That the better and more firmly to maintain the good cor- 
 respondence and friendship that have been so long and happily 
 established between the Crown of Great Britain, and the Govern- 
 ment of Tunis, it is hereby agreed and concluded by the Parties 
 beforementioned, that none of the ships and vessels belonging to 
 Tunis, or the Dominions thereof, shall be permitted to cruize or 
 look for prizes, of any nature whatsoever, before, or in sight of the 
 aforesaid City of Gibraltar, or any of the Ports in the Island of 
 Minorca, to hinder or molest any vessels bringing provisions and 
 refreshments for His Britannic Majesty's troops and garrisons in 
 those places, or to give any disturbance to the trade and com- 
 merce thereof: and if any prize shall be taken by the ships or 
 vessels of Tunis, within the space of ten miles of the aforesaid 
 places, she shall be restored without any contradiction. 
 
 XII. That all ships of war belonging to the Dominions of 
 either Party, shall have free liberty to use each other's ports, for 
 washing, cleaning, and repairing any their defects, and to buy and 
 ship off any sort of victuals, alive or dead, or any other neces- 
 saries, at the price the natives buy at in the market, without pay- 
 ing custom to any officer. And whereas His Britannic Majes- 
 ty's ships of war do frequently assemble and harbour in the port 
 of Mahon, in the Island of Minorca ; if, at any time, they, or His 
 Majesty's troops in garrison there, should be in want of provi- 
 sions, and should send from thence to purchase supplies in any 
 part of the Dominions belonging to Tunis, they shall be permitted 
 to buy cattle, alive or dead, and all other kinds of provision, at 
 
 M 4
 
 1G8 TUNIS. 
 
 the prices they are sold in the market, and shall be suffered to 
 carry it off without paying duty to any officer, in the same man- 
 ner, as if His Majesty's ships were themselves in the port. 
 
 XIII. That in case any ships of war belonging to the Domi- 
 nions of Tunis, shall take, in any of their enemy's ships, any 
 Englishmen serving for wages, they are to be made slaves ; but 
 if merchants or passengers, they are to enjoy their liberty and 
 goods free. 
 
 XIV. That if any slave of Tunis should make his escape from 
 thence, and get on board an English man-of-war, the said slave 
 shall be free, and neither the English Consul, nor any of his na- 
 tion, shall in any manner be questioned about the same. 
 
 XV. That the better to prevent any disputes that may hereafter 
 arise between the two Parties about salutes and public ceremo- 
 nies, it is hereby agreed and concluded, that whenever any flag- 
 officer of Great Britain, shall arrive in the Bay of Tunis, in any 
 of His Majesty's ships of war, there shall be shot off from the 
 castles of the Goletta, or other the nearest fortifications.belonging 
 to Tunis, a number of guns according to custom, as a royal sa- 
 lute to His British Majesty's colours, and the same number shall 
 be returned in answer thereto by His Majesty's ships; and it is 
 hereby stipulated and agreed, that all ceremonies of honour shall 
 be allowed to the British Consul who resides here, to represent 
 equal in every respect His Majesty's person, to any other nation 
 whatsoever, and no other Consul in the Kingdom to be admitted 
 before him in precedency. 
 
 XVI. That the subjects of His Most Sacred Majesty of Great 
 Britain, &,c. either residing in, or trading to the Dominions of 
 Tunis, shall not, for the time to come, pay any more than 3 per 
 cent, custom, on the value of the goods or merchandize which 
 they shall either bring into or carry out of the Kingdom of Tunis. 
 
 XVII. It is moreover agreed, concluded and established, that at 
 whatsoever time it shall please the Government of Tunis, to re- 
 duce the customs of the French nation to less than they pay at 
 present, it shall always be observed, that the British customs 
 shall be 2 per cent, less than any agreement tliat shall for the fu- 
 ture be made with the said French, or that siiall be paid by the 
 subjects of France.
 
 BARBARY STATES. lG9 
 
 XVIII. It is moreover agreed, concluded, and established, 
 that in case any British ship or ships, or any of the subjects of 
 His Majesty of Great Britain, shall import at the port of Tunis, 
 or any port of this Kingdom, any warlike stores, as cannons, mus- 
 kets, pistols, cannon powder, or fine powder, bullets, masts, an- 
 chors, cables, pitch, tar, or the like ; as also provisions, viz. wheat, 
 barley, beans, oats, oil, or the like, for the said kinds of merchan- 
 dize they shall not pay any sort of duty or custom whatever. 
 
 XIX. That in case a war should happen between His Bri- 
 tannic Majesty and any other State or nation whatever, the ships 
 of Tunis shall not in any sort aiford assistance to the enemies of 
 His Majesty or His subjects. 
 
 XX. That if an Englishman kills a Turk, he shall be judged 
 before the Caddi of the place, according to justice : if he is found 
 guilty of the crime, he shall be punished with death ; but if he 
 escape, the Consul shall not be molested, or called upon for that 
 account ; and the Consul shall always have timely notice, that he 
 may have an opportunity of being present at the trial. 
 
 XXI. That if at any time a war or rupture happen between 
 the two Contracting Powers, the English Consul and his nation 
 may freely depart with all their goods and effects ; and this Article 
 is to be reciprocal for the subjects of Tunis. 
 
 XXII. That whereas Gibraltar and the Island of Minorca do 
 belong to His Britannic Majesty, if at any time any of the cruizers 
 of Tunis should meet with any vessels of the said places, under 
 English colours, furnished with proper passports, they shall be 
 treated in all respects like other English ships, provided that 
 there be no more than one-third part of the ship's company who 
 are not subjects of His said Majesty ; for, in such case, they (the 
 said strangers) shall be deemed as prisoners : but it is allowed 
 to embark as many merchants or passengers as they see good, 
 be they of what nation soever : and if at any time a Tunis man- 
 of-war shall take a ship from their enemies, on board of which 
 may happen to be any English subjects, they shall be immediately 
 released, with all their goods and merchandize, provided always 
 that they be provided with proper passports ; and this Ar- 
 ticle is to be observed reciprocally on the part of the Eug- 
 
 lii^h.
 
 170 TUNIS. 
 
 XXIII. That if any British ships or vessels meet with any of 
 tlie ships or vessels belonging to the State of Tunis, and there 
 should be any injury or offence given by either side, justice being 
 properly demanded, shall be immediately done, and the aggressor 
 shall be severely punished, without it occasioning any breach or 
 war. 
 
 XXIV. That His Britannic Majesty's subjects shall be always 
 treated, by the State of Tunis, with the highest degree of respect, 
 love and honour, because the English, of all other Powers, are 
 their first and best friends. 
 
 XXV. That new Mediterranean Passes shall be issued out 
 and given to His said Majesty's trading subjects, M'ith all conve- 
 venient speed ; and that the time for the continuance of the old 
 Passes, for the ships in the Indies and remote parts, shall be 
 three years ; and for all other ships and vessels, one year ; to 
 commence from the delivery of the counter-tops of the new 
 Passes at Algiers ; of which His Majesty's Consul here, shall 
 give the earliest notice to this State ; and it is hereby expressly 
 agreed and declared, that the said new Passes shall, during the 
 abovementioned spaces of time of three years and one year, be of 
 full and sufficient force and effect to protect all ships and vessels 
 of His said Majesty's subjects, who shall be provided with the 
 same. 
 
 XXVI. That all packets bearing His Britannic Majesty's 
 Commission, which shall be met by any of the cruizers of Tunis, 
 shall be treated with the same respect as His Majesty's ships of 
 war; and all due respect shall be paid to His Majesty's Com- 
 mission, and both at meeting and parting they shall be treated as 
 friends ; and if any of the cruizers of Tunis, commit the least 
 fault or violence against them, the Captains or Raizes so offend- 
 ing, shall, on their arrival at Tunis, and proper complaint being 
 made of them, be most severely punished, without admitting of 
 their excuses. 
 
 All the preceding Articles of this Treaty, having been ap- 
 proved of and agreed to, are hereby ratified, renewed, and 
 confirmed, between His Most Sacred Majesty the King of 
 Great Britain, See. and the Most Illustrious Lord Ali Pasha, 
 Begler Bey and Supreme Commander of the State of Tunis,
 
 BARBARY STATES. j;! 
 
 which let no one presume to infringe or violate. Dated in 
 the presence of Almighty God, at the Palace of Bardo, near 
 Tunis, this 19th day of October, 1751, according to the 
 Christian computation ; and of the Turkish Hegira, 1 164, 
 the 10th day of the MoonZil Hadgi Sherissay, 
 
 Signed A. Keppel, (L.S.) 
 
 Cha. Goudon, (L.S.) 
 
 TREATY l.ciweeti Great Britain and Tunis. Signed at Bardo, 
 Q^dJnne, 176'i. 
 
 Articles of Peace and Commerce between the Most Se- 
 rene and Mighty Prince, George the Third, by the Grace of 
 God, King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender 
 of the Christian Faith, Duke of Brunswick and Lunenburg, 
 Arch-Treasurer and Prince Elector of the Holy Roman Em- 
 pire, 8vc. &.C. &c. and the Most Excellent and Illustrious Lord 
 Ally, Bashaw, Bey and Supreme Commander of the State of 
 Tunis ; renewed, concluded, ratified, and confirmed, by His 
 Excellency Archibald Clevland, Esq. His Britannic Majesty's 
 Ambassador to the Emperor of Fez and Morocco ; and fur- 
 nished with His Majesty's full Powers for renewing the 
 Treaties with all the other Barbary States. 
 
 I. In the first place, it is agreed and concluded, that, from this 
 day and for ever, the Peace made by the Honourable Augustus 
 Keppel, Commander in Chief of His Britannic Majesty's ships 
 and vessels in and about the Mediterranean, and Charles Gordon, 
 Esq. His said Serene Majesty's Agent and Consul-General to 
 the State of Tunis, with the late Most Excellent and Illustrious 
 Lord, Ali Pasha, Begler Bey and Supreme Commander of the 
 said Stale, concluded and signed in the Palace of Bardo, near 
 Tunis, on the IQth day of October, 1751, be hereby renewed, ra- 
 tified, and confirmed : and that the ships and other vessels, and 
 the subjects and people of both sides, shall not henceforward do 
 to each other any harm, offence, or injury, either in word or
 
 172 TUNIS. 
 
 deed ; but shall treat one another with all possible respect and 
 friendship. 
 
 II. That His Britannic Majesty's Consul living in Tunis, shall 
 for ever hereafter, be allowed the liberty of chusing his own 
 broker and diuggerman, who shall be a real Turk, and to exchange 
 them when, and as often, as he shall think fit. 
 
 III. That if any ships or vessels of Christian nations in enmity 
 with the King of Great Britain, &c. shall at any time hereafter 
 be met with, or found upon the coast of the Kingdom of Tunis, 
 either at anchor or otherwise, and not within the reach of cannon- 
 shot of the shore, that it shall and may be lawful for any of His 
 Britannic Majesty's ships or vessels of war, or any English pri- 
 vateers, or letters-of-marque, to take and seize as prizes any such 
 ships or vessels so met with, or found as aforesaid ; and shall also 
 be suffered to bring the said prizes into any port, road, or harbour, 
 of the Kingdom of Tunis ; and to dispose of the whole or any 
 part thereof, or otherwise to depart ^^ ith such captures, without 
 the least hindrance or molestation whatsoever. 
 
 IV. And lastly, it is agreed, that if at any time hereafter, His 
 Britannic Majesty shall be at war with any Mahometan Prince or 
 State, and any ships or vessels belonging to subjects of such 
 Prince or State, shall be met with by any of His Britannic Ma- 
 jesty's ships, or vessels of war, or by any ships or vessels of His 
 Majesty's subjects, within sight of any part of the coast of the 
 Kingdom of Tunis, that they shall be suffered to pass free and 
 unmolested. 
 
 Confirmed and sealed in the Palace of Bardo, near Tunis, in 
 the presence of Almighty God, the 2'id day of June, in the 
 year of our Lord Jesus Christ, 17*^)2, and in the year of the 
 Hegira, 1 17,3, and the last day of the Moon Zilcade. 
 
 Signed Arch. Clevland, (L.S.)
 
 BARBARY STATES. 1 73 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and Tunis. Signed at Bardo, 
 2d May, 1812. 
 
 In the name of tlie All-Povverfiil God. 
 
 His Most Serene Highness Hamuda, Basiiaw Bey, Prince of 
 the Princes of Tunis, the well guarded City and the abode of 
 happiness ; and Thomas Francis Freemantle, Esq. Rear-Admiral 
 of the Blue, in the service of His Britannic Majesty, furnished 
 with full Powers : 
 
 Behig mutually animated with the desire of putting an end to 
 the recent reiterated complaints, made in consequence of various 
 violations conunitted by private ships of war, against the rights 
 of the Neutrality of this Regency, and being also desirous of 
 giving reciprocal proofs of the harmony and good Faith which 
 happily subsist between the Government of His Britannic Ma- 
 jesty and that of His Highness the Bashaw Bey, have agreed on 
 and established that which follows ; 
 
 I. The private ships of war of the belligerent Powers, by rea- 
 son of bad weather or want of provisions, or in consequence of 
 being chased by an enemy, shall be permitted to take refuge in 
 Tunis, or in any other port of the Kingdom whatsoever. — Being 
 provided with the necessary provisions, the affairs and accounts, 
 which they may in consequence have, being settled, and the dan- 
 ger apprehended from the enemy having ceased, they shall be 
 obliged to depart without the least delay. Neither shall they be 
 able, under whatsoever pretext it may be, to augment the number 
 of their crews, arms, and other ammunition with which they shall 
 have entered, nor in any way be permitted to disturb the free and 
 secure access of ships, of any nation whatever, to the ports, bays, 
 and coasts of the Regency. 
 
 II. The private ships of war of the belligerent Powers shall 
 not make sail from any port, place, or part of the coast belong- 
 ing to the Regency, until twenty-four hours after the departure of 
 all vessels belonging to Powers with which they may be in war. 
 Nor shall they depart, even after that period of time, if any ship 
 should be in sight of a port, bay, or shore of this Regency, de- 
 tained by calms, contrary wind, or any other inevitable circum- 
 stance.
 
 174 TUNIS. 
 
 III. And lastly, it is agreed and established, in virtue of the 
 present Treaty, that His Most Serene Highness Hamuda, Bashaw 
 Bey, being desirous to maintain inviolably the neutrality of His 
 Kingdom, shall not permit, nor tolerate, in any part of the Domi- 
 nions of the Regency of Tunis, the sale of any prize, or merchan- 
 dize of any prize, whatsoever, which shall have belonged, or may 
 belong to the French or to the English. 
 
 Done in duplicate, and signed by both parties, at the Palace of 
 Bardo, the 20th day of the Moon, Rebia Jeni, of the year 
 of the Hegira, 1227, and the 2d day of the month of May, 
 1812, of the Christian ^ra. 
 
 Signed Thomas Francis Freemantle. 
 
 Signed Val. Robinson, 
 
 Vice-Consul. 
 
 TREATY between Great Jiritain and Tunis. Signed at Bardo, 
 17th Jpril, 1816. 
 
 In the Name of God Almighty. 
 The Great Allied Powers of Europe having placed the United 
 States of the Ionian Islands, viz. — Corfu, Cephalonia, Zante, 
 Maura, Ithaca, Cerigo, and Paxo, with their Dependencies, in 
 all their various interests, under the immediate and exclusive pro- 
 tection of His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great 
 Britain and Ireland, His Heirs and Successors ; the following 
 Articles, between His Royal Highness the Prince Regent, acting 
 in the name and on the behalf of His Majesty the King of the 
 United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and His Most 
 Serene Highness Mahmoud Bashaw, Chief Bey of Tunis, the 
 well guarded City and the abode of happiness, are concluded by 
 the Right Honourable Edward Baron E.\ mouth, Knight Grand 
 Cross of the Most Honourable Military Order f the Bath, Ad- 
 miral of the Blue Squadron of His Britannic Majesty's fleet, and 
 Commander in Chief of His said Majesty's ships and vessels 
 employed in the Mediterranean.
 
 BARI5ARY STATES. 175 
 
 I. Tlie inhabitants of the Ionian Islands are hereby fully re- 
 cognized and acknowledged by His Highness the Bey of Tunis, 
 as British subjects, and entitled as such to all the rights and se- 
 curity which British subjects now enjoy ; and it is hereby stipu- 
 lated that their flag and commerce shall be henceforward respected 
 as such, accordingly, in all their various hiterests. 
 
 II. In the event of any misunderstanding between His High- 
 ness the Bey of Tunis or His subjects, and the subjects of the 
 Ionian Islands, the cause of such misunderstanding shall be re- 
 ferred to His Britannic Majesty, who charges Himself with pro- 
 curing redress upon any just complaint His Highness the Bey 
 may have to make, against the said Ionian States and subjects, as 
 if they were to all intents and purposes British-born subjects. 
 
 III. His Highness the Bey of Tunis, in recognizing the in- 
 habitants of the said Ionian Islands as British subjects, hereby 
 engages to release immediately without ransom, and deliver to 
 persons authorized to receive them, all captives now in the City 
 and Kingdom of Tunis, being subjects of the Ionian Islands, un- 
 der whatever circumstances they may have been taken ; and any 
 of the inhabitants of the said Islands that may hereafter be 
 brought into the Kingdom of Tunis, from the signing of the pre- 
 sent IVeaty, shall be immediately given up, with all their goods 
 and chattels, to the British Consul. 
 
 IV. Serious complaints having been made of the Barbary 
 cruizers entering on board ships they speak at sea, (under British 
 protection,) with a greater number of men than is allowed by 
 Treaty, and destroying the ship's papers, to the great injury of the 
 owners ; with a view of preventing the recurrence of such serious 
 complaints. His Highness the Bey of Tunis hereby engages to give 
 the most positive orders, and adopt measures, to prevent such prac- 
 tices in future, under the severest punishment of the offenders. The 
 oath of the Master, and two other persons of the crew, shall be 
 sufiicient proof of the fact; and for the punctual performance of 
 this Article, the Reis, or Captain, of any cruizer so offending, 
 shall be answerable for the conduct of his ofticers and crew, but 
 should any ship so boarded come into the port or territory of 
 Tunis, the complaint shall be heard and determined by regular 
 examination before the Bey, in the presence of the Consul.
 
 176 TUNIS. 
 
 V. His Highness the Bey of Tunis, hereby further engages to 
 recognize the flag of the Kingdom of Hanover, on the same foot- 
 ing as those of other countries belonging to the Sovereignty of 
 His Britannic Majesty, and as such, entitled to the rights and 
 securities enjoyed by the flag and subjects of Great Britain, in 
 all their various interests. 
 
 VI. With a view to avoid the various disputes which have lately 
 arisen on the subject of official correspondence. His Highness 
 the Bey of Tunis promises to aff"ord written replies, to any im- 
 portant communications which the British Consul shall find it 
 expedient from time to time to make to him in his Consular ca- 
 pacity, according to the ancient custom of the country. 
 
 VH. In order to prevent any discussion hereafter as to the dis- 
 posal of prize property, it is agreed by His Highness the Bey, 
 that no prizes, taken from Great Britain, shall be sold or disposed 
 of in the Port or Kingdom of Tunis, and the strictest neutrality 
 of the Port of Tunis is to be rigidly observed. 
 
 Done in duplicate, in the Palace of Bardo, near Tunis, in the 
 presence of Almighty God, the 17th day of April, in the year 
 of Jesus Christ, 1816, and in the year of the Hegira, 123 1, 
 and the 19th day of the Moon Jumed Ouell. 
 
 Signed Ex mouth. 
 
 Signed Richard Oglander, 
 
 Aaent and Consul General. 
 
 GENERAL ADDITIONAL ARTICLE, 
 
 The Articles in the foregoing Treaty being written in the 
 Turkish language, which Lord Exmouth has not been able to get 
 translated correctly, it is hereby agreed between the Contracting 
 Parties that, in the event of any misunderstanding or misconcep- 
 tion of the said Articles, the same shall be explained by the true 
 meaning and signification of the Articles, as expressed in the 
 English language, whatever may be the deviation in the Turkish 
 translation. 
 
 Done in the Palace of Bardo, near Tunis, the 17th day of 
 April, ISlG, and in the year of the Ilcgira, 1C31. 
 
 Signed Ex: mouth, Admiral, &c.
 
 BARIURY STATES. 177 
 
 DECLARATION of the Bcj/ of Tunis. Signed at Bardo, nth 
 
 April, I8IG. 
 
 Declaration of Ills Highness Malnnoud Bashaw, Chief Bey 
 of Tunis, the well guarded City and the abode of happiness, made 
 and concluded widi the Right Honourable Edward Baron Ex- 
 mouth, Knight Grand Cross of the Most Honourable Military 
 Order of the Bath, Admiral of the Blue Squadron of His Bri- 
 tannic Majesty's fleet, and Commander in Chief of His said 
 Majesty's ships and vessels in the Mediterranean. 
 
 In consideration of the deep interest manifested by His Royal 
 Highness the Prince Regent of England, for the termination of 
 Christian Slavery ; His Highness the Bey of Tunis, in token of 
 liis sincere desire to maintain inviolable his friendly relations with 
 Great Britain, and in manifestation of his amicable disposition 
 and high respect towards the Powers of Europe, (with all of 
 whom he is desirous to establish peace,) declares that in the event 
 of a future war with any European Power, (which God forbid,) 
 that none of the prisoners made en either side shall be consigned 
 to slavery, but treated with all humanity, as prisoners of war, 
 until regularly exchanged according to European practice in like 
 cases ; and that at the termination of hostilities, they shall be 
 restored to their respective countries without ransom. 
 
 Done in duplicate in the Palace of Bardo, near Tunis, in the 
 presence of Almighty God, the 17th day of April, in the 
 year of Jesus Christ, 18 16, and in the year of the Hegira, 
 1231, and the igth day of the Moon Jumed Ouell. 
 
 Signed Exmouth. 
 Signed Richard Oglandeu, 
 
 Asent and Consul-General. 
 
 DECLARATION of the Bey of Tunis. Signed at Bardo, igih 
 October, 1817. 
 
 We, Sidi Mahmoud Bashaw, Bey of Tunis, 8cc. ike. &.c. 
 
 Do by these presents, sincerely promise and declare, that such 
 
 VOL.1. N
 
 178 TUNIS. 
 
 orders shall for the future be given to the Commanders of all our 
 ships and vessels, that, under a severe penalty, and our utmost 
 displeasure, they shall not enter into the Channel of England, or 
 the narrow seas thereof, nor cruize or exercise in any manner, in 
 sight of any part of the Dominions of His Majesty the King of 
 Great Britain and Ireland, or in any way disturb the Peace or 
 Commerce of the same ; except in cases of necessity, such as 
 stress of weather or want of provisions, or on being pursued by 
 any of their enemies, when they shall be allowed to enter for 
 security. 
 
 The above Article is understood to have no reference to the 
 Commerce of Tunis. 
 
 Bardo, the 8th day of the Hegira, 1232, and the lyth of 
 October, 1817, of the Christian iEra. 
 
 Seal 
 of the 
 Bey. 
 
 Accepted on the part of His Majesty's Government, under the 
 directions from His Excellency Lieutenant-General Sir Thomas 
 Maitland, Governor of Malta. 
 
 Signed R. C. Spencer. 
 
 Fred. Hankey. 
 Rich. Oglander.
 
 ( nn ) 
 
 DENMARK. 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and Denmark. Signed at 
 Whitehall, loth I'ebruari/, 1 660-1.* 
 
 Extract. ( Translation from the Latin.) 
 I. It is covenanted, accorded, and concluded, that there be a 
 sincere, true, and perfect friendship, peace, and alliance for ever^ 
 between both the Kings, their Heirs and Successors, Kingdoms, 
 Provinces, and Principalities, Subjects and Vassals, of what con- 
 dition, dignity, and degree soever, as well those who now are^ 
 as who hereafter shall be, both by land and sea, in rivers, fresh- 
 waters, and every where ; so as they neither do wrong one to the 
 other, nor the one cause any damage or harm to the Kingdoms, 
 Provinces, Subjects, and Vassals of the other, nor as much as in 
 them lies suffer or consent that the like be done by other persons ; 
 but that they adhere each to other in sincere amity and love, and 
 that the one promote to His uttermost the advantage and commo- 
 dity of the other, and of each other's subjects respectively as His 
 own ; but that they hinder and prevent each other's losses and 
 destruction, both by fact, counsels, and all their power, 
 
 n. But if either of the foresaid Kings, their Heirs and Succes- 
 sors, shall come to know that any thing is negociated, desired, or 
 treated, which may turn to the prejudice of the other, then He shall 
 be bound as soon as ever the same is made known unto Him, to 
 discover it to the other ; and, as much as in Him lies to hinder it. 
 HI. The foresaid Kings do religiously promise for themselves, 
 their Heirs and Successors, respectively, that they will not at any 
 time give any warlike aid or supplies to the enemies of each 
 other, nor suffer that their subjects, of what state and condition 
 soever they be, shall, either under the pretence of trade or any 
 other borrowed colour whatsoever, by any means help the enemies 
 of the said Princes, or of either of them, nor furnish them with 
 soldiers, money, provisions, arms, engines, guns, ships, and other 
 
 * Renewed by Article XIII. of theTreat^r of Kiel, 1814, 
 
 N 2
 
 180 DENMARK. 
 
 things fit ami necessary for waging war, nor cause the same to be 
 furnished by others ; but if any the subjects of the said Kings 
 shall presume to offend herein, then every of the Kings whose 
 subjects shall have so offended, shall be bound to inflict most 
 severe punishments upon them, as league-breakers and seditious 
 persons. 
 
 V. It is also agreed, that neither of the foresaid Kings shall 
 harbour, or suffer in His Kingdoms or Provinces, the enemies or 
 rebels of the other, knowing them to be such. 
 
 Vf. It shall be free for the subjects of both Kings to come with 
 their merchandize, as well by land as by sea, into the Kingdoms, 
 Provinces, Mart-Towns, Ports, and Rivers of the other, and there 
 to converse and trade, paying the usual customs and duties, saving 
 always the sovereignty and right of either King, in their King- 
 doms, Provinces, Principalities, and Territories, respectively. 
 
 VII. It is also covenanted, accorded, and concluded, that the 
 subjects of the Most Serene King of Great Britain, may in no 
 wise come unto forbidden ports, (whereof mention is made in 
 former Treaties,) without the special licence of the King of Den- 
 mark and Norway, desired and obtained, unless evident danger of 
 the sea, or violence of storms, shall force them to approach, or 
 enter ; where then it shall in no case be lawful for them to trade 
 or merchandize. 
 
 VIII. It is also covenanted, accorded, and concluded, that in 
 case any one suffer shipwreck upon the coasts of the other King, 
 he may freely challenge, and lay claim to the broken and wreckt 
 vessel, with the goods, (saving the right of any place whatsoever,) 
 neither shall any thing be a prejudice or hindrance to him therein ; 
 but rather the inhabitants of the place shall be obliged, if it be 
 desired of them, to be aiding to him who hath suffered shipwreck, 
 upon reasonable consideration for their labour, to recover such 
 things as can be saved of the wreck. 
 
 IX. If the subjects of either King be wronged, injured, or en- 
 damaged in the Territory of the other, then the King of that place 
 where the wrong is offered, shall take care that speedy justice be 
 done according to the rights and accustomed laws of the coimtry, 
 and that due punishment be inflicted upon those who have com- 
 mitted the offence or injury, with reparation to be made unto the 
 suffering parlies.
 
 DENMARK. 181 
 
 X. No private injury shall in any sort weaken this Treaty, nor 
 beget hatred or dissensions between the foresaid nations ; but 
 every one shall answer for his own proper fact, and shall be pro- 
 secuted thereupon ; neither shall one man satisfy for the offence 
 of another by reprisals, or other such like odious proceedings, 
 unless justice be denied, or unreasonably delayed, in which case 
 it shall be lawful for that King, whose subject hath suffered the loss 
 and injury, to take any course according to the rules and method 
 of the law of nations, until reparation be made to the sufferer. 
 
 XI. The foresaid Kings have also covenanted, that if hereafter 
 (which yet we hope will not be, and pray that God of His mercy 
 would prevent) there should happen to arise any dissensions or 
 differences between these Khigs or Kingdoms, endeavours shall 
 be used, that the same may be composed in an amicable way ; 
 nor shall this present league be therefore any way abolished or 
 made void. 
 
 XII. It is further agreed, that by no agreements, covenants. Ar- 
 ticles, or clauses contained in this present Treaty, former Treaties 
 or Leagues heretofore made between the foresaid Confederates, 
 or their Royal Predecessors, as well for the realms of England, 
 Scotland and Ireland, as for the Hereditary Kingdoms of Den- 
 mark and Norway respectively, be no way deemed to be taken 
 away or abrogated, but that they remain perpetually in their an- 
 cient force, stability, and vigour, so far forth as they are not con- 
 trary or repugnant to the present Treaty, or to any of the Articles 
 therein contained. 
 
 XIII. It is also covenanted and concluded, that the people and 
 subjects of the King of England, Scotland, France and Ireland, 
 sailing unto any the Hereditary Kingdoms, Principalities or Do- 
 minions of the King of Denmark and Norway, or exercising mer- 
 chandize therein, shall pay neither more nor greater customs, 
 tributes, tolls, and other duties, nor in other manner than as the 
 people of the United Provinces of the Netherlands, and other 
 strangers (the Swedes only excepted) trading thither, and paying 
 less customs, do or shall pay ; and that as well in going, return- 
 ing and staying, as also in tisliing and trading, they shall enjoy the 
 same liberties, imnumilies and privileges, which the people of 
 any foreign nation whatsoever, abiding or trading, in the said 
 
 N 3
 
 182 DENMARK. 
 
 Kingdoms and Dominions of the King of Denmark and Norway, 
 do or shall enjoy. On the other side, the people and subjects of 
 the King of Denmark and Norway, shall use and enjoy the same 
 privileges in the Countries and Dominions of the King of England ; 
 to wit, that the people and subjects of the King of Denmark and 
 Norway sailing unto any the Kingdoms, Principalities or Domi- 
 nions of the King of England, or exercising merchandize therein, 
 shall pay neither more nor greater customs, tributes, tolls, and 
 other duties, nor in any other manner than as the people of the 
 United Provinces of the Netherlands, or other strangers trading 
 thither, and paying less customs, do or shall pay, and that as well 
 in going, returning and staying, as also in fishing and trading, they 
 shall enjoy the same liberties, immunities, and privileges which 
 the people of any foreign nation whatsoever, abiding or trading 
 in the said Kingdoms and Dominions of the King of England, 
 do or shall enjoy. But so that the Sovereign Power of both 
 Kings, in their Kingdoms, Principalities, Dominions, and Ports, 
 respectively, to appoint and change customs and any other mat- 
 ters according to the occasion, be preserved, and remain inviolate ; 
 provided, the said equality be strictly observed on either Part in 
 manner aforesaid. 
 
 XIV. It is also agreed, that in case the subjects and inha- 
 bitants of either of the Confederates, with their shipping (either 
 by reason of pirates chasing them, or by stress of weather, or by 
 any other inconvenience) be forced to repair into the rivers, creeks, 
 bays or ports, of the other Confederate, there to seek harbour, 
 they shall be kindly and courteously used by the magistrate and 
 inhabitants of such place ; and it shall be lawful for them to pro- 
 vide themselves at a reasonable price with those things which 
 shall be necessary for the repairing of their ships, and freely to 
 depart again without any hindrance or search, and paying no tolls 
 and customs ; provided, they do not carry out of their ship or 
 ships, any goods or packs, nor expose them to sale, nor have or 
 receive on board, persons guilty or suspected of any crime, or 
 prohibited goods, nor finally do any thing repugnant to the laws, 
 statutes or customs of that place and port where they shall arrive. 
 
 XV. If it shall happen that the ships of either of the Con- 
 federates, and of their subjects and inhabitants, (whether they be 
 ships of war or of burthen) do run aground, or split upon rocks,
 
 DENMARK. 183 
 
 or by any accident whatsoever, suft'er shipwreck, (which God 
 forbid) upon or about the coasts of the other, the foresaid ships, 
 witli all their tackle, goods and merchandize, or whatsoever 
 remains of them, shall be restored to their owners and proprietors, 
 provided they or their Commissioners or Deputies, challenge and 
 claim the ships or goods, within the space of one year after the 
 wreck hath happened, (saving always the rights and customs of 
 every nation whatsoever:) also the subjects and inhabitants 
 dwelling upon such shores and coasts, shall be obliged to succour 
 them in their danger, and help them as much as they are able, 
 and shall use all diligence, either to deliver the ship, or save the 
 goods, merchandize, tackle, and other things that may be pre- 
 served ; which are to be conveyed into some safe place, that they 
 may be restored to the owners ; yet paying to those persons by 
 whose pains and care the goods shall be recovered and kept, the 
 expences and recompences which they shall deserve. 
 
 XVI. Each party shall in all causes and controversies now 
 depending, or hereafter to commence, cause justice and right to 
 be speedily administered to the subjects and people of the other 
 Party, according to the laws and statutes of each country, without 
 tedious and unnecessary delays and charges. 
 
 XVII. It is also covenanted and agreed, that all ships belonging 
 to English subjects and inhabitants, together with their ladings 
 and merchandize, sailing by the fort of Gluckstadt, or other towns 
 and places under the King of Denmark's Dominions, situate 
 upon the river of Elbe, shall, both in going and coming back, be 
 free and exempt from all custom, toll, search, stop, and molesta- 
 tion, except only the case of search in time of war, when the 
 King of Denmark shall be in hostility with any other Prince or 
 State. 
 
 XVIII. It is also agreed, that firs, masts, and other sorts of 
 timber, after once they are laden upon the ships of the English 
 subjects or inhabitants, shall be no further subject to be visited, 
 but all visits and searches shall be made before, and if then either 
 oak or other prohibited timber be found, they shall forthwith be 
 stopped upon the place before they be brought on board ; neither 
 shall the persons or goods of the people of the King of England, 
 or of His subjects, be, for that cause, any way molested, either 
 by arrest, or any other kind of detention ; but the subjects only
 
 184 DENMARK. 
 
 of the King of Denmark, who shall have presumed to sell or 
 alienate such like prohibited timber, shall be punished for the 
 offence after the accustomed manner : and the people and subjects 
 of the King of England shall have, possess, and enjoy, all and 
 singular, the things contained and granted in this Article, without 
 any molestation and interruption, so long and during all the time 
 that the subjects or any of the people of the United Provinces of 
 the Netherlands have, possess, and enjoy, or ought, or might 
 have, possess, or enjoy the same, or the like, by any Treaty, 
 covenant, agreement, or permission whatsoever made or to be 
 made. 
 
 XIX. For the greater security of trade, and freedom of 
 navigation, it is covenanted and agreed, that neither Party shall, 
 (as much as is possible, and as far as they are able,) suffer open 
 pirates, or other robbers of that kind, to make their retreats in the 
 ports of cither's Kingdom or Country, or shall permit any of the 
 inhabitants or people of either to harbour or relieve them, or any 
 way assist them ; but on the contrary, shall use means that the 
 foresaid pirates and robbers, and their partners and abettors, may 
 be apprehended, and suffer condign punishment, and that the 
 ships and goods (so much of them as can be found) may be 
 restored to their lawful owners or their attornies, so as their right 
 be made to appear by due and legal proof in the Court of Admi- 
 ralty for maritime Causes. 
 
 XX. It is covenanted and agreed, that the subjects and 
 people of either Party, shall always have free access to the ports 
 and coasts of the other Confederate ; and it shall be lawful for 
 them to abide there, and thence to depart again, and also to pass 
 through the Seas and Territories whatsoever of either King 
 respectively, (doing no damage or prejudice,) not only with mer- 
 chant ships, but also with men of war, whether they be public, or 
 belong to those who shall have obtained private commissions, and 
 whether they come through violence of the weather, or to avoid 
 the danger of the sea, or to repair their ships, or buy provisions ; 
 so as they exceed not the number of six men of war, if they come 
 in of their own accord, nor stay longer in or about the ports than 
 will be requisite to repair their ships, and furnish themselves with 
 victuals, or other necessaries : and if upon occasion they would 
 approach such ports with a greater number of men of war, they
 
 DENMARK. 185 
 
 shall by no means be pernntted to enter, unless timely notice of 
 their coming be first given by letter, and leave obtained of those 
 to whom the foresaid ports belong ; but if they be driven by 
 violence of storm, or other urgent necessity to seek shelter, in 
 such case, without any notice given beforehand, the ships shall not 
 be restrained to a certain number ; but with this condition, that 
 their commander shall inniiediately upon their arrival acquaint 
 the Chief Magistrate or the Governor of that place, port, or coast 
 where they arrive, with the cause of their coming ; neither shall 
 he stay longer there than the Chief Magistrate or Governor will 
 permit, and shall neither do nor attempt any hostile act in the 
 ports whereinto he shall repair, nor any thing prejudicial to that 
 Ally unto whom the ports belong. 
 
 XXI. It is also covenanted, that no ships, or shipping, goods, 
 or merchandize, laden in any ships, of what nature, kind or qua- 
 lity soever, howsoever taken, belonging to the subjects of either 
 King, shall, under any colour or pretence whatsoever, be adjudged 
 prize, unless by a judicial examination and proceeding in form of 
 law in the Court of Admiralty, legally ordained in that behalf for 
 such like maritime prizes. 
 
 XXII. It is also covenanted and agreed, that all ships and mer- 
 chants of England, in their passage through the Sound appertahi- 
 ing to the King of Denmark and Norway, shall enjoy the benefit 
 and privilege of deferring the payment of customs until their 
 return, in the same manner as they enjoyed the five years last 
 past ; but so that the said ships and merchants carry with tliem 
 Certificates under the Seal of the Officers of His said Majesty of 
 England thereunto appointed, witnessing that those ships belong 
 to the subjects of the King of England ; and also, that before 
 their passage they give good and sufficient security to make the 
 said payment in due place unto the receivers of the King of 
 Denmark's customs, at their return, or if they return not within 
 three months at the furthest, in case they do not pay the same in 
 their said first passage. 
 
 XXIII. It is also concluded, that the ships and subjects of the 
 King of England shall receive their dispatch and discharge at 
 Elsinore, as soon as they arrive, without any delay, no ships of 
 any nation whatsoever to have a preference in that behalf before
 
 186 DENMARK. 
 
 them, except the inhabitants of certain places who have obtained 
 such a privilege of old in this case, and enjoy the same to this day. 
 
 XXIV. It is also agreed, that if the Dutch, or any other 
 nation whatsoever, (the Swedish only excepted,) hath already 
 obtained, or hereafter shall obtain, of the King of Denmark and 
 Norway, any better agreements, covenants, exemptions and pri- 
 vileges, than those contained in this Treaty, the same and such 
 like shall be communicated and effectually granted, freely and with 
 all fullness, to the King of England and to His subjects ; and on 
 the other side, if the Dutch, or any other nation whatsoever, hath 
 obtained, or shall hereafter obtain, of the King of England, any 
 better agreements, covenants, exemptions or privileges, than 
 those contained in this Treaty, the same and such like shall be 
 communicated and effectually granted, freely and with all fullness, 
 to the King of Denmark and Norway, and to His subjects. 
 
 XXV. Lastly, it is covenanted, agreed, and concluded, that 
 the aforesaid Most Serene Princes and Kings shall sincerely and 
 faithfully observe all and singular the Articles contained and 
 established in this present Treaty, and cause the same to be 
 observed by their subjects and inhabitants ; neither shall they 
 break them directly or indirectly, nor suffer them to be broken 
 directly or indirectly, by their subjects or inhabitants ; and shall 
 ratify and confirm all and singular the things covenanted as afore- 
 said by letters patent, subscribed with their own hands, and 
 sealed with their great seals, drawn up and engrossed, in suffi- 
 cient, valid, and effectual form, and shall interchangeably deliver 
 the same, or cause them to be delivered within three months after 
 the date of these presents, faithfully, really, and effectually. 
 
 Done at Whitehall, the 13th of February, I66O-I. 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and Denmark. Signed at 
 Copenhagen, Wth Jnhj, 167O.* 
 
 Extract. (Translation from the Latin.) 
 I, That there be between the two Kings, their Heirs and 
 Successors; as also their Kingdoms, Principalities, Provinces, 
 
 * Renewed by Article XIII. ol" the Trcnl^- of Kiel, 1814.
 
 DENMARK. 187 
 
 Estates, Counties, Islands, Cities, Subjects and Vassals, of what 
 condition, dignity and degree soever, by land and sea, in rivers, 
 fresh-waters, and all places whatsoever, as well in Europe as 
 out of Europe, now and for the time to come, a sincere, true 
 and perfect friendship, peace and confederation ; so as that nei- 
 ther Party do any wrong, injury or prejudice to the Kingdoms, 
 Principalities, Provinces and Estates, or to the Inhabitants and 
 Subjects of the other ; nor suffer any to be done by others, as 
 much as in Him is: but rather live as friends together, using each 
 other with good-will and respect; and promoting upon all occa- 
 sions the interests and advantages of each other, and their sub- 
 jects, as if they were their own ; and preventing and hindering 
 with all their power, by their assistance and advice, any damage, 
 wrong and injury that may be offered them. 
 
 III. The foresaid Kings for themselves, their Heirs and Suc- 
 cessors, mutually do undertake and promise, that they will not 
 aid or furnish the enemies of either Party, that shall be aggressors, 
 with any provisions of war, as soldiers, arms, engines, guns, 
 ships, or other necessaries for the use of war, or suffer any to 
 be furnished by their subjects : but if the subjects of either 
 Prince shall presume to act contrary hereunto, then that King, 
 whose subjects shall have so done, shall be obliged to proceed 
 against them with the highest severity, as against seditious per- 
 sons, and breakers of the league. 
 
 V. It shall be lawful for the Subjects of both Kings, with 
 their commodities and merchandize, both by sea and land, in time 
 of peace, without licence or safe-conduct general or special, to 
 come to the Kingdoms, provinces, mart-towns, ports and rivers 
 of each other, and in any place therein to remain and trade, pay- 
 ing usual customs and duties ; reserving nevertheless to either 
 Prince His superiority, and regal jurisdiction in His Kingdoms, 
 Provinces, Principalities and Territories respectively. 
 
 VI. It is notwithstanding covenanted and concluded, that the 
 subjects of the King of Great Britain shall in no wise come to 
 the prohibited ports, of which mention is made in precedent 
 Treaties, nor Colonies, without the special licence of the King of 
 Denmark first desired and obtained ; unless they shall be com- 
 pelled to make thither, and enter therein, by stress of weather,
 
 188 DENMARK. 
 
 or pursuit of pirates, in which case neither shall it be lawful for 
 them to buy or sell. As also in like manner the subjects of the 
 King of Denmark shall not come to the British Colonies, vmless 
 by special licence of the King of Great Britain first desired and 
 obtained. 
 
 VII. It shall be lawful for the subjectsof the Most Serene King 
 of Denmark to bring into their own stores and warehouses in 
 England, Scotland and Ireland, and other the poits of the King 
 of Great Britain, in Europe, such commodities as now, or here- 
 after shall be of the growth and production of the estates, coun- 
 tries and dominions subject to the King of Denmark, or of the 
 manufacture thereof, and likewise such as come from any part of 
 the river of Elbe. 
 
 In like manner shall it be lawful for the subjects of the King 
 of Great Britahi to import and bring into Denmark, Norway, 
 and all other ports and colonies, not prohibited, of the King of 
 Denmark, all kinds of merchandize which now or hereafter shall 
 be produced or made in the Kingdoms, Countries and Estates 
 under the subjection of the King of Great Britain. But if at 
 any time hereafter, it be permitted to any foreign nations, to 
 bring all kinds of commodities without exception, into England, 
 Scotland and Ireland, and other the ports belonging to the King 
 of Great Britain, then the same also shall be lawful for the sub- 
 jects of the King of Denmark : which in like manner shall be 
 permitted to the subjects of the King of Great Britain, upon 
 the like occasion, in the prohibited ports and Colonies of the 
 King of Denmark. 
 
 VIII. It is also covenanted and agreed, that the people and 
 subjects of the King of Great Britain sailing to any the hereditary 
 Kingdoms, Countries, or Dominions of the King of Denmark, or 
 trading in the same, shall pay no more or greater customs, 
 tribute, toll, or other duties, nor in any other manner than the 
 people of the United Provinces of the Low Countries, and other 
 strangers, (the Swede only excepted) trading thither, and paying 
 lesser customs, do or shall pay ; and in going, returning, and 
 staying, as also in fishing and trading, and all other things, shall 
 enjoy the same liberties, immunities, and privileges, which the 
 people of any foreign country, in the said Kingdoms and Domi- 
 nions of the King of Denmark, abiding and tradhig, do or shall
 
 DENMARK. 169 
 
 eujoy: and so on the other side, the people and subjects of the 
 King of Denmark, shall have and enjoy the same privileges, in 
 the countries and territories of the King of Great Britain; to 
 Mit, that the people and subjects of the King of Denmark, 
 sailing to any the Kingdoms, Countries, or Dominions of the 
 King of Great Britain, or trading in the same, shall not pay any 
 more or greater customs, tributes, toll or other duties, nor in 
 any other manner than the people of the United Netherlands, or 
 other strangers trading thither, and paying lesser customs, do or 
 shall pay: and in going, returning and staying, as also in tishing 
 and trading, and all other things, shall enjoy the same liberties, 
 immunities and privileges, which the people of any other foreign 
 country in the said Kingdoms and Dominions of the King of 
 Great Britain, abiding and trading, do or shall enjoy: but so, as 
 that the power of each King of making or altering customs, or 
 other duties, as they shall see occasion, in their respective 
 Kingdoms, countries, dominions, and ports, remain full and 
 entire ; provided the foresaid equality be strictly observed on both 
 sides in manner aforesaid. 
 
 IX. It is also covenanted, that when the subjects of either 
 King have imported their commodities into the Dominions of the 
 other, have paid the usual customs for them, and undergone 
 their search, it shall be free and lawful for them, to bring their 
 said commodities into their own proper store-houses and cellars, 
 or into places which they shall think most lit and convenient, 
 and there store them ; nor shall any magistrate or officer of any 
 the cities or ports of either, impose upon them any cellars or 
 store-houses without their consent. 
 
 X. The subjects of either Crown trading upon the seas, 
 and sailing by the coasts of either Kingdom, shall not be obliged 
 to come into any port, if their course were not directed thither; 
 but shall have liberty to pursue their voyage without hindrance 
 or detention whithersoever they please. Nor shall they, being by 
 tempest forced into port, and there remaining, be obliged to un- 
 lade their cargo, or to barter or sell any part thereof; but it shall 
 be lawful for them to dispose of it as they shall think fit, and 
 to do any other thing which they shall judge most for their 
 advantage: provided nothing be done that may be to the de- 
 frauding of either Prince of His due rights and customs.
 
 190 DENMARK. 
 
 XI. It is also agreed, that after any planks, masts, and other 
 sorts of timber, have been once put on board the ships of the 
 subjects or people of the King of Great Britain, they shall not 
 be liable to any further search; but all search or scrutiny shall be 
 made before; and if then, either oaken or other prohibited 
 timber be found, it shall be presently stopped and detained upon 
 the place before it be put on board the ships ; nor shall the 
 people of the said King of Great Britain, or His subjects, be 
 therefore molested in their persons or estates by arrest, or other 
 detention whatsoever; but only the subjects of the King of 
 Denmark, who shall have presumed to sell or alienate any the 
 like prohibited timber, shall be punished in due manner. And 
 the people and subjects of the King of Great Britain, shall have, 
 possess and enjoy, all and singular the contents and concessions 
 of this Article, without any molestation or interruption, so long, 
 and for all such time as the subjects or any of the people of the 
 United Netherlands, shall hold, possess, and enjoy, or might, or 
 ought to hold, possess, and enjoy, the same or like privileges by 
 any Treaty already made, or to be made, or by any contract, 
 agreement, or permission. 
 
 XII. It is also concluded and agreed, that all ships belonging 
 to the subjects of the King of Great Britain, and merchants, in 
 their passage through the Sound, under the Most Serene King of 
 Denmark and Norway, 8ic. shall enjoy after the same manner, the 
 benefit and privilege of deferring the payment of their customs 
 until their return, as they held and enjoyed in former years last 
 preceding the late war ; but so nevertheless, that the said ships 
 and merchants bring with them certificates under the seal of the 
 officers of the said King of Great Britain deputed thereunto, 
 testifying the said ships to belong to subjects of the King of 
 Great Britain ; and likewise that before their passage they give 
 sufficient and good security for paying the same, in place conve- 
 nient to the collectors of the customs of the said King of Den- 
 mark, at their return, or if they shall not return, within three 
 months' time at the farthest, if they do not pay the same at their 
 said first passage. 
 
 XIII. And furthermore it is agreed, that whatsoever merchan- 
 dize the subjects of the Khig of Great Britain shall land at Elsi- 
 norc, and there lay in their store-houses, to no other end than to
 
 DENMARK. 191 
 
 put on board again entire, and transport them to other parts, they 
 shall be obliged to pay only the same duties for such merchandize, 
 and no more, than is wont to be paid in this case by the Dutch 
 nation, or any other strangers : which shall be reciprocally 
 observed to the subjects of the King of Denmark after the same 
 manner in England. 
 
 XIV. Also it is agreed, that the ships and subjects of the 
 King of Great Britain shall have their dispatch at Elsinore as 
 soon as they arrive there, without delay ; no ships, of what nation 
 soever, having preference before them in this behalf: except the 
 inhabitants of certain places, who have anciently held a privilege 
 to that purpose, and still do. 
 
 XV. If any subject of either Prince shall happen to die in 
 the Dominions or Territories of the other, it shall be lawful for him 
 to dispose of his estate, both money and goods, in any manner 
 whatsoever : and if any one die within the Kingdoms or Provinces 
 of the other Prince, without making any such dispositions, then 
 the goods by him left, moveable or immoveable, of whatever na- 
 ture or condition the same shall be, shall be faithfully preserved 
 for the use of the right heir, and for satisfaction of such debts as 
 the party deceased was justly bound to pay : and to that end, so 
 soon as any subject of either Prince shall die in the other Prince's 
 Dominions, the Consul or public minister, then residing there, 
 shall have right to possess the said monies and goods, and shall 
 make inventories of the same before some magistrate of the place; 
 which goods shall afterwards remain in his hands, to be answered 
 to the heirs and creditors as aforesaid ; but if no such Consul or 
 public minister shall be there, then it shall be lawful for two 
 merchants, of the same country with the party deceased, to possess 
 the goods left by him, to preserve them, and in like manner to 
 answer them to the heirs and creditors ; which, notwithstanding 
 is to be so understood, that no papers or books of accounts are 
 by this Article to be exposed to the inspection of the said magis- 
 trate, but only the real goods and merchandize of the deceased ; 
 and that the said magistrate within the space of forty-eight hours 
 after notice given, and request made, shall be obliged to be pre- 
 sent, otherwise the said inventories shall be made without him. 
 
 XVI. It shall be lawful for either of the Confederates and their 
 subjects, or people, to trade with the enemies of the other, and lo
 
 192 DENMARK. 
 
 carry to them, or furnish ihetn with any merchandizes (prohibited 
 only, which they call contraband, excepted) without any impedi- 
 ment, unless in ports and places besieged by the other ; which, 
 nevertheless, if they shall so do, it shall be free for them either to 
 sell their goods to the besiegers, or betake themselves to any other 
 port or place not besieged. 
 
 XVII. It is also agreed, that it shall be free and lawful for the 
 subjects of either Prince, trading in the Dominions or Ports of 
 the other, there to remain and reside for the buying and selling 
 commodities, without any restriction of time, or limitation to be 
 imposed upon them by any officers or magistrates of the said Do- 
 minions or ports, they paying the accustomed duties for all goods 
 and merchandize by them imported or exported ; and further pro- 
 vided that they trade with none but such as are citizens, or 
 burgers of some city or town within the Kingdoms of Denmark' 
 or Norway, and that only by wholesale, and not by parcels or 
 retail. 
 
 XVIII. Furthermore, for the better encouragement of trade 
 and commerce, and for the utter avoiding of all frauds and dis- 
 putes that may arise between the officers of ports and merchants, 
 it is agreed and concluded, that all and singular duties shall be 
 demanded and paid according to the printed tariife, (or book of 
 rates) wherein shall be comprised all customs and duties to be 
 paid, as well for goods in the respective ports, as for passage 
 through the Sound : and to the end that this may be the more 
 strictly observed, both Kings shall not only enjoin His officers and 
 collectors of His customs under the highest penalty, not to do any 
 thing that may frustrate or elude this agreement ; but also that 
 they do not, by molestation or exaction, cause any trouble, or offer 
 any injury to the subjects of either King. 
 
 XIX. Moreover, it is concluded and agreed, that the King of 
 Denmark shall constitute the overseers of His customs or others, 
 commissioners for re-measuring all ships belonging to the subjects 
 of the King of Great Britain trading in Norway, according to 
 their burden and content, so as that what has been hitherto not 
 rightly observed, either in excess or defect, may be hereafter 
 reduced into better order. 
 
 XX. But lest such freedom of navigation, or passage of the 
 one Ally and His subjects and people, during the war that the
 
 DENMARK. 193 
 
 other may have, by sea or laud, with any other country, may be to 
 the prejudice of the other Ally, and that goods and merciiandize 
 belonging to the enemy may be fraudulently concealed under 
 colour of being in amity ; for the preventing of fraud, and clearing 
 all suspicion, it is thought fit, that the ships, goods and men, 
 belonging to the other Confederate, in their passage and voyages, 
 be accompanied with letters of passport and certificate ; the forms 
 whereof to be as follows : 
 
 CHARLES the Second, by the Grace of God, King of Great 
 Britain, &jC. 
 
 CHRISTIAN the Fifth, by the Grace of God, King of Den- 
 ?nark and'Norw(ri/, &)C. 
 
 Be it known unto all and singular to whom these our letters of 
 safe conduct shall be shewn, that our subject 
 
 and citizen of our City of liath 
 
 humbly represented unto us, that the sliip called 
 
 of the burthen of tons, doth belong 
 
 unto them and others our subjects, and that they are sole owners 
 and proprietors thereof, and is now laden with the goods \Aliich 
 are contained in a schedule which she hath with her from the 
 officers of our customs, and do solely, truly and really belong to 
 our subjects or others in neutrality, bound immediately from the 
 port of to such other place or places, where 
 
 she may conveniently trade with the said goods, being not pro- 
 hibited, nor belonging to either of the Parties in hostility, or else 
 find a freight ; which the foresaid our subject 
 
 having attested by a writing under his hand, and affirmed to be 
 true by oath, under penalty of confiscation of the said goods, we 
 have thought fit to grant him these our letters of safe conduct : 
 and therefore we do hereby respectively pray and desire all Gover- 
 nors of countries and seas, Kings, Princes, Commonwealths, and 
 free Cities, and more especially the parties now in war, and their 
 Commanders, Admirals, Generals, Officers, Governors of ports, 
 Commanders of ships, Captains, Freighters, and all others what- 
 soever having any jurisdiction by sea, or the custody of any port 
 
 VOL.1. o
 
 194 DENMARK. 
 
 whom tlic ship aforesaiil shall chance to meet, or among whose 
 fleet or ships it shall happen to fall or make stay in their 
 ports, that by virtue of the league and amity, which we have with 
 any King or State, they sufler the said master with the sliip, 
 
 persons, things, and all merchandize on 
 board her, not only freely and without any molestation, detention 
 or inipedintcnt, to any i)lace whatsoever to pursue his voyage, but 
 also to afford him all otlices of civility, as to our subject, if there 
 shall be occasion ; which upon the like or other occasion we and 
 ours shall be ready to return. 
 
 Given the day of in the 
 
 Year 
 
 We, the President, Consuls and Senators of the City of 
 
 do attest and certify, 
 tliat on the day of 
 
 in the year personally before us came 
 
 and appeared citizen and inhabitant 
 
 of the City or Town of and under 
 
 the oath wherein he stands bound to our Sovereign Lord the King, 
 did declare unto us, that the ship or vessel called 
 of the burthen of tons doth belong to the 
 
 port, city, or town of in the Province of 
 
 ; And that the said ship doth 
 justly belong only to him and others, subjects of our said Sove- 
 reign Lord, and now bound directly from the port of 
 laden with the goods mentioned hi a schedule received from the 
 officers of the customs, and that he hath affirmed under the oath 
 aforesaid, that the forementioned vessel with her goods and mer- 
 chandize doth only belong to subjects of His Majesty, and doth 
 carry no goods prohibited, which belong to either of the Parties 
 now in war. 
 
 Li testimony whereof, we have caused this certificate to be 
 subscribed by the Syndic of our City, and sealed with our 
 seal. 
 
 Given, &.c. 
 
 When therefore the merchandize, goods, ships, or men of either
 
 DENMARK. J95 
 
 of the Confederates and their sul)jects and people, shall meet in 
 open sea, straits, ports, havens, lands, and places whatsoever ; 
 the ships of war, whether public or private, or the men, subjects, 
 and people of the other Confederate, upon exiiibitinj^ only the 
 foresaid letters of safe conduct and certificate, there shall be 
 nothing more required of them, nor shall search be made after 
 the goods, ships, or men, nor shall they be any other ways what- 
 soever molested or troubled ; but suifered with all freedom to 
 pursue their intended voyage ; but if this solenui and set form of 
 passport and certiiicate be not exhibited, or that there be any 
 other just and urgent cause of suspicion; then shall the ship be 
 searched, which is nevertheless in this case only understood to be 
 permitted, and not otherwise. If by either party any thing shall 
 be committed contrary to the true meaning of this Article, against 
 either of the Confederates, each of the said Confederates shall 
 cause His subjects and people offending to be severely punished, 
 and full and entire satisfaction to be forthwith given, and with- 
 out delay, to the Party injured and His subjects and people for 
 their whole loss and expences. 
 
 XXI. It is also concluded and agreed, that all ships of sub- 
 jects and people of the King of Great Britain, together with their 
 lading and merchandize, passing by the Port of Gluckstad, or 
 other places and towns under the dominion of the King of Den- 
 mark, situate upon the Elbe stream, botli going and returning, 
 shall be free and exempt from all custom, impost, search, seizure, 
 and molestation, except only the case of search in the time of 
 war, when the King of Denmark hath war with any other King 
 or State. 
 
 XXII. If the subjects of either Prince be hurt or h)jured in 
 the territories of the other ; then the King of that place where 
 the injury is done, shall take care that speedy justice be adminis- 
 tered according to the laws and customs of the country ; and that 
 the persons guilty be duly punished, with satisfaction to be made 
 to the party wronged. 
 
 XXIII. It is also agreed, that no ships whatsoever, vessels, or 
 merchandize laden on ships of whatsoever nature, kind, or quality, 
 howsoever taken, belonging to any the subjects of either of the 
 aforesaid Kings, under any colour or pretence whatsoever, be 
 
 o 2
 
 196 DENMARK. 
 
 adjudged prize, unless by a judicial examination and process in 
 form of law, in a Court of Admiralty for prizes taken at sea, in 
 that behalf lawfully constituted. 
 
 XXIV. Both parties shall cause justice and equity to be adminis- 
 tered to the subjects and people of each other, according to the 
 laws and statutes of either country, speedily, and without long 
 and unnecessary formalities of law and expences, in all causes and 
 controversies, as well now depending, as which may hereafter 
 arise. 
 
 XXV. If the ships of either of the Confederates, and their 
 subjects and people, whether they be merchant-men, or men of 
 war, shall happen to run on ground, or fall upon rocks, or be 
 forced to lighten themselves, or shall otherwise suffer shipwreck 
 (which God forbid) upon the coasts of either King, the foresaid 
 ships with their tackle, goods, and merchandize, or whatsoever 
 shall be remaining of them, shall be restored to their owners and 
 proprietors ; provided they or their agents and proctors do claim 
 the said ships and goods witliin the space of a year and a day 
 after such shipwreck suffered, saving always the rights and cus- 
 toms of both nations. The subjects also and inhabitants dwelling 
 upon the said coasts and shores, shall be obliged to come in to 
 their help, in case of danger, and as much as in them lies to give 
 their assistance ; and shall do their utmost endeavour either for 
 the freeing of the ship, or saving the goods, merchandize and 
 apparel of the said ship, and what else of the same they shall be 
 able, and for the conveying the same into some safe place in order 
 to be restored to the owners ; they paying salvage, and giving 
 such recompense to the persons by whose assistance and diligence 
 the said merchandize and goods shall have been recovered and 
 preserved, as they shall deserve. And finally both parties, in 
 case of such misfortune, shall see observed on their side, what 
 they would desire to have observed and done on the other side. 
 
 XXVI. The commanders of ships, or governors, soldiers, 
 mariners and company belonging to the same ; as also the ships 
 themselves, and the goods and merchandize on board them, shall 
 not be detained by any arrest or seizure upon any warrant either 
 general or special, or for any cause, unless for the defence and 
 preservation of the Kingdom ; which yet shall not be understood 
 to be meant of arrests laid by authority of law, for debt con-
 
 DENMARK. 197 
 
 traded upon any other lawful occasion whatsoever, in which case 
 it shall be lawful to proceed according to the rules of justice and 
 law. 
 
 XXVII. It shall be free for the merchants of both Kingdoms, 
 their factors and servants, and also the masters and mariners of 
 ships upon the sea, and in other waters, as likewise in the ports, 
 and upon the coasts and lands of either Confederate, going, 
 returning and walking, for the defence of their persons and goods, 
 to carry any kind of portable arms, as well oifensive as defensive, 
 so that they give no just cause of suspicion to the commanders 
 and magistrates of any place, of any plots or contrivances against 
 the public or private peace. 
 
 XXVIII. The convoys or ships of war, of either Party, meeting 
 in their voyage, or overtaking any merchant ships, or others be- 
 longing to the other Confederate or His subjects, and making the 
 same course at sea, in Europe or out of Europe, shall be obliged 
 to guard and defend them as long as they shall hold the same 
 course together. 
 
 XXIX. For the greater security of commerce and freedom 
 of navigation, it is concluded and agreed, that neither Party, as 
 much as may be, and shall lie in their powers, shall permit that 
 public pirates or other robbers upon the sea, in any the ports of 
 the other Kingdom or Country, have their receptacles or retreats, 
 or shall suffer that any of the inhabitants, or people of either 
 Prince, do receive them into their houses, or supply them with 
 provisions or be otherwise assisting to them ; but on the contrary, 
 shall endeavour that the said pirates or robbers, and their parti- 
 sans and accomplices, be apprehended and punished according 
 to their demerit, and the ships and goods, as much as can be 
 found of them, restored to the lawful owners or their agents, pro- 
 vided their right be made appear by due proof of law in the Court 
 of Admiralty. 
 
 XXX. It is concluded and agreed, that there shall be at 
 all times free access for the subjects and people of either party, 
 to the ports and coasts of both Princes, and it shall be lawful 
 for them to remain therein, and from thence again to depart, and 
 also to pass through the seas and territories whatsoever of either 
 King respectively (not committing any waste or injury) not only 
 
 o 3
 
 1 98 DENMARK. 
 
 with merchant ships and ships of burthen, but also with siiips of 
 war, whether the same be upon the public account, or acting by 
 private commissions ; whether they enter by reason of tempest, 
 and for avoiding the danger of the sea, or to refit or buy provi- 
 sions : so that they exceed not the number of six ships of war, 
 if they enter of their own accord, nor shall they remain longer in 
 or about the ports, than shall be necessary for the refitting of 
 their ships, buying provisions or other necessaries : and if they 
 should upon occasion desire to come into the said ports with a 
 greater number of ships of war, it shall in no wise be lawful for 
 them to enter thereinto, without first giving timely notice by letter 
 of their coming, and obtaining leave of those to w hom the fore- 
 said ports belong. But if by force of tempest or other urgent 
 necessity, they shall be compelled to put into harbour, in such 
 case, without any precedent notice, the ships shall not be re- 
 strained to a certain number ; but with this condition nevertheless, 
 that their Admiral or Commander in Chief presently after his 
 arrival, shall make acquainted the chief Magistrate or Com- 
 mander of the place, haven, or coast, whither they are come, with 
 the cause of his coming ; nor shall he stay longer there than shall 
 be permitted him by the chief Magistrate or Commander, and 
 shall not act or attempt any hostility in the ports whereinto he 
 hath betaken himself, or any thing prejudicial to Him of the two 
 Confederates to whom they shall belong. 
 
 XXXI. It shall not be lawful for the subjects of either King, 
 or the inhabitants of the Kingdoms or lands under their obedience, 
 to procure of any Prince or State, who is at difference, or in open 
 war with either of the Confederates, letters patents called com- 
 missions or reprisals, much less by virtue of such letters to molest 
 or damnify the subjects of either. Both tiie said Kings shall 
 strictly prohibit their subjects respectively, that they do not pro- 
 cure or accept from other Princes or States any such commis- 
 sions ; but shall, as much as in them lies, forbid and hinder the 
 committing of any depredations by virtue of such commissions. 
 
 XXXII. If any ship or ships belonging to the subjects of either 
 King be taken in the ports of cither, by a third party, they, in 
 whose port, or within whose jurisdiction whatsoever the foresaid 
 ships shall be taken, shall be mutually obliged to use their en-
 
 DENMARK. 199 
 
 doavour, together with the otiier party, for the finding and retaking 
 the said ship or ships, and restoring them to the owners ; which 
 nevertheless shall be done at the charge of the said owners, or 
 the parties interested. 
 
 XXXIII. Bnt if also in the ships taken by the subjects of either 
 Confederate, and brought into any port belonging to the other? 
 there be found any searnen or other persons who are subjects of 
 that Confederate, into whose ports or rivers the prize shall be 
 brought, they shall be civilly used by tiiose who have taken them, 
 and restored to their liberty forthwith, and without ransom. 
 
 XXXIV. But if a ship of war or any other, laden with pro- 
 hibited goods, belonging to the other Crown, happen to be taken ; 
 it shall not be lawful for the captains or commanders who have 
 taken her, to open or break up any chests, tons, or bales, on 
 board the said ship, nor likewise to transport, or otherwise 
 alienate any of her merchandize, until they have been first put on 
 shore, and an inventory thereof made before the Judges of the 
 Admiralty. 
 
 XXXV. And for the greater security of the subjects of 
 both Kings, and for preventing of all violence towards them from 
 the said ships of war; all commanders of any the ships of war 
 belonging to the King of Great Britain, and all other His subjects 
 whatsoever, shall be strictly charged and required, that they do 
 not molest or injure the subjects of the King of Denmark; if 
 they shall do otherwise, they shall be liable to answer it in their 
 persons and estates, and shall therein stand bound until just satis- 
 faction and compensation shall be made for the wrongs by them 
 done, and the damage thereby sustained or to be sustained : in 
 like manner shall all connnanders of the ships of war belonging 
 to the King of Denmark, and all other His subjects whatsoever, 
 be straightly under the same penalties charged and required, that 
 they do not molest or injure the said subjects of the King of 
 Great Britain ; provided nevertheless, that all the foresaid actions 
 be examined and adjudged by due and legal proceeding in the 
 Court of Admiralty of both Kings ; or if it shall rather seem 
 meet to either of the parties, behig a stranger in the place where 
 the controversy is to be decided, they shall be examined before cer- 
 tain commissioners, which both Kings, so soon as they shall be 
 
 o 4
 
 200 DENMARK. 
 
 desired, shall appoint to that end, that so proceedings by this 
 means may be not only carried on without great expences, but 
 also ended within three months at farthest. 
 
 XXXVI. Both Kings shall take care that judgment and sen- 
 tence in things taken at sea, be given according to the rules of 
 justice and equity, by persons not suspected or interested, and 
 being once given by such judges as aforesaid, they shall straightly 
 charge and require their officers, and whom it shall concern, to 
 see the same put m due execution according to the form and 
 tenor thereof. 
 
 XXXVII. If the Ambassadors of either King, or any other 
 public ministers residing with the other King, shall happen to 
 make complaint of any such sentence, that King to whom com- 
 plaint shall be made, shall cause the said judgment and sentence 
 to be re-heard and examined in His council ; that it may appear 
 whether all things requisite and necessary have been performed 
 according to the rules of this Treaty, and with due caution : if 
 the contrary shall happen, it shall be redressed, which is to be 
 done at the furthest within three months' time. 
 
 Neither shall it be lawful either before the giving of the first 
 sentence, or afterwards, during the time of re-hearing, to unlade 
 or sell and make away the goods in controversy, unless it happen 
 to be done by consent of parties, and to prevent the perishing of 
 the said goods and merchandize. 
 
 XXXVIII. The said Kings shall have in each other's Court, 
 their ministers, and in certain ports, their Consuls, for the better 
 and more easy communicating and proposing such things as they 
 shall think advantageous to the public interest, or private concerns 
 of any particular person. 
 
 XXXIX. No private injury shall in any wise letten this 
 Treaty, nor shall raise any discord or hatred between the foresaid 
 nations, but every man shall answer for his own doings, and shall 
 be responsible therefore ; nor shall one man suifer for that which 
 another has offended in, by having recourse to reprisals, or such 
 like rigorous proceedings, unless justice be denied or delayed 
 longer than is fitting. In which case it shall be lawful for that 
 King, whose subject has received the injury, to proceed accord- 
 ing to the rules and prescriptions of the law of nations, until
 
 DENMARK. 201 
 
 reparation be made to the party injured : provided notwith- 
 standing that He have first in due manner advertised the other 
 King thereof. 
 
 XL. Also it is agreed, that if the Hollander, or any other 
 nation ^vhatsoever (the Swedish nation only excepted) hath 
 already, or shall hereafter obtain any better Articles, Agreement, 
 exemptions or privileges, than what are contained in this Treaty, 
 from the King of Denmark, that the same and like privileges shall 
 be likewise granted to the King of Great Britain and His sub- 
 jects, effectually and fully to all intents and purposes ; and on the 
 other side, if the Hollander or any other nation whatsoever, hath 
 or shall obtain from His Majesty of Great Britain, any better 
 Articles, Agreements, exemptions, or privileges, than what are 
 contained in this Treaty, that the same and like privileges shall be 
 granted to the King of Denmark and His subjects also, in most 
 full and effectual manner. 
 
 XLI. It is also concluded, that former Treaties and Leagues, 
 at any time heretofore made between the foresaid Confederates 
 or their predecessors. Kings, as well for the Kingdoms of Great 
 Britain, &.c. as for the hereditary Kingdoms of Denmark and 
 Norway, &c. respectively, be not in the least reputed or taken to 
 be broken and abolished, by any agreement, covenants or Articles 
 in the present Treaty contained ; but that the same remain in full 
 force, effect and virtue, so far as they are not contrary or repu«y- 
 nant to the present Treaty, or any Article therein contained. 
 
 XLH. Finally, it is covenanted, concluded, and agreed, that the 
 foresaid Kings shall sincerely and bona fide observe, all and sin- 
 gular the Articles contained and set down in this Treaty, and shall 
 cause them to be observed by their subjects and people; nor 
 shall transgress the same directly or indirectly, or suffer the same 
 to be transgressed by their subjects or people, and shall ratify and 
 confirm all and singular the premises as before agreed, by letters 
 patents subscribed with their hands, and sealed with their great 
 seals in good, sufficient and effectual form, and shall deliver the 
 same reciprocally within three months after the date of these 
 presents, or cause them to be delivered, in good faith and reality, 
 and with effect. 
 
 Given at Copenhagen, the I'ith day of July, l670.
 
 202 DANNEMARC. 
 
 DECLARATION, si<yiice a Copenltagne, k 4 Jui/lct, 1780, 
 pour expliquer h 3e Article dii Traite de IG70. 
 
 Sa Majeste le Roi de Dannemarc et de Norvege, ct Sa Majeste 
 le Roi de la Grande Brctagne, animes d'un desir egal, d'ecarter 
 les dift'erends qu'une interpretation douteuse de I'Article Troisienie 
 du Traite d'AUiance et de Commerce, conclu en 167O, entre les 
 Rois Chretien V. et Charles II., de glorieuse memoire, a fait 
 naitre, et souhaitant prevenir tout ce qui pourroit troubler dans 
 la suite Taniitie sincere et reciproque qui les unit, sont convenus 
 de substituer au susdit Article, un Article Exjdicatoire concu de 
 la maniere et de la tcneur suivante : 
 
 ARTICLE EXPLICATOIRE. 
 
 Les deux Souverains Contractants s'engagent reciproquement 
 pour eux et Icurs Successeurs, de ne point fournir aux ennemis 
 de Tun ou de I'aulre, en terns de guerre, aucun secours, ni sol- 
 dats, ni vaisseaux, ni aucun des effets et marchandises, dites de 
 contrebande ; de defendre egalement a leurs sujets de le faire, et 
 de punir severement et comme des infracteurs de la paix, ceux 
 qui oseroient contrevenir d leurs defenses a cet egard; mais 
 pour ne laisser aucun doute sur ce qui doit etre entendu par le 
 terme de contrebande, on est convenu qu'on n'entend sous cette 
 denomination, que les amies, tant li feu que d'autrcs sortes, avec 
 leurs assortimens ; comme canons, mousquets, mortiers, petards, 
 bombes, grenades, cercles poisses, saucisses, affCits, fourchettes, 
 banderoUieres, poudre, meches, salpetre, ballcs, piques, epees, 
 morions, cuirasses, halebardes, lances, javelines, chevaux, selles 
 de cheval, fourreaux de pistolets, baudriers, et generalcment tons 
 autres assortimens servant a I'usage de la guerre, de menie que le 
 bois de construction, le goudron ou poix resine, le cuivre en 
 feuille, les voiles, chanvrcs et cordages, et g6neralement tout ce 
 qui sert direclcment a rcquipemcnt des vaisseaux ; Ic fer non- 
 ouvrage, et les planches de sapin, cepcndant exceptees.
 
 DENMARK. 203 
 
 DECLARATION, signed at Copenhagen, Alh JiiJi/, 1780,* 
 explanatory/ of the 3d Article of the Treaty of I670. 
 
 (Translation.) 
 His Majesty the King of Denmark and Norway, and His 
 Majesty the King of Great Britain, animated with an equal desire 
 to do away the dift'erences which the doubtful interpretation of 
 the Third Article of the Treaty of Alliance and Commerce, con- 
 cluded in 1670, between Their Majesties Christian V. and Charles 
 II., of glorious memory, has occasioned, and desirous of prevent- 
 ing whatever might disturb in future the sincere and reciprocal 
 friendship that unites them, have agreed to substitute for the afore- 
 said Article, an Explanatory Article, conceived in the manner 
 and tenour following : 
 
 EXPLANATORY ARTICLE. 
 
 The two Contracting Sovereigns reciprocally engage, for them- 
 selves and their Successors, not to furnish to the enemies of either 
 Party in time of war, any succour, neither soldiers, nor vessels, nor 
 any effects and merchandize called contraband ; and in like man- 
 ner to prohibit their subjects from so doing, and to punish se- 
 verely and as destroyers of the peace, those who should dare to 
 act contrary to their prohibitions in this respect ; but in order to 
 leave no doubt upon what is to be understood by the term contra- 
 band, it is agreed that this denomination is meant only to compre- 
 hend arms, as well fire-arms as other kinds, with their furniture, 
 as cannon, muskets, mortars, petards, bombs, grenades, carcasses, 
 saucisses, carriages for cannon, musket-rests, bandoleers, gun- 
 powder, matches, saltpetre, balls, pikes, swords, helmets, cuirasses, 
 halberts, lances, javelins, horses, saddles, pistol holsters, belts, 
 and generally all other warlike implements, also ship-timber, tar, 
 pitch and .rosin, sheet copper, sails, hemp and cordage, and gene- 
 rally whatever immediately serves for the equipment of vessels ; 
 unwrought iron and deal planks, however, excepted. 
 
 * Keuewcd by Article VII. of the Ticdty of Kiel, 1811.
 
 204 DANNEMARC. 
 
 Mais il est expressement declare, que dans ce genre de mar- 
 chandises de contrebande, Ton ne comprend point le poisson at 
 la viande fraiche ou salee, le froment, farine, ble, ou autres grains, 
 les legumes, I'huile, le vin, et generalement tout ce qui sert a la 
 nourriture et sustentation de la vie, et ainsi toutes ces choses 
 pourront toujours se rendre et transporter comme les autres mar- 
 chandises, meme aux lieux tenus par un ennemi des deux Cou- 
 ronnes, pourvu qu'ils ne soient assieg^s, ou bloques. 
 
 Et Leurs Majestes voulant que cet Article, tel qu'il se trouve 
 actuellement arrete, tienne entierement la place de celui auquel il 
 est substltue, de sorte qu'il ait les memes effets et la meme valeur 
 comme s'il etoit insere, mot a mot, dans le dit Traite, et qu'il soit 
 aussi reconnu et aussi obligatoire que le Traite meme, Elles sont 
 convenues que cela soit ainsi declare et statue par une Declara- 
 tion sign6e par le Ministre ayant le Departement des Affaires 
 Etrangeres. 
 
 C'est pour cet eff'et, que Sa Majeste Danoise a autorise et 
 muni de ses Pleins-pouvoirs le Soussign6, et en foi de quoi, moi, 
 j'ai passe ce present Acte, servant de Declaration pour fixer 
 I'Article 3e du Traite de ] 670, de la maniere qu'il se trouve ecrit 
 et insere dans cet Acte, signe de ma main. 
 
 Fait a Copenhague, le 4e jour de Juillet, 1780. 
 
 Signe A. Bernstorff, (L.S.) 
 
 TRAITE entre la Grande Bretagne et le Dannemarc. Signe 
 a Moscou, le ^ Octobre, 1801. 
 
 Acte d'Accession de la part de Sa Majeste le Roi de Danne- 
 marc et de Norvege, a la Convention entre la Grande Bre- 
 tagne et la Russie, du -^ Juin, 1801. 
 
 Au Nora de la Tres-Sainte et Indivisible Trinite. 
 
 Sa Majeste le Roi du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et 
 de rirlande, et Sa Majeste I'Empereur de toutes les Russies,
 
 DENMARK. 205 
 
 But it is expressly declared that this kind of contraband mer- 
 chandize shall by no means comprehend fish and flesh, fresh or 
 salted, wheat, flour, corn, or other grain, vegetables, oil, wine, 
 and generally whatever serves for the nourishment and support of 
 life, so that all these articles may always be sold and trans- 
 ported like other merchandize, even to places in the possession of 
 an enemy of the two Crowns, provided that such places are 
 neither besieged nor blockaded. 
 
 And Their Majesties being desirous that this Article, as it is 
 actually settled, should hold precisely the place of that for which 
 it is substituted, so that it shall have the same eff'ect and validity 
 as if it were inserted word for word in the said Treaty, and that 
 it should be considered as authentic and obligatory as the Treaty 
 itself; they have agreed that it should be so declared and decreed 
 by a Declaration signed by the Minister for Foreign Affairs. 
 
 For which purpose His Danish Majesty has authorized and 
 furnished the undersigned with His full Powders, and in virtue of 
 which I have executed this present Act, serving as a Declaration 
 to fix the 3d Article of the Treaty of I67O, in the manner in 
 which it is found written and inserted in this Act, signed with 
 my hand. 
 
 Done at Copenhagen, the 4th July, 1780. 
 
 Signed A. Bernstorff, (L.S.) 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and Denmark. Signed at 
 Moscow, ^ October, 1801.* 
 
 Act of Accession of His Majesty the King of Denmark and 
 Norway, to the Convention between Great Britain and 
 Russia, of the ^Vh June, 1801. 
 
 (Translation as laid before Parliament.) 
 
 In the Name of the Most Holy and Undivided Trinity, 
 
 His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain 
 and Ireland, and His Majesty the Emperor of all the Russias, 
 
 * Renewed by Article VII. of the Treaty of Kiel, 1814.
 
 '206 DANNEMARC. 
 
 ayant, par unc suite de Leur desirnnitucl dc terminer de la maniere 
 la plus equitable, les difl'erends survenus entre EUes, et encore 
 entre la Grande Bretagne et les autres Puissances Maritimes du 
 Nord, au sujet de la navigation de Leurs sujets respectifs, conclu 
 une Convention, sign^e par Leurs Plenipotentiaires, ii St. Pcters- 
 bourg, le -^ Juin de la presente annee ; et Leur commune solli- 
 citude ne s ctendant pas seulement a prevenir de semblables 
 altercations i\ I'avenir, et les troubles qui pourraient en etre la 
 suite, par la fixation et I'application a Leurs Monarchies respec- 
 tives, des principes et des droits de la neutralite, mais encore, ii 
 en rendre le systeme commun et egalement avantageux aux Puis- 
 sances Maritimes du Nord ; il a ete stipule par I'Article IX. de 
 cette Convention, que Sa Majeste Danoise seroit invitee par Sa 
 Majeste I'Empereur de toutes les Russies, au norn des hautes 
 Parties Contractantes, a acceder ^ la dite Convention : et Sa 
 Majeste le Roi de Dannemarc et de Norvege, anime des memes 
 sentimens de paix et de conciliation, desirant d'eloigner tout cc 
 qui a pu ou pourroit k I'avenir alterer la bonne intelligence entre 
 Sa Majeste Britaniiique et Elle, et de retablir cette anciennc 
 harmonic entierement sur I'ancien pied, ainsi que I'etat des choses, 
 tel qu'il subsistait par Ses Traites et Conventions avec la Grande 
 Bretagne, Sa dite Majeste n'a point liesite de Se rendre h I'invita- 
 tion qui lui a etc faite d'acceder k la dite Convention, signee ii 
 St. Petersbourg, le -^-^ Juin dernier. 
 
 Pour parvenir a ce but salutaire, et donner a cet Acte d' Acces- 
 sion et d I'acceptation de Sa Majeste Britannique toute I'autcu- 
 ticite dont il est susceptible, et le revetir des solemnitcs d'usage, 
 Leurs dites Majestes ont nomme pour Leurs Plenij)olentiaires, 
 savoir : Sa Majeste le Roi du Royaume Uni de ki Grande Bre- 
 tagne et de rirlande, Alleyne Lord Baron St. Helens, Pair du dit 
 Royaume Uni, du Conseil Prive de Sa dite JSIajeste, et Son 
 Anibassadeur Extraordinaire et Plenipotentiaire pres Sa Majeste 
 I'Empereur de toutes les Russies; et Sa Majeste le Roi de Dan- 
 nemarc et de Norvege, le Sieur Frangois Xavier Josepii Comtc 
 de Danneskiold Lbwendal, et du Saint Empire, Chevalier de 
 rOrdre de St. Jean de Jerusalem, General Major au service de 
 Sa Majeste Danoise, Chef de son corps dc la Marine, et Son
 
 DENMARK. 207 
 
 having, in pursuance of Their mutual desire to terminate, in the 
 most equitable manner, the difFerences which had arisen between 
 Them, as well as between Great Britain and the other Maritime 
 Powers of the North, respecting the navigation of Their respec- 
 tive subjects, concluded a Convention, signed by their Plenipoten- 
 tiaries, at St. Petersburg)!, the -^-^ June, of the present year : and 
 Their common solicitude extending itself not only to prevent similar 
 altercations hi future, and the troubles which might result there- 
 from, by establishing and applying the principles and rights of 
 neutrality in Their respective Mon-yirchies, but also, to render 
 this system common and equally advantageous to the Maritime 
 Powers of the North; it was stipulated by Article IX. of the said 
 Convention, that His Danish Majesty should be invited by His 
 Majesty the Emperor of all the Russias, in the name of the high 
 Contracting Parties, to accede to the said Convention ; and His 
 Majesty the King of Denmark and Norway, animated with the 
 same sentiments of conciliation and peace, and desirous of 
 removing every thing which has interrupted, or might hereafter 
 interrupt the good understanding between Their Britannic and 
 Danish Majesties, and to re-establish fully on its former footing 
 the ancient harmony and state of things, such as they existed by 
 His Danish Majesty's Treaties and Conventions with Great 
 Britain, His said ^Majesty has not hesitated to listen to the invita- 
 tion made to Him to accede to the said Convention, signed at St. 
 Petersburgh, the -fij June last. 
 
 To effect this salutary purpose, and to give to this Act of 
 Accession, and to the acceptance of His Britannic Majesty, every 
 possible authenticity, and every accustomed solemnity. Their said 
 Majesties have named for their Plenipotentiaries, viz. — His 
 Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and 
 Ireland, AUeyne Lord Baron St. Helens, a Peer of the said 
 United Kingdom, one of His said Majesty's Most Honourable 
 Privy Council, and His Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipo- 
 tentiary to His Majesty the Emperor of all the Russias ; and 
 His Majesty the King of Denmark and Norway, the Sieur 
 Francis Xavier Joseph Count de Danncskiold Lovvcndal, Count 
 of the Holy Roman Empire, Knight of the Order of St. John of 
 Jerusalem, Major General in the service of His Danish Majesty,
 
 208 ' DANNEMARC: 
 
 Envoye Extraordinaire, et Ministre Plenipoteiitiaire aupres de Sa 
 Majest^ rEmpereur de toutes les Russies ; lesquels, apres avoir 
 ^change eutre cux leurs Pleins-pouvoirs, trouv6s en bonne et due 
 forme, ont cqnclu et arrete, que tons les Articles de la Conven- 
 tion conclue entre Sa Majeste le Roi du Royaume Uni de la 
 Grande Bretagne et de I'lrlande, et Sa Majeste I'Empereur de 
 toutes les Russies, le ^%- Juin de la presente annee, ainsi que 
 ceux separes qui y sont joints, et ceux additionnels, arretes le -^^ 
 Octobre, 1801, entre les Plenipotentiaires de Leurs dites Majes- 
 tes, en toutes leurs clauses, conditions, et obligations, doivent 
 fetre regardes conime s'ils etaient faits, convenus et arretes, de 
 mot k mot entre Sa Majest6 Britannique et Sa Majest6 Danoise 
 EUes memes, en qualite de Parties Principales Contractantes, aux 
 differences pres qui resultent de la nature des Traites et Engage- 
 mens antecedernment subsistans entre I'Angleterre et le Danne- 
 marc, dont la continuite, et le renouvellement sont assures par la 
 susdite Convention ; et avec la stipulation expresse de la part 
 des hautes Parties Contractantes et accedantes, que la stipulation 
 de I'Article II. des Articles additionnels signes ^ Moscou, le -^g 
 Octobre, 1801, paries Plenipotentiaires de Leurs Majestes Bri- 
 tannique et Imperiale, qui fixe que les jugemens, en dernier res- 
 sort, des causes en litige, seront evoques, en Russie, au Senat 
 Dirigeant, et dans la Grande Bretagne, au Conseil du Roi, doit 
 s'entendre par rapport au Dannemarc, que les dits jugemens y 
 seront evoques par devant le Tribunal Supreme de ce Royaume. 
 
 Afin de prevenir toute inexactitude, il a ete convenu, que 
 la dite Convention signee le /V Juin, (les Articles separes y 
 annexes,) et ceux additionnels arretes le ^«^ Octobre, 1801, 
 seraient inseres ici, de mot a mot, et ainsi qu'il suit: 
 
 Convention enfre la Grande Bretagne et. la Rnssie. Signte 
 a St. Fttershourgyle If Juin, 1801. 
 
 Au Nom de la Tres-Sainte et Indivisible Trinite. 
 
 Le d^sir mutuel de Sa Majeste le Roi du Royaume Uni de la
 
 DENMARK.' 209 
 
 Commander of His Marine Forces, and His Envoy Extraordinary 
 and Minister Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the Emperor of all 
 the Russias ; who, after having reciprocally exchanged their full 
 Powers, found to be in good and due form, have concluded and 
 agreed, that all the Articles of the Convention concluded between 
 His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain 
 and Ireland, and His Majesty the Emperor of all the Russias, the 
 •j\th June, of the present year, as well as the separate Articles 
 annexed thereto, and the additional ones concluded the /^th Octo- 
 ber, 1801, by the Plenipotentiaries of Their said Majesties, in 
 all the clauses, conditions, and obligations, are to be considered 
 as having been agreed upon, done and concluded, word for word, 
 by Their Britannic and Danish Majesties Themselves, in quality 
 of principal Contracting Parties, save and except the differences 
 which result from the nature of the Treaties and Engagements 
 antecedently subsisting between England and Denmark, of which 
 the continuance and renewal are secured by the aforesaid Con- 
 vention ; and with the express stipulation on the part of the high 
 Contracting and acceding Parties, that the stipulation of the 
 Second Article of the Additional iVrticles, signed at Moscow, 
 the /,5th October, 1801, by the Plenipotentiaries of Their Bri- 
 tannic and Imperial Majesties, which fixes that the adjudication 
 of causes in litigation shall, in the last resort, be carried by appeal, 
 in Russia, before the Directing Senate, and in Great Britain 
 before His Majesty's Privy Council, is to be understood, as, with 
 regard to Denmark, that the said adjudications shall be there 
 carried by appeal before the Supreme Tribunal of that Kingdom. 
 In order to prevent any inaccuracy, it has been agreed that the 
 said Convention, signed the -/Vth June, (the separate Articles 
 annexed thereto,) and the additional ones concluded the /oth 
 October, ISO I, should be inserted here, word for word, as fol- 
 lows : 
 
 Convention belzocen Great Britain and Russia. Signed at 
 ' St. Pelersbnrgh, the -f-jth June, 1801. 
 
 (Translation as laid before Parliament.) 
 
 In the Name of the Most Holy and Undivided Trinity. 
 
 The mutual desire of His Majesty the King of the United 
 VOL. I. p
 
 210 DANNEMARC. 
 
 Grande Bretagne et de i'lilande, et de Sa Majeste I'Empereurde 
 toutes les Russies, etant, non seuleinent de s'entendre entr'elles 
 sur les difFerends qui ont altere en dernier lieu la bonne intelli- 
 gence et les rapports d'amitie qui subsistaient entre les deux 
 Etats, mais encore de prevenir a I'avance par des explications 
 franches et precises, ^ I'egard de la navigation de leurs sujets 
 respectifs, le renouvellement de semblables altercations, et les 
 troubles qui pourraient en etre la suite ; et I'objet de la commune 
 sollicitude de Leurs dites Majestes etant de parvenir le plutotque 
 faire se pourra, a un arrangement equitable de ces difFerends, et 
 une fixation invariable de leurs principes sur les droits de la neu- 
 tralite dans leur application a Leurs Monarchies respectives, afin 
 de resserrer de plus en plus les liens d'amitie et de bonne corres- 
 pondance dont EUes reconnoissent I'utilite et les avantages, EUes 
 ont nomme et choisi pour leurs Plenipotentiaires, savoir : Sa 
 Majeste le Roi du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et de 
 rirlande, AUeyne Lord Baron St. Helens, Conseiller Prive de Sa 
 dite Majeste, et Son Ambassadeur Extraordinaire et Plenipoten- 
 tiaire pres Sa Majeste I'Empereur de toutes les Russies ; et Sa 
 Majeste I'Empereur de toutes les Russies, le Sieur Nikita Comte 
 de Panin, Son Conseiller Prive actuel, Ministre d'Etat au De- 
 partement des Affaires Etrangeres, Chambellan actuel, Chevalier 
 Grand Croix de I'Ordre de St. Alexandre Newsky, de St. 
 Anne de la Premiere Classe, de celui de St. Ferdinand, et du 
 Merite, de I'Aigle Rouge, et de St. Lazare ; lesquels apr^s s'etre 
 communique leurs Pleins-pouvoirs, et les avoir trouves en bonne 
 et due forme, sont convenus des Points et Articles suivans : 
 
 I. Tl y aura d^sormais entre Sa Majeste Britannique, et Sa 
 Majeste Imperiale de toutes les Russies, leurs Sujets, Etats, et 
 Pays de leur domination, bonne et inalterable amitie, et intelli- 
 gence, et subsisteront comme par le passe, tons les rapports 
 politiques, de commerce, et autres d'une utilite commune, entre 
 les sujets respectifs, sans qu'ils puissent etre troubles ni inquiet^s 
 en maniere quelconque. 
 
 IL Sa Majeste Britannique et Sa Majeste I'Empereur de 
 toutes les Russies, declarent vouloir tenir la main A la plus
 
 DENMARK. 2H 
 
 Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and of His Majesty the 
 Emperor of all the Russias, being not only to come to an under- 
 standing between themselves with respect to the differences 
 which have lately interrupted the good understanding and friendly 
 relations which subsisted between the two States ; but also to 
 prevent, by frank and precise explanations upon the navigation of 
 their respective subjects, the renewal of similar altercations and 
 troubles which might be the consequence of them ; and the com- 
 mon object of the solicitude of Their said Majesties being to 
 settle, as soon as can be done, an equitable arrangement of those 
 differences, and an invariable determination of their principles 
 upon the rights of neutrality, in their application to Their respec- 
 tive Monarchies, in order to unite more closely the ties of friend- 
 ship and good iutercourse, of which they acknowledge the utility 
 and the benefits ; have named and chosen for their Plenipoten- 
 tiaries, viz. His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of 
 Great Britain and Ireland, Alleyne Lord Baron St. Helens, His 
 said Majesty's Privy Counsellor and His Ambassador Extraor- 
 dinary and Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the Emperor of all the 
 Russias; and His Majesty the Emperor of all the Russias, Sieur 
 ISikita Count de Panin, His Privy Counsellor, Minister of State 
 for the Department of Foreign Affairs, present Chamberlain, 
 Knight Grand Cross of the Order of St. Alexander Newsky, 
 and of St. Anne of the First Class, of that of St. Ferdinand, and 
 of Merit, of the Red Elagle, and of St. Eazarus ; w ho, after 
 having communicated their respective full Powers, and found 
 tliem in good and due form, have agreed upon the following 
 Points and Articles : 
 
 I. There shall be hereafter between His Britannic Majesty 
 and His Imperial Majesty of all the Russias, their Subjects, the 
 States and Countries under their dominion, good and unalterable 
 friendship and understanding, and all the political, commercial, 
 and other relations of common utility betwee^i the respective sub- 
 jects, shall subsist as formerly, without their being disturbed or 
 troubled in any manner whatever. 
 
 H. His Britannic Majesty and the Emperor of all the Russias 
 declare, that they will watch over the most rigorous execution of 
 
 p -2
 
 •2\1 DANNEMARC. 
 
 rigoureuse execution dcs defenses portees centre le commerce de 
 contrebande de leurs sujets avec les ennemis de I'une ou de I'autre 
 des deux hautes Parties Contractantes. 
 
 IK. Sa Majeste Britannique et Sa Majeste Imperiale de toutes 
 les Russies a) ant resolu de mettre sous une sauvegarde suffisante 
 la liberie du commerce et de la navigation de leurs sujets, dans le 
 cas oil I'une d'entr'elles serait en guerre, tandis que I'autre reste- 
 rait neutre, Elles sont convenues : 
 
 1 . Que les vaisseaux de la Puissance neutre pourront naviguer 
 librement aux ports, et sur les cotes des nations en guerre. 
 
 2. Que les effets embarques sur les vaisseaux neutres seront 
 libres a I'exception de la contrebande de guerre, et des proprietes 
 ennemies ; et il est convenu de ne pas comprendre au nom des 
 derni^res, les marchandises du produit, du cru, ou de la manufac- 
 ture des pays en guerre, qui auraient ete acquises par des sujets 
 de la Puissance neutre, et seraient transportees pour leur compte ; 
 lesquelles marcliandises ne peuvent etre except6es en aucun cas 
 de la franchise accordee au pavilion de la dite Puissance. 
 
 3. Que pour eviter aussi toute equivoque et tout mesentendu 
 sur ce qui doit etre qualifie de contrebande de guerre, Sa Majeste 
 Britannique et Sa Majeste Imperiale de toutes les Russies 
 declarent, conformement -d 1' Article XI. du Traite de Commerce 
 conclu entre les deux Couronnes, le -^-^ Fevrier, 1797, qu'elles ne 
 reconnaissent pour tels que les objets suivans, savoir: canons, 
 mortiers, armes-^-feu, pistolets, bombes, grenades, boulets, balles, 
 fusils, pierres-^-feu, meches, poudre, salpetre, soufre, cuirasses, 
 piques, epees, ceinturons, gibernes, selles et brides, en exceptant 
 toutefois la quantite des susdits articles qui pent etre n^cessaire 
 pour la defense du vaisseau et de ceux qui en composent I'^qui- 
 page ; et tons les autres articles quelconques non d^signes ici, 
 ne seront pas reputes munitions de guerre et navales, ni sujets d 
 confiscation, et par consequent passeront librement, sans etre 
 assujettis a la moindre diflficult6 k moins qu'ils ne puissent ^tre 
 reputes propri^t^s ennemies, dans le sens arrfet^ ci-dessus. II est 
 aussi convenu que ce qui est stipule dans le present Article ne 
 portera aucun prejudice aux stipulations particuli^res de I'une ou
 
 DENMARK.* 213 
 
 the prohibitions against the trade of contraband of their subjects 
 with the enemies of either of the two high Contracting Parties. 
 
 III. His Britannic Majesty and His Imperial Majesty of all 
 the Russias, having resolved to place under a sufficient safeguard 
 the freedom of commerce and navigation of their subjects, in 
 case one of them shall be at war, whilst the other shall be neuter, 
 have agreed : 
 
 1. That the ships of the neutral Power may navigate freely to 
 the ports, and upon the coasts of the nations at war. 
 
 2. That the effects embarked on board neutral ships shall be 
 free, with the exception of contraband of war, and of enemy's 
 property ; and it is agreed not to comprise under the deno- 
 mination of the latter, the merchandize of the produce, growth, 
 or manufacture of the countries at war, which should have been 
 acquired by the subjects of the neutral Power, and should be 
 transported for their account, which merchandize cannot be 
 excepted in any case from the freedom granted to the flag of the 
 said Power. 
 
 o. That in order to avoid all equivocation and misunderstand- 
 ing of what ought to be considered as contraband of war. His 
 Britannic Majesty, and His Imperial Majesty of all the Russias, 
 declare, conformably to Article XI. of the Treaty of Com- 
 merce concluded between the two Crowns, on the 10th (21st) 
 February, 1797, that they acknowledge as such the following 
 articles only, viz. — Cannons, mortars, fire-arms, pistols, bombs, 
 grenades, balls, bullets, firelocks, flints, matches, gunpowder, 
 saltpetre, sulphur, cuirasses, pikes, swords, sword-belts, knap- 
 sacks, saddles and bridles, excepting, liowevcr, the quantity of 
 the said articles which may be necessary for the defence of the 
 ship and those who compose the crew ; and all other articles 
 whatever not enumerated here shall not be reputed warlike and 
 naval stores, nor be subject to confiscation, and of course shall 
 pass freely, without being subjected to the smallest difficulty^ 
 unless they be considered enemy's property in the sense above 
 specified. It is also agreed, that that which is stipulated in the 
 present Article shall not be prejudicial to the particular stipulaT 
 
 p 3
 
 214 DANNEMARC. 
 
 de I'autre Couronne, avec d'autres Puissances, par lesquelles des 
 objets de pareil genre seroient reserves, prohibes ou permis. 
 
 4. Que pour determiner ce qui caracterise un port bloque, on 
 n'accorde cette denomination qu'a celui o^ il y a, par la disposi- 
 tion de la Puissance qui I'attaque, avec des vaisseaux, arretes, ou 
 suffisamment proches, un danger evident d'entrer. 
 
 5. Que les vaisseaux de la Puissance neutre ne peuvent etre 
 arretes que sur des justes causes, et faits evidens ; qu'ils soient 
 juges sans retard ; et que la procedure soit toujours uniforme, 
 prompte, et legale. 
 
 Pour assurer d'autant mieux le respect du a ces stipulations, 
 dictees par le desir sincere de concilier tons les interets, et donner 
 une nouvelle preuve de leur loyaute et de leur amour pour la 
 justice, les hautes Parties Contractantes prennent ici I'engage- 
 ment le plus formel de renouveller les defenses les plus severes a. 
 leur Capitaines, soit de haut-bord, soit de la marine marchande, 
 de charger, tenir ou receler a leurs bords, aucuns des objets qui, 
 aux termes de la presente Convention, pourraient etre reputes de 
 contrebande, et de tenir respectivement la main a I'execution des 
 ordres qu'elles auront publics dans leurs Amirautes, et partout o^ 
 besoin seia. 
 
 IV. Les deux hautes Parties Contractantes voulant encore 
 prevenir tout sujet de dissention a I'avenir, en limitant le droit de 
 visite des vaisseaux marchands allant sous convoi, aux seuls cas 
 ou la Puissance Belligerante, pourroit essuyer un prejudice reel 
 par I'abus du pavilion neutre, sont convenues : 
 
 1 . Que le droit de visiter les navires marchands appartenans 
 aux sujets de I'une des Puissances Contractantes, et naviguant 
 sous le convoi d'un vaisseau de guerre de la dite Puissance, ne 
 sera exerce que par les vaisseaux de guerre de la Partie Bellige- 
 rante, et ne s'entendra jamais aux armatcurs, corsaires ou autres 
 batimens qui n'appartiennent pas a la flotte royale ou imperiale 
 de leurs Majestes, mais que leurs sujets auroient armes en guerre. 
 
 2. Que les proprietaires de tons les navires marchands, appar- 
 tenans aux sujets de I'un des Souverains Contractans, qui scront 
 destines A aller sous convoi d'un vaisseau de guerre, seront tenus 
 avant qu'ils nc re^oivent leurs instructions de navigation, de pro-
 
 DENxMAKK. 215 
 
 tions of one or the other Crown with other Powers, by which 
 articles of a similar kind should be reserved, prohibited, or per- 
 mitted. 
 
 4. That in order to determine what characterises a blockaded 
 port, that denomination is given only to a port where there is, by 
 the dispositions of the Power which attacks it with ships, sta- 
 tionary, or sufficiently near, an evident danger in entering. 
 
 5. That the ships of the neutral Power shall not be stopped 
 but upon just causes and evident facts : that they be tried with- 
 out delay, and that the proceeding be always uniform, prompt, 
 and legal. 
 
 In order the better to ensure the respect due to these stipula- 
 tions, dictated by the sincere desire of conciliating every interest, 
 and to give a new proof of their uprightness and love of justice, 
 the high Contracting Parties enter here into the most formal 
 engagement to renew the severest prohibitions to their Captains, 
 whether of ships of war or merchantmen, to take, keep, or con- 
 ceal on board their ships, any of the articles which, in the terms 
 of the present Convention, may be reputed contraband, and re- 
 spectively to take care of the execution of the orders which they 
 shall have published in their Admiralties, and wherever it shall 
 be necessary. 
 
 IV . The two high Contracting Parties, wishing also to prevent 
 all subject of dissention in future, by limiting the right of search of 
 merchant ships going under convoy, to those cases only, in which 
 the Belligerent Power might experience a real prejudice by the 
 abuse of the neutral flag, have agreed: 
 
 1. That the right of searching merchant ships belonging to the 
 subjects of one of the Contracting Powers, and navigating under 
 convoy of a sliip of war of the said Pow-er, shall only be exercised 
 by ships of war of the Belligerent Party, and shall never extend 
 to letters-of-marque, privateers, or other vessels, which do not 
 belong to the Royal or Imperial fleet of their Majesties, but which 
 their subjects shall have fitted out for war. 
 
 2. That the proprietors of all merchant ships belonging to the 
 subjects of one of the Contracting Sovereigns, which shall be 
 destined to sail under convoy of a ship of war, shall be required, 
 before they receive their sailing orders, to produce to the com- 
 
 p 4
 
 216 DANNEMARC. 
 
 duire au commandant du vaisseau de convoi, leurs passeports et 
 certificats ou lettres de mer dans la forme annexee an present 
 Traite. 
 
 3. Qne lorsqu'un tel vaisseau de guerre, ayant sous convoi 
 des navires marchands, sera rencontre par un vaisseau ou des 
 vaisseaux de guerre de I'autre Partie Contractante, qui se trouvera 
 alors en etat de guerre ; pour eviter tout desordre, on se tiendra 
 hors de la portee du canon, a moins que I'etat de la mer, ou le 
 lieu de la rencontre ne necessite un plus grand rapprochement; 
 et le commandant du vaisseau de la Puissance Belligerante, en- 
 verra une clialoupe a bord du vaisseau de convoi, ou il sera pre- 
 cede reciproquement 'X la verification des papiers et certificats 
 qui doivent constater d'un part, que le vaisseau de guerre neutre 
 est autorise a prendre sous son escorte tels ou tels vaisseaux mar- 
 chands de sa nation, charge de telle cargaison, et pour tel port ; 
 de I'autre part que le vaisseau de guerre de la Partie Belligerante, 
 appartient n la flotte Royale ou Imperiale de leurs Majestes. 
 
 4. Cette verification faite, il n'y aura lieu a aucune visite, si les 
 papiers sont reconnus en regie, et s'il n'existe aucun motif valable 
 de suspicion. Dans le cas contraire, le commandant du vaisseau 
 de guerre neutre, (y etant duement requis par le commandant du 
 vaisseau ou des vaisseaux de la Puissance Belligerante), doit 
 amener et detenir son convoi, pendant le tems necessaire pour la 
 visite des batimens qui le composent ; et il aura la faculte de 
 nommer et deleguer un ou plusieurs officiers pour assister k la 
 visite des dits batimens, laquelle se fera en sa presence sur 
 chaque batiinent marchand, conjointement avec un ou plusieurs 
 officiers preposes par le commandant du vaisseau de la Partie 
 Belligerante. 
 
 5. S'il arrive que le commandant du vaisseau ou des vaisseaux 
 de la Puissance en guerre, ayant examine les papiers trouves d 
 bord, et ayant interroge le maitre et I'equipage du vaisseau, ap- 
 percevra des raisons justes et suffisantes pour detenir le navire 
 marchand, afin de proceder a une recherche ulterieure, il notifiera 
 cette intention au commandant du vaisseau de convoi, qui aura 
 le pouvoir d'ordonner a un officier de rester k bord du navire 
 ainsi detenu, et assister A I'examen de la cause de sa detention. 
 Le navire marchand sera amene tout de suite au port le plus
 
 DENMARK. 217 
 
 mander of the convoy, their passports and certificates, or sea 
 letters, in the form annexed to the present Treaty. 
 
 3. That when such ship of war, having under convoy merchant 
 ships, shall be met with by a ship or ships of war of the other 
 Contracting Party, who shall then be in a state of war, in order 
 to avoid all disorder, they shall keep out of cannon shot, unless 
 the state of the sea, or the place of meeting, render a nearer ap- 
 proach necessary ; and the commander of the ship of the Belligerent 
 Power shall send a boat on board the convoy, where thev shall pro- 
 ceed reciprocally to the verification of the papers and certiiicates 
 that are to prove on one part, that the ship of war is authorized to 
 take under its escort such or such merchant ships of its nation, 
 laden with such a cargo, and for such a port : on the other part, 
 that the ship of war of the Belligerent Party belongs to the 
 Royal or Imperial fleet of their Majesties. 
 
 4. This verification made, no search shall take place, if the 
 papers are found in form, and if there exists no good motive for 
 suspicion. In the contrary case, the commander of the neutral 
 ship of war (being duly required thereto by the commander of 
 the ship or ships of war of the Belligerent Power) is to bring to 
 and detain his convoy during the time necessary for the search of 
 the ships which compose it, and he shall have the faculty of 
 naming and delegating one or more officers to assist at the search 
 of the said ships, which shall be done in his presence, on board 
 each merchant ship, conjointly with one or more officers appointed 
 by the commander of the ship of the Belligerent Party. 
 
 5. If it happen that the commander of the ship or ships of the 
 Power at war, having examined the papers found on board, and 
 having interrogated the master and crew of the ship, shall see 
 just and sufficient reason to detain the merchant ship in order to 
 proceed to an ulterior search, he shall notify such intention to 
 the commander of the convoy, who shall have the power to order 
 an officer to remain on board the ship thus detained, and to assist 
 at the examination of the cause of her detention. The merchant 
 ship shall be carried immediately to the nearest and most conve-
 
 218 DANNEMARC. 
 
 proche, et le plus convenable, appartenant d la Puissance Belli- 
 gerante, et la recherche ulterieure sera conduite avec toute la dili- 
 gence possible, 
 
 V. 11 est egalement convenu que si quelque navire marchand, 
 ainsi convoye, etoit detenu sans une cause juste et suffisante, le 
 commandant du vaisseau ou des vaisseaux de la Puissance Belli- 
 gerante sera non seulement tenu envers les proprietaires du na- 
 vire et de la cargaison, a une compensation pleine et parfaite, 
 pour toutes pertes, fraix, dommages, et depenses occasionnes par 
 une telle detention, niais il subira encore une punition ulterieure 
 pour tout acte de violence ou autre faute qu'il auroit commise, 
 suivant ce que la nature du cas pourroit exiger: par contre il ne 
 sera point permis, sous quelque pretexte que ce soit, au vaisseau 
 de couvoi, de s'opposer par la force a la detention du navire ou 
 des navires marchands, par le vaisseau ou les vaisseaux de guerre 
 de la Puissance Belligerante ; obligation a laquelle le comman- 
 dant du vaisseau de convoi n'est point tenu envers les corsaires et 
 armateurs. 
 
 VI. Les hautes Parties Contractantes dcnneront des ordres 
 precis et efficaces pour que les sentences sur les prises faites en 
 mer soient conformes aux regies de la plus exacte justice et 
 equite ; qu'elles soient rendues par des juges non suspects, et qui 
 ne soient point interesses dans I'affaire dont il sera question. Le 
 Gouvernement des Etats respectifs veillera a ce que les dites sen- 
 tences soient promptement et duement executees, selon les formes 
 prescrites. Et en cas de detention malfondee ou autre contra- 
 vention aux regies stipulees par le present Article, il sera accorde 
 aux proprietaires d'un tel navire et de la cargaison des dedom- 
 magemens proportionnes a la perte qu'on leur aura occasionnee. 
 Les regies a observer pour ces dedommagemens et pour le cas 
 de detention malfondee, de meme que les principes d suivre pour 
 accelerer les procedures, feront la matiere d'Articles Addilionuels, 
 que les Parties Contractantes conviennent d'arreter entre elles, et 
 qui auront meme force et valeur que s'ils etoient inseres dans le 
 present Acte. Pour cet effet leurs Majestes Britannique et Im- 
 periale s'engagent mutuellement de mettre la main a I'oeuvre sa- 
 lutaire qui doit servir de complement a ces stipulations, et de se 
 communiquer sans delai, les vues que leur suggerera leur egale
 
 DENMARK. 2l«j 
 
 nient port belonging to the Belligerent Power, and the ulterior 
 search shall be carried on with all possible diligence. 
 
 V. It is in like manner agreed, that if any merchant ship thus 
 convoyed should be detained without just and sufficient cause, the 
 commander of the ship or ships of war of the Belligerent Power 
 shall not only be bound to make to the owners of the ship and of 
 the cargo, a full and perfect compensation for all the losses, 
 expences, damages, and costs, occasioned by such a detention, but 
 shall moreover undergo an ulterior punishment for every act of 
 violence or other fault which he may have committed, according 
 as the nature of the case may require. On the other hand, the 
 convoying ship shall not be permitted, under any pretext what- 
 soever, to resist by force the detention of the merchant ship or 
 ships by the ship or ships of war of the Belligerent Power ; an 
 obligation to which the commander of a ship of war with con- 
 voy is not bound to observe towards letters-of-marque and pri- 
 vateers. 
 
 VI. The high Contracting Parties shall give precise and effi- 
 cacious orders, that the judgments upon prizes made at sea shall 
 be conformable with the rules of the most exact justice and equity ; 
 that they shall be given by Judges above suspicion, and who shall 
 not be interested in the affair in question. The Government of 
 the respective States shall take care that the said decisions shall 
 be speedily and duly executed, according to the forms prescribed. 
 And in case of an unfounded detention, or other contravention to 
 the regulations stipulated by the present Article, the owners of 
 such ship and cargo shall be allowed damages proportioned to 
 the loss occasioned thereby. The rules to observe for these 
 damages, and for the case of unfounded detention, as also the 
 principles to follow for the purpose of accelerating the process, 
 shall be the matter of Additional Articles, which the Contracting 
 Parties agree to settle between them, and which shall have the 
 same force and validity as if they were inserted in the present Act. 
 For this effect, their Britannic and Imperial Majesties mutually 
 engage to put their hand to the salutary work, which may serve 
 for the completion of these stipulations, and to communicate to 
 each other, without delay, the views which may be suggested to
 
 2'20 DANNEMARC. 
 
 sollicitude pour prevenir les moindres sujets de contestation k 
 I'avenir. 
 
 VII. Pour obvier a tons les inconveniens qui peuvent provenir 
 de la mauvaise foi de ceux qui se servent du pavilion d'une nation, 
 sans lui appartenir, on convient d'etablir pour regie inviolable 
 qu'un batinient quelconque, pour etre regarde comnie propriete 
 du pays dont il porte le pavilion, doit avoir a son bord le capitaine 
 du vaisseau et la nioitie de I'equipage dcs gens du pays, et les 
 papiers et passeports en bonne et due forme : — mais tout bati- 
 ment qui n'observe pas cette regie et qui contreviendra aux 
 ordonnances publiees a cet etfet, perdra tons les droits a la pro- 
 tection des Puissances Contractantes. 
 
 VIII. Les principes et les mesures adoptes par le present 
 Acte seront egalement applicables a toutes les guerres niaritimes 
 ou I'une des deux Puissances seroit engagee tandis que I'autre 
 resteroit neutre. Ces stipulations seront en consequence regar- 
 dees conime pernianentes, et serviront de regie constante aux 
 Puissances Contractantes, en niatiere de commerce et de navi- 
 gation. 
 
 IX. Sa Majeste le Roi de Dannemarc, et Sa Majeste le Roi 
 de Suede, seront immediatement invites par Sa Majeste Impe- 
 riale, au nom des deux Puissances Contractantes, a acceder a la 
 presente Convention, eten meme terns a renouveller et coniirmer 
 leurs Traites respectifsde commerce avec Sa Majeste Britannique, 
 et Sa dite Majeste s'engage, moyennant les Actes qui auront con- 
 state cet accord, de rendre et restituer a Tune et a I'autre de ces 
 Puissances toutes les prises qui out ete faites sur elles, ainsi que 
 les terres et pays de leur domination, qui ont ete conquis par les 
 armes de Sa Majeste Britannique, depuis la rupture, dans I'etat 
 oil se trouvaient ces possessions a Tepoque ou les troupes de Sa 
 Majest6 Britannique y sont entrees. Les ordres de Sa dite Ma- 
 jeste pour la restitution de ces prises et de ces conquetes seront 
 expedies immediatement apres I'echange des ratitications des 
 Actes par lesquels la Suede et le Dannemarc accederont au pre- 
 sent Traite. 
 
 X. La presente Convention sera ratifiee par les deux Parties 
 Contractantes, et les ratifications echangees a St. Petersbourg
 
 DENxVIAllK. 1121 
 
 ihein by their equal solicitiule to prevent the least grounds for 
 dispute in future. 
 
 VII. To obviate all the inconveniencies which may arise from 
 the bad faith of those who avail themselves of the flag of a nation 
 without belonging to it, it is agreed to establish for an inviolable 
 rule, that any vessel whatevei, in order to be considered as the 
 property of the country, the flag of which it carries, must have oa 
 board the captain of the ship, and one half of the crew of the 
 people of that country, and the papers and passports in due and 
 perfect form ; but every vessel which shall not observe this rule, 
 and which shall infringe the ordinances published on that head, 
 ^hall lose all rights to the protection of the Contracting Powers. 
 
 VIII. The principles and measures adopted by the present 
 Act shall be alike applicable to all the maritime wars in which one 
 of the two Powers may be engaged, whilst the other remains 
 neutral. These stipulations shall in consequence be regarded as 
 permanent, and shall serve for a constant rule to the Contracting 
 Powers in matters of commerce and navigation. 
 
 IX. His Majesty the King of Denmark, and His Majesty the 
 King of Sweden, shall be immediately invited by His Imperial 
 Majesty, in the name of the two Contracting Parties, to accede 
 to the present Convention, and at the same time to renew and con- 
 firm their respective Treaties of commerce with His Britannic 
 Majesty ; and His said Majesty engages, by Acts which shall have 
 established that agreement, to render and restore to each of these 
 Powers, all the prizes that have been taken from them, as well 
 as the territories and countries under their dominion, which have 
 been conquered by the arms of His Britannic Majesty since the 
 rupture, in the state in which those possessions were found at 
 the period at which the troops of His Britannic Majesty entered 
 them. The orders of His said Majesty for the restitution of 
 those prizes and conquests shall be immediately expedited after 
 the exchange of thcTatifications of the Acts by which Sweden and 
 Denmark shall accede to the present Treaty. 
 
 X. The present Convention shall be ratified by the two Con- 
 tracting Parties, and the ratifications exchanged at St. Petersburgh
 
 02^ DAN N EM ARC. 
 
 dans I'espace cle deux mois, pour tout delai, i\ compter du jour de 
 la signature. 
 
 En foi de quoi les Plenipotcntiaires respectifs en ont fait faire 
 deux exemplaires parfaitement seniblables, signes de leurs mains, 
 et y ont appose le sceau de leurs arnies. 
 
 Fait ^ St. Petersbourg, le -^j Juin, 1801. 
 Signe St. Helens, (L. S.) N. Cte. de Panin, (L. S.) 
 
 FORMULA I RE des Passeports et Lettres de Mer qui doivent 
 etre delivres dans les Amirautes respectives des Etats des 
 hautes Parties Contractantes, aux vaisseaux et batimens qui 
 en sortiront conformement a I'Article IV, du present Traite. 
 
 F'aisons savoir que nous avons donne conge et permission a 
 
 N , de la ville ou lieu de N , maitre ou conducteur du 
 
 vaisseau N , appartenant a N , du port de N , ton- 
 
 neaux ou environ, qui se trouve a present au port et Havre de 
 
 N , de s'en aller ii N, charge de N , pour le comte de 
 
 N , apres que la visite de son vaisseau aura ete faite avant 
 
 son depart selon la maniere usitee par les officiers preposes a cet 
 
 efFet ; et le dit N , ou tel autre fonde de pouvoirs pour le 
 
 rem placer, sera tenu de produire dans chaque port ou Havre oil il 
 entrera avec le dit vaisseau, aux officiers du lieu le present conge, 
 et de porter le pavilion de N , durant son voyage. 
 
 En foi de quoi, &c. 
 
 Articles Additionnels a la Convention entre la Grande Bre- 
 tagne et /a Rnssie, conc/ue a St. Ptlershoin g, le ~^^ Juin, 
 1801. Signes a Moscou, le /,7 Octobie, 1801. 
 
 Comme par I'Article VI. de la Convention conclue le ^V Juin, 
 1801, entre Sa Majeste Britannique et Sa Majeste Imperiale 
 de toutes les Russies, il a ete stipule que les deux Hautes 
 Parties Contractantes arreteraient eulre elles des Articles Ad- 
 ditionnels qui fixeraient les regies et les principes a suivre,
 
 DENMARK. 223 
 
 in tlie space of two months at furthest, from the day of the sig- 
 nature. 
 
 In faith of which the respective Plenipotentiaries have caused 
 to be made two copies thereof, perfectly similar, signed with their 
 hands, and have caused the seal of their arms to be affixed thereto. 
 
 Done at St. Petersburgh the -xV June, 1801. 
 Signed St. Helens, (L.S.) N. Cte. De Panin, (L.S.) 
 
 FORMULA of the Passports and Sea Letters which are to be 
 delivered, in the respective Admiralties of the States of the 
 two high Contracting Parties, to the ships and vessels^ 
 which shall sail from them, conformable to Article IV. of 
 the present Treaty. 
 
 Be it knoMn that we have given leave and permission to 
 
 N , of the city or place of N , master and conductor of the 
 
 ship N , belonging to N , of the port of N, of tons 
 
 or thereabouts, now lying in the port or harbour of N , to 
 
 sail from thence to N, laden with N , on account of N , 
 
 after the said ship shall have been visited before its departure in 
 the usual manner by the officers appointed for that purpose ; and 
 
 the said N , or such other as shall be vested with powers to 
 
 replace him, shall be obliged to produce in every port or harbour 
 which he shall enter with the said vessel to the officers of the 
 
 place, the present licence, and to carry the flag of N , during 
 
 his voyage. 
 
 In faith of which, &c. 
 
 Additional Articles to the Contention hetrceen Great Bri- 
 tain and Russia, concluded at St. Petersburgh, the -i\ June, 
 1801. Signed at Moscow, the -^^th October, 1801. 
 
 Whereas by the Vlth Article of the Convention concluded the 
 ^^th June, 1801, between His Britannic Majesty and His Impe- 
 rial Majesty of all the Russias, it was stipulated that the two 
 high Contracting Parties should mutually agree on some Addi- 
 tional Articles, which should fix the regulations and principles
 
 224 D ANN EM ARC. 
 
 tant pour racceleralion des procedures judiciaires, sur des 
 prises faites en mer, que pour les dedomniagemens qui se- 
 raient dus aux proprietaires des navires et des cargaisons 
 neutres, dans le cas d'une detention malfondee, leurs dites Ma- 
 jestes ont nomme et autorise a cet effet, savoir : Sa Majeste le 
 Roi du Royaume Uui de la Grande Bretagne et de I'irlande, 
 AUeyne Lord Baron St. Helens, Pair du dit Royaume Uni, du 
 Conseil Prive de Sa dite Majest6, et Son Ambassadeur Extra- 
 ordinaire et Plenipotentiaire pres Sa Majeste I'Empereur de 
 toutes les Russies ; et Sa Majeste I'Empereur de toutes les 
 Russies, le Sieur Alexandre Prince de Kourakin, Son Vice 
 Chancelier, Conseiller Prive Actuel, Ministre du Conseil d'Etat, 
 Chambellan Actuel, Grand Chancelier de I'Ordre Souverain de 
 St. Jean de Jerusalem, et Chevalier des Ordres de Russie, de St. 
 Andre, de St. Alexandre Newsky, de St. Anne de la premiere 
 classe ; de ceux de Prusse, de I'Aigle Noir et de I'Aigle Rouge; 
 de ceux de Danneniarc, du Dannebrog et de la Parfaite Union; et 
 Grand Croix de I'Ordre Souverain de St. Jean de Jerusalem ; et 
 le Sieur Victor Comte de Kotschoubey, Son Conseiller Prive 
 Actuel, Ministre au Departement des Affaires Elrangeres, Sena- 
 teur, Chambellan Actuel, et Chevalier des Ordres de St. Alex- 
 andre Newsky, de St. Vladimir de la seconde classe ; et Com- 
 mandeur de I'Ordre Souverain de St. Jean de Jerusalem : les- 
 quels, en vertu de leurs Plein-pouvoirs respectifs, sont convenus 
 des Articles suivans : — 
 
 I. En cas de detention malfondee ou autre contravention aux 
 regies convenues, il sera accorde aux proprietaires du navire 
 ainsi detenu, et de sa cargaison, pour chaque jour de retard, 
 des dedommagemens proporlionnes a la perte qu'ils auraient 
 soufferte, en raison du fret du dit navire et de la nature de sa 
 cargaison. 
 
 II. Si les ministres de I'une des hautes Parties Contractantes, 
 ou autres personnes accreditees de Sa part, aupres de la Puissance 
 Belligerante, portaient des plaintes contre les jugemens qui 
 auraient ete rendus sur les dites prises, par les Cours des Ami- 
 rautes respectives, I'affaire sera evoquee, en Russie, au Senat 
 Dirigeant, et dans la Grande Bretagne, au Conseil du Roi. 
 
 III. Des deux cotes on examinera soigneusement si les regies
 
 DENMARK. 225 
 
 to be observed, as well for accelerating the judicial proceedings 
 upon captures made at sea, as for the damages which should be 
 allowed to the owners of neutral ships and cargoes, in cases of 
 mifounded detention, their said Majesties have named and 
 authorised for this purpose, viz. His Majesty the King of the 
 United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Alleyne Lord 
 Baron St. Helens, a Peer of the said United Kingdom, one of His 
 said Majesty's Most Honourable Privy Council, and His Ambas- 
 sador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the Em- 
 peror of all the Russias ; and His Majesty the Emperor of all 
 the Russias, the Sieur Alexander, Prince de Kourakin, His Vice- 
 Chancellor, Actual Privy Counsellor, Minister of the Council of 
 State, Actual Chamberlain, Grand Chancellor of the Sovereign 
 Order of St. John of Jerusalem, and Knight of the Russian 
 Orders of St. Andrew, of St. Alexander Newsky, and of St. 
 Anne of the first class ; of those of Prussia, of the Black and 
 Red Eagles ; of those of Denmark of the Danebrog and of the 
 Perfect Union; and Grand Cross of the Sovereign Order of St. 
 John of Jerusalem : and the Sieur Victor Count de Kotschoubey, 
 His Actual Privy Counsellor, Minister for the Department for 
 Foreign Affairs, Senator, Actual Chamberlain, and Knight of 
 the Orders of St. Alexander Newsky, of St. Vladimir of the 
 second class ; and Commander of the Sovereign Order of St. 
 John of Jerusalem ; who, in virtue of their respective full 
 Powers, have agreed upon the following Articles : — 
 
 I. In case of unfounded detention or other contravention of 
 the established Regulations, the owners of the vessel and cargo 
 so detained shall be allowed compensation for each day's 
 demurrage, proportionate to the loss they shall have sustained, 
 according to the freight of the said ship, and the nature of its 
 cargo. 
 
 II. If the ministers of one of the high Contracting Parlies, 
 or any other persons accredited by the same to the Belligerent 
 Power, should remonstrate against the sentence which shall have 
 been passed by the respective Courts of Admiralty upon the 
 said captures, appeal shall be made in Russia, to the Directing 
 Senate, and in Great Britain, to His Majesty's Privy Council. 
 
 III. Care shall be taken, on both sides, scrupulously to 
 
 VOL, 1. Q
 
 ooQ DANNEMARC. 
 
 et precautions stipulees dans la present Convention ont ete 
 observ6es, ce qui devra etre fait avec toute la celerite possible : 
 les deux hautes Parties Contractantes s'engageant de plus d 
 adopter les moyens les plus efficaces pour que les jugemens de 
 leurs differens Tribunaux sur les prises faites en mer, ne soient 
 sujets a aucun delai inutile. 
 
 IV. Les effets en litige ne pourront etre vendus ni decharges 
 avant le jugement d^finitif, sans une n6cessite reelle et pressante, 
 qui aura ete constatee devant la Cour de I'Amiraute, et moyen- 
 nant une commission autorisee a cet effet : et il ne sera point 
 permis aux capteurs de rien retirer ni enlever de leur propre 
 autorite d'un vaisseau ainsi detenu. 
 
 Ces Articles Additionnels, faisant partie de la Convention signee 
 le ^ Juin, 1801, aux noms de leurs Majestes Britannique et 
 Imperiale de toutes les Russies, auront la meme force et valeur 
 que s'ils etaient inseres mot a mot dans la dite Convention. 
 
 En foi de quoi, nous soussignes munis des Pleins-pouvoirs de 
 leurs dites Majestes, avons signe en leurs noms les presens Arti- 
 cles Additionnels, et y avons oppose le cachet de nos armes. 
 
 Fait a Moscou le f-g Octobre, 1801. 
 Signe 
 St. Helens, (L.S.) Le Puince de Kourakin, (L.S.) 
 
 LeCoMTE de KoTSCHOUliEY,(L.S.) 
 
 En consequence de tout quoi, Sa Majeste le Roi de Danne- 
 marc accede, en vertu du present Acle, ^ la dite Convention, et 
 aux dits Articles separes et Additionnels, tels qu'ils sont transcrits 
 ci-dessus, sans aucune reserve ni exception, declarant et promet- 
 tant d'en accomplir toutes les clauses, conditions et obligations, 
 en ce qui la concerne ; et Sa Majesty le Roi du Royaume Uni 
 de la Grande Bretagne et de I'lrlande, accepte la presente Acces- 
 sion de Sa Majeste Danoise ; et promet pareillement d'en accom- 
 plir a son egard, sans aucune reserve ni exception, tons les 
 Articles, Clauses, et Conditions, contenus dans la dite Conven- 
 tion, les dits Articles separes et Additionnels inseres ci-dessus.
 
 DENMARK. 227 
 
 examine whether the regulations and precautions agreed upon 
 in the present Convention have been observed, which shall be 
 done with all possible dispatch. The two high Contracting 
 Parties moreover mutually engage to adopt the most efficacious 
 measures, in order to prevent the sentences of their several 
 Tribunals, respecting captures made at sea, being subject to any 
 unnecessary delay. 
 
 IV. The goods in litigation cannot be sold or unloaded before 
 final judgment, without an urgent and real necessity, which shall 
 have been proved before the Court of Admiralty, and by virtue 
 of a commission to this effect; and the captors shall by no 
 means be permitted to remove or take away, on their own 
 authority, either openly or clandestinely, any thing from a vessel 
 so detained. 
 
 These Additional Articles, making part of the Convention 
 signed the ^th June, 1801, in the names of their Britannic and 
 Imperial Majesties, shall have the same force and validity as if 
 they were inserted word for word in the said Convention. 
 
 In witness whereof, we, the undersigned, furnished with the 
 full Powers of their said Majesties, have signed, in their names, 
 the present Additional Articles, and have affixed the seal of our 
 arms thereto. 
 
 Done at Moscow the 2% October, 1801. 
 Signed 
 St. Helens, (L.S.) Le Prince de Kourakin, (L.S.) 
 
 Le Comte de Kotschoubey, (L.S.) 
 
 In consequence of all which. His Majesty the King of Den- 
 mark accedes, by virtue of the present Act, to the said Conven- 
 tion, and to the said separate and Additional Articles, such as they 
 are hereln-before transcribed, without any exception or reserve, 
 declaring and promising to fulfd all the clauses, conditions, and 
 obligations thereof, as far as regards Himself; and His Majesty 
 the King of, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, 
 accepts the present Accession of His Danish Majesty, and in like 
 manner promises, on His part, to fulfil all the Articles, Clauses, 
 and Conditions contained in the said Convention, and the separate 
 and Additional Articles hereln-before Inserted, without any excep- 
 tion or reserve. q 2
 
 228 DANNEMARC. 
 
 Les ratifications du present Acte d'Accession et d' Acceptation 
 seront echangees dans I'espace de deux mois, ou plutot si faire 
 se pent, et seront en meme terns executes le plus promptement 
 possible les stipulations de la dite Convention ; en egard au reta- 
 blissement plein et entier de I'etat des choses, tel qu'il existait 
 avant I'epoque des mesentendus, qui se trouvent heureusement 
 leves dans le moment actuel. 
 
 En foi de quoi, nous soussignes, en vertu de nos Pleins-pou- 
 voirs, avons signe le present Acte, et y avons appose le cachet de 
 nos armes. 
 
 Fait 'd Moscou, le ^ Octobre, 1801. 
 Signe St. Helens, (L.S.) F. X. J. Comte de Dan- 
 
 NESKlOLD-LOWENDAL,(L.S.) 
 
 TRAITE DE PAIX, entre la Grande Bretagne et le Danne- 
 marc, Signt a Kiel, le 14 Janvier ^ 1814. 
 
 EXTRATT. 
 
 I. Des le moment de la signature du present Traite, il y aura 
 paix et amitie entre leurs Majestes le Roi du Royaume Uni de la 
 Grande Bretagne et de I'lrlande, et le Roi de Dannemarc, et entre 
 leurs Royaumes, Etats, et sujets respectifs, dans toutes les par- 
 ties du monde. Toutes les hostilites cesseront entr'eux, et 
 toutes les prises faites sur les sujets des nations respectives seront 
 regardees des le jour de la signature du present Traite, comme 
 non aveniies, et seront restituees de part et d'autre a leurs pro- 
 prietaires respectifs. 
 
 II. Les prisonniers respectifs seront tout de suite apr^s I'e- 
 change des ratifications du present Traite rendus, en masse, en 
 payant de part et d'autre les dettes particulieres qu'ils auroient 
 contractees. 
 
 III. Sa Majeste le Roi du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bre- 
 tagne et de I'Jrlande consent d restituer a Sa Majeste le Roi de 
 Dannemarc toutes les possessions et colonies conquises par les 
 forces Britanniques dans le cours de la presente guerre, avec I'ex-
 
 DENMARK. 229 
 
 The ratifications of the present Act of Accession and Accept- 
 ance shall be exchanged in the space of two months, or sooner if 
 possible ; and the stipulations of the said Convention shall, at 
 the same time, be carried into execution as speedily as possible, 
 regard being had to the full and entire re-establishment of the 
 state of things, such as it was before the period of the misunder- 
 standings, which are now so happily terminated. 
 
 In witness whereof, we, the undersigned, by virtue of our full 
 Powers, have signed the present Act, and have thereunto affixed 
 the seal of our arms. 
 
 Done at Moscow, the ^th October, 1801. 
 Signed St. Helens, (L.S.) F. X. J. Comte de Dan- 
 
 IMESKIOLD-LOWENDAL, (L.S.) 
 
 TREATY OF PEACE, betmen Great Britain and Denmark. 
 Signed at Kiel, \^th January/, 1814. 
 
 Extract. (Translation, as laid before Parliament.) 
 
 I. From the moment of the signature of the present Treaty, 
 there shall be peace and friendship between their Majesties the 
 King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and 
 the King of Denmark, and between their respective Kingdoms, 
 States, and subjects, in all parts of the world. All hostilities 
 between them shall cease, and all prizes taken from the subjects 
 of the respective nations shall be considered as null from the day 
 of the signature of the present Treaty, and shall be restored on 
 both sides to their respective owners. 
 
 II. The respective prisoners of war shall, immediately after 
 the ratification of the present Treaty, be restored, en masse, on 
 payment, on both sides, of the private debts which they shall 
 have contracted. 
 
 III. His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great 
 Britain and Ireland consents' to restore to His Danish Majesty 
 all the possessions and colonies which have been conquered by 
 the British arms in this present war, except the Island of Heli- 
 
 Q 3
 
 230 DANNEiMARC. 
 
 ception de I'lsle de Heligoland, de laquelle Sa Majeste Britan- 
 uiqiie Se reserve la pleine et entiere souverainete. 
 
 IV. La restitution des colonies se fera d'apres les memes regies 
 et principes qui furent adoptes lorsque Sa Majeste Britannique 
 restitua ces memes colonies a Sa Majeste Danoise dans I'annee 
 1801. Quant a I'lsle d'Anholt, elle sera restituee dans un mois 
 apres la dite ratification, a moins que la saison et la difficulte de 
 la navigation ne I'empechent absolument. 
 
 VII. Les relations de commerce entre les sujets des deux 
 hautes Parties Contractantes reprendront leur cours ordinaire, 
 comme avant le commencement de la presente guerre ; et elles 
 sont de plus d'accord de s'entendre mutuellement et au plutot, 
 sur tout ce qui pourroit donner a ces relations plus de force et 
 d'etendue. 
 
 VIII. Sa Majeste le Roi du Royaunie Uni de la Grande Bre- 
 tagne et de I'lrlande, et la nation Britannique, ayant extremement 
 a coeur de mettre tin pour toujours au commerce des negres, Sa 
 Majeste le Roi de Dannemarc S'engage de concourir avec Sa dite 
 Majeste, a consolider en autant qu'il depend d'elle, cette oeuvre de 
 bienfaisance, et de d6fendre de la maniere la plus efficace, et par 
 les lois les plus solennelles, 'A tons Ses sujets d'avoir part ft la 
 traite des negres. 
 
 XI. Les sequestres sur les proprietes de part et d'autre qui ne 
 sont pas encore confisquees ou condamnees, seront leves imme- 
 diatement apres la ratification du present Traite. 
 
 XII. Sa Majeste le Roi de Suede S'etant engage par I'Article 
 VI. du Traite d'Alliance avec Sa Majeste Britannique, conclu a 
 Stockholm, le 3 Mars, 1813, d'accorder pendant la duree de 
 vingt ans, a compter de I'echange des ratifications du dit Traite, 
 aux sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique, les droits d'entrepot dans 
 le port de Stralsund, pour toutes les denrees productions et mar- 
 chandises, soit de la Grande Bretagne, soit de ses colonies, char- 
 gees sur des batimens Britanniques ou Suedois, moyennant un 
 droit d'entrepot pour toutes les denrees et marchandises indis-
 
 DENMARK. 231 
 
 goland, which His Britannic Majesty reserves to Himself with 
 full and unlimited sovereignty. 
 
 IV. The restoring of the colonies shall be performed accord- 
 ing to the same rules and principles which were laid down when 
 His Britannic Majesty gave up to His Danish Majesty these 
 same colonies in the year 1801. With regard to the Island of 
 Anholt, it is agreed that it shall be given back one month after 
 the ratification of the present Treaty, unless the season and the 
 difficulty of navigation should present insurmountable obstacles. 
 
 VII. The commercial relations between the subjects of the 
 high Contracting Parties shall again return to the usual order, as 
 existing before the present war began.* They moreover recipro- 
 cally agree to adopt measures, as soon as possible, for giving the 
 same greater force and extent. 
 
 VIII. His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great 
 Britain and Ireland, and the British nation, being extremely de- 
 sirous of totally abolishing the Slave Trade, the King of Denmark 
 engages to co-operate with His said Majesty for the completion 
 of so beneficent a work, and to prohibit all His subjects, in the 
 most effectual manner, and by the most solemn laws, from taking 
 any share in such trade. 
 
 XI. The sequestrations which have been laid, by either of the 
 Contracting Parties, on property not already confiscated or con- 
 demned, shall be raised immediately after the ratification of this 
 Treaty. 
 
 XII. His Majesty the King of Sweden having engaged, by 
 Article VI. of the Treaty of Alliance with His Britannic Majesty, 
 concluded at Stockholm, the 3d of March, 1813, to grant for a 
 period of twenty years, to be computed from the exchange of the 
 ratifications of the said Treaty,-)- to the subjects of His Britannic 
 Majesty, the privileges of depot in the port of Stralsund, of all 
 articles being the growth or manufacture of Great Britain, or of her 
 colonies, laden on board of British or Swedish vessels, on paying 
 a duty of one per cent, ad valorem, on such articles and mer- 
 
 * 1807. 
 
 + Ratifications exchanged at Stocliholm, 7th April, 1813. 
 
 Q4
 
 232 DANNEMAllC. 
 
 tinctement d'un pour cent, ad valorem, pour'l'entree, et dii meme 
 montant pour la sortie; Sa Majeste le Roi de Dannemarc promet 
 de remplir, en Sa nouvelle qualite de Souverain de la Pomeranie 
 Suedoise, la dite stipulation, en substituant aux batimens Suedois 
 ceux du Dannemarc. 
 
 XIII. Tous les anciens Traites de paix et de commerce con- 
 clus entre les predecesseurs de leurs Majestes Britanniques et 
 Danoises, sont rappelles par le present Traite, et retablis en 
 vigueur dans leur teneur entiere, et dans toutes leurs clauses, en 
 autant que celles-ci ne sont point contraires aux stipulations con- 
 tenues dans les Articles du Traite present. 
 
 Fait ii Kiel, le 14 Janvier, 1814. 
 
 Sign6 
 Edward Thornton, (L.S.) Edmund Bourke, (L.S.) 
 
 ARTICLES ADDITIONNELS au Traite precedent. Siguc 
 a Liege, le 7 Jvri/, 18 14^ 
 
 EXTRAIT. 
 
 I. Les evacuations, cessions et restitutions, stipulees par le 
 sus-dit Traite, seront pxecutees pour TEurope dans le mois ; 
 pour les mers d'Amerique, dans les trois mois ; pour le conti- 
 nent et les mers d'Asie dans les six mois, qui suivront la ratifica- 
 tion du Traite Delinitif. 
 
 II. II est convenu en outre, que dans tous les cas de cessions 
 stipulees, il sera alloue aux habitans, de quelque condition ou 
 nation qu'ils soyent, un terme de trois ans, a compter de la rati- 
 fication du present Traite, pour disposer de leurs proprietes acqui- 
 ses et possedees, soit avant, soit pendant la guerre ; dans lequel 
 terme de trois ans ils pourront exercer librement leur religion, et 
 jpuir de leurs proprietes. La meme faculte est accordee dans 
 les pays restitues, a tous ceux, soit habitans ou autres, qui y auront 
 fait des etablissemens quelconques pendant le tems ou ces pays 
 etoient possedes par la Grande Bretagne.
 
 DENMARK. 233 
 
 chandize, on import and export ; His Majesty the King of Den- 
 mark promises to fnltil, in His new character of Sovereign of 
 Swedish Pomerania, the said stipulation, by substituting Danish 
 for Swedish bottoms. 
 
 Xni. All the ancient Treaties of Peace and Commerce 
 between the former Sovereigns of England and Denmark are 
 hereby renewed in their full extent, so far as they are not contra- 
 dictory to the stipulations of the present Treaty. 
 
 Done at Kiel, the 14th January, 1814. 
 
 Signed 
 Edward Thornton, (L.S.) Edmund Bourke, (L.S.) 
 
 ADDITIONAL APtTICLES to the preceding Treat i/. Signed 
 at Liege, 7th April, 1814. 
 
 Extract. (Translation, as laid before Parliament.) 
 
 I. The evacuations, cessions, and restitutions, stipulated by 
 the above mentioned Treaty, shall be executed in Europe within 
 a month, in the seas of America within three months, and in the 
 continent and seas of Asia within six months, after the ratifications 
 of the Definitive Treaty. 
 
 II. It is further agreed, that in all the cases of cession stipu- 
 lated, there shall be allowed to the inhabitants, of whatever con- 
 dition or nation they may be, a term of three years, reckoning 
 from the ratification of the present Treaty, to dispose of their 
 property, acquired and possessed whether before or in the course 
 of the war ; during which term of three years they shall be at 
 liberty freely to exercise their religion, and to enjoy their pro- 
 perty. The same facility is granted within the countries restored, 
 to all persons, inhabitants or others, who shall have formed any 
 establishments during the time which those countries were pos- 
 sessed by Great Britain.
 
 234 DANNEMARC. 
 
 Quant aux habitans des pays restitues oii cedes, il est con- 
 venu qu'aucun d'eux lie pourra etre poursuivi, inquiet6 ou trouble, 
 dans sa personne ou dans sa propriety, sous aucun pretexte, k 
 cause de sa conduite ou opinion politique, ou de son attachement 
 k aucune des hautes Parties Contractantes, ou pour tout autre 
 raison, si ce n'est pour les dettes contractees envers des individus, 
 ou pour des actes posterieurs au present Traite. 
 
 III. La decision de toute reclamation entre les individus des 
 nations respectives pour dettes, proprietes, effets ou droits quel- 
 conques, qui conformement aux usages regus et au droit des gens, 
 doivent etre reproduites, sera renvoyee devant les tribunaux cotn- 
 petens, et dans ces cas, il sera rendu une protnpte et enti^re 
 justice dans les pays oh les reclamations seront faites respective- 
 ment. 
 
 Fait A Liege, le 7 Avril, 1814. 
 Signe 
 Edward Thornton, (L.S.) Edmund Bourke, (L.S.) 
 
 ARTICLE ADDITIONNEL. 
 
 II est convenu entre les deux hautes Parties Contractantes, que 
 la meme securite pour la personne et pour la propriete, qui a 6t6 
 stipulee par les Articles Additionnels signes aujourd'hui, pour les 
 habitans des paj^s restitu6s ou cedes, sera accordee k tons les 
 sujets de Sa Majeste le Roi du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bre- 
 tagne et de ITrlande, soit Britanniques ou Hannovriens, et de Sa 
 Majeste le Roi de Dannemarc, qui auront pris une part active k 
 la guerre actuelle, qui a embrase tant de contrees, et qu'aucun 
 d'eux ne pourra etre poursuivi, inquiet6 ou trouble pour sa con- 
 duite ou opinion politique pendant le cours de la guerre. 
 
 Fait k Liege, le 7 Avril, 1814. 
 Signe 
 Edward Thornton, (L.S.) Edmund Bourke, (L.S.)
 
 DENMARK. 235 
 
 In respect to the inhabitants of the countries restored or 
 ceded, it is agreed that no one shall be prosecuted, disturbed, or 
 troubled, either personally or in his property, under any pretext, 
 on account of his political opinions or conduct, or of his attach- 
 ment to either of the high Contracting Parties, or for any other 
 cause, unless it be for debts contracted with individuals, or for 
 acts subsequent to the present Treaty. 
 
 III. The decision of every claim between individuals of the 
 respective nations for any debts, property, effects, or rights what- 
 ever, which conformably to common usage and the law of nations 
 ought to be brought forward, shall be referred to the competent 
 tribunals, and in such cases there shall be prompt and complete 
 justice rendered in the countries where the claims are respectively 
 put forth. 
 
 Done at Liege, the 7th April, 1814. 
 Signed 
 Edward Thornton, (L.S.) Edmund Bourke, (L.S.) 
 
 ADDITIONAL ARTICLE. 
 
 It is agreed between the two high Contracting Parties, that 
 the same security of person and property, which has been stipu- 
 lated by the Additional Articles signed this day, for the inha- 
 bitants of the restored or ceded countries, shall be afforded to all 
 the subjects of His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of 
 Great Britain and Ireland, whether British or Hanoverians, and 
 of His Majesty the King of Denmark, who shall have taken an 
 active part in the present war, which has disturbed so many 
 countries, and that no one shall be prosecuted, disturbed, or 
 troubled, on account of his political conduct or opinions during 
 the course of the war. 
 
 Done at Liege, the 7th April, 1814. 
 Signed 
 Edward Thornton, (L.S.) Edmund Bourke, (L.S.)
 
 ( 236 ) 
 
 FRANCE. 
 
 TRAITE DE PAIX ET D'AMITIE, entre la Grande Bre- 
 tagne et la France. Fait a Utrecht, It ^f^' 1713. 
 
 EXTRAIT. 
 
 XIII. L'Isle de Terreneuve, avec les Isles adjacentes, appar- 
 tiendra desormais et absolument a la Grande Bretagne, et a cette 
 iin le Roi Ties Chretien fera remettre a ceux qui se trouveront a 
 ce commis en ce Pays la, dans I'espace de sept mois a compter du 
 iour de I'echange des ratifications de ce Traite, ou plutot si faire 
 se pent, la ville et le fort de Plaisance, et autres lieux que les 
 Francois pourroient encore posseder dans la dite isle, sans que le 
 dit RoiTres Chretien, Ses Heretiers et Successeurs, ou quelques 
 uns de Ses sujets puissent desormais pretendre quoique ce soil, et 
 en quelque tems que ce soit, sur la dite isle, et les isles adjacentes 
 en tout, ou en partie. II ne leur sera pas permis non plus d'y 
 fortifier aucun lieu, ni d'y 6tablir aucune habitation en fa^on 
 quelconque, si ce n'est des echafauds et cabanes necessaires et 
 usitees pour secher le poisson, ni aborder dans la dite isle dans 
 d'autres tems, que celui qui est propre pour pecher, et neces- 
 saire pour secher le poisson. Dans la dite isle il ne sera pas per- 
 mis aux dits sujets de la France de pecher et de secher le poisson 
 en aucune autre partie, que depuis le lieu appelle Cap de Bona- 
 vista, jusqu'a I'extremite septentrionale de la dite isle, et de 1^ eu 
 suivant la partie occidentale, jusqu'au lieu appelle Pointe-Riche. 
 Mais risle dite Cap Breton et toutes les autres quelconques, si-
 
 ( 237 ) 
 
 FRANCE. 
 
 TREATY OF PEACE AND ERIENDSIIIP, heiween Great 
 Britain and France. Signed at Utrecht, the f^—^' \1V3. 
 
 Extract. (Translation.) 
 
 XITT.* The Island called Newfoundland, with the adjacent 
 islands, shall, from this time forward, belong of right wholly to 
 Britain ; and to that end the town and fortress of Placentia, and 
 whatever other places in the said island, are in the possession of the 
 French, shall be yielded and given up, within seven months from 
 the exchange of the ratifications of this Treaty, or sooner, if pos- 
 sible, by the Most Christian King, to those who have a commis- 
 sion from the Queen of Great Britain for that purpose. Nor 
 shall the Most Christian King, His Heirs and Successors, or any 
 of their subjects, at any time hereafter lay claim to any right to 
 the said island and islands, or to any part of it, or them. More- 
 over it shall not be lawful for the subjects of France, to fortify 
 any place in the said Island of Newfoundland, or to erect any 
 buildings there, besides stages made of boards, and huts neces- 
 sary and usual for drying of fish ; or to resort to the said island, 
 beyond the time necessary for fishing and drying of fish. But it 
 shall be allowed to the subjects of France, to catch fish, and to 
 dry them on land, in that part only, and in no other besides that, 
 of the said island of Newfoundland, which stretches from the 
 place called Cape Bonavista, to the northern point of the said 
 island, and from thence running down by the western side, reaches 
 
 * Renewed by Article V. of the Treaty of Pari?, 1763.
 
 238 FRANCE. 
 
 tuees dans I'embouchure et dans le Golphe de St. Laurent, 
 demeureront k I'aveuir a la France, avec I'enti^re faculte au Roi 
 Tr^s Chretien d'y fortifier une ou plusieurs places. 
 
 Fait ^ Utrecht le '^;^ 1713. 
 
 Signe John Bristol, C. P. S.(L.S.) Huxelles, (L.S.) 
 Strafford, (L.S.) Mesnager, (L.S.) 
 
 TRAITE D^FINITIF entre la Grande Bretagne et la France, 
 (et VEspagne). Signe a Paris, le 10 Fevrier, 1763. 
 
 EXTRAIT. 
 
 V. Les sujets de la France auront la liberte de la p^che, et de 
 la s^cherie, sur une partie des cotes de I'lsle de Terreneuve, telle 
 qu'elle est specifiee par I'Article XIII du Traite d'Utrecht ; lequel 
 Article est renouvelle etconfirme par le present Traite, (a I'excep- 
 tion de ce qui regarde I'lsle du Cap Breton, ainsi que les autres 
 isles et cotes dans I'embouchure, et dans le Golphe St. Laurent.") 
 Et Sa Majeste Britannique consent de laisser aux sujets du Roi 
 Tres Chretien la liberte de pecher dans le Golphe St. Laurent, d 
 condition que les sujets de la France n'exercent la dite peche 
 qu'd la distance de trois lieues de toutes les cotes appartenantes 
 d la Grande Bretagne, soit celles du continent, soit celles des 
 isles situees dans le dit Golphe St. Laurent : et pour ce qui con- 
 cerne la peche sur les cotes de I'isle du Cap Breton hors du dit 
 Golphe, il ne sera pas permis aux sujets du Roi Tres Chretien 
 d'exercer la dite p^che qu'd la distance de quinze lieues des cotes 
 de risle du Cap Breton ; et la peche sur les cotes de la Nou- 
 velle Ecosse ou Acadie, et par tout ailleurs hors du dit Golphe, 
 restera sur le pied des Trait6s anterieurs. 
 
 VI. Le Roi de la Grande Bretagne cede les Isles de St.
 
 FRANCE. 239 
 
 as far as the place called Point Riche. But the Island called 
 Cape Breton, as also all others, both in the mouth of the river of 
 St. Lawrence, and in the Gulph of the same name, shall hereafter 
 belong of right to the French ; and the Most Christian King 
 shall have all manner of liberty to fortify any place or places 
 there. 
 
 Done at Utrecht, ff""''''' 171:3. 
 
 ' lull April, ' 
 
 Signed John Bristol, C.P.S.(L.S.) Huxelles, (L. S.) 
 Strafford, (L. S.) Mesnaoer, (L.S.) 
 
 DEFINITIVE TREATY between Great Britain and France 
 (and Spain). Signed at Paris, the lOth February, 1763. 
 
 Extract. (Translation.) 
 
 v.* The subjects of France shall have the liberty of fishing and 
 drying, on a part of the coasts of the Island of Newfoundland, 
 such as it is specified in Article XIII of the Treaty of Utrecht ; 
 which Article is renewed and confirmed by the present Treaty 
 (except what relates to the Island of Cape Breton, as well as to 
 the other islands and coasts in the mouth and in the Gulph of St. 
 Lawrence). And His Britannic Majesty consents to leave to the 
 subjects of the Most Christian King the liberty of fishing in the 
 Gulph St. Lawrence, on condition that the subjects of France, 
 do not exercise the said fishery, but at the distance of three 
 leagues from all the coasts belonging to Great Britain, as well 
 those of the continent, as those of the islands situated in the 
 said Gulph St. Lawrence. And as to what relates to the fishery 
 on the coasts of the Island of Cape Breton out of the said 
 Gulph, the subjects of the Most Christian King shall not be 
 permitted to exercise the said fishery, but at the distance of fif- 
 teen leagues from the coasts of the Island of Cape Breton ; and 
 the fishery on the coasts of Nova Scotia or Acadia, and every 
 where else out of the said Gulph, shall remain on the foot of for- 
 mer Treaties. 
 
 VI. The King of Great Britain cedes the Islands of St. 
 
 • Renewed by Article VI. of the Treaty of Versailles, 1783.
 
 240 FRANCE. 
 
 Pierre et de Miquelon, en toute propriete, a Sa Majeste Tr^a 
 Chretienne, pour servir d'abri aux pecheurs Frangois : et Sa dite 
 Majeste Tres Chretienne S'oblige ^ ne point fortifier les dites 
 isles, a n'y etablir que des batimens civils pour la commodite de 
 la peche, et k n'y entretenir qu'une garde de cinquante hommes 
 pour la police. 
 
 Fait a Paris le 10 F^vrier, 1763. 
 Signe 
 Bedford,C.P. S.(L.S.) Choiseul, Due de Praslin, (L.S.) 
 
 El Marq. de Grimaldi, (L.S.) 
 
 TRAITE DEFINITIF, cut re la Grande Bretagne et la 
 France. Signe a Fersailles, le 3 Septembre, 1783. 
 
 Extrait. 
 
 IV. Sa Majeste le Roi de la Grande Bretagne est maintenu 
 dans la propriete de I'lsle de Terreneuve, et des isles adjacentes, 
 ainsi que le tout lui a ete assure par TArticle XIII du Traite 
 d'Utrecht, a I'exception des Isles de St. Pierre et Miquelon les- 
 quelles sont cedees en tout propriete, par le present Traite, a Sa 
 Majeste Tres Chretienne. 
 
 V. Sa Majeste le Roi Tres Chretien, pour prevenir les que- 
 relles qui ont eu lieu jusqu'a present entre les deux Nations An- 
 gloise et Frangoise, consent a renoncer au droit de peche, qui lui 
 appartient en vertu de I'Article XIII susmentionnee du Traite 
 d'Utrecht, depuis le Cap Bona-vista jusqu'au Cap St. Jean, situe 
 sur la cote orientale de Terreneuve, par les cinquante degres de 
 latitude septentrionale ; et Sa Majeste le Roi de la Grande Bre- 
 tagne consent, de Son cote, que la peche assignee aux sujets de 
 Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne, commen^ant au dit Cap St. Jean, 
 passant par le nord, et descendant par la cote occidentale de I'lsle 
 de Terreneuve, s'etende jusqu'a I'endroit appelle Cap Raye, 
 situe au quarante-septieme degre, cinquante niinutes de latitude. 
 Les prehears Frangois jouiront de la peche qui leur est assignee
 
 FRANCE. 241 
 
 Pierre and Miquelon, in full right, to His Most Christian Majesty, 
 to serve as a shelter to the French fishermen : and Ilis said Most 
 Christian Majesty engages not to fortify the said Islands ; to erect 
 no buildings upon them, but merely for the convenience of the 
 fishery ; and to keep upon them a guard of fifty men only for the 
 police. 
 
 Done at Paris the 10th of February, 1763. 
 Signed 
 Bedfokd,C.P.S.(L.S.) Choiseul, Due de Praslin, (L.S.) 
 
 El Maro. de Guimaldi, (L.S.) 
 
 DEFINITIVE TRExATY betiveen Great Britain ami France. 
 Signed at Versailles, 3d of September, 1783.* 
 
 Extract. (Translation, as laid before Parliament.) 
 
 IV. His Majesty the King of Great Britain is maintained in 
 His right to the Island of Newfoundland, and to the adjacent 
 Inlands, as the whole were assured to Him by the Thirteenth 
 Article of the Treaty of Utrecht; excepting the Islands of St. 
 Pierre and Miquelon, which are ceded in full right, by the present 
 Treaty, to His Most Christian Majesty. 
 
 V. His Majesty the Most Christian King, in order to prevent 
 the quarrels which have hitherto arisen between the two Nations 
 of England and France, consents to renounce the right of fishing, 
 which belongs to Him in virtue of the aforesaid Article of the 
 Treaty of Utrecht, from Cape Bonavista to Cape St. John, 
 situated on the eastern coast of Newfoundland, in fifty degrees 
 North latitude ; and His Majesty the King of Great Britain con- 
 sents on His part, that the fishery assigned to the subjects of His 
 Most Christian Majesty, beghining at the said Cape St. John, 
 passing to the north, and descending by the western coast of the 
 Island of Newfoundland, shall extend to the place called Cape 
 Raye, situated in forty-seven degrees, fifty minutes latitude. The 
 French fishermen shall enjoy the fisliery which is assigned to them 
 
 * RciK\vcd 1)3' Arlicle XIII. of llie Defiuiiive Treatj ofPniis, l!)! 1. 
 VOL. I. R
 
 QAQr FRANCE. 
 
 par le present Article, commc ils ont cu droit dc jouir de cclle 
 qui leur est assignee par le Tralte d'Utrecht. 
 
 VI. A I'egard de la peche dans le Golphe de St. Laurent, les 
 Francois continueront A I'exercer conformement a F Article V. du 
 Traite de Paris. 
 
 Fait a Versailles, le 3 Septembre, 1783. 
 Signe MANCHESTEi{,(L.S.) Graviek de Veiigennes,(L.S.) 
 
 DECLARATION BRITANNIQUE, signu a Versailles, h 
 
 3 Septembre, 17S3. 
 
 EXTRAIT. 
 
 Le Roi 6tant entierement d'accord avec SaMajesteTres Chre- 
 tienne sur les Articles du Traite Definitif, cliercliera tons les 
 moyens qui pourront non seuleinent en assurer I'execution, avec 
 la bonne foi et la ponctualite qui Lui son connues, niais de plus 
 donnera, de son cote, toute I'efficace possible aux principes qui 
 enipecheront jusqu'au moindre germe de dispute a I'avenir. 
 
 A cette fin, et pourque les pecheurs des deux nations ne fas- 
 sent point naitre des querelles journalieres, Sa Majeste Britan- 
 nique prendra les mesures les plus positives pour prevenir que 
 Ses sujets ne troublent, en aucune maniere, par leur concurrence, 
 la peche des Francois, pendant I'exercice teniporaire qui leur est 
 accorde, sur les cotes de I'ile de Terreneuve ; et Elle fera retirer, 
 d cet effet, les etablissemens sedentaires qui y seront form6s. Sa 
 Majeste Britannique donnera des ordres pour que les pecheurs 
 Francois ne soient pas gen6s dans la coupe de bois necessaire 
 pour la reparation de leurs echaffaudages, cabanes, et batimens 
 de peche. 
 
 L' Article XIII du Traite d'Utrecht, et la niethode de faire la 
 peche qui a ete de tout tenis reconnue, sera le modele sur lequel 
 la peche s'y fera. On n'y contreviendra pas, ni d'une part ni de 
 I'autre ; les pecheurs Francois ne batissant rien que leurs echaf- 
 faudages, se bornant a reparer leurs batimens de peche, et n'y 
 liivernant point ; les sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique, de leur
 
 FRANCE. 243 
 
 by the present Article, as they had the right to enjoy that wliich 
 was assigned to them by the Treaty of Utrecht. 
 
 VI. With regard to the lisherv in the Gulph of St. Lawrence, 
 the French shall continne to exercise it conformably to tiie fifth 
 Article of the Treaty of Paris. 
 
 Done at Versailles, the 3d of September, 1783. 
 
 Signed MANCHESTEit,(L.S.) Gravier de Vergennes,(L.S.) 
 
 BRITISH DECLARATION, signed at Versailles, 3d of Sep- 
 tember, 1783. 
 
 Extract. 
 
 The King having entirely agreed with His Most Christian 
 Majesty upon the Articles of the Definitive Treaty, will seek 
 every means which shall not only ensure the execution thereof, with 
 His accustomed good faith and punctuality, but will besides give, 
 on His part, all possible efficacy to the principles which shall 
 prevent even the least foundation of dispute for the future. 
 
 To this end, and in order that the fishermen of the two nations 
 may not give cause for daily quarrels, His Britannic Majesty will 
 take the most positive measures for preventing His subjects from 
 interrupting, in any manner, by their competition, the fishery of 
 the French, during the temporary exercise of it which is granted 
 to them, upon the coasts of the Island of Newfoundland ; and He 
 M'ill, for this purpose, cause the fixed settlements which shall be 
 formed there, to be removed. His Britannic Majesty will give 
 orders, that the French fishermen be not incommoded, in cutting 
 the wood necessary for the repair of their scaffolds, huts, and 
 fishing vessels. 
 
 The Thirteenth Article of the Treaty of Utrecht, and the 
 method of tarrying on the fishery which has at all times been 
 acknowledged, shall be the plan upon which the fishery shall be 
 carried on there; it shall not be deviated from by either party ; 
 the French fishermen building only their scaffolds, confining them- 
 selves to the repair of their fishing vessels, and not wintering 
 
 R 2
 
 244 FRANCE. 
 
 j>art, ne molestant aucunement les pecheuis Frangois durant leurs 
 peches, ni ne derangeant leurs echafFaudages durant leui- absence. 
 
 *^ Le Roi de la Grande Bretagne, en cedant les lies de St. 
 Pierre et de Miquelon a la France, Jes regarde comnie cedees 
 ^ fm de servir reellement d'abri aux peclieurs Francois, et dans 
 la confiance entiere que ces possessions ne deviendront point un 
 objet de jalousie entre les deux nations ; et que la peche entre 
 les dites iles, et celle de Terreneuve, sera bornee d mi-canal. 
 
 Donne d Versailles, le 3 Septeaibre, 17B3. 
 
 Signe Manchester, (L.S.) 
 
 CONTRE-DECLARATION FRANCOISE, sigme a Ver- 
 sailles, le 3 Septembre, 1783. 
 
 ExTRAIT. 
 
 Les principes qui ont dirige le Roi, dans tout le cours des ne- 
 gociations qui ont precede le retablissenient de la paix, ont du 
 convaincre le Roi de la Grande Bretagne, que Sa Majeste n'a eu 
 d'autre but que de la rendre solide et durable, en prevenant, au- 
 tant qu'il est possible, dans les quatre parties du monde, tout 
 sujet de discussion et de querelle. Le Roi de la Grande Bre- 
 tagne met indubitablenient trop de confiance dans la droiture des 
 intentions de Sa Majeste, pour ne point Se reposer sur I'attention 
 constante qu'elle aura d'empechcr que les iles St. Pierre et 
 Miquelon ne deviennent un objet de jalousie entre les deux nations. 
 
 Quant a la peche sur les cotes de Terreneuve, qui a ete I'objet 
 des nouveaux arrangemens dont les deux Souverains sont con- 
 venus sur cette matiere, elle est suffisamnient expriniee par 1' Ar- 
 ticle V. du Traite de Paix signe ce-jourd'hui, et par la Declaration 
 remise egalement aujourd'luii par I'Ambassadear extraordinaire 
 et Plenipotentiaire de Sa Majeste Britannique; et Sa Majeste 
 declare qu'elle est pleinement satisfaite a cet egard. 
 
 Pour ce qui est de la peche entre I'ile de Terreneuve et 
 celles de St. Pierre et Miquelon, elle ne pourra se faire, de part
 
 FRANCE. 24,5 
 
 there ; the subjects of His Britannic Majesty, on their part, not 
 molesting, in any manner, the French lishcrnien, during their 
 risliing, nor injuring their scaftolds during their absence. 
 
 The King of Great Britain, in ceding the Islands of St. Pierre 
 and Miquelon to France, regards them as ceded for tiie purpose 
 of serving as a real shelter to the French lishermen, and in full 
 coniidcnce that these possessions will not become an object of 
 jealousy between the two nations ; and that the lishery between 
 the said Islands, and that of Newfoundland, shall be limited to 
 the middle of the channel. 
 
 Given at Versailles, the 3d of September, \7'o3. 
 
 Signed Manchester, (L. S.) 
 
 FRENCH COUNTER- DECLARATION, >ilgncd at Vei- 
 sail/es, the 3d of September, 1733. 
 
 Extract. 
 
 The principles which have guided the King, in the whole course 
 of the negociations which preceded the re-establishment of peace, 
 must have convinced the King of Great Britain, that His Majesty, 
 has had no other design than to render it solid and lasting, by 
 preventing as much as possible, in the four quarters of the world, 
 every subject of discussion and quarrel. The King of Great 
 Britain undoubtedly places too much confidence in the upright- 
 ness of His Majesty's intentions, not to rely upon His constant 
 attention to prevent the Islands of St. Pierre and Miquelon from 
 becoming an object of jealousy between the two nations. 
 
 As to the fishery on the coasts of Newfoundland, which has 
 been the object of the new arrangements settled by the two Sove- 
 reigns upon this matter, it is sutficiently ascertained by the filth 
 Article of the Treaty of Peace signed this day, and by the De- 
 claration likewise delivered to day, by His Britannic Majesty's 
 Ambassador extraordinary and Plenipotentiary : and His Majesty 
 declares, that He is fully satisfied on this head. 
 
 In regard to the fishery between the Island of Newfoundland, 
 and those of St. Pierre and Miquelon, it is not to be carried on, 
 
 R 3
 
 246 FRANCE. 
 
 et d'autre, que jusqu'^ mi-canal, etSa Majeste donnera les ordres 
 le plus precis, pour que les peclieurs Francois n'outre-passent 
 point cette ligne. Sa Majeste est dans la ferme contiance que le 
 Roi de la Grande Bretagne donnera de pareils ordres aux pecheurs 
 Anglois. 
 
 Donne ^Versailles, le 3 Septembre, 1783. 
 
 Sign6 Gravier de Vergennes, (L.S.) 
 
 CONVENTION entrela Grande Bretagne et la France. Signte 
 a Paris, le 23 Jvril, 1814. 
 
 EXTRAIT. 
 
 I. Toutes hostilites sur terre et sur mer sont et demeurent 
 suspendues entre les Puissances Alli6es et la France, savoir ; pour 
 les armees de terre aussitot que les Generaux Commandant les 
 Armees Fran^aises et places fortes auront fait connoitre aux G6- 
 n6raux Commandant les troupes AUiees, qui leur sont opposees, 
 qu'ils ont reconnu I'autorite du Lieutenant General du Royaume 
 de France ; et tant sur mer qu'a I'^gard des places et stations 
 maritimes, aussitot que les llottes et ports du Royaume de France, 
 ou occupes par les troupes Frangaises auront fait la meme sou- 
 mission. 
 
 V. Les flottes et les batimens de la France demeureront dans 
 leur situation respective, sauf la sortie des batimens charges de 
 missions, mais I'effet immediat du present Acte k l'6gard des ports 
 Frangais sera la levee de tout blocus par terre ou par mer, la 
 liberte de la peche, celle du cabotage, particulierement de celui 
 qui est necessaire pour I'approvisionnement de Paris, et le reta- 
 blissement des relations de commerce conformement aux regle- 
 mens interieurs de chaque pays, et cet effet immediat a I'egard de 
 rinterieur sera le libre approvisionnement des villes, et le libre 
 transit des transports militaires ou commerciaux. 
 
 VL Pour prevenir tons les sujets de plaintes et de contesta- 
 tions qui pourraient naitre k I'occasion des prises qui seraient 
 faites en mer apres la signature de la presente Convention, il est
 
 TRANCE. 247 
 
 by either party, but to the middle of the channel, and His Majesty 
 will give the most positive orders, that the French fishermen shall 
 not £^o beyond this line. His Majesty is firinly persuaded that 
 the King of Great Britain will give like orders to the English 
 fishermen. 
 
 Given at V^ersailles, the ;]d of September, 178.S. 
 
 Sisned Gravier de Vergennes. 
 
 CONVENTION between Great Britain and France. Signed 
 at Paris J the 2Sd of Jprif, 1814. 
 
 Extract. (Translation, as /aid /jejore Parliament.) 
 I. All hostilities by land and sea are, and shall remain, sus- 
 pended between the Allied Powers and France, that is to say : — 
 for the land forces, as soon as the commanding officers of the 
 French armies and fortified places shall have signified to the 
 Allied troops opposed to them, that they have recognized the au- 
 thority of the Lieutenant General of the Kingdom of France ; 
 and in like manner upon the sea, as far as regards maritime places 
 and stations, as soon as the shipping and ports of the Kingdom 
 of France, or those occupied by French forces shall have mani- 
 fested the same submission. 
 
 V. The fleets and ships of France shall remain in their respec- 
 tive situations, vessels only charged with particular missions shall 
 be allowed to sail, but the immediate effect of the present Act in 
 respect to the French ports, shall be the raising of all blockade 
 by land or sea, the liberty of fishing, that of the coasting trade, 
 particularly of that M'hich is necessary for supplying Paris with 
 provisions ; and the re-establishment of the relations of com- 
 merce conformably to the internal regulations of each country; 
 and the immediate effect in respect to the interior shall be the 
 free provisioning of the cities, and the free passage of all means of 
 military or commercial transport. 
 
 VI. In order to anticipate every subject of complaint and dis- 
 pute which may arise respecting the captures which might be 
 made at sea after the signature of the present Convention, it is 
 
 R 4
 
 248 FRANCE. 
 
 r6ciproquement convenu que les valsseaux et effets qui pounaient 
 ^tre pris dans la manche et dans les mers du nord, apr^s I'espace 
 de douze jours, a compter de Techange des ratifications du pre- 
 sent Acte, seront, de part et d'autre restitues ; que le tenne sera 
 d'un mois depuis la manche et les mers du nord jusqu'aux iles 
 Canaries jusqu'a I'equateur ; et enfin de cinq mois dans toutes 
 les autres parties du monde, sans aucune exception ni autre dis- 
 tinction plus particuliere de terns et de lieu. 
 
 VII. De part et d'autre, les prisonniers, officiers, et soldats, 
 de terre et de mer, ou de quelque nature que ce soit, et particu- 
 lierement les otages seront immediatement renvoyes dans leurs 
 pays respectifs sans rangon et sans echange. Des Commissaires 
 seront nommes reciproquement pour proceder a cette liberation 
 generale. 
 
 Fait a Paris, le 23 Avril, I'an de Grace, 1814. 
 Signe 
 
 Castlereagh,(L.S.) Le Prince de Benevent, (L.S.) 
 
 TPvAITE DEFINITIF entre la Grande Bretagne et la France. 
 Signe a Paris le 30 Mai, 1814. 
 
 EXTIIAIT. 
 
 I. II y aura, a compter de ce jour, paix et aniitie entre Sa Ma- 
 jeste le Roi du Royaume uni de la Grande Bretagne et de I'lr- 
 lande, et Ses Allies d'une part, et S.M. le Roi de France et de 
 Navarre d'autre part, leurs lieritiers et successeurs, leurs Etats 
 et sujets respectifs, a perpetuite. 
 
 V. La navigation sur le Rhin, du point ou il devient navigable 
 jusqu' a la mer, et reciproquement, sera libra, de telle sortequ'elle 
 ne puisse etre interdite a personne ; et Ton s'occupera, au futur 
 Congres, des principes d'apres les quels on pourra regler les 
 droits a lever par les Etats Riverains, de la maniere la plus egale 
 et la plus favorable au commerce de toutes les nations. 
 
 II sera examine et decide de meme dans le futur Congres, de
 
 FRANCE. 249 
 
 reciprocally agreed that vessels and effects which may be taken 
 in the channel, and in the North Seas, after the space of twelve 
 days, to reckon from the exchange of the ratifications of the pre- 
 sent Act, shall be restored on both sides, that the term shall be 
 one month within the channel and North Seas to the Canary 
 Islands and to the Equator, and five months in every otlicr part of 
 the world, without any exception or other particular distinction 
 of time, or of place. 
 
 VII. On both sides, the prisoners, officers and soldiers, of land 
 or sea, or of any other description whatever, and particularly 
 hostages, shall be immediately sent back to their respective coun- 
 tries, without lansom and without exchange. Commissaries shall 
 be named reciprocally in order to carry this general liberation 
 into effect. 
 
 Done at Paris, the 23d of April in the year of our Lord, 1814. 
 Signed 
 
 Castlereagh,(L.S.) Le Prince de Benevent, (L.S.) 
 
 DEFINITIVE TREATY beLzceen Great Britain and France. 
 Signed at Paris, the 30th day of May, IS 14.* 
 
 Extract. 
 
 I. There shall be from this day forward perpetual peace and 
 friendship between His Britannic Majesty and His Allies on the 
 one part, and His Majesty the King of France and Navarre on 
 the other, their heirs and successors, their dominions and subjects, 
 respectively. 
 
 V. The navigation of the Rhine, from the point where it be- 
 comes navigable unto the sea, and vice versa, shall be free, so 
 that it can be interdicted to no one : — and at the future Congress, 
 attention shall be paid to the establishment of the principles ac- 
 cording to which the duties to be raised by the States bordering 
 on the Rhine may be regulated, in the mode the most impartial, 
 and the most favourable to the commerce of all nations. 
 
 The future Congress, with a view to facilitate the communica- 
 
 * Confirmed by Article XL of the Definitive Treaty of 20 November, 1815.
 
 250 FRANCE. 
 
 quelle maniere, pour faciliter les communications entrc les peuples 
 et les rendre toujours moins Strangers les uns aux autres, la dis- 
 position ci-dessus pourra etre egalement etendu a tons les autres 
 fleuves qui, dans leur cours navigable, separent ou traversent dif- 
 ferens Etats. 
 
 VII. L'ile de Malte et ses dependances appartiendront en 
 toute propriete et Souverainete a Sa Majeste Britannique. 
 
 VIII. Sa Majeste Britannique, stipuiant pour elie et Ses Al- 
 lies, s'engage k restituer k Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne dans les 
 delais qui seront ci-apres fix6s, les colonies, pecheries, comptoirs 
 et etablissemens de tout genre que la France possedait au ler 
 Janvier, 1792, dans les niers et sur les continents de TAnierique, 
 de I'Afrique, et de I'Asie ; a I'exception toutefois des lies de 
 Tabago et de St. Lucie, et de l'ile de France, et de ses depen- 
 dances, nomm6ment Rodrigue et les Sechelles, lesquelles Sa Ma- 
 jeste Tres Chretienne cede en toute propriete et souverainete a 
 Sa Majeste Britannique, comnie aussi de la partie de St. Do- 
 mingue cedee a la France par le paix de Basle, et que Sa Ma- 
 jeste Tr^s Chretienne retrocede d Sa Majeste Catholique en 
 toute propriete et souverainete. 
 
 IX. Sa Majeste le Roi de Suede et de Norvege, en conse- 
 quence d'arrangemens pris avec Ses Allies, et pour I'execution 
 de I'Article precedent, consent a ce que l'ile de la Guadeloupe 
 soit restitue A Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne, et cede tousles droits 
 qu'il pent avoir sur cette ile. 
 
 X. Sa Majeste Tres-Fidele, en consequence d'arrangemens 
 pris avec Ses Allies et pour I'execution de I'Article VIII, s'engage 
 ^ restituer ^ Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne, dans le delai ci-apres 
 fixe, la Guiane Frangaise, telle qu'elle existait au ler Janvier, 
 1792. 
 
 L'efFet de la stipulation ci-dessus etant de faire revivre la con- 
 testation existante ^ cette epoque au sujct des limites, il est 
 convenu que cette contestation sera termiuee par un arrangement 
 amicable entre les deux Cours, sous la mediation de Sa Majeste 
 Britannique. 
 
 XI. Les places et forts existant dans les colonies et etablisse- 
 mens qui doivcnt etre rendus a Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne en
 
 FRANCE. 251 
 
 tlon between nations, and continually to render them less strangers 
 to each other, shall likewise examine and determine in what man- 
 ner the above provision can be extended to the other rivers which, 
 in their navigable course, separate or traverse different States.* 
 
 VII. The Island of Malta and its dependencies shall belong 
 in full right and Sovereignty to His Britannic Majesty. 
 
 VIII. His Britannic Majesty, stipulating for Himself and His 
 Allies, engages to restore to His Most Christian Majesty, within 
 the term which shall be hereafter fixed, the colonies, fisheries, 
 factories and establishments of every kind, which were possessed 
 by France on the 1st of January, 179-, in the seas and on the 
 continents of America, Africa, and Asia; with the exception how- 
 ever of the Islands of Tobago and St. Lucia and of the Isle of 
 France and its dependencies, especially Rodrigues and the 
 Sechelles, which several colonies and possessions His Most Chris- 
 tian Majesty cedes in full right and Sovereignty to His Britannic 
 Majesty, and also the portion of St. Domingo ceded to France 
 by the Treaty of Basle, and which His Most Christian Majesty 
 restores in full right and Sovereignty to His Catholic Majesty. 
 
 IX. His Majesty the King of Sweden and Norway, in virtue 
 of the arrangements stipulated with the Allies, and in execution 
 of the preceding Article, consents that the Island of Guadaloupe 
 be restored to His Most Christian Majesty, and gives up all the 
 rights He may have acquired over that island. 
 
 X. Her Most Faithful Majesty in virtue of the arrangements 
 stipulatecl with Her Allies and in execution of the 8th Article, 
 engages to restore French Guyana as it existed on the 1st of Ja- 
 nuary, 1792, to His Most Christian Majesty, within the term 
 hereafter fixed. 
 
 The renewal of the dispute which existed at that period on the 
 subject of the frontier, being the effect of this stipulation, it is 
 agreed that that dispute shall be terminated by a friendly arrange- 
 ment between the two Courts, under the mediation of His Britan- 
 nic Majesty. 
 
 XI. The places and forts in those colonies and settlements, 
 which, by virtue of the 8th, 9th, and 10th Articles, are to be re- 
 
 * See General Treaty ot Congress, signed at Vienna, 'Jth June, 1815. Page 3.
 
 2j2 FRANCE. 
 
 vertu des Articles VllI, IX, et X, seront reniis dans I'etat ou ils 
 se trouveront au moment de la signature du present Traite. 
 
 XII. Sa Majeste Britaunique s'engage a faire jouir les sujets 
 de Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne, relativement au commerce et k 
 la surete de leurs personnes et proprietes, dans les limites de la 
 Souverainete Britaunique sur le continent des Indes, des memes 
 facilites, privileges et protection qui sont A present ou seront 
 accordes aux nations les plus favorisees. De son cote Sa Majeste 
 Tres Chretienne n'ayant rien plus a coeur que la perpetuity de la 
 paix entre les deux Couronnes de France et d'Angleterre, et vou- 
 lant contribuer, autant qu'il est en Elle, a ecarter des-a-present, 
 des rapports des deux peuples, ce qui pourrait un jour alterer la 
 bonne intelligence mutuelle, s'engage a ne faire aucun ouvrage de 
 fortification dans les etablissemens qui lui doivent etre restitu6s, 
 et qui sont situes dans les limites de la Souverainete Britannique 
 sur le Continent des Indes, et a ne mettre dans cos etablissemens 
 que le nombre de troupes necessaire pour le maintien de la 
 police. 
 
 XIII. Quant au droit de peche des Fran§ais sur le grand banc 
 de Terreneuve, sur les cotes de I'ile de ce nom, et des iles adja- 
 centes, dans le Golfe de St. Laurent, tout sera remis sur le meme 
 pied qu'en 1792. 
 
 XIV. Les colonies, comptoirs et etablissemens qui doivent 
 etre restitues a Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne par Sa Majeste Bri- 
 tannique ou Ses Allies, seront remis, savoir, ceux qui sont dans 
 les Mers du Nord, ou dans les Mers et sur les Continents de 
 I'Amerique et de I'Afrique, dans les trois mois, et ceux qui sont 
 au-dela du Cap de Bonne Esperance, dans les six mois qui 
 suivront la ratification du present Traite. 
 
 XV. Dorenavant le port d'Anvers sera uniquemcnt un port de 
 commerce. 
 
 XVI. Les hautes Parties Contractantcs voulant mettre et faire 
 mettre dans un entier oubli les divisions qui out agite I'Europe, 
 declarent et promettent que, dans les pays restitues, et cedes par 
 le present Traite, aucun individu de quelque classe et condition 
 <|u'il soit ne pourra etre poursuivi, inquiete, ou trouble, dans sa 
 personne ou dans sa propriete, sous aucun pretexte, ou a cause
 
 FRANCE. 253 
 
 stored to His Most Christian Majesty, shall be given up In the 
 state in which they may be at the moment of the signature of the 
 present Treaty. 
 
 XII. His Britannic Majesty guarantees to the subjects of His 
 Most Christian Majesty the same facilities, privileges, and pro- 
 tection, with respect to commerce, and the security of their per- 
 sons and property within the limits of the British Sovereignty on 
 the Continent of India, as are now or shall be granted to the 
 most favoured nations. 
 
 His Most Christian Majesty, on His part, having nothing more 
 at heart than the perpetual duration of Peace between the two 
 Crowns of England and of France, and wishing to do His utmost 
 to avoid any thing which might affect their mutual good under- 
 standing, engages not to erect any fortifications in the establish- 
 ments which are to be restored to Him within the limits of the 
 British Sovereignty upon the Continent of India, and only to 
 place in those establishments the number of troops necessary for 
 the maintenance of the police. 
 
 XIII. The French right of fishery upon the great bank of 
 Newfoundland, upon the coasts of the island of that name, and 
 of the adjacent islands in the Gulph of St. Lawrence, shall be 
 replaced upon the footing in which it stood in 1792. 
 
 XIV. Those colonies, factories, and establishments, which are 
 to be restored to His Most Christian Majesty by His Britannic 
 Majesty or His Allies, in the Northern Seas, or in the Seas and on 
 the Continents of America and Africa, shall be given up within 
 the three months, and those which are beyond the Cape of Good 
 Hope, within the six months whicli follow the ratification of the 
 present Treaty. 
 
 XV. Antwerp shall for the future be solely a commercial port. 
 
 XVI. The high Contracting Parties, desirous to bury in entire 
 oblivion the dissensions which have agitated Europe, declare and 
 promise that no individual, of whatever rank or condition he may 
 be, in the countries restored and ceded by the present Treaty, 
 shall be prosecuted, disturbed or molested, in his person or pro- 
 perty, under any pretext whatsoever, either on account of his
 
 254 FRANCE. 
 
 de sa conduite ou opinion politique, ou de son attachement, soit 
 d aucune des Parties Contractantes, soit a des Gouvememens 
 qui out cesse d'exister, ou pour toute autre raison, si ce n'est 
 pour les dettes contractees envers des individus, ou pour des actes 
 posterieurs au present Traite. 
 
 XVII. Dans tous les pays qui doivent ou devront changer de 
 Maitres, taut en vertu du present Traite que des arrangemens qui 
 doivent etre fails en consequence, il sera accorde aux habitans 
 naturels et etrangers, de quelque condition et nation qu'ils soient, 
 un espace de six ans, i\ compter de I'echange des ratifications, 
 pour disposer, s'ils le jugent convenable, de leurs proprietes 
 acquises, soit avant, soit depuis la guerre actuelle, et se retirer 
 dans tel pays qu'il leur plaira de choisir. 
 
 XVIII. Les Puissances AUiees voulant donner d Sa Majeste 
 Tres Chretienne uu nouveau temoignage de Leur desir de faire 
 disparaitre autant qu'il est en Elles, les consequences de I'epoque 
 de malheur, si heureusement tenninee par la presente paix, 
 renoncent a la total ite des sonimes que les gouvememens ont 'A 
 r^clamer de la France, a raison de contrats, de fournitures, ou 
 d'avances quelconques faites au Gouvernement Frangais dans les 
 differentes guerres qui ont eu lieu depuis 1792. 
 
 De Son cote, Sa Majeste Tr^s Chretienne renonce a toute 
 reclamation qu'elle pourrait former contre les Puissances Alliees 
 aux memes titres. En execution de cet Article, les hautes Parties 
 Contractantes s'engagent a Se remettre mutuellement tous les 
 titres, obligations et documens qui ont rapport aux creances aux 
 quelles Elles ont reciproquement renonce. 
 
 XIX. Le Gouvernement Fran^ais s'engage a faire liquider et 
 payer les sommes qu'il se trouverait devoir d'ailleurs dans des 
 pays hors de son territoire, en vertu de contrats ou d'autres 
 engagemens formels, passes entrc des individus ou des etablisse- 
 mens particuliers et les Autorites Frangaises, taut pour fournitures 
 qu'a raison d'obligations legales. 
 
 XX. Les hautes Parties Contractantes nommeront, ininie- 
 diatement apres I'echange des ratifications du present Traite, des 
 Comn:issaires pour regler et tenir la main a I'exccution de I'en- 
 senible des dispositions renfermees dans les Articles XVIII. et 
 XIX. Ces Commissaires s'occuperont de I'cxamen des recla-
 
 FRANCE. dad 
 
 conduct or political opinions, his attachment either to any of the 
 Contracting Parlies, or to any Government which has ceased to 
 exist, or for any otht?r reason, except for debts contracted 
 towards individuals, or acts posterior to the date of the present 
 Treaty. 
 
 XVII. The native inhabitants and aliens, of whatever nation 
 or condition they may be, in those countries which are to change 
 Sovereigns, as well in virtue of the present Treaty as of the sub- 
 sequent arrangements to which it may give rise, shall be allowed 
 a period of six years, reckoning from the exchange of the ratifi- 
 cations, for the purpose of disposing of their property, if they 
 think fit, whether it be acquired before or during the present 
 Mar, and retiring to whatever country they may choose. 
 
 XVIII. The Allied Powers, desiring to offer His Most 
 Christian Majesty a new^ proof of their anxiety to arrest, as far as 
 in them lies, the bad consequences of the disastrous epoch for- 
 tunately terminated by the present peace, renounce all the sums 
 which their governments claim from France, whether on account 
 of contracts, supplies, or any other advances whatsoever to the 
 French Government, during the different wars which have taken 
 place since 179*2. 
 
 His Most Christian Majesty, on His part, renounces every 
 claim which He micht bring forward against the Allied Powers 
 on the same grounds. In execution of this Article, the high 
 Contracting Parties engage reciprocally to deliver up all titles, 
 obligations, and documents, which relate to the debts They may 
 have mutually cancelled, 
 
 XIX. The French Government engages to liquidate and pay 
 all debts it may be found to owe in countries beyond its own 
 territory, on account of contracts, or other formal engagements 
 between individuals, or private establishments, and the French 
 Authorities, as well for supplies, as in satisfaction of legal engage- 
 ments. 
 
 XX. Tjie high Contracting Parties, immediately after the 
 exchange of the ratifications of the present Treaty, shall name 
 Commissioners to direct and superintend the execution of the 
 whole of the stipulations contained in the 18lh and 19th Articles. 
 These Commissioners shall undertake the examination of the.
 
 25G FRANXE. 
 
 mations dont il est parle dans I'Article precedent, de la liquidation 
 des somnies reclamees, et dii mode dont le Gouvernement Fran- 
 cais proposera de s'en acquitter. lis seronf charges de meme de 
 la remise des titres, obligations, etdocumens relatifs aux creauces 
 auxquelles les hautes Parties Contractantes reuoncent mutuelle- 
 ment, de maniere que la ratification du resultat de leur travail 
 completera cette renonciation reciproque. 
 
 XXI. Les dettes specialement liypothequees dans leur originc 
 sur les pays qui cessent d'appartenir a la France, ou contractees 
 pour leur administration interieure resteront a la charge de ces 
 memes pays. 11 sera tenu compte en consequence au Gouverne- 
 ment Fran^ais, ^ partir du 22 Decembre, 1813, de celles de ces 
 dettes qui ont 6t6 converties en inscriptions au grand livre de la 
 dette publique de France. Les titres de toutes celles qui ont 
 6te preparees pour I'inscription, et n'ont pas encore ete inscrites, 
 seront remis aux Gouvernemens des pays respectifs. 
 
 Les etats de toutes ces dettes seront dresses et arretes par une 
 commission mixte. 
 
 XXIL Le Gouvernement Francais restera charge de son cote 
 du remboursement de toutes les sommes versees, par les sujets 
 des pays ci-dessus mentionnes, dans les caisses Francaises, soit a 
 titre de cautionnement, de depots ou de consignation. De m^me 
 les sujets Francais, serviteurs des dits pays, qui ont verse des 
 sommes a titre de cautionnement, depots, ou consignations dans 
 leurs tresors respectifs, seront iid^lement rembourses. 
 
 XXIIL Les titulaires de places assujetties a cautionnement, 
 qui n'ont pas de maniement de d^niers, seront rembourses, avec 
 les interets jusqu'a parfait paiement a Paris, par cinquiemc et par 
 annee, a partir de la date du present Traite. 
 
 A regard de ceux qui sont comptablcs, ce remboursement 
 commencera au plus tard six mois apres la presentation de leurs 
 comptes, le seul cas de malversation excepte. Une co})ie du 
 dernier compte sera remise au Gouvernement de leur pays, pour 
 lui servir de renseignemeiU et de point de depart. 
 
 XXIV. Les depots judiciaires et consignations fails dans la 
 caisse d'amortissement, en execution de la loi du 28 Nivose, an.
 
 FRANCE. 257 
 
 claims referred to in the preceding Article, the liquidation of the 
 sums claimed, and tlie consideration of the manner in which the 
 French Government may propose to pay them. They shall also 
 be charged with the delivery of the titles, bonds, and the docu- 
 ments relating to the debts which the high Contracting Parties 
 mutually cancel, so that the approval of the result of their 
 labours shall complete that reciprocal renunciation. 
 
 XXI. The debts which in their origin were specially mort- 
 gaged upon the countries no longer belonging to France, or were 
 contracted for the support of their internal administration, shall 
 remain at the charge of the said countries* Such of those debts 
 as have been converted into inscriptions in the great book of the 
 public debt of France, shall accordingly be accounted for with 
 the French Government after the 22d of December, 1813. 
 
 The deeds of all those debts which have been prepared for 
 inscription, and have not yet been entered, shall be delivered to 
 the Governments of the respective countries. The statement ot 
 all these debts shall be drawn up and settled by a joint commis- 
 sion. 
 
 XXII. The French Government shall remain charged with 
 the reimbursement of all sums paid by the subjects of the said 
 countries into the French coffers, whether under the denomination 
 of surety, deposit, or consignment. 
 
 In like manner all French subjects, employed in the service of 
 the said countries, who have paid sums under the denomination 
 of surety, deposit, or consignment, into their respective territories, 
 shall be faithfully reimbursed. 
 
 XXIII. The functionaries holding situations requiring securi- 
 ties, who are not charged with the expenditure of public money 
 shall be reimbursed at Paris, with the interest, by tifths and by 
 the year, dating from the signature of the present Treaty. With 
 respect to those who are accountable, this reimbursement shall 
 commence, at the latest, six months after the presentation of then- 
 accounts, except only in cases of malversation. A copy of the 
 last account shall be transmitted to the Government of their 
 countries, to serve for their information and guidance. 
 
 XXIV. The judicial deposits and consignments upon the 
 *' caisse d'amortissemeut" in the execution of the law of 28 Nivose, 
 
 VOL. I. S
 
 153 FRANCE. 
 
 13, (18 Janvier, 1805,) et qui appartiennent a Ues habitans des 
 pays que la France cesse de posseder, seront remis dans le terme 
 d'une ann^e, a compter de I'^change des ratifications du present 
 Traite, entre les mains des Autorites des dits pays, a I'exception 
 de ceux de ces depots et consignations qui interessent des sujets 
 Francais, dans lequel cas ils resleront dans la caisse d'amortisse- 
 ment pour n'etre remis que sur les justifications resultantes dea 
 decisions des autorites competentes. 
 
 XXV. Les fonds deposes par les communes et 6tablissemens 
 publics dans la caisse de service et dans la caisse d'amortissement, 
 ou dans toute autre caisse du Gouvernement, leur seront rem- 
 bourses par cinquieme, d'annee en annee, a partir de la date du 
 present Traite, sous la deduction des avances qui leur auraient 
 6te faites, et sauf des oppositions regulieres faites sur ces fonds 
 par des creanciers des dites communes et des dits 6tablissemens 
 publics. 
 
 XXVI. A dater du ler Janvier, 1814, le Gouvernement Fran- 
 cais cesse d'etre charge du payement de toute pension civile, 
 militaire, et ecclesiastique, solde de retraite et traitement de 
 r^forme, d tout individu qui se trouve n'etre plus sujet Francais. 
 
 XXVII. Les domaines nationaux acquis a litre onereux par 
 des sujets Frangais dans les ci-devant departemens de la Belgique, 
 de la rive gauche du Rhin et des Alpes, hors des anciennes 
 limites de la France, sont et demeurent garantis aux acquereurs, 
 
 XXVIII. L'abolition des droits d'Aubaine, de Detraction, et 
 autres de la meme nature, dans les pays qui Tout reciproquement 
 stipulee avec la France, ou qui lui avoient precedemment et6 
 reunis, est expressement maintenue. 
 
 XXIX. Le Gouvernement Francais s'engage a faire restituer 
 les obligations et autres titres qui auraient ete saisis dans les 
 provinces occupees par les armees ou administrations Frangaises; 
 et dans le cas ou la restitution ne pourrait en ctre elFectuee, ces 
 obligations et titres sont et demeurent an^antis.
 
 FRANCE. 2.59 
 
 year \3, (18 January, 1805,) and which belong to the inhabitants 
 of countries France ceases to possess, shall, within the space 
 of one year from the exchange of the ratifications of the present 
 Treaty, be placed in the hands of the Authorities of the said 
 countries, with the exception of those deposits and consignments 
 interesting French subjects, which last will remain in the " caisse 
 d'amortissement," and will only be given up on the production 
 of the vouchers, resulting from the decisions of competent 
 authorities. 
 
 XXV. The funds deposited by the corporations and public 
 establishments in the " caisse de service" and in the " caisse 
 d^amoitissemenl" or other " caissCy" of the French Government, 
 shall be reimbursed by fifths, payable from year to year, to com- 
 mence from the date of the present Treaty; deducting the 
 advances which have taken place, and subject to such regular 
 charges as may have been brought forward against these funds 
 by the creditors of the said corporations, and the said public 
 establishments. 
 
 XXVI. From the first day of January, 1814, the French 
 Government shall cease to be charged with the payment of pen- 
 sions, civil, military and ecclesiastical, pensions for retirement, 
 and allowances for reduction, to any individual who shall cease 
 to be a French subject. 
 
 XXVII. National domains acquired for valuable considera- 
 tions by French subjects in the late departments of Belgium, and 
 of the left bank of the Rhine, and the Alps beyond the ancient 
 limits of France, and which now cease to belong to Her, shall be 
 guaranteed to the purchasers. 
 
 XXVI II. The abolition of the " droits d'Juhaijie" " de De- 
 traction" and other duties of the same nature, in the countries 
 which have been formerly incorporated, or which have recipro- 
 cally made that stipulation with France, shall be expressly main- 
 tained. 
 
 XXIX- The French Government engages to restore all bonds, 
 and other deeds which may have been seized in the provinces 
 occupied by the French armies or administrations ; and in cases 
 where such restitution cannot be effected, these bonds and deeds 
 become and continue void. 
 
 &^
 
 260 FRANCE. 
 
 XXX. Les sommes qui seront dues pour tous les travaux 
 d'utilite publique, non encore termines, ou termines posterieure- 
 mentauSl Decenibre, 181'2, sur le Rhin et dans les departe- 
 mens detaches de la France par le present Traite, passeront a la 
 charge des futurs possesseurs du territoire, et seront liquidees par 
 la commission chargee de la liquidation des dettes des pays. 
 
 XXXI. Les archives, cartes, plans et documens quelconques, 
 appartenant aux pays cedes ou concernant leur administration, 
 seront fidelement rendus en meme terns que le pays ; ou, si cela 
 6tait impossible, dans un delai qui ne pourra etre de plus de six 
 mois, apres la remise des pays memes. 
 
 Cette stipulation est applicable aux archives, cartes, et planches, 
 qui pourraient avoir ete enlevees dans les pays momentanement 
 oceupes par les diflferentes armees. 
 
 XXXIII. Le present Traite sera ratifie, et les ratifications en 
 seront echangees dans le delai de quinze jours, ou plutot si faire 
 se pent. 
 
 En foi de quoi les Plenipotentiaires respectifs I'ont signe, et y 
 ont appose le cachet de leurs amies. 
 
 Fait a Paris, le 30 Mai, I'an de Grace, 1814. 
 Signe 
 Castlereagh, (L.S.) Le Prince de Benevent, (L.S.) 
 Aberdeen, (L.S.) 
 Cathcart, (L.S.) 
 Charles Stewart, Lieut. Gen. (L.S.) 
 
 ARTICLES ADDITIONNELS. 
 
 I. Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne, partageant sans reserve tous 
 les sentimens de Sa Majeste Britannique, relativement d un genre 
 do commerce, que repoussent et les principes de la justice natu- 
 relle et les lumieres des tems oia nous vivons, s'engage A unir au 
 futur Congres tous Ses efforts k ceux de Sa Majeste Britannique, 
 pour faire prononcer par toutes les Puissances de la Chretiente 
 I'abolition de la Traite des Noirs, de telle sortc que la dite traite 
 cesse universellement, conime elle cessera definitivement, et dans
 
 FRANCE. 261 
 
 XXX. The sums which shall be due for all works of public 
 utility not yet finished, or finished after the 31st of December, 
 1812, whether on the Rhine or in the departments detached from 
 France by the present Treaty, shall be placed to the account of 
 the future possessors of the territory, and shall be paid by the 
 commission charged with the liquidation of the debts of that 
 country. 
 
 XXXI. All archives, maps, plans and documents whatever, 
 belonging to the ceded countries, or respecting their administra- 
 tion, shall be faithfully given up at the same time with the said 
 countries : or if that should be impossible, within a period not 
 exceeding six months after the cession of the countries them-, 
 selves. 
 
 This stipulation applies to the archives, maps and plates, 
 which may have been carried away from the countries during 
 their temporary occupation by the different armies. 
 
 XXXIII. The present Treaty shall be ratified, and the ratifi- 
 cations shall be exchanged within the period of fifteen days, or 
 sooner if possible. 
 
 In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed 
 and affixed to it the seals of their arms. 
 
 Done at Paris, the fiOth of May, in the year of our Lord, 1814. 
 Signed 
 Castlereach, (L.S.) Le Prince de Benevent,(L.S.) 
 Aberdeen, (L.S.) 
 Catiicart, (L.S.) 
 Charles Stewart, Lieut. Gen. (L.S.) 
 
 ADDITIONAL ARTICLES. 
 
 I. His Most Christian Majesty, concurring without reserve in 
 the sentiments of His Britannic Majesty, with respect to a descrip- 
 tion of traffic repugnant to the principles of natural justice and 
 of the enlightened age in which we live, engages to unite all His 
 eflforts to those of His Britannic Majesty, at the approaching 
 Congress, to induce all the Powers of Christendom to decree the 
 abolition of the Slave Trade, so that the said trade shall cease 
 universally, as it shall cease definitively, under any circumstances^
 
 262 FRANCE. 
 
 tons les cas, de la part de la France, dans un delai de cinq 
 annees : et qu'en outre, pendant la duree de ce delai aucun traffi- 
 quant d'esclaves n'en puisse importer ni vendre ailleurs que dans 
 les colonies de I'Etat dont il est sujet. 
 
 II. Le Gouvernement Britannique et le Gouvernement Fran- 
 §ais, nommeront incessamment des Commissaires pour liquider 
 leurs depenses respeclives pour I'entretien des prisonniers de 
 guerre, afin de s'arrauger sur la mani^re d'acquitter I'excedent, 
 qui se trouvera en faveur de I'une ou de I'autre des deux Puis- 
 sances. 
 
 III. Les prisonniers de guerre respectifs seront tenus d'acquit- 
 ter, avant leur depart du lieu de leur detention, les dettes parti- 
 culieres qu'ils pourraient y avoir contract^es, ou de donner au 
 nioins caution satisfaisante. 
 
 IV. II sera accorde de part et d'autre, aussitot apr^s la ratifi- 
 cation du present Traite de Paix, main levee du sequestre qui 
 aurait ete mis depuis Fan 1792, sur les fonds, revenus, creances 
 et autres effets quelconques des hautes Parties Contractantes ou 
 de leurs sujets. 
 
 Les memes Commissaires dont il est fait mention a I'Article 
 II. s'occuperont de I'examen et de la liquidation des reclamations 
 des sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique envers le Gouvernement 
 Frangais pour la valeur des biens, meubles ou immeubles, indue- 
 ment confisques par les Autorites Fran^aises, ainsi que pour la 
 perte totale ou partielle de leur creances ou autres propriet6s 
 mduement retenues sous le sequestre depuis I'annee 1792. 
 
 La France s'engage a traiter a cet egard les sujets Anglais avec 
 la meme justice que les sujets Frangais ont eprouve en Angle- 
 terre ; et le Gouvernement Anglais desirant concourir pour sa 
 part au nouveau temoignage que les Puissances Alliees ontvoulu 
 donner a Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne, de leur desir de faire dis- 
 paraitre les consequences de I'epoque de malheur si heureusement 
 teruiinee par la presente paix, s'engage de Son cote, a renoncer, 
 des que justice complette sera rendue 'd Ses sujets, d la totalite 
 de I'excedent qui se trouverait en Sa faveur relativement ii I'en- 
 tretien des prisonniers de guerre : de maniere que la ratification 
 du resultat du travail des Commissaires susmentionnes et I'acquit
 
 FRANCE. 263 
 
 on the part of the French Government, in the course of tive years ; 
 and that, during the said period, no slave merchant shall import 
 or sell slaves, except in the colonies of the State of w hich he is a 
 subject. 
 
 II. The British and French Governments shall name, without 
 delay, Commissioners to liquidate the accounts of their respective 
 expences for the maintenance of prisoners of war, in order to 
 determine the manner of paying the balance which shall appear 
 in favour of the one or the other of the two Powers. 
 
 III. The respective prisoners of war, before their departure 
 from the place of their detention, shall be obliged to discharge the 
 private debts they may have contracted, or shall at least give 
 sufficient security for the amount. 
 
 IV. Immediately after the ratification of the present Treaty of 
 peace, the sequesters, which since the year 1 792 may have been 
 laid on the funds, revenues, debts, or any other eflfects of the high 
 Contracting Parties or their subjects, shall be taken off. 
 
 The Commissioners mentioned in Article II. shall undertake 
 the examination of the claims of His Britannic Majesty's subjects 
 upon the French Government, for the value of the property, 
 moveable or immoveable, illegally confiscated by the French 
 Authorities, as also for the total or partial loss of their debts or 
 other property, illegally detained under sequester since the year 
 i792. 
 
 France engages to act towards British subjects in this respect, 
 in the same spirit of justice which the French subjects have expe- 
 rienced in Great Britain ; and His Britannic Majesty, desiring to 
 concur in the new pledge which the Allied Powers have given to 
 His Most Christian Majesty, of their desire to obliterate every 
 trace of that disastrous epocha so happily terminated by the pre- 
 sent peace, engages on His part, when complete justice shall be 
 rendered to His subjects, to renounce the whole amount of the 
 balance which shall appear in His favour for support of the pri- 
 soners of war, so that the ratification of the report of the above 
 Commissioners, and the discharge of the sums due to British
 
 264 FRANCE. 
 
 des sommes, ainsi que la restitution des efFets qui seront juges 
 appartenir aux sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique, completteront 
 sa renonciation. 
 
 V. Les deux hautes Parties Conlractantes d^sirant d'etablirles 
 relations les plus amicales entre leurs sujets respectifs, se 
 reservent et promettent de s'entendre, et de s'arranger le plutot 
 que faire se pourra sur leurs interets commerciaux dans I'inten- 
 tion d'encourager et d'augmenter la prosperite de leurs Etats 
 respectifs. 
 
 Les presens Articles Additionnels auront la meme force et 
 valeur que s'ils etaient inseres mot ?l mot au Traite de ce jour. 
 lis seront ratifies, et les ratifications en seront 6changees en meme 
 tems. 
 
 En foi de quoi, les Plenipotentiaires respectifs les ont signes 
 et y ont appose le cachet de leurs armes. 
 
 Fait a Paris, le 30 Mai, I'an de Grace 1814. 
 Signe 
 Castlereagh, (L.S.) Le Prince de Benevent, (L.S.) 
 Aberdeen, (L.S.) 
 Cathcart, (L.S.) 
 Charles Stewart, Lieut. Gen. (L.S.) 
 
 CONVENTION ^n^re la Grande Bretagne et la France. Signee 
 a Londres, le 7 Mars, 1815. 
 
 Au Nom de la Tres-Sainte et Indivisible Trinite. 
 Le commerce du sel et de i'opium ayant ete assujetti dans I'e- 
 tendue des Possessions Britanniques dans I'lnde d certains regle- 
 mens et restrictions, qui, s'il n'etait pris des mesures convenables, 
 pourraient donner lieu a des difficultes entre les sujets et Agens 
 de Sa Majeste Britannique et ceux de Sa Majeste Tres Chre- 
 tienne ; Leurs dites Majestes ont juge a propos de conclure une 
 Convention speciale pour prevenir ces difficultes, et ecarter toute 
 autre cause de discussion entre leurs sujets respectifs dans cette 
 partic du monde. A cet eft'et, elles ont nomme pour leurs pic-
 
 FRANCE. 265 
 
 subjects, as well as the restitution of the effects which shall be 
 proved to belong to them, shall complete the renunciation. 
 
 V. The two high Contracting Parties, desiring to establish the 
 most friendly relations between their respective subjects, reserve 
 to themselves, and promise to come to a mutual understanding 
 and arrangement, as soon as possible, upon their commercial 
 interests, with the view of encouraging and increasing the pro- 
 sperity of their respective States. 
 
 The present Additional Articles shall have the same force and 
 validity as if they were inserted word for word in the Treaty 
 patent of this day. They shall be ratified, and the ratifications 
 shall be exchanged at the same time. 
 
 In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed 
 and affixed to them the seals of their arms. 
 
 Done at Paris, the 30th day of May, in the year of our Lord 
 1814. 
 
 Signed 
 Castlereagii,(L.S.) LePuince de Benevent, (L.S.) 
 Aberdeen, (L.S.) 
 Cathcakt, (L.S.) 
 Charles Stewart, Lieut. Gen. (L.S.) 
 
 CONVENTION between Great Britain and France. Signed at 
 Lo7idon, 7th of March, 1815. 
 
 Ill the Name of the Most Holy and Undivided Trinity. 
 
 The trade in salt and opium throughout the British Sove- 
 reignty in India, having been subjected to certain regulations and 
 restrictions, which, unless due provision be made, might occasion 
 differences between the subjects and agents of His Britannic 
 Majesty and those of His Most Christian Majesty ; Their said 
 Majesties have thought proper to conclude a Special Convention 
 for the purpose of preventing such differences, and removing 
 every cause of dispute between their respective subjects in that 
 part of the world, and in this view have named for their respec-
 
 2(56 FRANCE. 
 
 nipotentiaires respectifs, savoir : Sa Majeste le Roi du Royaume 
 Uni de la Grande Bretagne etde I'lrlande, le Sieur Robert, Comte 
 de Buckinghamshire, Pair du Royaume Uni, President du Bu- 
 reau de Ses Commissaires pour les affaires de I'lnde, See. &c. &c. 
 et Sa Majeste le Roi de France et de Navarre, le Sieur Claude 
 Louis de la Chatre, des Princes de Deols, Comte de la Chatre, 
 Son Ambassadeur extraordinaire et plenipoteutiaire a la Cour de 
 Londres, &c. &c. &c. lesquels, apres s'etre communique leurs 
 Pleins-pouvoirs respectifs, trouves en bonne et due forme, sont 
 convenus des Articles suivans : 
 
 I. Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne s'engage A affermer au Gou- 
 vernement Anglais dans I'lnde, le privilege exclusif d'acheter le 
 sel qui sera fabrique dans les possessions Frangaises sur les cotes 
 de Coromandel et Orixa, moyennant un prix juste et raisonnable, 
 qui sera regie d'apres celui auquel le dit Gouvernement aura paye 
 cet article dans les districts avoisinant respectivement les dites 
 possessions, a la reserve toutefois de la quantite que les Agens 
 de Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne jugeront necessaire pour I'usage 
 domestique et la consommation des habitans de ces niemes pos- 
 sessions, et sous la condition que le Gouvernement Anglais li- 
 vrera dans le Bengale aux Agens de Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne, 
 la quantite de sel qui sera reconnue necessaire pour la consomma- 
 tion des habitans de Chandernagor, eu egard a la population de 
 cet etablissement, et que cette livraison sera faite aux prix auquel 
 le sel reviendra au dit Gouvernement. 
 
 II. Afin de determiner le prix du sel conformement a ce qui 
 vient d'etre dit, les etats officiels constatant ce que le sel fabrique 
 dans les districts qui avoisinent respectivement les etablissemens 
 Frangais sur les cotes de Coromandel et d'Orixa, aura coute au 
 Gouvernement Anglais, seront soumis a I'inspection d'un Com- 
 missaire nomme A cet effet par les Agens de Sa Majeste Tres 
 Chretienne dans I'lnde ; et le prix qui devra etre paye par le 
 Gouvernement Anglais sera Hxc tous les trois ans d'apres le taux 
 moyen du sel pendant ce laps de tems, tel qu'il sera constate par 
 les dits etats officiels, a commencer des trois annees qui ont pre- 
 cede la date de la presente Convention. 
 
 Le prix du sel a Chandernagor devra etre determine de la meme
 
 FRANCE. 267 
 
 live plenipotentiaries, viz. His Majesty the King of the United 
 Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Robert, Earl of Bucking- 
 hamshire, a Peer of the United Kingdom, President of the Board 
 of His Majesty's Commissioners for the afiairs of India, &c. &c. 
 &c. And His Majesty the King of France and Navarre, the 
 Sieur Claude Louis de la Chatre, descendant of the Princes of 
 Deols, Count de la Chatre, His Ambassador extraordinary and ple- 
 nipotentiary at the Court of London, &c. &c.&c. who, after having 
 communicated to each other their respective full Powers, found in 
 good and due form, have agreed upon the following Articles. 
 
 I. His Most Christian Majesty engages to let at farm to the 
 British Government in India, the exclusive right to purchase at a 
 fair and equitable price, to be regulated by that which the said 
 Government shall have paid for salt in the districts in the vicinity 
 of the French possessions on the coast of Coromandel and Orissa 
 respectively, the salt that may be manufactured in the said pos- 
 sessions, subject to a reservation of the quantity that the agents of 
 His !Most Christian Majesty shall deem requisite for the domestic 
 use and consumption of the inhabitants thereof; and upon the 
 condition, that the British Goveinment shall deliver in Bengal, 
 to the Agents of His Most Christian Majesty, the quantity of 
 salt that may be judged necessary for the consumption of the 
 inhabitants of Chandernagore, reference being had to the popu- 
 lation of the said settlement, such delivery to be made at the 
 price which the British Government shall have paid for the said 
 article. 
 
 H. In order to ascertain the prices as aforesaid, the official 
 accounts of the charges incurred by the British Government, for 
 the salt manufactured in the districts in the vicinity of the French 
 settlements on the coasts of Coromandel and Orissa respectively, 
 shall be open to the inspection of a Commissioner to be appointed 
 for that purpose by the Agents of His Most Christian Majesty in 
 India ; and the price to be paid by the British Government shall 
 be settled according to an average to be, taken every three years, 
 of the charges as aforesaid ascertained by the said official ac- 
 counts, commencing with the three years preceding the date of 
 the present Convention. 
 
 The price of salt at Chandernagore to be determined, in the
 
 2G3 FRANCE. 
 
 mani^re, et d'apres celui auquel cet article reviendra au Goii- 
 vernemeut Anglais dans les districts les plus voisins de cet eta- 
 blissenient. 
 
 III. II est bien entendu que les salines situees dans les posses- 
 sions appartenant A Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne, seront et de- 
 meureront sous la direction et I'administration des Agens de Sa 
 dite Majeste. 
 
 IV. Afin d'atteindre le but que les Hautes Parties Contrac- 
 tantes ont en vue, Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne s'engage ^ etablir 
 dans Ses possessions sur les cotes de Coromandel et d'Orixa et 'X 
 Chandernagor dans le Bengale, le sel au menie prix a-peu-pres 
 que le Gouvernement Anglais le vendra dans les territoires voisins 
 de chacune des dites possessions. 
 
 V. En consideration des stipulations renfermees dans les Ar- 
 ticles precedens, Sa Majeste Britannique s'engage k faire payer 
 annuellement aux Agens de Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne duement 
 autoris6s, la somme de quatre lacs de roupies sicca ; lequel paye- 
 ment sera eflfectue par trimestre et par portions egales, soit d 
 Calcutta, soit a Madras, dix jours apres que les traites tirees par 
 les dits Agens auront ete presentees au Gouvernement de I'un ou 
 de I'autre de ces Presidences. 
 
 II est convenu que la rente ci-dessus stipulee sera due 'A partir 
 du ler Octobre, 1814. 
 
 VI. II est convenu entre les hautes Parties Contractantes rela- 
 tivement au commerce de I'opium, qu'a chacune des ventes pe- 
 riodiques de cet article, il sera reserve pour le Gouvernement 
 Francais, et delivre a la requisition des Agens de Sa Majeste Tres 
 Chretienne, ou 'k celle des personnes qu'ils auront autorisees a 
 cet effet, la quantite de caisses d'opium qu'ils demanderont, en 
 tant que cette quantite n'excedera pas trois cent caisses par an ; 
 lesquelles devront etre payees au prix moyen auquel Topium se 
 sera eleve A chacune de ces ventes periodiques : Bien entendu 
 que si les Agens du Gouvernement Francais ne faisaient pas reti- 
 rer pour son compte, aux termes ordinaires des livraisons, la 
 quantite d'opium qui aurait ete demandee a une epoque quel- 
 conque, elle entreroit neanmoins en deduction des trois cent 
 caisses qui doivent etre livrees.
 
 FRANCE. 269 
 
 same manner, by the charges mciured by the British Government 
 for the salt manufactured in the districts nearest to the said settle- 
 ment. 
 
 III. It is understood that the salt works in the possessions 
 belonging to His Most Christian Majesty shall be and remain 
 under the direction and administration of the Agents of His said 
 Majesty. 
 
 IV. With a view to the effectual attainment of the objects iji 
 the contemplation of the High Contracting Parties, His Most 
 Christian Majesty engages to establish in His possessions on the 
 coasts of Coroniandel and Orissa, and at Chandernagore in Ben- 
 gal, nearly the same price for salt, as that at which it shall be 
 sold by the British Government in the vicinity of each of the said 
 possessions. 
 
 V. In consideration of the stipulations expressed in the pre- 
 ceding Articles, His Britannic Majesty engages that the sum of 
 four lacs of sicca rupees shall be paid annually to the Agents of 
 His Most Christian Majesty, duly authorized, by equal quarterly 
 instalments ; such instalments to be paid at Calcutta or at Madras, 
 ten days after the bills that may be drawn for the same by the 
 said Agents shall have been presented to the Government of 
 either of those Presidencies ; it being agreed that the rent above 
 stipulated shall commence from the 1st of October, 1814. 
 
 VI. With regard to the trade in opium, it is agreed between the 
 high Contracting Parties, that at each of the periodical sales of 
 that article, there shall be reserved for the French Government, 
 and delivered upon requisition duly made by the Agents of His 
 Most Christian Majesty, or by the persons duly appointed by 
 them, the number of chests so applied for ; provided that such 
 supply shall not exceed v)00 chests in each year; and the price to 
 be paid for the same shall be determined by the average rate at 
 w hich opium shall have been sold at every such periodical sale : it 
 being understood that if the quantity of opium applied for at any 
 one time shall not be taken on account of the French Govern- 
 ment by the Agents of His Most Christian Majesty, within the 
 usual period of delivery, the quantity so applied for shall never- 
 theless be considered as so much in deduction of the 300 chests 
 herein-before mentioned.
 
 270 FRANCE. 
 
 Les demandes d'opium faites ainsi qu'il vient d'etre dit, devront 
 etre adressees au Gouverneur General a Calcutta, dans I'espace 
 de trente jours apres que I'epoque des ventes aura 6te indiquee 
 par la Gazette de Calcutta. 
 
 VII. Dans le cas oh il serait mis des restrictions d I'exportation 
 de salpetre, les sujets de Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne, n'en au- 
 rontpas moins la faculte d'exporter cet article jusqu'a la concur- 
 rence de dix-huit mille maunds. 
 
 VIII. Sa Majeste Tr^s Chretienne, dans la vue'de conserver 
 !a bonne harmonic qui existe entre les deux nations, s'etant 
 engagee par I'Article XII. du Traite conclu a Paris le 30 Mai, 
 1814, 'A n'elever aucun ouvrage de fortification dans les etablisse- 
 mens qui doivent Lui etre restitues en vertu du dit Traite ; et 'X 
 n'y avoir que le nombre de troupes necessaire pour y maintenir 
 la police ; de Son cote Sa Majeste Britannique, afin de donner 
 toute suret6 aux sujets de Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne residant 
 dans rinde, s'engage, si a une epoque quelconque il survenait 
 entre les hautes Parties Contractantes quelque sujet de mesin- 
 telligence ou une rupture (ce qu'd Dieu ne plaise), a ne point 
 considerer ni traiter comme prisonniers de guerre, les personnes 
 qui feront partie de I'administration civile des etablissemens Fran- 
 ^ais dans I'lnde, non plus que les officiers, sous-officiers, etsoldats 
 qui, aux termes du dit Traite, seront necessaires pour maintenir 
 la police dans les dits etablis&emens, et a leur accorder un delai 
 de trois mois pour arranger leurs affaires personnelles, comme 
 aussi a leur fournir les facilites necessaires et les moyens de trans- 
 port pour retourner en France avec leurs families et leurs pro- 
 prietes particulieres. 
 
 Sa Majeste Britannique s'engage en outre a accorder aux sujets 
 de Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne dans I'lnde, la permission d'y 
 continuer leur residence et leur commerce aussi long-tems qu'ils 
 s'y conduiront paisiblement, et qu'ils ne feront rien contre les 
 lois et les reglemens du Gouvernement. 
 
 Mais dans le cas on leur conduite les rendroit suspects, et oi\ 
 le Gouvernement Anglais jugerait necessaire de leur ordonner de 
 quitter I'lnde, il leur sera accorde k cet effet un delai de six mois 
 pour se retirer avec leurs effets et leurs pioprietes, soit en France, 
 soit dans tel autre pays qu'ils choisiraient.
 
 FRANCK. 271 
 
 The requisitions of opium as aforesaid are to be addressed to 
 the Governor General, at Calcutta, within thirty days after notice 
 of the intended sale shall have been published in the Calcutta 
 Gazette. 
 
 VII. In the event of any restriction being imposed upon the 
 exportation of saltpetre, the subjects of His Most Christian Ma- 
 jesty shall nevertheless be allowed to export that article to the 
 extent of 18,000 maunds. 
 
 VIII. His Most Christian Majesty, with the view of preserv- 
 ing the harmony subsisting between the two nations, having en- 
 gaged by the twelfth Article of the Treaty concluded at Paris, on 
 the iiOth of May, 1814, not to erect any fortifications in the estab- 
 lishments to be restored to Him by the said Treaty, and to maintain 
 no greater number of troops than may be necessary for the pur- 
 poses of police ; His Britannic Majesty on His part, in order to 
 give every security to the subjects of His Most Christian Majesty 
 residing in India, engages, if at any time there should arise be- 
 tween the high Contracting Parties any misunderstanding or 
 rupture, (which God forbid), not to consider or treat as prisoners 
 of war, those persons who belong to the civil establishments of 
 His Most Christian Majesty in India, nor the officers, non-com- 
 missioned officers, or soldiers, who, according to the terms of the 
 said Treaty, shall be necessary for the maintenance of the police 
 in the said establishments, and to allow them to remain three 
 months to settle their personal affairs, and also to grant them the 
 necessary facilities and means of conveyance to France with their 
 families and private property. 
 
 His Britannic Majesty further engages to permit the subjects 
 of His Most Christian Majesty in India, to continue their resi- 
 dence and commerce so long as they shall conduct themselves 
 peaceably, and shall do nothing contrary to the laws and regula- 
 tions of the Government. 
 
 But in case their conduct should render them suspected, and 
 the British Government should judge it necessary to order them 
 to quit India, they shall be allowed the period of six months to 
 retire with their effects and property to France, or to any other 
 country tliey may choose.
 
 272 FRANCE. 
 
 II est bien entendu en m^me tems que cette faveur ne sera pas 
 etendu ^ ceux qui pourraient avoir agi centre les lois et les r6gle- 
 mens du Gouvernement Britannique. 
 
 IX. Tous les Europeens, ou autres quelconques, centre qui il 
 sera precede en justice dans les limites des dits etablissemens ou 
 factories appartenant d Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne, pour des 
 offenses commises ou des dettes contractees dans les dites limites, 
 et qui prendront refuge hors de ces memes limites, seront deli- 
 vres aux chefs des dits etablissemens et factories ; et tous les Eu- 
 ropeens ou autres quelconques centre qui il sera precede en 
 justice, hors des dites limites, et qui se refugierent dans ces memes 
 limites, seront delivrees par les chefs des dits Etablissemens et 
 factories sur la demande qui en sera faite par le Gouvernement 
 Anglais. 
 
 X. Afin de rendre la presente Convention permanente, les 
 hautes Parties Centractantes s'engageant ii n'apporter aucun 
 changement aux Articles stipules ci-dessus, sans le consentement 
 mutuel de Sa Majeste le Rei du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bre- 
 tagne et de I'lrlande, et de Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne. 
 
 XI. La presente Convention sera ratifiee et les ratifications en 
 seront 6chang6es ^ Lendres dans I'espace d'un meis, ou plutot si 
 faire se peut. 
 
 En fei de quei les Plenipetentiaires respectifs I'ont signee, et y 
 ont appose le cachet de leurs armes. 
 
 Fait d Lendres, le 7 Mars, I'an de Grace, 1815. 
 
 (Signe) (Signe) 
 
 Buckinghamshire, (L.S.) LeComte de laChatre,(L.S.) 
 
 TRAITE DEFINITIF, entre la Grande Bretagne et la 
 France. Signe a Paris le 20 Novembre, 1815. 
 
 ExTRAIT. 
 
 VII. Dans tous les pays qui changerent de Maitres tant en 
 vertu du present Trait6, que des arrangemens qui deivent etre 
 fails en consequence, il sera accord6 aux habitans naturels ou
 
 FRANCE. 275 
 
 At the same time it is to be understoocl, that this favour is not 
 to be extended to those who may act contrary to the laws and 
 regulations of the British Government. 
 
 IX. All Europeans and others whosoever, against whom judicial 
 proceedings shall be instituted within the limits of the said settle- 
 ments or factories belonging to His Most Christian Majesty, for 
 offences committed, or for debts contracted within the said limits, 
 and who shall take refuge out of the same, shall be delivered up 
 to the chiefs of the said settlements and factories ; and all Euro- 
 peans and others whosoever, against whom judicial proceedings 
 as aforesaid shall be instituted, without the said limits, and who 
 shall take refuge within the same, shall be delivered up by the 
 chiefs of the said settlements and factories, upon demand being 
 made of them by the British Government. 
 
 X. For the purpose of rendering this agreement permanent, 
 the high Contracting Parties hereby engage, that no alteration 
 shall be made in the conditions and stipulations in the foregoing 
 Articles, without the mutual consent of His Majesty the King of 
 the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and of His 
 Most Christian Majesty. 
 
 XI. The present Convention shall be ratified, and the ratifi- 
 cations shall be exchanged at London in the space of one month 
 from the date hereof, or sooner if possible. 
 
 In w itness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed 
 it, and have thereunto affixed the seals of their arms. 
 
 Done at London this 7th day of March, in the year of our 
 Lord, 1815. 
 
 Signed Signed 
 
 BUCKINGHAMSUIHE,(L.S.) Le CoMTE DE LaChaTUE, (L.S.) 
 
 DEFINITIVE TREATY betzcee?i Great Britain aiid Frauce. 
 Sisyfied at Paris, Q.Oth November, 1815. 
 
 Extract. 
 VII. In all countries which shall change Sovereigns, as well 
 in virtue of the present Treaty, as of the arrangements which are 
 to be made in consequence thereof, a period of six years from the 
 
 VOL. I. T
 
 274 FRANCE. 
 
 etrangers, de quelque condition et nation qu'ils soient, un espace 
 de six ans, 'k compter de I'echange des ratifications, pour dis- 
 poser, s'ils le jugent convenable, de leurs proprietes, et se 
 retirer dans tel pays qu'il leur plaira de choisir. 
 
 VI [I. Toutes les dispositions du Traite de Paris, dii 30 Mai, 
 1814, relatives anx pays cedes par ce Traite, s'appliqueront 
 egalenient aux difFerens territoires et districts cedes par le present 
 Traite. 
 
 IX. Les hautes Parties Contractantes s'etant fait representer 
 les diflferentes reclamations provenant du fait de la non-execution 
 des Articles 19 et suivans du Traite du 30 Mai, 1814, ainsi que 
 des Articles Additionnels de ce Traite, signes entre la Grande 
 Bretagne et la France, desirant de rendre plus eflficaces les dispo- 
 sitions enoncees dans ces Articles, et ayant a cet efFet determine, 
 par deux Conventions separees, la marche k suivre de part et 
 d'autre pour I'execution complette des Articles sus-mentionnes, 
 les deux dites Conventions, telles qu'elles se trouvent jointes au 
 present Traite, auront la meme force et valeur que si-elles y 
 etaient textuellement inserees. 
 
 X. Tous les prisonniers faits pendant les hostilites, de meme 
 que les otages qui peuvent avoir ete enleves ou donnes, seront 
 rendus dans le plus court delai possible. II en sera de meme 
 des prisonniers faits anterieurement au Traite du 30 Mai, 1814, 
 et qui n'auraient point encore ete restitues. 
 
 XL Le Traite de Paris, du 30 Mai, 1814, et I'Acte final du 
 Congres de Vienne, du 9 Juin, 1815, sont confirmes et seront 
 maintenus dans toutes celles de leurs dispositions qui n'auraient 
 pas 6t6 modifi6es par les clauses du present Trait6. 
 
 XII. Le present Traite, avec les Conventions qui y sont jointes, 
 sera ratifie en un seul Acte, et les ratifications en seront echangees 
 dans le terme de deux mois, ou plutot si faire se pent. 
 
 En foi de quoi, les Plenipotentiaires respectifs I'ont signe, et y 
 ont appos6 le cachet de leurs amies. 
 
 Fait a Paris, le 20 Novembre, I'an de Grace, 1815. 
 
 Signe Castlereagh,(L.S.) Signe Richelieu,(L.S.) 
 Wellington, (L.S.)
 
 FRANCE. 275 
 
 date of the exchange of the ratifications shall be allowed to the 
 inhabitants, natives, or foreigners, of whatever condition and na- 
 tion they may be, to dispose of their property, if they should think 
 fit so to do, and to retire to whatever country they may choose. 
 
 VIII. All the dispositions of the Treaty of Paris of the 30th 
 of May, 1814, relative to the countries ceded by that Treaty, 
 shall equally apply to the several territories and districts ceded by 
 the present Treaty. 
 
 IX. The high Contracting Parties having caused represen- 
 tation to be made of the different claims arising out of the non- 
 execution of the 19th and following Articles of the Treaty of the 
 30th of May, 1814, as well as of the Additional Articles of that 
 Treaty, signed between Great Britain and France, desiring to 
 render more efficacious the stipulations made thereby, and having 
 determined by two separate Conventions, the line to be pursued 
 on each side for that purpose, the said two Conventions, as an- 
 nexed to the present Treaty, shall, in order to secure the complete 
 execution of the above-mentioned Articles have the same force 
 and effect as if the same were inserted, word for word, herein. 
 
 X. All prisoners taken during the hostilities, as well as all 
 hostages which may have been carried off or given, shall be re- 
 stored in the shortest time possible. The same shall be the case 
 with respect to the prisoners taken previously to the Treaty of the 
 30th of May, 1814, and who shall not already have been restored, 
 
 XI. The Treaty of Paris of the 30th of May, 1814, and the 
 final Act of the Congress at Vienna of the ()th of June, 1815, are 
 confirmed, and shall be maintained in all such of their enactments 
 which shall not have been modified by the Articles of the present 
 Treaty. 
 
 XII. The present Treaty, with the Conventions annexed thereto, 
 shall be ratified in one Act, and the ratifications thereof shall be 
 exchanged in the space of two months, or sooner if possible. 
 
 In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the same, and have affixed thereunto the seals of their arms. 
 Done at Paris, this aOth day of November, in the year of our 
 Lord, 1815. 
 Signed Castlereagh,(L.S.) Signed Richelieu, (L.S.) 
 Wellington, (L.S.) 
 
 T 2
 
 270 1-RANCK. 
 
 ARTICLE ADDITIONNEL. 
 
 Les hautes Puissances Contractantes, desirant sincerement de 
 donner suite aux mesures dont elles se sont occupees au Congres 
 de Vienue, relativement a I'abolition complette et uiiiveiselle de 
 la Traite de Negres d'Afrique, et ayant deja, cliacune dans ses 
 Etats, defendu sans restriction d leurs colonies et sujets, toute 
 part quelconque a ce tratic, s'engagent a reunir de nouveau leurs 
 efforts pour assurer le succes final des principes qu'elles ont pro- 
 clames dans la declaration du 4 (8) Fevrier, 1815, et a concerter, 
 sans perte de terns, par leurs ministres aux Cours de Londres et 
 de Paris, les mesures les plus efficaces pour obtenir I'abolition 
 enti^re et definitive d'un Commerce aussi odieux et aussi haute- 
 ment reprouve par les lois de la religion et de la nature. 
 
 Le present Article Additionnel aura la meme force et valeur que 
 s'il etait insere mot a mot au Traite de ce jour. II sera compris 
 dans la ratification du dit Traite. 
 
 En foi de quoi, les Plenipotentiaires respectifs I'ont signe et y 
 ont appose le cachet de leurs amies. 
 
 Fait d Paris, le 20 Novembre, Tan de Grace, 1815. 
 
 Signe Castlereagh,(L.S,) Signe Richelieu, (L.S.) 
 Wellington,(L.S.) 
 
 CONVENTION etitre la Grande Brelagne et la France. Signee 
 (i Paris, le 20 Novembre, 1815. Conclne en conformitc de 
 V Article 9 du Traite Principal, relativement a I'examen et a la 
 liqnidation des reclamations des sujets de Sa Majeste Britan- 
 nique envers le (Jouvernement Francais. 
 
 I. Les sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique porteurs de creances 
 sur le Gouvernemcnt Fran9ais, lesquels, en contravention a I'Ar-
 
 FRANCE. 277 
 
 ADDITIONAL ARTICLE. 
 
 The high Contractmg Powers, sincerely desiring to give eft'ect 
 to the measures on which tiiey deliberated at the Congress of 
 Vienna, relative to the complete and universal abolition of the 
 Slave Trade, and having, each in their respective dominions, pro- 
 hibited, without restriction, their colonies and subjects from 
 taking any part whatever in this traffic, engage to renew con- 
 jointly their efforts, with the view of securing final success to 
 those principles which they proclaimed in the declaration of the 
 4th (8th) of February, 1815,* and of concerting without loss of 
 time, through their ministers at the Courts of London and of 
 Paris, the most effectual measures for the entire and definitive 
 abolition of a commerce so odious and so strongly condemned by 
 the laws of religion and of nature. 
 
 The present Additional Article shall have the same force and 
 effect as if it w ere inserted, word for w ord, in the Treaty signed 
 this day. It shall be included in the ratification of the said Treaty. 
 
 In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the same, and have affixed thereunto the seals of their arms. 
 
 Done at Paris, this 20th day of November, in the year of our 
 Lord, 181 J. 
 
 Signed Castlereagh, (L.S.) Signed Richelieu, (L.S.) 
 Wellington, (L.S.) 
 
 CONVENTION (No. 7.) betzceen Great Britain and France. 
 Signed at Paris, November 20, 1815. Concluded i7i conformity 
 to the 9th ylrticle of the Principal Treaty, relative to the ex- 
 amination and liquidation of the claims of the subjects of His 
 Britannic Majesty against the Government of France. 
 
 I. The subjects of His Britannic Majesty having claims upon the 
 French Government, who, in contravention of the Second Article 
 
 * See Declaration, Page 9. 
 T 3
 
 278 FRANCE. 
 
 tide 11. Uu Traite de Commerce de 1786,* et depuis le ler 
 Janvier, 1793, ont ete atteints, li cet egard, par les effets de la 
 confiscation ou du sequestre decretes en France, seront, conforme- 
 ment lirArticle IV. Additionnel du Traite de Paris de 1814, eux, 
 leurs heritiers ou ayant-cause, sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique, 
 indemnises et payes, apr^s que leurs creances aurout ete recon- 
 nues legitimes et que le montant en aura ete fixe, suivant les 
 formes et sous les conditions stipulees ci-apres. 
 
 II. Les sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique, possesseurs de rentes 
 perpetuelles sur le Gouvernement Frangais, et qui, depuis le ler 
 Janvier, 179.^, ont et6 atteints d cet egard par les effets de la con- 
 fiscation ou du sequestre decretes en France, seront, eux, leurs 
 heritiers ou ayant-cause, sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique, in- 
 scrits sur le grand-livre de la dette consolidee de France, pour la 
 meme somme de rentes dontils jouissaient avant les lois et decrets 
 de sequestre ou de confiscation susmentionnes. 
 
 Dans le cas ou les edits constitutifs des rentes mentionnees ci- 
 
 * EXTRA IT du Traite de Navigation et de Commerce eiitre la Grande 
 Bretagne et la France. Signe d. Versailles, le 26 Septemhre, 1786. 
 "II. Pour assurer d I'avenir le commerce et Vamitie entre les sujets le 
 leurs dites Majestes, et ajin que cette bonne correspondance soit d I'abri de 
 tout trouble et de tuute inquietude, il a ete convenu et accorde, que si quelqite 
 jour il sunient quelquc mauxaise intelligence, interruption d'amitie ou rup- 
 ture entre les Couronnes de leurs Majestes, ce qu'd Dieu tie plaise! {laquclle 
 rupture ne sera censee exister que lors du rappcl ou du renvoi des Ambassa- 
 deurs et Ministres respectifs) les sujets des deux Parties qui demeureront 
 dans les ctats tunc de I'autrc, auront la faculte d'y continuer leur sejour et 
 leur negoce, sans qu'ils puissent etre troubles en aucune maniere, tant qu'ils 
 se comporteront paisiblement, et qu'ils ne se permettront rien contre les loix 
 et les ordonnances : et dans le cas ou leur conduite les rendroit suspects, ct 
 que les Gouvernemens respectifs se trouveroicnt obliges de leur ordonncr de 
 se retirer, il leur sera accorde pour cette Jin un terme de douze mots, ctfin 
 qu'ils puissent se retirer, avec leurs effets et leurs facultes, cotifics tant an 
 particulicrs qu'au public. Bicn entendu que cette Javeur ne pourra etre recla- 
 mee par ccux qui se permettront une conduite contrairc d V or dre public."
 
 FRANCE. 279 
 
 of the Treaty of Commerce of 1780,* and since the first of Ja- 
 nuary, 1793, have suft'ered on that account, by tlie confiscations or 
 sequestrations decreed in France, shall, in conformity to the 
 Fourth Additional Article of the Treaty of Paris of the year 1814, 
 themselves, their heirs or assigns, subjects of His Britamiic Ma- 
 jesty, be indemnified and paid, when their claims shall have been 
 admitted as legitimate, and when the amount of them shall have 
 been ascertained, according to the forms and under the conditions 
 hereafter stipulated. 
 
 II. The subjects of His Britannic Majesty, holders of perma- 
 nent stock under the French Government, and who, on that ac- 
 count have, since the 1st of January, 1793, suffered by the confis- 
 cations or sequestrations decreed in France, shall themselves, their 
 heirs or assigns, subjects of His Britannic Majesty, be inscribed 
 in the great book of the consolidated debt of France, for an 
 amount of stock equal to the amount of the stock they possessed 
 prior to the laws and decrees of sequestration or of confiscation 
 abovementioned. 
 
 In the cases in which the edicts or decrees constituting the 
 
 * EXTRACT from the Treaty of Navigation and Commerce between Great 
 Britain and France. Signed at Versailles, 26 September, 1786. 
 " II. For the future security of commerce and friendship between the sub- 
 jects of their said Majesties, and to the end that this good correspondence 
 may be preserved from all interruption and disturbance^ it is concluded and 
 agreed, that if, at any time, there should arise any misunderstanding, breach 
 of friendship or rupture bctxvccn the Crowns of their Majesties, which God 
 forbid ! {xvhich rupture shall not be deemed to exist until the recalling or 
 sending home of the respective Ambassadors and Ministers) the subjects of 
 each of the two Parties residing in the Dominions of the other, shall have the 
 privilege of remaining and continuing their trade therein, xvithout any man- 
 ner of disturbance, so long as they behave peaceably, and commit no offence 
 against the laws and ordinances : and in case their conduct should render 
 them, suspected, and the respective Governments should be obliged to order 
 them to remove, the term of tivelve months shall be allowed them for that 
 purpose, in order that they may remove, with their effects and property, whe- 
 ther entrusted to individuals or to the State. At the same time it is to be 
 understood that this favour is nut to be extended to thoie who shall act con^ 
 trary to the established laws." 
 
 T 4
 
 280 FRANCE. 
 
 dessus auraient ajoute des conditions utiles ou des chances favo- 
 lables, il en sera tenu compte au creanciers, et une augmentation 
 fondee sur une juste evaluation de ces avantages s'appliquera au 
 montant de la rente k inscrire. 
 
 Les nouvelles inscriptions seront fournies avec jouissance du 
 22 Mars, 1816. 
 
 Sont exceptes des dispositions mentionnees ci-dessus, ceux des 
 dits sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique qui, en recevant leurs 
 rentes au tiers, apres le 30 Septembre, 1 797, se sont soumis eux- 
 memes aux lois existantes sur cette matiere. 
 
 IK. Seront egalement inscrits sur le grand livre de la dette 
 viagere de France, ceux des sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique, 
 ou leurs lieritiers et ayant-cause, sujets de Sa Majeste Britan- 
 nique, possesseurs de rentes viageres sur le Gouvernement Frau- 
 gais, avant les decrets qui en ont ordonne la confiscation ou le 
 sequestre, pour la meme somme de rentes viageres dont ils jouis- 
 saient en 1793. Sont exceptes ceux des dits sujets de Sa 
 Majeste Britannique qui ont innove, en recevant leur rentes au 
 tiers et se soumettant ainsi eux memes aux lois existantes sur 
 cette matiere. 
 
 Les nouvelles inscriptions seront fournies avec jouissance du 
 22 Mars, 1816. 
 
 Avant que ces nouvelles inscriptions puissent etre delivrees, 
 les reclamans seront tenus a produire des certificats selon les 
 formes prescrites, constatant que les personnes sur la tete des- 
 quelles leurs rentes viageres avaient ete prises, sont encore en vie. 
 Quant a ceux des susdits sujets de S. M. Britannique dont les 
 rentes viageres portaient sur des personnes qui ne sont plus en 
 vie, ils seront tenus a produire des extraits mortuaires suivant les 
 formes prescrites, constatant les epoques des deces ; et dans ce 
 cas les Rentes seront payees jusqu'a ces epoques. 
 
 IV. Les arrerages liquides et reconnus des rentes perpetuelles 
 et viageres qui seront dus jusqu'au 22 Mars prochain, exclusive- 
 ment, sauf les cas d'exception specifies aux Articles II. et III. 
 seront inscrits sur le grand livre de la dette publique de France, 
 au taux qui resultera du terme moyen entre le pair et le cours de 
 la place, au jour de la signature du present Traite : les iuscrip-
 
 FRANCE. 1281 
 
 above-mentioned stock shall have added thereto profitable con- 
 ditions, or favourable chances, account shall be had thereof in 
 favour of the creditors, and an addition^ founded upon a just 
 evaluation of such advantages, shall be made to the amount of 
 the stock to be inscribed. 
 
 The new inscriptions shall bear date and bear interest from the 
 22d of March, 181 6. 
 
 Such subjects of His Britannic Majesty who, by receiving their 
 annuities at a third, after the 30th of September, 1797, have sub- 
 mitted themselves by their own act to tlie laws existing upon this 
 subject, are excepted from the above-mentioned dispositions. 
 
 III. Such of the subjects of His Britannic Majesty, or their 
 heirs or assigns, subjects of His Britannic Majesty, as possessed 
 life annuities from the French Government before the decrees 
 of confiscation or sequestration, shall equally be inscribed upon 
 the great book of the life annuities of France, for the same sum 
 of life annuities as they enjoyed in 179'^- Such of the subjects 
 of His Britannic Majesty, however, as have changed the nature 
 of their claims, by receiving their annuities at a third, and thus by 
 their own act have submitted themselves to the laws existing upon 
 this subject, shall be excepted from the above dispositions. 
 
 The new inscriptions shall bear date, and bear interest from 
 the 22d of March, ISlG. 
 
 Prior to the delivery of the new inscriptions, the claimants 
 shall be bound to produce certificates, according to the usual 
 forms, declaring that the persons in whose names their Life 
 Annuities were constituted are still alive. 
 
 With respect to those of the above-mentioned subjects of His 
 Britannic Majesty possessing life annuities in the names of per- 
 sons who are dead, they shall be bound to produce certificates of 
 demise, in the usual forms, stating the period of the decease ; 
 and in that case, the Annuities shall be paid up to such period. 
 
 IV. Such arrears of the Perpetual and life annuities as shall 
 have been liquidated and allowed, and as shall be due up to the 
 22d of March next exclusively, save the cases of exception spe- 
 cified in the Second and Third Articles, shall be inscribed in the 
 great book of the public debt of France, at the rate which shall 
 be the medium price between par and the current market price 
 of the day, at the date of the signature of the present Treaty.
 
 282 FRANCE. 
 
 tions seront foiunies avec jouissance du '2*2 Mars 1816, inclusive- 
 
 ment. 
 
 V. Pour regler la somme principale qui sera due relativement 
 aux proprietes immobilieres qui apparteuaient a des sujets de Sa 
 Majeste Britannique, ;\ leurs heritiers ou ayant-cause, egalemeut 
 sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique, et qui out ete sequestrees, con- 
 fisquees et vendues, on procedera de la maniere suivante : 
 
 Les dits sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique auront a produire, 
 1. I'acte d'achat constatant qu'ils etaient proprietaires ; 2. les 
 actes prouvant le fait du sequestre et de la confiscation sur leur 
 tete, ou sur celle de leurs devanciers ou cedants, sujets de Sa 
 Majeste Britannique. On admettra toutefois, au defaut des 
 preuves ecrites, vu les circonstances dans lesquelles les confisca- 
 tions et sequestres ont eu lieu, etcelles qui sont survenues depuis, 
 telle autre preuve que les Conmiissaires de liquidation dont il 
 sera parle plus bas, jugeront suflfisans pour les remplacer. 
 
 Le Gouvernement Frangais s'engagera en outre d faciliter de 
 toutes les manieres la production des titres et preuves servant a 
 constater les reclamations auxquelles se rapporte le present 
 Article ; et les Commissaires seront autorises ii faire toutes les 
 recherches qu'ils jugeront necessaires pour parvenir a la connais- 
 sance ou obtenir la production de ces titres et preuves. lis pour- 
 ront meme, en cas de besoin, interroger, sous serment, les em- 
 ployes des bureaux qui se troiiveraient en etat de les indiquer ou 
 de les fournir. 
 
 La valeur des dites proprietes immobilieres sera determinee et 
 fixee sur la remise de I'extrait de la matrice des roles de la con- 
 tribution fonciere pour I'annee 1791, et sur le pied de vingt fois 
 le revenu mentionne dans les dits roles. 
 
 Si les matrices n'existaient plus, et que les extraits ne pussent 
 pas etre fournis, les reclamans pourront etre autorises a fournir 
 tellcs autres preuves qui seraient agreees par la commission dc 
 liquidation mentionnee dans les Articles ci-apres. 
 
 Le capital, ainsi liquide et reconnu, sera inscrit sur le grand 
 livre de la dette publique de France, au meme taux qui a ete fixe 
 par I'Article IV pour I'inscription des arreragcs des rentes, et les
 
 FRANCL:. 28.'J 
 
 The Inscriptions shall bear date and bear interest from the 22d 
 of March 18lG, inclusively, 
 
 V. In order to determine the capital due on immoveable pro- 
 perty which belonged to subjects of His Britannic Majesty, to 
 their heirs or assigns, equally subjects of His Britannic Majesty, 
 and which was sequestered, confiscated and sold, the following 
 process shall be had : 
 
 The said subjects of His Britannic Majesty shall be obliged 
 to produce, 1st, the deed of purchase proving their proprietor- 
 ship ; ^ndly, the acts proving the facts of the sequestration, and 
 of the confiscation against themselves, their ancestors or assignors, 
 subjects of His Britannic Majesty, In default however of all 
 proofs in writing, considering the circumstances under which the 
 confiscations and sequestrations took place, and those which 
 have since arisen, such other proof shall be admitted as the Com- 
 missioners of liquidation hereafter mentioned shall judge sufficient 
 in lieu thereof. 
 
 The French Government further engages to facilitate by every 
 means, the production of all titles and proofs serving to substan- 
 tiate the claims to which the present Article refers, and the 
 Commissioners shall be authorised to make all search, which they 
 shall judge necessary to arrive at such information, and to obtain 
 the production of such titles and proofs ; they shall also be em- 
 powered to examine upon oath, in case of need, such persons 
 employed in the public offices, as may have it in their power to 
 point them out, or to furnish them. 
 
 The value of the said immoveable property shall be determined 
 and fixed by the production of an extract of the " Blatrice," of 
 the ^' Rolen " of the '' Cont rib utio7ifoJiciere" for the year 1791, 
 and at the rate of twenty times the revenue mentioned in the said 
 " Roles." 
 
 If the " Matrices" should no longer exist, and that it should 
 therefore be impossible to produce the extracts, the claimants 
 shall be authorised to furnish such other proofs, as shall be admit- 
 ted by the commission of liquidation mentioned in the following 
 Articles. 
 
 The capital thus liquidated and allowed shall be inscribed upon 
 the great book of the public debt of France, at the rate which 
 has been fixed in Article IV for the inscription of the arrears of
 
 284 TRANCE. 
 
 inscriptions serout foumies avec jouissance du ^11 Mars prochain 
 inclusivement. 
 
 Les arrerages dfis sur le dit capital, depuis I'epoque du se- 
 questre, seront calcules a raison de quatre pour cent, par an, sans 
 retenue, et le montant total de ces arrerages, jusqu'au I'i Mars 
 prochain exclusivenient, sera inscrit sur le grand livre de la detie 
 publique de France, an taux susmentionne, et avec jouissance du 
 '22 Mars prochain, inclusivement. 
 
 VI. Pour regler la somme principale ainsi que les arrerages 
 qui seront dus a. ceux des sujets de Sa Majeste [3ritannique dont 
 les proprietes niobilieres en France out ete sequestrees, confis- 
 quees, et vendues, ou a leurs heritiers ou ayant cause, sujets de 
 Sa Majeste Britannique, on procedera de la maniere suivante : 
 
 Les reclamans auront a produire, 1 . le proces verbal d'inven- 
 taire des effets mobiliers ou sequestres ; 2. le proces verbal de 
 vente des dits effets, ou, an defaut des preuves ecrites, telle autre 
 preuve que les Commissaires respectifs des deux Puissances 
 jugeront suftisante pour les remplacer. D'apres le principe 
 ^tabli dans I'Article precedent, le Gouvernement Fran^ais s'en- 
 gage, k cat egard, aux memes facilites, et les Commissaires sont 
 autorises aux memes recherches et demarches qui ont ete etablis 
 pour les proprietes immobilieres dans I'Article precedent. 
 
 On determinera ainsi le montant des creances provenant des 
 saisies et ventes du raobilier, en ayant toutefois egard aux epoques 
 ou le papier-monnaie etait en circulation, et d I'augmentation 
 lictive du prix qui en est resultee. 
 
 Le capital liquide et reconnu sera inscrit sur le grand livre de 
 la dette publique de France, au meme taux qui a ete par les 
 Articles precedens, et les inscriptions seront fournies avec jouis- 
 sance du 22 Mars prochain, inclusivement. 
 
 Les arrerages liquides et reconnus dus sur le dit capital, depuis 
 Tepoque ou le reclamant a ete prive de la jouissance du mobilier, 
 seront calcules a raison de trois pour cent, par an, sans retenue, 
 et le montant total des dits arrerages jusqu'au 22 Mars prochain.
 
 FRANCK. 285 
 
 the annuities ; and the inscriptions shall bear date and shall bear 
 interest from the 22d of Marcii next, inclusively. 
 
 The arrears due upon the said capital from the period of its 
 sequestration, shall be calculated at the rate of four per cent, per 
 annum, without deduction, and the whole amount of those arrears 
 up to tlie 22d of March next exclusively, shall be inscribed in 
 the great book of the public debt of France, at the rate above- 
 mentioned, and shall bear interest from the 'i'2d of March next, 
 inclusively. 
 
 VI. In order to fix the capital as well as the arrears which 
 shall be due to such of the subjects of His Britannic Majesty, 
 whose moveable property in France has been sequestered, confis- 
 cated and sold, or to their heirs or assigns, subjects of His Bri- 
 tannic Majesty, the following process shall be had : 
 
 The claimants shall be obliged to produce, 1st, the proces ver- 
 bal containing the inventory of the moveable effects seized or 
 sequestered ; 2dly, the procts verbal of the sale of the said effects, 
 or in default of proofs in writing, such other proof as the respec- 
 tive Commissioners of the two Powers shall judge sufficient in 
 lieu thereof, according to the principles established in the pre- 
 ceding Article ; the French Government engaging in this respect 
 to give the same facilities, and the Commissioners are authorised 
 to make the same search, and to take the same measures, as have 
 been detailed in the foregoing Article, with respect to immoveable 
 property. The amount of the stock arising from the seizures 
 and sales of the moveable property shall be thus determined ; 
 regard being always had to those periods during which paper 
 money was in circulation, and to the fictitious augmentation of 
 prices resulting therefrom. 
 
 The capital liquidated and allowed shall be inscribed upon the 
 great book of the public debt of France, at the rate which has 
 been fixed by the preceding Articles, and the inscriptions shall 
 bear date, and shall bear interest from the 22d of March next, 
 inclusively. 
 
 The arrears liquidated and allowed, due upon the said capital 
 from the period at which the claimant was deprived of the pos- 
 session of his or her moveable property, shall be calculated at 
 the rate of three per cent, per annum, w ithout deduction, and the
 
 286 FRANCE. 
 
 cxclusivcment, sera inscrit sur le grand livre de la dette publiqiie 
 de France, au taux susmentionn6, et avec jouissance du 2£ Mars 
 prochain, inclusivement. 
 
 Ne seront point admis X la liquidation et aux payemens men- 
 tionnes dans le present Article, les vaisseaux, navires, cargaisons 
 et autres effets mobiliers qui auraient ete saisis et confisques, soit 
 au profit de la France, soit au profit des sujets de Sa Majeste 
 Tres Chretienne, par suite des lois de la guerre et des lois pro- 
 hibitives. 
 
 VII. Les creances des sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique, pro- 
 venant des differens emprunts fails par le Gouvernement Fran- 
 §ais, ou d'hypotheques sur des biens sequestres, saisis et vendus 
 par le dit Gouvernement, ou toute autre creance non comprise 
 dans les Articles pr6cedens, et qui serait admissible d'apr^s les 
 termes de I'Article IV. Additionnel du Traite de Paris de 1814, 
 et de la presente Convention, seront liquidees et fixees en sui- 
 vant, relativeraent a chacun d'elles, les modes d'admission, de 
 verification et de liquidation, qui seront relatifs ii leurs natures, 
 et qui seront precises et fixes, par la commission mixte dont il 
 sera parle dans les Articles suivans, d'apr^s les principes men- 
 tionnes aux Articles ci-dessus. 
 
 Ces creances ainsi liquidees seront payees en inscriptions sur 
 le grand livre au taux susmentionne, et les inscriptions seront 
 foumies avec jouissance du 22 Mars prochain, inclusivement. 
 
 Dans le cas oh les Edits constitutifs des Creances mentionnees 
 ci-dessus auraient assure aux creanciers le remboursement des 
 capitaux, et autres conditions utiles ou chances favorables, il en 
 sera tenu compte aux creanciers, comme il est ci-dessus detaille 
 dans I'Article II. 
 
 VIII. Le montant des inscriptions revenant d chaque crean- 
 cier, pour scs creances liquidees et reconnues, sera partag6 par 
 les Commissaires depositaires en cinq portions egales, dont la 
 premiere sera delivree immediatement apr^s la liquidation faite, 
 la seconde trois mois apres, et ainsi de suite pour les autres, de 
 trois mois en trois mois.
 
 FRANCE. 287 
 
 whole amount of the said arrears up to the 22d of Mareh next, 
 exclusively, shall be inscribed upon the great book of the public 
 debt of France, at the rate above-mentioned, and shall bear 
 interest from the 22d of March next, inclusively. 
 
 The vessels, ships, cargoes and other moveable property which 
 shall have been seized and confiscated, either to the profit of 
 France, or to the profit of the subjects of His Most Christian 
 Majesty, in conformity to the laws of war, and the prohibitory 
 decrees, shall not be admitted to the liquidation, nor to the pay- 
 ments mentioned in the present Article. 
 
 VII. The claims of the subjects of His Britannic Majesty, 
 arising from the different loans made by the French Government, 
 or from mortgages upon property sequestered, seized and sold 
 by the said Government, or any other claim whatsoever, not 
 comprised in the preceding Articles, and which would be admis- 
 sible according to the terms of the fourth Additional Article of 
 the Treaty of Paris of 1814, and of the present Convention, shall 
 be liquidated and fixed, adopting with respect to each claim, the 
 modes of admission, of verification, and of liquidation, which 
 shall be conformable to their respective natures, and which shall 
 be defined and fixed by the mixed Commission mentioned in the 
 following Articles, according to the principles laid down in the 
 above Articles. 
 
 These claims thus liquidated, shall be paid in inscriptions in 
 the great book at the rate above-mentioned, and the inscriptions 
 shall bear date, and shall bear interest from the 22d of March 
 next, inclusively. 
 
 In the cases wherein the Edicts or Decrees constituting the 
 claims above-mentioned shall have assured to the creditors the 
 reimbursement of the capitals, and other profitable conditions or 
 favourable chances, account shall be had thereof to the benefit of 
 the claimants, as detailed above in Article II. 
 
 VIII. The amount of the inscriptions arising to each creditor, 
 from his claims liquidated and allowed, shall be divided by the 
 Commissioners of deposit, into five equal portions : the first of 
 which shall be delivered immediately after liquidation, the second 
 three months after, and so on with respect to the other portions, 
 every three months ; the creditors will nevertheless, receive the
 
 288 FRANCE. 
 
 Neanmoins les creaiiciers recevrontles interets de leurs cr^ances 
 totales liquidees et reconnues, k dater du 22 Mars, ISlG, iiiclu- 
 sivement, aussitot que les reclamations respectives auront ete 
 reconnues et admises. 
 
 IX. II sera inscrit comme fonds de garantie, sur le grand livre 
 de la dette publique de France, un capital de .'3,500,000 francs de 
 rente, avec jouissance, du 22 Mars, 1816, au nom de deux ou de 
 quatre Commissaires, moitie Anglais, moitie Fran^ais, choisis par 
 leurs Gouvernemens respectifs. Ces Commissaires recevront les 
 dites rentes, ;\ dater du 22 Mars, 18l6, de semestre en semestre; 
 ils en seront depositaires, sans pouvoir les negocier, et ils seront 
 tenus, en outre, a en placer le montant dans les fonds publics, et 
 d en percevoir I'interet accumule et compose au profit des 
 creanciers. 
 
 Dans le cas ou les 3,500,000 francs de rente seraient insuflfi- 
 sans, il sera delivre aux dits Commissaires des inscriptions pour 
 de plus fortes sommes, et jusqu'a concurrence de celles qui 
 seront necessaires pour payer toutes les dettes mentionnees dans 
 le present Acte. Ces inscriptions additionnelles, s'il y a lieu, 
 seront delivrees avec jouissance des memos epoques que les 
 .'3,500,000 francs ci-dessus stipules, et administrees par les Com- 
 missaires, d'apres les memes principes ; en sorte que les creances 
 qui resteront a solder seront acquittees avec la meme proportion 
 d'interet accumule et compose, que si le fonds de garantie avait 
 ete suffisant des le commencement ; et lorsque tons les payemens 
 dus aux creanciers auront ete effectues, le surplus des rentes non 
 assignees, avec la proportion d'interet accumule et compose qui 
 leur appartiendra, sera rendu, s'il y a lieu, a la disposition du 
 Gouvernement Frangais. 
 
 X. A mesure que les liquidations seront faites, et que les 
 creances seront reconnues, avec distinction des sommes represen- 
 tant les valeurs capitales et des sommes provenant des arrerages 
 ou interets, la commission de liquidation dont il sera parle aux 
 Articles suivans, delivrera aux creanciers reconnus deux certificats 
 pour valoir inscription, avec jouissance du 22 Mars 1810, inclu- 
 sivement ; I'un des certificats relatif au capital de la creance, et
 
 FRANCR. 289 
 
 interests of the whole of their debts liquidated, and allowed from 
 the C2d of March, 18 iG, inclusive, as soon as their respective 
 claims shall have been allowed and admitted. 
 
 IX. A capital, producing an interest of 3,500,000 francs, 
 commencing from the 22d of March, 18 16, shall be inscribed as 
 a fund of guarantee, in the great bo{»k of the public debt of 
 France, in the name of two or four Commissioners, the one half 
 English and the other half PVench, chosen by their respective 
 Governments. These Commissioners shall receive the said in- 
 terest from the 22d of March, 1816, every six months ; they shall 
 hold it in deposit, without having the power of negotiating it, and 
 they shall further be bound to place the amount of it in the 
 public funds, and to receive the accumulated and compound 
 interest of the same, for the profit of the creditors. In case the 
 3,500,000 francs of interest shall be insufficient, there shall be 
 delivered to the said Commissioners inscriptions for larger sums, 
 until their amount shall be equal to what may be necessary to 
 pay all the debts mentioned in the present Act. These additional 
 inscriptions, if there shall be any, shall be delivered, bearing- 
 interest from the same period as the 3,500,000 francs, above sti- 
 pulated, and shall be administered by the Commissioners, accord- 
 ing to the same principles, so that the claims which shall remain 
 to be paid, shall be paid with the same proportion of accumulated 
 and compound interest, as if the fund of guarantee had been 
 from the first sufficient ; and as soon as all the payments due to 
 the creditors shall have been made, the surplus of the interest 
 fund not employed, with the proportion of accumulated and com- 
 pound interest which shall belong thereto, shall, if there be any, 
 be given up to the disposal of the French Government. 
 
 X. In proportion as the liquidation shall be effected, and as 
 the claims shall be allowed, distinction being made between the 
 sums representing the capitals, and the sums arising from the 
 arrears or interest, the commission of liquidation, which shall 
 be mentioned in tiie following Articles, shall deliver to the cre- 
 ditors, allowed to be such, two Certificates for the value of the 
 whole Inscription to be made, bearing interest from the 22d of 
 March, 1816, inclusive; one of the Certificates relating to the 
 
 VOL. I. u
 
 290 FRANCE. 
 
 I'autre relatif aux arrerages ou interets liquides jusqu'au CC Mars, 
 1816, excliisivenient. 
 
 XL Les certiticats nientionnes ci-dessus seront reniis aux 
 Commissaires depositaires des rentes, qui les viseront afin qu'ils 
 soient iuscrits immediatement sur le grand livre de la dette pu- 
 blique de France, au debit de leur depot, et au credit des nou- 
 veaux creanciers reconnus et porteurs des dits Certificats, en ayant 
 soin de distinguer les rentes perpetuelles des rentes viageres ; et 
 les dits creanciers seront autorises, des le jour de la liquidation 
 definitive de leurs creances, ^ recevoir, de la part des dits Com- 
 missaires, les rentes qui leur sont d^es, avec les interets accumules 
 et composes, s'il y a lieu, d leur profit, et avec une portion du 
 capital qui aura ete paye, d'apres ce qui a 6te regie par les 
 Articles precedens. 
 
 XII. Un nouveau delai sera accorde, apr^s la signature de la 
 presente Convention, aux sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique for- 
 mant des pretensions sur le Gouvernement Frangais, pour des 
 objets specifies dans le present Acte, 'k I'effet de faire leurs 
 reclamations et de produire leurs titres. Ce delai sera de 3 mois 
 pour les creanciers qui sont residans en Europe, de 6 mois pour 
 ceux qui sont dans les Colonies Occidentales, et de 12 mois pour 
 ceux qui sont dans les Indes Orientales, ou dans d'autres pays 
 egalement eloignes. 
 
 Apres ces epoques, les dits sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique 
 ne seront plus admissibles A la presente liquidation. 
 
 XIII. A I'effet de proceder aux liquidations et reconnaissances 
 de creances mentionnes aux Articles precedens, il sera forme une 
 Commission composee de deux Frangais et de deux Anglais, qui 
 seront designes et nomm6s par leurs Gouvernemens respectifs. 
 
 Ces Commissaires, apres avoir reconnu et admis les titres, pro- 
 cederont, d'apres les bases indiquees, A la reconnaissance, liqui- 
 dation et fixation, des sommes qui seront dfies a chaque creancier. 
 
 A nicsure que ces creances auront ete reconnues et fixees, ils
 
 FRANCE. 291 
 
 capital of the debt, and tlit» oilier rolatinj^ to the arrears, or In. 
 terest liquidated up to the CiGd of March, 18 iG, exclusively. 
 
 XI. The certificates abovcmentioned shall be delivered over 
 to the Commissioners holding the annuities in deposit, who shall 
 check the same, in order that they be immediately inscribed 
 into the great book of the public debt of France, to the debit 
 of the deposit fund, and to the credit of the new creditors, ac- 
 knowledged as such, bearers of the said certificates, care being 
 taken to distinguish the perpetual from the life annuities. And 
 the said creditors shall be authorised, from the day of the defi- 
 nitive liquidation of their claims, to receive, for their profit, from 
 the said Commissioners the interests which are due to them, to- 
 gether with the accumulated and compound interests, if there be 
 any, as well as such portion of the capital as shall have been 
 paid, according to what has been regulated by the preceding 
 Articles. 
 
 XII. A further delay shall be allowed, after the signature of 
 the present Convention, to the subjects of His Britannic Ma- 
 jesty, who shall have claims upon the French Government, for 
 the matters specified in the present Act, in order that they may 
 bring forward their claims and produce their titles. 
 
 This delay shall be extended to 3 mouths for the creditors re- 
 siding in Europe, 6 months for such as are in the Western Co- 
 lonies, and 12 months tor such as are resident iu the East Indies, 
 or in other countries equally distant. After the expiration of 
 these periods, the said subjects of II is Britannic Majesty shall 
 no longer have the benefit of the present liquidation. 
 
 XIII. In order to proceed in the liquidation and allowance of 
 the claims mentioned in the preceding Articles, there shall be 
 formed a Commission, composed of two French and two Eng- 
 glish Commissioners, who shall be nominated and appointed by 
 their respective Governments. 
 
 These Commissioners, after they shall have allowed and ad- 
 mitted the titles to the claims, shall proceed, according to the 
 principles pointed out, to the allowance, liquidation, and deter- 
 mination of the sums which shall be due to each creditor. 
 
 In proportion as the claims shall be allowed and ascertained, 
 
 V 2
 
 292 FRANCE. 
 
 delivreront aiix creanciers les deux ccrtificats nientlonnes dans 
 r Article 10, I'un pour Ic capital I'autre pour les interets. 
 
 XIV. II sera nomine en meme terns une commission de sur- 
 arbitres, composee de quatre membres, dont deux seront nommes 
 par le Gouvernement Britannique et deux par le Gouvernement 
 Frangais. 
 
 S'il y a necessite d'appeler les sur-arbitres pour vider le par- 
 tage, les quatre noms des sur-arbitres Anglais et Francais seront 
 mis dans une urne ; et le nom de celui des quatre qui sortira, 
 sera le sur-arbitre de I'affaire speciale sur laquelle il y aura eu 
 partage. 
 
 Chacun des Commissaircs Liquidateurs prendra a, son tour dans 
 I'urne le billet qui designera le sur-arbitre. 
 
 11 sera dresse proces verbal de cette operation, et ce proems 
 verbal sera joint a celui qui seja dresse pour la liquidation et 
 fixation de cette creance speciale. 
 
 S'il survient une vacance, soit dans la Commission de Liquida- 
 tion, soit dans celle des sur-arbitres, le Gouvernement qui devra 
 pourvoir A la nomination d'un nouveau membre, procedera acette 
 nomination sans aucun delai, afin que les deux Commissions 
 restent toujours complettes, autant que faire se pcut. 
 
 Si I'un des Commissaires Liquidateurs est absent, il sera, pen- 
 dant son absence, reinplac6 par un des sur-arbitres de la meme 
 nation ; et conime, dans ce cas, il ue resterait qu'un sur-arbitre 
 de cette nation, les deux sur-arbitres de I'autre nation seront de 
 meme reduits a un par la voie du sort. 
 
 Et si I'un des sur-arbitres etait dans le cas cle s'absenter, la 
 meme operation aurait lieu pour reduire A un les deux sur-arbitres 
 de I'autre nation. II est generalenient entendu que, pour obvier 
 a tout retard dans roperation, la liquidation soit I'adjudication, ne 
 sera pas suspendue, pourvii qu'il se trouve present et en activite 
 un commissaire et un sur-arbitre de cliaquc nation, conservant en 
 tout cas le principe de la parite entre les Commissaires et les sur- 
 arbitres des deux nations, et de la retablir au besoin par la voie 
 du sort. Dans le cas on I'une ou Tautre des Puissances Con- 
 tractantes aurait a proceder a la nomination de nouveaux Com-
 
 FRANCE. '29$ 
 
 they sliall deliver to tlie creditors the two certificates nieiitiohed 
 in the lOlh Article, one for the capital, the other for the in- 
 terests. 
 
 XIV. A Commission of Arbitrators shall at the same time be 
 named, composed of four members, two of whom shall be named 
 by the British Government, and two by the French Government. 
 
 If it shall be necessary to call upon the Arbitrators, in case of 
 an equality of votes on any point, the four names of the Arbitra- 
 trators, English and French, shall be put into an urn, and the 
 one of the four whose name shall be drawn first, shall be the Arbi- 
 trator of the particular affair upon which there shall have been 
 such equality of votes. 
 
 Each of the Commissioners of Liquidation shall, in his turn, 
 take from the urn the ticket which is to point out the Arbitrator. 
 A proces-verhat shall be made of this operation, and shall be an- 
 nexed to the one which shall be drawn up for the liquidation and 
 determination of the particular claim. 
 
 If a vacancy shall take place, either in the Commission of Li- 
 quidation, or in that of Arbitration, the Government which ought 
 to provide for the nomination of a new member, shall proceed to 
 that nomination without delay, in order that the two Commis- 
 sions may always remain as far as possible complete. 
 
 If one of the Commissioners of Liquidation shall be absent, he 
 shall be replaced, during his absence, by one of the Arbitrators 
 of his nation ; and as in that case there will remain but one Ar- 
 bitrator of that nation, the two Arbitrators of the other nation 
 shall also be reduced to one by lot. And if one of the Arbitra- 
 tors should absent himself, the same operation shall take place? 
 in order to reduce to one the two Arbitrators of the other nation. 
 It is generally understood, that in order to obviate all manner of 
 delay in this business, the liquidation and adjudication shall not 
 be suspended, provided there shall be present, and in activity, 
 one Commissioner and one Arbitrator of each nation, the prin- 
 ciple of e(|uality between the Commissioners and the Arbitrators 
 of the two nations being always preserved and re-established if 
 necessary, by lot. 
 
 Whenever either of the Contracting Powers shall proceed to 
 
 u 3
 
 294 FRANCE. 
 
 missaires Liquidateurs, depositaires ou sur-arbitres, les dits Com- 
 saires seront tenus, avaut de proc6der, de preter le serment, et 
 dans les formes qui sont indlquees dans I'Article suivant. 
 
 XV. Les Commissaires Liquidateurs, les Commissaires Depo- 
 sitaires, et les sur-arbitres preteront en meme terns serment, en 
 presence de I'Ambassadeur de Sa Majeste Britannique, entre les 
 mains de M. le garde des sceaux de France, de bien et fidelement 
 proceder, de n'avoir aucune preference ni pour le creancier ni 
 pour le debiteur, et d'agir dans tons leurs actes d'apres les stipu- 
 lations du Traite de Paris du 30 Mai, 1814, des Traites et Con- 
 ventions avec la France signes aujourd'liui, et notamment d'apres 
 celles du present Acte. 
 
 Les Commissaires Liquidateurs, ainsi que les sur-arbitres, seront 
 autorises, toutes les fois qu'ils le jugeront necessaire, a appeler 
 des temoins et a les interroger sous serment, dans les formes 
 prescrites, sur tons les points relatifs aux difFerentes reclamations 
 qui font I'objet de cette Convention. 
 
 XVL Apres que les 3,300,000 francs de rentes, mentionnes 
 dans I'Article 9 auront ete inscrits au nom des Commissaires De- 
 positaires, et a la premiere demande du Gouvernement Francais, 
 Sa Majeste Britannique donnera les ' ordres necessaires pour 
 effectuer la retrocession des colonies Frangaises, telle qu'elle a 
 ete stipulee par le Traile de Paris, du 30 Mai, 1814, y compris 
 la Martinique et la Guadaloupe, qui ont ete occupees depuis par 
 les forces Britanniques. 
 
 L'inscription mentionnee ci-dessus aura lieu d'ici au ler Jan- 
 vier prochain, au plus tard. 
 
 XVIL Les prisonniers de guerre, officiers et soldats de terre 
 et de mer, ou de quelque qualite que ce soit, faits pendant les 
 hostilites qui viennent de cesser, seront de part et d'autre renvoyes 
 immediatement dans leurs pays respectifs, sous les memes condi- 
 tions qui se trouvent consignees dans la Convention du 23 Avril 
 et dans le Traite du 30 Mai, 1814, et le Gouvernement Britan- 
 nique renonce a toute somme ou droit quelconque qui pourrait lui 
 revenir pour tout le surplus de I'cntretien des dits prisonniers de
 
 FRANCE. 295 
 
 the nomination of new Commissioners of Liquidation, of Deposit, 
 or of Arbitration, the said Commissioners shall be obliged, pre- 
 viously to their entering upon their functions, to make the oath, 
 and in the forms detailed in the follov\ing Article. 
 
 XV. The Commissioners of Liquidation, the Commissioners 
 of Deposit, and the Arbitrators, shall together make oath, in the 
 presence of the Ambassador of His Britannic Majesty, and be- 
 between the hands of the keeper of the seals of France, to 
 proceed justly and faithfully, to have no preference either for the 
 creditor or for the debtor, and to act in all their proceedings 
 according to the stipulations of the Treaty of Paris, of the 30th 
 of May, 1814, and of the Treaties and Conventions with France, 
 signed this day, and more particularly according to those of the 
 present Convention. 
 
 The Commissioners of Liquidation and the Arbitrators shall 
 be authorized to call witnesses whenever they shall judge it neces- 
 sary, and to examine them by oath in the usual forms, upon all 
 points relative to the different claims which form the object of 
 this Convention. 
 
 XVL When the 3,500,000 francs of interest, mentioned in 
 the 9th Article, shall have been inscribed in the name of the 
 Commissioners who are to hold that sum in deposit, and on the 
 ilrst demand which shall be thereafter made by the French Go- 
 vernment, His Britannic Majesty shall give the necessary orders 
 to carry into execution the restoration of the French Colonies, as 
 stipulated by the Treaty of Paris of the 30th of May, 1814, 
 comprehending Martinique and Guadaloupe, which have been 
 since occupied by the British forces. 
 
 The inscription abovementioned shall be made before the 1st 
 of January next at the latest. 
 
 XVH. The prisoners of war, officers and soldiers, both 
 naval and military, or of any other description, taken during the 
 hostilities which have lately ceased, shall, on both sides, be im- 
 mediately restored to their respective countries, under the same 
 conditions which are specified in the Convention of the '23d of 
 April, 1814, and in the Treaty of the 30th of May of the same 
 year ; and the British Government renounces all claim to any 
 sums or indemnities whatsoever, which might belong to it from 
 
 u 4
 
 2()6 FRANCE. 
 
 guerre, mais toujours sous ia condition specifiee dans TArticIe 4 
 Additionnel du Traite de Paris du 30 Mai, 1814. 
 
 Fait k Paris, le 20 Novembre, I'an de Grace, 1815. 
 
 Signe Castlereagh, (L.S.) • Richelieu, (L.S.) 
 
 Wellington, (L.S.) 
 
 ARTICLE ADDITIONNEL. 
 
 Las reclamations des sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique, fondees 
 sur la decision de Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne, relativement aux 
 marchandises Anglaises introduites a Bourdeaux par suite du tarif 
 des douanes public dans la dite ville par Son Altesse Royale 
 Monseigneur le Due d'Angouleme, le 24 Mars, 1814, seront 
 liquidees et payees d'apres les principes et le but indiques dans 
 cette decision de Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne. 
 
 La Commission creee par I' Article 13 de la Convention de ce 
 jour, est chargee de proceder immediatement k la liquidation de 
 la dite creance et a la fixation des epoques du payement en argent 
 effectif. 
 
 La decision qui sera rendue par les Commissaires, sera executee 
 immediatement, selon sa forme et teneur, 
 
 Le present Article Additionnel aura la meme force et valeur que 
 s'il etait insere mot a mot dans la Convention de ce jour, relative 
 a I'examen et a la liquidation des reclamations des sujets de Sa 
 Majeste Britannique envers le Gouvernement Frangais. 
 
 En foi de quoi, les Plenipotentiaires respectifs I'ont signe et y 
 ont appos6 le cachet de leurs armes. 
 
 F"ait a Paris, le 20 Novembre, I'an de Grace, 1815. 
 
 Signe Castlereagh, (L.S.) Richelieu, (L.S.) 
 
 Wellington, (L.S.)
 
 rilANCE. 097 
 
 llie surplus arising from the maintenance of the said prisoners of 
 war, subject nevertheless to the condition specified in the 4th 
 Additional Article of the Treaty of Paris of the 30th of May, IB 14. 
 
 m 
 
 Done at Paris, the 20th day of November, 181 j. 
 
 Signed CasTlereagu, (L.S.) Richelieu, (L.S.) 
 
 Wellington, (L.S.) 
 
 ADDITIONAL ARTICLE. 
 
 The claims of the subjects of His Britannic Majesty, founded 
 on a decision of His Most Christian Majesty, relative to the Bri- 
 tish merchandize introduced into Bourdeaux, in conformity to the 
 tarif of customs published in the above-mentioned city, by His 
 Royal Highness the Duke d'Angouleme, on the 24th of March, 
 1814, shall be liquidated and paid, according to the principles and 
 the object declared in the above-mentioned decision of His Most 
 Christian Majesty, 
 
 The Commission instituted by Article XHI of the Convention 
 of this day, is directed to proceed immediately to the liquidation 
 of the said claim, and to tix the dates of its payment to be made 
 in money. 
 
 The decision which shall be made by the Commissioners, shall 
 be executed immediately, according to its form and tenor. 
 
 The present Additional Article shall have the same force and 
 effect as if it w'ere inserted word for word in the Convention 
 signed this day, relative to the examination and liquidation of the 
 claims of the subjects of His Britannic Majesty against the Go- 
 vernment of France. 
 
 In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed 
 it, and have thereto affixed the seals of their arms. 
 
 Done at Paris, the 20th day of November, 1815. 
 
 Signed Castlereagh, (L.S.) Richelieu, (L.S.) 
 
 Wellington, (L.S.)
 
 298 FRANCE. 
 
 CONVENTION eiitre la Grande Bretagne et la France. 
 Conchie en conforniite de V Article 9 du Traite Principal, 
 relativement a l' Examen ct a la Liquidation des Reclama- 
 tions (Particnlitres) a la Charge du Gouvernement Fran- 
 fais. Signee a Paris, le 20 Nuvembre, 1815. 
 
 Pour applanir les difficultes qui se sont 61evees sur I'execution 
 de divers Articles du Traite de Paris, du 30 Mai, 1814, et notani- 
 ment sur ceux relatifs aux reclamations des sujets des Puissances 
 Allices, les hautes Parties Contractantes, desirant faire prompte- 
 ment jouir leurs sujets respectifs des droits que ces Articles leur 
 assurent, et prevenir en nieme terns, autant que possible, toute 
 contestation qui pourrait s'elever sur les sens de quelques disposi- 
 tions du dit Traite, sont convenues des Articles suivans : 
 
 I. Le Traite de Paris du 30 Mai, 1814, etant confirme par 
 I'Article 1 1 du Traite Principal auquel la presente Convention 
 est annex6e, cette confirmation s'etend nommement aux Articles 
 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 30 et 31 du dit Traite, autant que 
 les stipulations renfermees dans ces Articles n'ont pas ete 
 changees ou modifiees par le present Acte, et il est expressement 
 convenu que les explications et les developpemens que les hautes 
 Parties Contractantes ont juge ^ propos de leur donner par les 
 Articles suivans, ne prejudicieront en rien aux reclamations de 
 toute autre nature, qui seraient autorisees par le dit Traite, sans 
 ctre specialement rappelees par la presente Convention. 
 
 II. En conforniite de cette disposition, Sa Majeste Tres Clire- 
 tienne proniet de faire liquider dans les formes ci-apr^s indiquees, 
 toutes les sommes que la France se trouve devoir dans les pays 
 hors de son territoire tel qu'il est constitue par le Traite auquel 
 la presente Convention est annex6e, en vertu de I'Article 1<) du 
 Traite de Paris, du 30 Mai, 1814, suit a des individus, soit a des 
 Communes, soit a des etablissemens particuliers dont les re- 
 venues ne sont pas a la disposition des Gouvernemens.
 
 FRANCE. 299 
 
 CONVENTION (No. 13,) betzceen Great Britain and France. 
 Concluded in cotiformity to the Qth Article of the Principal 
 Treati/, relative to the Examination and Liquidation of the 
 (private) Claims upon the French Government. Signed at 
 Paris the '10th of November, 1815. 
 
 (Translation, as laid before Parliament.) 
 
 In order to remove the difficulties which have arisen in the 
 execution of divers Articles of the Treaty of Paris, of the 30tli 
 May, 1814, and especially of those relating to the claims of 
 subjects of the Allied Sovereign Powers, the high Contracting 
 Parties, being desirous of enabling their respective subjects 
 speedily to enjoy the rights which those Articles ensure to them, 
 and at the same time prevent as much as possible all controversy 
 which might arise on the interpretation of some of the dispositions 
 of the said Treaty, have agreed upon the following Articles : 
 
 I. The Treaty of Paris of the oOth May, 1814, being confirmed 
 by Article 1 1 of the principal Treaty, to which the present 
 Convention is annexed, this confirmation extends principally to 
 Articles 19, 'iO, 21, £2, 23, 24, 25, 26, 30, and 31 of the said 
 Treaty, so far as the stipulations contained in the said Articles 
 have not been altered or modified by the present Act ; and it is 
 expressly agreed, that the explanations and developements which 
 the high Contracting Parties have thought advisable to give to 
 them by the following Articles, shall in no wise prejudice the 
 claims of any other nature, which may be authorized by the 
 said Treaty, though not especially stipulated by the present 
 Convention. 
 
 II. In conformity to this resolution. His Most Christian Ma- 
 jesty engages to cause to be liquidated, in the manner hereinafter 
 specified, all sums which France may be found to owe, in coun- 
 tries out of her territory, as fixed by the Treaty to which the 
 present Convention is annexed, by virtue of Article 19 ot the 
 Treaty of Paris of 3()th May, 1814, cither to individuals, oi- to 
 *' Co/mnuncs," or to private establishments the revenues of which 
 are not at the disposal of Government.
 
 300 FRANCE. 
 
 Cette liquidation s'etendra specialement sur Its reclamations 
 suivantes : 
 
 1. Sur celles qui concernent les fournitures et prestations de 
 tout genre faites par des communes ou des individus, et en 
 general par tout autre que les Gouvernemens, en vertu de con- 
 trats ou de dis])ositions emanees des Autorites Administratives 
 Fran^aises renfermant promesse de payement; que ces fourni- 
 tures et prestations ayent ete effectuees dans et pour les magasins 
 militaires en general, ou pour I'approvisionnement des villes et 
 places en particulier, ou enfin aux armees Frangaises, ou a. des 
 detacliemens de troupes, ou a la gendarmerie, ou aux Adminis- 
 trations Frangaises, ou aux Hopitaux Militaires, ou eutin pour un 
 service public quelconque. 
 
 Ces livraisons et prestations seront justifiees par les regus des 
 gardes magasins, officiers civils ou militaires, commissaires, 
 agens ou surveillans, dont la validite sera reconnue par la Com- 
 mission de Liquidation dont il sera question k T Article 5 de la 
 presente Convention. 
 
 Le prix en seront regies d'apres les contrats ou autres engage- 
 mens des Autorites Fran^aises, ou, a leur defaut , d'apres les 
 mercuriales des endroits les plus rapproches de celui ou le verse- 
 ment a ete fait, 
 
 2. Sur les arrieres de solde et de traitement, frais de voyage, 
 gratifications et autres indemnites revenant a des militaires ou 
 employes a I'armee Francaise, devenus, par les Traites de Paris 
 du 30 Mai, 1814, et du 20 Novembre, 1815, sujets d'une autre 
 Puissance, pour le terns oil ces individus servaient dans les 
 armees Francaises, ou qu'ils etaient attaches a des etablissemens 
 qui en dependaient, tels qu'hopitaux, pharmacies, magasins ou 
 autres. 
 
 La justification de ces deniandes devra se faire par la pro- 
 duction des pieces exigees par les lois et reglemens militaires. 
 
 3. Sur la restitution des frais d'entrctien des militaires Fran^ais 
 dans les hospices civils qui n'appartenaient pas au Gouvernement, 
 en tant que le payement de cet entretieu a etc stipule par des 
 engagemens expres.
 
 FRAN€R. 301 
 
 This llqiiulation shall extend particularly to the foliovving 
 claims : 
 
 1. To those arising from supplies and deliveries of all kind, 
 furnished by " Communes" or individuals, and in general by all 
 others but the different branches of the Government, by virtue of 
 contracts or arrangements made by the French Administrative 
 Authorities, under promise of payment ; whether the said sup- 
 plies and deliveries may have been furnished, either to or for the 
 use of military magazines in general, or for the provisioning of 
 towns and fortresses in particular, or, in short, to the French 
 armies, to detachments of troops or of *' gendarmerie" io i\\Q 
 French Administrations, or the Military Hospitals, or in fine for 
 any public service whatsoever. 
 
 These deliveries and supplies are to be vouched by receipts, 
 from the store-keepers, officers, civil or military, commissaries 
 agents or inspectors, the validity of which shall be acknowledged 
 by the Commission of Liquidation, described in Article 5 of the 
 present Convention. 
 
 The prices shall be regulated by the contracts or other engage- 
 ments of the French Authorities, or in failure thereof, by the 
 market prices of the places, the nearest to that where the deli- 
 very shall have taken place. 
 
 2. To arrears of pay, and allowances, travelling expences, 
 gratuities, and other indemnifications due to military or other 
 persons employed in the French army, and become, by the Trea- 
 ties of Paris of .Wth May, 1814, and 20th November, 1815, 
 subjects of another Sovereign Power, during the period when 
 the individuals in question served in the French armies, or were 
 attached to establishments thereunto belonging, such as hospitals 
 dispensaries, magazines, &.c. 
 
 These demands are to be supported by the production of the 
 necessary vouchers, as required by the existing military rules and 
 regulations. 
 
 3. To the re-imbursement of expences for the maintenance of 
 French troops in such civil hospitals as did not belong to Go- 
 vernment, inasmuch as the payment of that maintenance has 
 been stipulated for by positive engagements. 
 
 The quota of the said expences is to be vouched by abstracts
 
 302 FRANCE. 
 
 La quotit6 de ces frais sera justifiee par les bordereaux certifies 
 par les chefs de ces etablissemens. 
 
 4. Sur la restitution des fonds confies aux postes aux lettres 
 Fran^aises, qui ne sont pas parvenus d leur destination, le cas 
 de force majeure excepte. 
 
 5. Sur I'acquit des mandats, bons et ordonnances de payement 
 fournis, soit sur le Tresor Public de France, soit sur la caisse 
 d'amortissement, ou leurs annexes, ainsi que des bons donnes par 
 cette demiere caisse ; lesquels mandats, bons et ordonnances, ont 
 6te souscrits en faveur d'habitans, de communes ou d'etablisse- 
 mens situes dans les provinces qui ont cesse de faire partie de 
 la France, ou se trouvent entre les mains de ces habitans, com- 
 munes et etablissemens ; sans que, de la part de la France, 
 on puisse refuser de les payer par la raison que les objets 
 par la vente desquels ces bons, mandats et ordonnances devaient 
 etre realises, ont pass6 sous un Gouvernement etranger. 
 
 6. Sur les emprunts faits paries Autorites Frangaises civile sous 
 militaires, avec promesse de restitution. 
 
 7. Sur les indemnites accordees pour non-jouissance de biens 
 domaniaux donnes en bail ; sur toute autre indemnite et restitu- 
 tion pour fait d'affermage de biens domaniaux, ainsi que sur les 
 vacations, emolumens et honoraires pour estimation, visite ou ex- 
 pertise de batimens et autres objets, faites par ordre et pour comte 
 du GouveiTiement Fran^ais, en tant que ces indemnites, restitu- 
 tions, vacations, emolumens et honoraires ont ete reconnus etre a 
 la charge du Gouvernement, et legalement ordonnes par les 
 autorites Frangaises aiors existantes. 
 
 8- Sur le remboursement des avances faites par les caisses 
 comnmnales, par ordre des Autorites Fran^aises, et avec promesse 
 de restitution. 
 
 9. Sur les indemnites diies a des particuliers pour prise de ter- 
 rain, demolition, destruction de batimens, qui ont eu lieu d'apres 
 les ordres des Autorites Militaires Fran^aises pour Taggrandisse- 
 ment ou la siirete des places fortes ct citadelles, dans le cas oil il 
 est du indemnite, en vertu de la loi du 10 Juillct, 1791, et lorsqu'il 
 V aura cu engagement de payer, resultant soit d'une expertise
 
 FRANCE. 303 
 
 of accounts, certified by the superintendents of those establish- 
 ments. 
 
 4. To the restitution of funds, intrusted to the French post- 
 offices, which have not reached their destination, the event of 
 force being, however, excepted. 
 
 5. To the discharge of " Maudats," " Boris,*' and orders for 
 payment, given eitlier on the Public Treasury of France, or on 
 the " Caisse cTydinortissemeut," or their " Annexes,'' as well as of 
 " Bans," given by the last-mentioned " Caisse,'" which " Man- 
 dats," " Bons," and Orders, have been subscribed to in favour 
 of inhabitants, " Communes," or establishments situated in pro- 
 vinces which have ceased to form part of France, or which may 
 be in the hands of the said inhabitants, " Communes" or esta- 
 blishments, it being not possible for France to refuse payment of 
 the same, on the plea, that the objects, by the sale of which the 
 the said " Bons," " Manduts," and orders were to be realized, 
 have passed under foreign dominion. 
 
 6. To loans made to the French civil and military Authorities, 
 under promise of re-payment. 
 
 7. To indemnities granted for non-enjoyment of national do- 
 mains, let on lease; to all other indemnity and refunding for 
 leases of national domains, and also for professional attendance, 
 remuneration, and fees for appraising, inspecting, or reporting, on 
 the buildings, or other objects, done by order and on account of 
 tlie French Government, inasmuch as the said indemnities, re- 
 fundings, professional attendance, remuneration and fees, have 
 been acknowledged to be at the expense of the Government, and 
 legally ordered by the French Authorities at the time existing. 
 
 8. To the re-imbursement of advances made from the funds 
 of the " Communes," by order of the French Authorities, and 
 imder promise of re-payment. 
 
 9. To indemnities due to individuals for loss of ground, the 
 demolition and destruction of buildings, in consequence of 
 orders from the French Military Authorities, for the enlargement 
 or security of fortresses and citadels, in such cases where indem- 
 oity is due, by virtue of the law of 10th July, 171)1, J»»id where 
 there may have been engagement to pay, either by report of
 
 ,004 FRANCE. 
 
 contradictoire, reglant le montant tie rindeninite, soit de tout 
 autre acte des autorites Frangaises. 
 
 III. Les reclamations du Senat de Ilambourg, concernant la 
 banque de cette ville, seront I'objet d'une Convention particuliere 
 entre les Commissaires de Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne et ceux 
 de la ville de Hambourg. 
 
 IV. Seront egalement liquidees les reclamations que presentent 
 plusieurs individus, contre I'execution d'un ordre date de Nassen, 
 le 8 Mai, 1813, en vertu duquel on a saisi, 'X leur prejudice, des 
 denrees coloniales, dont ils avaient acquis une partie du Gouverne- 
 ment Frangais, et en vertu duquel ils ont ete contraints de payer 
 une seconde fois pour des cotons, les droits et doubles droits de 
 douane, quoiqu'ils se fussent liberes, en terns utile, de ce qu'ils 
 devaient legalement. Ces reclamations seront liquidees par les 
 Commissaires etablis par la Convention de ce jour, et leur montant 
 sera paye en inscriptions au grand livre de la dette publique, X. un 
 cours qui ne pourra pas etre au-dessous de soixante quinze, de la 
 meme maniere qu'il a ete convenu par la presente Convention d 
 I'egard des cautionnemens a rembourser. 
 
 V. Les hautes Parties Contractantes, animees du desir de con- 
 venir d'un mode de liquidation, propre en meme terns k en 
 abreger le terme, et a conduire dans chaque cas partie ulier X une 
 decision definitive, ont resolu, en expliquant les dispositions de 
 TArticle 20 du Traite du 30 Mai, 1814, d'etablir des Commissions 
 de Liquidation, qui s'occuperont en premier lieu de I'examen des 
 reclamations, et des Commissions d'Arbitrage, qui en decideront 
 dans le cas oil les premieres ne seraient pas parvenues a s'accorder. 
 Le mode qui sera adopte k cet egard sera le suivant : 
 
 1 . Immediatement apres I'echange des ratifications du present 
 Traite, la France et les autres hautes Parties Contractantes ou 
 interess6es k cet objet, nommeront des Commissaires Liquidateurs, 
 et des Commissaires Juges, qui resideront 'A Paris, et qui seront 
 charges de regler et faire executer les dispositions renferm^es dans 
 les Articles 18 et 19 du Traite du 30 Mai, 1814, et dans les Ar- 
 ticles 2, 4, G, 7, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 17, 18, 19, 22, 23, 24, de la 
 presente Convention.
 
 FRANCE. 50.5 
 
 arbitrators, rcgulatiiit; the amount of the indenuiity, or by any 
 other deed of the French Authorities. 
 
 III. The claims of the Senate of Hamburgh, on account of 
 the Bank of that city, shall be the subject of a Special Conven- 
 tion between the Comnnssioners of His Most Christian Ma- 
 jesty and those of the City of Hamburgh. 
 
 IV". Those claims shall also be liquidated, preferred by several 
 individuals against the execution of a Decree, dated Nassen, 
 the 8th May, 1813, by virtue of which colonial goods, part of 
 which they had purchased of the French Government were 
 seized to their detriment, and by \irtue of which they have 
 been obliged to pay, a second time, on cottons, the single and 
 double Custom-house dues, although they had paid, in due time, 
 Avhat they owed lawfully. These claims shall be liquidated by 
 the Commissioners appointed by the Convention of this day, and 
 the amount thereof shall be paid, in inscriptions, on the great 
 book of the public debt, at a rate not under 75, in the same 
 manner as has been agreed upon with regard to the securities to 
 be refunded. 
 
 V. The high Contracting Parties, being animated by the de- 
 sire of agreeing on a mode of liquidation, calculated at once to 
 accelerate the same, and promote, in each particular case, a final 
 decision, have resolved, while expounding the arrangements of 
 Article 20 of the Treaty of the 30th May, 1814, to appoint 
 Commissions of Liquidation, to be employed, in the first place, 
 in the examination of the claims ; and also Commissions of Ar- 
 bitration, which are to decide on such cases on which the former 
 Commission do not agree. The mode to be acted upon, in this 
 respect, is to be as follows : 
 
 1. Immediately after the exchange of the ratifications of the 
 present Treaty, France, and the other high Contracting Parties, 
 or those interested in this object, shall name Commissioners of 
 Liquidation, and Commissioners of Arbitration, or Umpires, 
 who are to reside at Paris, and shall be instructed to direct, and 
 carry into execution, the arrangements contained in Articles 18 
 and 19 of the Treaty of SOth May, 1814, and Articles 2, 4, 6, 
 7, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 17, 18, 19, 22, 23, 24, of the present 
 Convention. 
 
 VOL. I. X
 
 306 FRANCE. 
 
 Q,. Les Commissaiies LIquidateurs seront nommes par toutes 
 les Parties interessees qui voudront en deleguer, au nombre que 
 chacune d'elles jugera convenable. lis seront charges de recevoir, 
 d'examiner dans I'ordre d'uu tableau qui sera etabli pour cela, et 
 dans le plus bref delai, et de liquider, s'il y a lieu, toutes les recla- 
 mations. 
 
 II sera libre ii chaque Commissaire de reunir dans une menie 
 Commission tons les Commissaires des differens Gouvernemens 
 pour leur presenter et faire examiner par eux les reclamations des 
 sujets de son Gouvernement, on bien de trailer separement avec 
 le Gouvernement Frangais. 
 
 3. Les Commissaires- J uges seront charges de prononcer defi- 
 nitivement et en dernier ressort sur toutes les affaires qui leur 
 seront renvoyees, en conformite du present Article, par les Com- 
 missaires Liquidateurs, qui n'auront pas pu s'accorder sur elles. 
 Chacune des hautes Parties Contractantes ou interessees, pourra 
 nommer autant de ces juges qu'elle trouvera convenable; mais 
 tons ces juges preteront entre les mains du garde- des-sceaux de 
 France, et en presence des Ministres des hautes Parties Con- 
 tractantes residant ;\ Paris, serment de prononcer sans partialite 
 aucune pour les parties, d'apres les principes etablis par le Trait6 
 du 30 Mai, 1814, et par la presente Convention. 
 
 4. Immediatement apres que les Commissaires-Juges nommes 
 par la France et par deux au moins des autres Parties interessees 
 auront prete ce serment, tons ces Juges, presents d Paris, se re- 
 uniront sous la presidence du doyen d'age pour convenir de la 
 nomination d'un ou de plusieurs greffiers et d'un ou de plusieurs 
 commis, qui preteront serment entre leurs mains, ainsi que pour 
 deliberer, s'il y a lieu un reglement general sur I'expedition des 
 affaires, la tenue des registres, et autres objets d'ordre int^rieur. 
 
 5. Les Commissaires destines X former les Commissions d'arbi- 
 trage etant ainsi institu6s, lorsque les Commissaires Liquidateurs 
 n'auront pu s'accorder sur une affaire, il sera proc6d6 devant les 
 Commissaires-Juges, comme il va ^tre dit. 
 
 6. Dans les cas oh les reclamations seraient de la nature de 
 celles prevues par le Traite de Paris ou par la presente Conven-
 
 FRANCE. 507 
 
 2. The Commissioners of Liquidation are to be named by all 
 Parties interested, in such numbers as each of them may think 
 proper to appoint. They will be instructed to receive and exa- 
 mine, according to a scale fixed upon for that purpose, and with 
 the least possible delay, and liquidate, if there be just cause, all 
 claims. 
 
 Each Commissioner shall be at liberty to unite in one Com- 
 mittee all the Commissioners of the respective Governments, 
 and to lay before them, and cause them to examine the claims of 
 the subjects of his Government, or else to treat separately with 
 the French Government. 
 
 3. The Arbitrators are to be instructed to decide definitively, 
 and without appeal, on all cases referred to them, in conformity 
 to the present Article, by the Commissioners of Liquidation, 
 who may not have been able to agree thereon. All the high Con- 
 tracting Parties, or those interested, may name as many of these 
 Arbitrators as they may think proper; but everyone of these 
 Arbitrators must make oath, before the Chancellor of France, and 
 in the presence of the Ministers of the other high Contracting 
 Parties residing at Paris, to pass judgment, without partiality 
 whatever for the parties, according to the principles laid down 
 by the Treaty of 30th May, 1814, and by the present Conven- 
 tion. 
 
 4. As soon as the Arbitrators named by France, and by at least 
 two of the other Parties interested, shall have taken this oath, all 
 the said Commissioners who may be in Paris shall meet, under 
 the presidency of the senior Commissioner, for the purpose of 
 arranging the appointments of one or more of the recorders or 
 record-keepers, and of one or more clerks, who are to be sworn 
 before them, as well as for the purpose of discussing, if necessary, 
 a general system for the dispatch of business, the keeping of the 
 registers, and other matters of internal regulation. 
 
 6. The Commissioners appointed to form the Commissions of 
 Arbitration being thus ordained, whenever the Commissioners of 
 Liquidation shall not have agreed on a case, the Arbitrators are 
 to proceed with the same in the manner hereinafter mentioned. 
 
 6. In those cases wherein the claims are of the nature provided 
 for by the Treaty of Paris, or by the present Convention, and 
 
 X 2
 
 508 FRANCE. 
 
 tion, et o\\ il ne s'agiralt que de statuer sur la validity de la de- 
 mande, ou de fixer le niontant des sommes reclamees, la commis- 
 sion d'arbitrage sera composee de six Commissaires-Juges, savoir ; 
 trois Frangais, et trois personnes designees pas le Gouvernement 
 reclamant. Ces six Juges tireront an sort pour savoir lequel 
 d'entre eux devra s'abstenir. Les Commissaires 6tant ainsi reduits 
 au nombre de cinq, statueront definitivement sur la reclamation 
 qui leur sera presentee. 
 
 7. Dans les cas oi il s'agirait de savoir si la reclamation con- 
 testee pent etre rangee parmi celles prevues dans le Traite de 
 Paris, du 30 Mai, 1814, ou dans la presente Convention, la com- 
 mission d'arbitrage sera composee de six membres, dont trois 
 Frangais et trois designes par le Gouvernement reclamant. Ces 
 six Juges decideront ii la majorite, si la reclamation est susceptible 
 d'etre admise a la liquidation ; en cas de partage 6gal d'opinions, 
 il sera sursis a I'examen de I'affaire, et elle fera la matiere d'une 
 n6gociation diplomatique ulterieure entre les Gouverneniens. 
 
 8. Toutes les fois qu'une affaire sera portee a la decision d'une 
 Commission d'arbitrage, le Gouvernement dont le Commissaire 
 Liquidateur n'aura pas pu s'accorder avec le Gouvernement Fran- 
 gais, designera trois Commissaires-Juges, et la France en designera 
 autant, les uns et les autres pris parmi tons ceux qui auront prete 
 ou qui preteront, avant de proceder, le serment prescrit. On 
 fera connaitre ce choix au greffier, en lui transmettant le dossier 
 des pieces. Le greffier donnera acte de cette designation et de 
 ce d6p6t, et inscrira la reclamation sur le registre particulier qui 
 aura ete 6tabli a cet usage, Lorsque, dans I'ordre de ces in- 
 scriptions, le tour d'une reclamation sera venu, le greffier convo- 
 qnera les six Commissaires-Juges designes. 
 
 S'il s'agit d'un des cas enonc^s dans le Paragraphe six du pre- 
 sent Article, les noms de ces six Commissaires-Juges seront mis 
 dans une urne, et le dernier sortant sera elimine de droit, de telle 
 sorte que le uombre des juges soit r^duit a cinq. 11 sera n^an- 
 moins libre aux parties de s'en tenir, si elles en conviennent d'ua 
 commun accord, A une Commission de quatre Juges, dont le nom- 
 bre, pour obtenir un nombre impair, sera r^dult de la mGme ma-
 
 FRANCE. 309 
 
 wherein the question is merely to determine on the validity of 
 the demand, or the amount of the sum claimed, the Conmiission 
 of Arbitration is to be composed of six Umpires, namely, three 
 French, and three appointed by the reclaiming Government. The 
 said six Arbitrators shall then draw lots, for the purpose of de- 
 ciding which of them is to be thrown out, and being thus reduced 
 to five, are then finally to determine on the claim referred to them. 
 
 7. In the event of the question being, whether the contested 
 claim can be reckoned amongst those provided for by the Treaty 
 of Paris of 30th May, 1814, or by the present Convention, the 
 Commission of Arbitration is to be composed of six members, 
 whereof three are to be French, and three named by the Govern- 
 ment reclaiming ; these six umpires are then to decide by a ma- 
 jority, whether the claim is susceptible of being admitted to 
 liquidation ; in the event of equality of votes, the examination of 
 the aftair is to be suspended, and is to become subject matter of 
 future regular negocialion between the Governments. 
 
 8. Every time that a case shall be referred to the decision of a 
 Commission of Arbitration, the Government, whose Commis- 
 sioner of Liquidation shall not have been able to agree with the 
 French Government, shall name three Umpires, and France shall 
 name as many, all of them chosen amongst those who shall have 
 taken, or may take, previously to their acting, the stipulated oath. 
 This choice is to be made known to the record-keeper, at the 
 same time transmitting to him the whole of the documents. The 
 record-keeper will duly note this nomination, and the deposit of 
 the papers, and will enter the claim in the proper register, which 
 shall have been opened for that purpose. When the turn of a 
 claim shall come round in its regular order of entry, the record- 
 keeper is to summon the six Arbitrators above-named. 
 
 When the case shall happen to be one of those specified in 
 Section 6 of the present Article, the names of the said six Arbi- 
 trators shall be put in an urn, the last drawn shall of course go 
 out, in order that their number may be reduced to five. The 
 parties are, however, at liberty to abide, if they a,l,l agree thereto, 
 by a Commission of four Arbitrators, the number of whom, in 
 order to obtain an odd number, is to be in like manner reduced 
 
 X 3
 
 310 FRANCE. 
 
 ni^re i\ tiois. Dans le cas prevu par le Paragraphe sept dii present 
 Article, les six Juges, ou les quatre, si les deux parties sont con- 
 venues de ce nombre, entrent en discussion sans I'elimination 
 prealable d'un de leurs membres. Dans I'un et dans I'autre cas 
 les Commissaires-Juges, convoques pour cet effet s'occuperont 
 immediatement de I'examen de la reclamation ou du chef de re- 
 clamation dont il s'agit, et prononceront, a la pluralite des voix, 
 en dernier ressort. Le greffier assistera a toutes les seances, et y 
 tiendra la plume. Si la Commission d' Arbitrage n'a point decide 
 d'un chef de reclamation, mais d'rne reclamation meme, cette de- 
 cision terminera I'affaire. Si elle a prononce sur un chef de recla- 
 mation, I'affaire, dans le cas que ce chef est reconnu valable, 
 retourne a la Commission de Liquidation, pour que cette derniere 
 s'accorde sur I'admissibilite de la reclamation particuliere et de la 
 fixation de son montant, ou qu'elle la renvoie de nouveau k una 
 Commission d' Arbitrage reduite au nombre de cinq, ou de trois 
 membres. La decision rendue, le greffier donnera a la Commis- 
 sion de Liquidation connaissance de chaque sentence prononcee, 
 afin qu'elle la joigne a ses proces-verbaux ; ces jugemens devant 
 etre envisages comme faisant partie du travail de la Commission 
 de Liquidation. 
 
 II est au reste bien entendu, que les Commissions etablies en 
 vertu du present Article, ne peuvent point etendre leur travail au- 
 dela de la Liquidation des obligations resultant du present Traite 
 et de celui du 30 Mai, 1814. 
 
 VL Les hautes Parties Contractantes, voulant assurer Taccom- 
 plissement de 1' Article 21 du Traite de Paris, du 30 Mai, 1814, 
 et determiner en consequence le mode d'apres lequel il sera tenu 
 compte a la France, de celles des dettes specialement hypothequees 
 dans leur origine sur des pays qui ont cesse d'appartenir a la 
 France, ou contractees pour leur administration interieure, les- 
 quelles ont ete converties en inscriptions au grand-livre de la dette 
 publique de France, sont convenues que le montant du capital que 
 chacun des Gouvernmens de ces pays respectifs sera dans le cas 
 de rembourser a la France, sera fixe au cours moyen du prix que 
 les rentes du grand-livre auront eu entre le jour de la signature de 
 la presente Convention et le ler Janvier, 1816. Ce capital sera 
 bonifie ti la France sur les etats que la commission etablie par
 
 FRANCE. .;il 
 
 to tlirec. Ill the cases specified by Section 7 of the present Ar- 
 ticle, the six Umpires, or the lour, if the parties have agreed to 
 that number, are to enter into discussion, witliout previous elimi- 
 nation of one of their number. In either of these cases, the 
 Arbitrators convoked for the purpose are immediately to enter 
 upon the examination of the claim, or class of claim in question, 
 and are to decide by a majority of voices, without appeal. The 
 record-keeper is to attend all the sittings, and to act as minute- 
 clerk. If the Commission of Arbitration have not decided upon 
 the class of a claim, though it has, on a claim itself, such decision 
 terminates the affair. If it has decided on the class of a claim, 
 the case, provided that class be acknowledged as admissible, 
 goes back to the Commission of Liquidation, for that commis- 
 sion to determine on the admission of the individual claim, and 
 the amount thereof, or refer it anew to a Commission of Arbitra- 
 tion of five or three members. Judgment being given, the re- 
 corder is to notify to the Commission of Liquidation every such 
 sentence, for the purpose of being inserted in their proceedings, 
 as the said decisions are to be considered and acted upon as pre- 
 cedents by the Commission of Liquidation. 
 
 It is to be well understood, that the Commissions appointed 
 by virtue of the present Article are not to extend their labours 
 beyond the liquidation of the obligations specified by the present 
 Treaty, and that of 30th May, lb 14. 
 
 VI. The hisrh Contracting Parties, desiring to secure the full 
 performance of the '21st Article of the Treaty of Paris of 30th 
 May, 1814, and, accordingly, determinate the mode of crediting 
 France for such debts, specially secured in their origin by mort- 
 gages upon countries which have ceased to form part of France, 
 or otherwise contracted by their internal administration, and which 
 have been converted into inscriptions in the great book of the 
 national debt of France, have agreed, that the amount of the 
 capital, which each of the Governments of the said respective 
 countries may have to reimburse to France, shall be determined 
 by the price which the funds may bear, on an average, between 
 the day of the signature of the present Convention and the 1st of 
 January, ISlG. This capital is to be made good to France, ac- 
 
 X 4
 
 312 FRANCE. 
 
 I'Article 5 de la presente Convention, dressera et arretera de deux 
 mois en deux mois apres verification des titres sur lesquels I'in- 
 scription a eu lieu. 
 
 On ne remboursera pas a la France le montant des inscriptions 
 provenant des dettes hypothequees sur des immeubles que le 
 Gouvernement Frangais a alienes, quelle que soit la nature de ces 
 immeubles, pourvu que les acqu6reurs de ces immeubles, ayent 
 paye le prix entre les mains des agens du Gouvernement Francais, 
 a moins que les dits immeubles ne se trouvent aujourd'hui (autre- 
 ment que par voie d'acquisition a titre onereux, faite pendant la 
 duree de I'administration Francaise) entre les mains, soit des Gou- 
 vernemens actuels ou d'etablissemens publics, soit des auciens 
 possesseurs. Le Gouvernement Frangais reste charge du paye- 
 luent des rentes de ces inscriptions. 
 
 La compensation entre ce qui sera du a la France du chef des 
 inscriptions, etles payemens auxquels celle-ci s'est engagee par la 
 presente Convention, ne pourra avoir lieu que de gre k gre, sauf 
 ce qui va etre dit dans I'Article suivant. 
 
 VIL Seront deduits de ces remboursemens : 
 
 1. Les interets des inscriptions sur le grand livre de I'Etat, 
 jusqu'a I'epoque du 22 Decembre, 1813. De meme les interets 
 que la France pourrait avoir payes posterieurement a cette epoque, 
 lui seront bonifies par les Gouvernemens respectifs. 
 
 2. Les capitaux et interets hypotheques sur des immeubles 
 alienes par le Gouvernement Frangais, encore bien que les dits 
 capitaux n'ayent pas ete convertis en inscriptions sur le grand 
 livre de la dette publique, sans toute-fois que, par la presente 
 stipulation, il soit deroge en rien aux lois ou actes du Gouverne- 
 ment qui prononcaient des prescriptions, des d6cheances, ou en 
 vertu desquelles les creances devaient s'eteindre au profit de la 
 France par voie de confusion ou de compensation. 
 
 VIIL Le Gouvernement Frangais ayant refuse de reconnaitre 
 la reclamation du Gouvernement des Pays-Bas, relative au paye- 
 ment des interets de la dette d'HoUande, qui n'auraient pas ete 
 acquittes pour les semestres de Mars et de Septembre, 1813, on
 
 FRANCE. 313 
 
 cording to the statements which the Commission appointed by 
 Article 5 of the present Convention shall dravv up and settle, 
 every two months, after the titles have been duly verified, on the 
 strength of which the inscriptions have been made. 
 
 France is not to be reimbursed the amount of the inscriptions 
 arising from debts secured by mortgage on immoveables which 
 the French Government have alienated, whatever be the nature of 
 the said immoveables, provided the purchasers thereof have paid 
 the amount into the hands of the agents of the French Govern- 
 ment, unless the said immoveables should at present be (other- 
 wise than by possession obtained unfairly during the continuance 
 of the French administration) in the hands either of the present 
 Government, of public establishments, or of the former posses- 
 sors. The French Government remains charged with the pay- 
 ment of the dividends on those inscriptions. 
 
 The countervailing accounts of what may become due to 
 France in inscriptions, and the payments to which she has 
 engaged herself by the present Convention, cannot be settled, 
 but with mutual consent, excepting for what follows in the suc- 
 ceeding Article. 
 
 VII. From these reimbursements shall be deducted : 
 
 1 . The interest on inscriptions in the great book of the State, 
 till the period of the 22d December, 1813; also, the interest 
 which France may have paid subsequent to that period shall in 
 like manner be made good to her by the respective Governments. 
 
 a. The capitals and interest secured by mortgage on immove- 
 ables alienated by the French Government, although the said ca- 
 pitals have not yet been converted into inscriptions in the great 
 book of the public debt, provided, however, that, on account of 
 the present stipulation, nothing shall be done contrary to the 
 laws or orders of the Government, which decreed forfeitures, &c. 
 or in virtue of which the debts were to become extinct to the 
 benefit of France, by way of " confusion" or of compensation. 
 
 VIII. The French Government having refused to recognize 
 the claim of the Government of the Low Countries, relative to 
 the payment of the interest of the debt of Holland, which may 
 not have been paid for the half years of March and September,
 
 314 FRANCE. 
 
 est convenu de remettre a I'arbitrage d'une Commission particu- 
 liere, la decision du principe de la dite question. 
 
 Cette Commission sera compos6e de sept membres dont deux 
 d nommer par le Gouvernement Francais, deux par le Gouverne- 
 ment des Pays-Bas, et les trois autres ^ choisir dans des Etats 
 absolument neutres, et sans interet dans cette question: tels que 
 la Russie, la Grande Bretagne, la Suede, le Dannemarc, et le 
 royaume de Naples. Le choix de ces trois derniers Conimis- 
 saires se fera de maniere qu'un d'eux soit designe par le Gou- 
 vernement Frangais, I'autre par le Gouvernement des Pays-Bas, 
 et le troisieme par les deux Commissaires neutres reunis. 
 
 EUe s'assemblera -d Paris, le 1 Fevrier, 1816. Ces membres 
 preteront le meme serment auquel sont astreints les Commissaires 
 Juges qui sont institu^s par I'Article 5 de la pr6sente Conven- 
 tion, et de la meme maniere. 
 
 Aussitot que la Commission sera constituee, les Commissaires 
 Liquidateurs des deux Puissances lui soumettront par ecrit les 
 argumens, chacun en faveur de son opinion, atin de meltre les 
 Arbitres a meme de decider lequel des deux Gouvernemens, du 
 Gouvernement Francais ou de celui des Pays-Bas, sera tenu a 
 payer les susdits interets arrieres, en prenant pour base la dispo- 
 sition du Traite de Paris, du 30 Mai, 1814, et si le rembourse- 
 ment que le Gouvernement des Pays-Bas sera dans le cas de 
 faire a la France des inscriptions des dettes des pays reunis a sa 
 couronne, et detaches de la France, pent etre exigible sans 
 deduction des rentes de la dette d'Hollande, arrierees sur les 
 i^cheances de 1813. 
 
 IX. II sera proc6d6 a la liquidation des interets non payes des 
 dettes hypothequees sur le sol des pays cedes a la France par les 
 Traites de Campo-Formio et de Luneville, resultant d'emprunts 
 formellement consentis par les Etats des pays cedes, ou de de- 
 penses faites pour I'administration effective des dits pays. 
 
 Les Commissaires Liquidateurs devront prendre pour regie de 
 leurs operations, et les dispositions des Traites de Paix, et les
 
 FRANCE. 315 
 
 1813, it is agreed to refer to a Commission of Arbitration the 
 decision of the principle of the said question. 
 
 This Commission is to be composed of seven members ; two 
 of tliem to be named by the French Government, two by the 
 Government of the Netlierhmds, and the three others to be chosen 
 from the States decidedly neuter, and who have no interest in the 
 question, such as Russia, Great Britain, Sweden, Denmark, and 
 the kingdom of Naples. The choice of these three last Com- 
 missioners is to be made in such manner, that one of them is to 
 be named by the French Government, the other by that of the 
 Netherlands, and the third by the said tM'o neutral Commis- 
 sioners. 
 
 The Commission is to meet at Paris on the 1st of February, 
 18 IG. The members thereof are to take the same oath to which 
 the Commissioners of Arbitration are subject, as stated in Ar- 
 ticle 5 of the present Convention, to be administered in the same 
 manner. 
 
 As soon as the Commission shall be constituted, the Commis- 
 sioners of Liquidation of the two Powers shall each submit in 
 writing the arguments in support of their opinion, in order that 
 the Arbitrators may be enabled to decide which of the two Go- 
 vernments, the French Government, or the Government of the 
 Netherlands, shall be bound to pay the aforesaid arrears of in- 
 terest, taking for basis the dispositions of the Treaty of Paris of 
 the 30th May, 1814, and whether the reimbursement which the 
 Government of the Netherlands may have to make to F"rance 
 for inscriptions of the debts of countries re-united to the crown 
 of the Netherlands, and detached from France, is to be required 
 without deducting the dividends of the debt of Holland, in arrear 
 for 1813. 
 
 IX. The liquidation shall be proceeded in of the unpaid in- 
 terests of the debts secured on mortgage upon the soil of coun- 
 tries ceded to F'rance by the Treaties of Campo Formio and 
 Luneville, and arising from loans formally acknowledged by the 
 Governments of the ceded countries, or from expenses incurred 
 by the effective Administration of the said countries. 
 
 The Commissioners of Liquidation are to regulate their opera- 
 tions according to the dispositions of the Treaties of Peace, and
 
 516 FRANCE. 
 
 Lois et Actes du Gouvernement Fran§ais, sur la liquidation 
 ou Textinction des creances de la nature de celles dont il s'agit. 
 
 X. Comme par I'Article '23 du Traite de Paris du 30 Mai, 
 1814, il a ete stipule que le Gouvernement Frangais rembourserait 
 les cautionnemens des fonctionnaires ayant eu maniement de de- 
 niers publics, dans les pays detaches de la France, six niois apres 
 la presentation de leurs comptes, le seul cas de malversation ex- 
 cepte, il demeure convenu. 
 
 1. Que I'obligation de presenter leurs comptes au Gouverne- 
 ment Fran^ais ne s'etend pas aux receveurs communaux ; nean- 
 moins, comme le Gouvernement Frangais a ete interesse pour 
 certaines portions dans les recettes dont ces comptables etaient 
 charges, et que, par consequent, il conserve son recours contre 
 eux, en cas de malversation, aucune reclamation pour restitution 
 de leurs cautionnemens ne sera presentee sans etre accompagnee 
 d'un certiticat des autorites superieures du pays auquels ces comp- 
 tables apartiennent, determinant la somme qui, apres verification 
 de leurs comptes, aura ete reconnuc revenir au Gouvernement 
 Frangais par la cause susdite, et que celui-ci deduira du cau- 
 tionnement, en constatant qu'il ne revient rien a ce Gouverne- 
 ment, sauf, dans I'un et I'autre cas, la deduction de ceux des 
 debets que la France s'est reservee par I'Article 24 de la presente 
 Convention. 
 
 2. Les comptes des employes qui ont manie des fonds du 
 Gouvernement Frangais, et qui etaient tenus de faire apurer leur 
 gestion par la cour des comptes, seront examines par le Gou- 
 vernement Francais, de concert avec le Commissaire du Gou- 
 vernement actuel de la province dans laquelie le comptable a ete 
 employe. 
 
 L'examen de chaque compte se fera dans les six mois qui sui- 
 vront immediatement sa presentation; si, dans ce delai, il n'a ete 
 rendu aucune decision sur un compte, le Gouvernement Fran- 
 cais renonce a tout recours contre le comptable. Cette sti- 
 pulation ne deroge pas, a I'egard des comptables, au terme de 
 decheance fixe par I'Article seize, bien entendu que dans le cas de
 
 FRANCi:. 317 
 
 the r.aws and Decrees of the Frencli Government, with respect 
 to the li(jiiiclation and extinction of the debts of the nature in 
 question. 
 
 X. As it has been stipulated by Article 23 of the Treaty of 
 Paris of 30th of May, IB 14, that the French Government should 
 reimburse the securities given by the public functionaries en- 
 trusted with the management of public money in the countries 
 separated from France, six montiis after the presenting of their 
 accounts, the case alone of misdemeanour being excepted, it re- 
 mains agreed : 
 
 1. That the obligation of presenting their accounts to the 
 French Government does not extend to the " Receveiirs Commu- 
 7iaux;" nevertheless, as the French Government has had an in- 
 terest in certain portions of the receipts wherewith those ac- 
 countable persons were charged, and that consequently it may 
 still call for redress against them, in cases of misdemeanor, no 
 application for restitution of their securities shall be presented, 
 without being accompanied by a certificate from the superior 
 authorities of the country to which these persons accountable 
 may belong ; at the same time specifying the sum which, after 
 the audit of their accounts, shall have been acknowledged to be 
 due to the French Government on the account above-mentioned, 
 and which the latter shall deduct from the security, giving proof 
 that nothing is due to the same, except, in either case, the de- 
 duction of those balances which France has reserved to herself 
 by Article 24 of the present Convention. 
 
 2. The accounts of the functionaries who have had the ma- 
 nagement of money belonging to the French Government, and 
 who were bound to have their administration approved by the 
 court of accounts, shall be examined by the French Govern- 
 ment, in conjunction with the Commissioner of the present Go- 
 vernment of the province wht^re the person accountable has been 
 employed. 
 
 The examination of each account is to take place within six 
 months after it has been delivered in; if, during this period, no 
 decision has been given, the F"rench Government renounces all 
 claim against the person accountable. This stipulation does not 
 derogate, with respect to those who are accountable, from the
 
 318 FRANCE. 
 
 non-presentation de comptes, le Gouvernement Francais se reserve 
 le droit de poursuivre les comptables par les voies ordinaires. 
 
 3. Les employes ne pouvant etre rendiis responsables de ce 
 qui s'est passe relativement a leurs caisses depuis I'entree des 
 troupes 6trangeres, il a ete expressement convenu que le Gou- 
 vernement Francais ne pourra repeter sur eux les soldes qu'ils 
 devaient k cette epoque, et que ce ne sera qu'une malversation 
 evidente, commise avant I'entree de ces troupes, qui puisse au- 
 toriser le Gouvernement Francais a retenir totalite ou partie du 
 cautionnement. Dans tons les autres cas, celui-ci sera rem- 
 bourse de la maniere enoncee par I'Article J 9, Paragraphe se- 
 cond. 
 
 XI. Conformement a I'Article 25 du Traite du 30 Mai, 
 1814, les fonds deposes par les communes et les etablissemens 
 publics dans les caisses des Gouvernemens, leur seront rembour- 
 s6s, sous la deduction des avances qui leur auraient ete faites. 
 Les Commissaires Liquidateurs veritieront le montant des dits 
 depots et des avances. Neanmoins, lorsqu'il existerait des op- 
 positions sur ces fonds, le remboursement n'aura lieu qu'apres 
 que la main levee aura 6te ordonnee par les tribunaux competens, 
 ou donnee volontairement par les creanciers opposants. Le Gou- 
 vernement Francais sera tenu de justifier des dites oppositions. 
 II est bien entendu que les oppositions faites par des creanciers 
 non Frangais n'autoriseront pas le Gouvernement Frangais d re- 
 tenir ces depots. 
 
 XII. Les fonds qui existaient dans la caisse d'agriculture de 
 la Hollande, et qui ont ete remis, li titre de depot, dans la caisse 
 d'amortissement, dans la caisse de service ou dans toute autre 
 caisse du Gouvernement, seront rembourses comme tout autre 
 depot, sauf les compensations que les dites caisses pourraient etre 
 dans le cas d'imputer sur le dit fonds. 
 
 XIII. Les Commissions de Liquidation et d'arbitrage etablies 
 en vertu de I'Article 3 de la presente Convention, s'occuperont 
 aussi de la liquidation des objets relates dans les x\rticles 2'2 A 25 
 du Traite du 30 Mai, 1814, et suivront, pour ces objets, lameme 
 marche que pour les autres liquidations dont elles sont charg^es.
 
 FllANCE. 319 
 
 time of Ibrfeltiire, fixed by Article \6, it being well iinderstootl, 
 that in the event of the non-presentation of the accounts, the 
 French Government reserves to itself the right of proceeding 
 against the said persons accountable, in the customary manner. 
 
 3. The functionaries not being liable to be made responsible 
 for what has occurred relatively to their " caisses," since the en- 
 trance of the foreign troops, it has been expressly agreed, that the 
 French Government are not to charge them with the balances 
 which they owed at that period, and that it shall only be a 
 manifest misdemeanor, committed before the entrance of those 
 troops, which shall authorize the French government to withhold 
 the whole, or part of the security. In all other respects the 
 same is to be restored, in the manner expressed in Article ly, 
 Section '2. 
 
 XI. Conformably to Article 2.3, of the Treaty of the 30th 
 May, 1814, the funds deposited by " Communes" and public es- 
 tablishments, in the cofters of Government, are to be repaid to 
 them, with deduction of the advances which may have been made 
 to them. The Commissioners of Liquidation are to verify the 
 amount of the said deposits and advances. Nevertheless, should 
 there be lodged any attachments, the repayment of these funds 
 shall not take place until replevin shall have been ordered, by the 
 proper tribunals, or voluntarily allowed by the attaching cre- 
 ditors. The French Government shall be bound to shew the 
 justice of the said attachments. It is well understood, that such 
 attachments lodged by creditors who are not Frenchmen, cannot 
 authorize the French Government to detain these deposits. 
 
 XII. The funds belonging to the " Caisse d' Agriculture^^ of 
 Holland, and which have been lodged as a deposit in the " Caisse 
 d'Amortissemenl," in the " Caisse de Service,^' or in any other 
 " Caisse'^ of Government, shall be restored as well as all other 
 deposits, with the exception of such compensations as the said 
 " Caisses" may have to debit the said funds. 
 
 XIII. The Commissioners of Liquidation and of Arbitration, 
 ordained by virtue of Article 5 of the present Convention, shall 
 also be employed in the liquidation of the objects, recited in 
 Articles 22 to 2o of the Treaty of the 30th May, 1814, and shall 
 proceed in the same manner, with regard to these points, as that
 
 sqa I'RANCK. 
 
 Le Gouveinement Frangais s'engage d faire remettre, qualre mois 
 apres la signature de la presente Convention, aux Commissaires 
 Liquidateurs respectifs, des etats exacts, dresses sur les registres 
 du tresor et autres, de toutes les sommes et creances dont il est 
 question dans les susdits Articles ; et ces 6tats seront compares 
 avec les regus des reclamans, pour etre verifies de cette maniere. 
 
 XIV. L'Article 26 du Traite du f.O Mai, 1814, qui decharge 
 le Gouvernement Francais, a dater du 1 Janvier de la meine 
 annee, du payement de toute pension civile, militaire et eccle- 
 siastique, solde de retraite et traitement de reforme, a tout individu 
 qui se trouve a n'etre plus sujet Frangais, est maintenu. Quant 
 aux arrerages des pensions jusqu'Ji I'epoque ci-dessus determinee, 
 le Gouvernement FranQais s'engage a les constater, en fournissant 
 des etats exacts tires des registres des pensions, lesquels seront 
 compares a ceux qui existent aupres des autorites administratives 
 locales. 
 
 XV. Comnie il s'est eleve des doutes sur I'Article 31 de la 
 paix du 30 Mai, 1814, concernant la restitution des cartes des 
 pays qui ont cesse d'appartenir a li> France, on est convenu que 
 toutes les cartes des pays cedes, et notamment celle que le Gou- 
 vernement P'rangais a fait executer, seront exactement remises, 
 avec les planches qui y appartiennent, dans un deiai de quatre 
 semaines apres Tecliange des ratifications du present Traite. 11 
 en sera de meme des archives, cartes et planches qui pourraient 
 avoir ete enlevees dans les pays momentanement occupes par les 
 differentes armees, ainsi qu'il est stipule dans le l^e Paragraphe 
 de I'article 3 1 du Traite susdit. 
 
 XVI. Les Gouvernemens qui ont des reclamations a faire au 
 nom de leurs sujets, s'engagent k les faire presenter a la liquida* 
 tion dans le delai d'une annee, a dater du jour de I'echange des 
 ratifications du present Traite, passe lequcl ternie il y aura de- 
 cheance de tout droit, reclamation et repetition. 
 
 XVII. Tons les deux mois il sera dresse un bordereau des 
 liquidations definitivement arretees, agrees, ou jugees, indiquant 
 le nom de chaque creancier, et la sonnne pour laquelle sa creance 
 doit etre acquittee, soit en principal, soit en interets-arrerages. 
 Les sommes qui sont a payer en numeraire par le tresor royal,
 
 FRANCE. 321 
 
 adopted for the other liquidations with which they are charged. 
 The French Government engages to deliver, four months after 
 the signature of the present Convention, to the respective Com- 
 missioners of Liquidation, exact statements, drawn from the trea- 
 sury and other registers, of all sums and debts alluded to in the 
 aforesaid Articles ; and these statements are to be compared with 
 the receipts of the claimants for the purpose of being thus proved. 
 
 XIV. The 26th Article of the Treaty of the ^Oth May, IB 14, 
 which releases the French Government from the 1st January, of 
 the same year, from the payments of all pensions, civil, military 
 and ecclesiastical, allowances on retiring, and half-pay, to all 
 individuals no longer subjects of France, is mainiahied. — With 
 regard to the arrears of pensions, to the period above-mentioned, 
 the French Government engages to give evidence of them, by 
 furnishing exact statements, drawn from the pension registers, 
 which are to be compared with those kept by the local adminis- 
 trative authorities. 
 
 XV. Doubts having arisen upon the 31st Article of the Treaty 
 of the 30th May, 1814, concerning the restitution of the maps of 
 the countries which have ceased to belong to France, it is agreed 
 that all the maps of the countries ceded, including those which 
 the French Government has caused to be executed, shall be ex- 
 actly given up, with the copper- plates belonging to them, in the 
 space of four weeks after the exchange of the ratifications of the 
 present Treaty. The same shall be done respecting the archives, 
 maps and plates, taken away from the countries occupied for a 
 time by the different armies, as it is stipulated in the second 
 paragraph of the 31st Article of the said Treaty. 
 
 . XVI. Governments who have claims to prefer in behalf of 
 their subjects, engage to cause them to be presented for liquida- 
 tion within a year, dating from the day of the exchange of the 
 ratifications of the present Treaty ; after which time they are to 
 forfeit all right to claim and recovery. 
 
 XVII. Every two months an abstract is to be drawn up of 
 the liquidations finally adjustecl, approved, or decided, specifying 
 the name of each creditor, and the amount for which his debt is 
 to be discharged, either in principal, or arrears of interest. The 
 sums which are to be paid in cash by the royal treasury, either 
 
 VOL. 1. \
 
 :]02 FRANCE. 
 
 soit pour capitaux, soit pour Interets, seront remises aux Com- 
 missaires Liquidateurs du Gouvernement interesse, sur leurs 
 quittances visees par les Liquidateurs Fran<jais. Quant aux 
 creances qui, d'apres les Articles 4 et 19 de la presente Conven- 
 tion, doivent etre remboursees en inscriptions sur le grand livre 
 de la dette publique, elles seront inscrites au nom des Commis- 
 saires Liquidateurs des Gouvernemens interesses ou de ceux 
 qu'ils designeront. Ces inscriptions seront prises du fonds de 
 garantie etabli par I'Article 20 de la pr6sente Convention, et de 
 la maniere qui est stipulee par I'Article 21. 
 
 XVIIL Toutes les creances auxquelles il est attache un interet, 
 soit par les termes des lois, soit par ceux du Traite du 50 Mai, 
 1814, continueront k en jouir au menie taux. Quanta celles 
 auxquelles il n'est attache aucun interet, ni par leur nature, ni 
 par le dit Traite, elles en produiront un de quatre pour cent, a 
 dater de la signature de la presente Convention. Tons les interets 
 seront payes en numeraire et sur le montant de la valeur nomi- 
 nale de la creance. Les stipulations relatives aux interets, seront 
 reciproques entre la France et les autres Puissances Contrac- 
 tantes, 
 
 XIX. Le Trait6 du 30 Mai, 1814, en reglant les termes dans 
 lesquels les payemens devaient etre accomplis, avait iudique trois 
 classes de creances. Pour se rapprocher d'une pareille disposi- 
 tion, il a ete arrete par la presente Convention, qu'on adopterait 
 aussi trois classes de remboursemens, comme il suit : 
 
 1. Les depots judiciaires et consignations faits dans la caisse 
 d'amortissement seront rembourses en argent dans le terme de 
 six mois, d compter de I'echange des ratifications de la presente 
 Convention, pour autant que la remise des pieces ait eu lieu 
 dans les trois premiers mois de la liquidation, Les objets dont 
 les pieces auront et6 remises plus tard, seront liquid^s dans les 
 trois mois suivans. 
 
 2. Les dettes provenant du versement de cautionnemens ou 
 des fonds deposes par les communes et etablissemens publics 
 dans la caisse de service, dans la caisse d'amortissement, ou dans 
 toute autre caisse du Gouvernement Fran^ais, seront remboursees 
 en inscriptions sur le grande livre de la dette publique au pair, 
 k condition toutefois que, dans le cas que le cours du jour
 
 FRANCE. 325 
 
 for capital or interest, shall be remitted to the Commissioners of 
 Liquidation of the Government concerned, upon their receipts, 
 signed or approved by the French Liquidators. With regard to 
 the debts which, in conformity to Articles 4 and 19 of the present 
 Convention, are to be paid in inscriptions in the great book of 
 the public debt, they are to be entered in the names of the 
 Commissioners of Liquidation of the Governments concerned, or 
 of those whom they may appoint. These inscriptions are to be 
 taken from the guarantee fund, stipulated by Article 20 of the 
 present Convention, and in the manner specified by Article 21. 
 
 XVIIL All debts which bear interest, either according to law, 
 or the Treaty of the 30th May, 1814, are to continue to bear the 
 same. With respect to those to which no interest appertains, 
 either from their nature, or by the said Treaty, they are to bear 
 an interest of four per cent, from the date of the signature of the 
 present Convention. All interest is to be paid in cash, and on 
 the amount of the nominal value of the debt. The stipulations 
 relating to interest are to be reciprocal between France and the 
 other Contracting Powers. 
 
 XIX. The Treaty of the 30th May, 1814, in regulating the 
 periods within which the payments were to be completed, pro- 
 claimed three classes of debts. Li order to make things agree 
 with such an arrangement, it has been resolved to adopt, in like 
 manner, three classes for reimbursement, as follows : 
 
 1. The deposits legally entrusted to the " Caisse (VAmortisse- 
 ment" are to be refunded in money, within six months from the 
 exchange of the ratifications of the present Convention, whenever 
 the delivery of the documents shall have taken place during the 
 first three months of the liquidation. Those cases, whereof the 
 documents shall have been delivered in, subsequently, are to be 
 liquidated within the succeeding three months. 
 
 2. The debts arising from the payment of securities or from 
 funds which were deposited by the " Communes" and public 
 establishments, in the *' Caisse de Service" the " Caisse d'jJmor- 
 tissemeiit," or any other " Came" of the French Government, 
 are to be reimbursed in inscriptions in the great book of the 
 public debt, at par; on condition, however, that in the event of 
 
 Y 2
 
 .*,n FRANCE. 
 
 du reglement f6t au-dessous de soixante-quinze, le Gouverne- 
 ment Frangais boniliera la difference entre le cours du jour et 
 soixante-quinze. 
 
 S. Les autres dettes non comprises dans les deux paragraphes 
 precedens, seront egalement reniboursees en inscriptions au pair, 
 avec la difference que le Gouvernement Fran^ais ue leur garantit 
 qu'un cours de soixante, en s'engageant k bonifier la difference 
 entre le cours du jour et soixante. 
 
 XX. II sera inscrit, le ler Janvier prochain au plus tard, 
 comme fonds de garantie, sur le grand livre de la dette publique 
 de France, un capital de 3,300,000 francs de rente, avec jouissance 
 du 22 Mars, 18 1 6, au nom de deux, de quatre ou de six Com- 
 missaires, nioitie sujets de Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne, et moitie 
 sujets des Puissances Alliees ; lesquels Commissaires seront 
 choisis et nommes ; savoir : un, deux, ou trois, par le Gouverne- 
 ment Frangais, et un, deux, ou trois, par les Puissances Alliees. 
 
 Ces Commissaires toucheront les dites rentes de semestre en 
 semestre. 
 
 lis en seront depositaires sans pouvoir les negocier. 
 
 lis en placeront le montant dans les fonds publics, et ils en 
 recevront I'interet accumule et compose au profit des creanciers. 
 
 Dans les cas oil les 3,500,000 francs de rente seraient insuffi- 
 sans, il sera delivre aux susdits Commissaires des inscriptions 
 pour plus fortes sommes, et jusqu'A concurrence de celles qui 
 seront necessaires pour payer les dettes indiquees par la presente 
 Convention. 
 
 Ces inscriptions additionnelles, s'il y a lieu, seront delivr^es 
 avec jouissance de la meme epoque que celle fixee pour les 
 3,500,000 francs de rente ci-dessus stipules, et elles seront admi- 
 nistrees par les memes Commissaires et d'apres les memes prin- 
 cipes ; en sorte que les creances qui resteront a solder seront 
 acquittees avec la meme proportion d'interets accumules et com- 
 poses que si le fonds de garantie avait etc suffisant des le com- 
 mencement. 
 
 Lorsque les payemens diis aux creanciers auront ete effectues, 
 le surplus des rentes non assignes, s'il y en a, ainsi que la propor- 
 tion d'interets accumules et composes qui leur appartieudra^ 
 seront remis k la disposition du Gouvernement Frangais.
 
 FRANCE. 225 
 
 the price of the day of settlement being under 75, the French 
 Government is to have the benefit of the difference between the 
 price of the day and 75. 
 
 3, The other debts, not comprehended in the two preceding 
 sections, are to be likewise reimbursed in inscriptions at par; with 
 this difference, however, that the French Government guarantees 
 to them only a price of OO, at the same time engaging to make 
 good the difference between the price of the day and 60. 
 
 XX. On the 1st of January next, at latest, shall be inscribed, 
 as a guarantee fund, in the great book of the public debt of 
 France, a capital producing 3,500,000 French francs yearly re- 
 venue, with possession, from 22d March, 1816, in the name of 
 two, four, or six Commissioners, one-half of the subjects of His 
 Most Christian Majesty, and the other half of the Allied Sove- 
 reign Powers ; which said Commissioners are to be chosen and 
 appointed, namely, one, two, or three, by the French Govern- 
 ment, and one, two, or three, by the Allied Powers. They are 
 to receive the said yearly income every six months, of which they 
 are to be the trustees, without power of negociating the same. 
 They are to place the amount thereof in the public funds, and re- 
 ceive the accumulated and compound interest of the same for the 
 benefit of the creditors. 
 
 In case the 3,500,000 francs of interest shall be insufficient, 
 there shall be delivered to the said Commissioners inscriptions for 
 larger sums, until their amount shall equal what may be necessary 
 to pay the debts mentioned in the present Convention. These 
 additional inscriptions, if they are necessary, shall be made over 
 with the dividends from the same period as the 3,500,000 francs, 
 yearly revenue above stipulated, and shall be administered by 
 the same Commissioners, and according to the same principles. 
 So that the debts which shall remain to be paid, shall be paid with 
 the same proportion of accumulated and compound interest, as 
 if the fund of guarantee had been from the lirst sufficient. 
 
 As soon as the payments due to the creditors shall have been 
 made, the surplus of the inscriptions not employed, if there be 
 any, as well as the proportion of accumulated and compound in- 
 terest which shall belong thereto, shall be given up to the disposal 
 of the French Government. 
 
 Y 3
 
 326 FRANCE. 
 
 XXI. A mesure que les bordereaux de liquidation, prescrits 
 par TArticle 17 de la presente Convention, seront presentes aux 
 Commissaires depositaires des rentes, ceux-ci les viseront, afin 
 qu'ils puissent etre inscrits immediatement sur le grand livre de la 
 dette publique, au debit de leur depot, et au credit des Commis- 
 saires Liquidateurs des Gouvernemens reclamans. 
 
 XXII. Les Souverains actuels des pays qui ont cesse d'ap- 
 partenir 'k la France renouvellent I'engagement qu'ils ont con- 
 tracte par I'Article 21 de la paix du 30 Mai, 1814, de tenir compte 
 au Gouvernement Frangais, ^ partir du 22 Decembre, 1813, de 
 celles des dettes de ces pays qui ont ete converties en inscriptions 
 au grand livre de la dette publique de France. Les etats de 
 toutes ces dettes seront dresses et arret^s par les Commissions 
 etablies par I'Article 5 de la presente Convention. II est bien 
 entendu que le Gouvernement Frangais continuera a payer les 
 rentes de ces inscriptions. 
 
 XXIII. Les memes Gouvernemens renouvellent I'engagement 
 de rembourser aux sujets Frangais, serviteurs des pays cedes, les 
 sommes qu'ils ont a reclamer a titre de cautionnemens, depots ou 
 consignations, dans leurs tresors respectifs. Ces remboursemens 
 se feront de la memo maniere qui a ete convenue par I'Article 19 
 de la presente Convention, a I'egard des sujets de ces pays qui ont 
 fait des versemens de la meme nature. 
 
 XXIV. II est reserve au Gouvernement Frangais la faculty de 
 deduire des cautionnemens que par I'Article 22 du Trait6 du 30 
 Mai, 1814, et par I'Article 10 de la presente Convention, il s'est 
 engage a rembourser, les debets des comptablesqu'un jugement de 
 la Gourdes comptes, rendu avant le 30 Mai, 1814, aurait declares 
 retentionnaires de deniers publics. Cette deduction se fera sans 
 prejudice des poursuites qui, en cas d'insuffisance des cautionne- 
 mens, pourrontetre dirigees contre les retentionnaires par les voies 
 ordinaires, et par devant les tribunaux du pays oil ces comptables 
 sont domicilies. 
 
 XXV. Dans les pays cedes par la paix du 30 Mai, 1814, et 
 par le present Traite, les souscripteurs d'effets negociables au
 
 FRANCE. 327 
 
 XXI. In proportion as the Abstracts of Liquidation, pre- 
 scribed by Article 17 of the present Convention, shall be deli- 
 vered to the Trustees or Commissioners of Deposit, the latter 
 are to examine the same, in order to their being forthwith entered 
 in the great book of the public debt, to the debit of their trust, 
 and to the credit of the Commissioners of Liquidation of the re- 
 claiming Governments. 
 
 XXII. The present Sovereigns of the countries which have 
 ceased to belong to France hereby renew the engagement which 
 they have contracted by Article 21 of the Treaty of the 30th 
 May, 1814, to account with the French Government, from the 
 22d December, 1813, for such of the debts of the said countries 
 as have been converted into inscriptions in the great book of the 
 public debt of France. The accounts relative to all the said 
 debts shall be drawn up and adjusted by the Commissions ap- 
 pointed by Article 5 of the present Convention. It being un- 
 derstood, of course, tliat France is to continue the payment of 
 the dividends on these inscriptions. 
 
 XXIII. The Governments aforesaid renew the engas-ement 
 to refund to French subjects, in the service of the ceded countries, 
 the sums which they may have to claim on account of securities, 
 or deposits in their respective treasuries. These re-imbursements 
 to be made in the same manner agreed to in Article 19 of the 
 present Convention, towards subjects of the said countries, for 
 payments of a like nature. 
 
 XXIV. It is reserved to the French Government the right of 
 deducting from those securities, which by Article 22 of the 
 Treaty of the 30th of May, 1814, and by Article 10 of the present 
 Convention, it has engaged to refund such balances due, from 
 persons accountable, whom a judgment of the court of accounts, 
 given before the 30th of May, 1814, shall have declared to be 
 withholders of public money. Such deduction is to take place, 
 without, however, being prejudicial to the proceedings which, in 
 default of sufficient security may be directed against the defaulters, 
 in the ordiilary course, before the tribunals of the countries wherein 
 the persons accountable have settled. 
 
 XXV. In the countries ceded by the Treaty of the 30th of 
 May, 1814, and by the present Treaty, such persons who have 
 
 Y 4
 
 328 FRANCE. 
 
 profit du tresor royal, ou de la calsse d'amortissement, autres que 
 receveurs des contributions directes, qui ne les auraient point 
 acquitte A ieur echeance, pourront etre poursuivis en rembourse- 
 ment devant les tribunaux ordinaires du pays oil ils sont domi- 
 cilies, a. moins qu'ils n'eussent 6te contraints de se lib6rer ante- 
 rieurement au 30 Mai, 1814, ou, pour les pays cedes par le 
 
 present Traite, anterieurement au Novembre, 1815, entre 
 
 les mains des agens des nouveaux possesseurs du pays. 
 
 XXVI. Tout ce qui a ete convenu par la presente Convention 
 k I'egard du terme dans lequel les creanciers de la France pre- 
 senteront leurs reclamations a. la liquidation, des epoques ou les 
 bordereaux de liquidations seront dresses, des interets alloues aux 
 diverses classes de creances, et du mode dont elles seront pay^s, 
 s'applique egalement aux creances que les Frangais ont i\ former 
 contre les Gouvernemens des pays detaches de la France. 
 
 Fait a Paris, ce 20 Novembre, I'an de Grace, 1815. 
 
 Signe Castlereagh, (L.S.) Signe Richelieu, (L.S.) 
 
 Wellington, (L.S.) 
 
 CONVENTION entre la Grande Bretagne et la France; pour 
 r Arrangement final des Reclamations des Sujets de Sa Ma- 
 jestt Britannique enters le Gouvcrnement Franfais. Signte 
 Q, Faris, le 25 Jvril, 1818. 
 
 Sa Majeste Britannique et Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne, de- 
 sirant ^carter tous les obstacles qui ont retarde, jusqu'a present, 
 I'execution pleine et entiere de la Convention (No. 7.) conclue en 
 conformite de 1' Article neuf du Traite du 20 Novembre, 1815, 
 relative a I'examen et ^ la liquidation des reclamations des Sujets 
 de Sa dite Majeste Britannique envers le Gouverneinent P'rangais, 
 ont nonmie pour leurs Plenipotentiaires, savoir : — Sa Majeste 
 Britannique — le Sieur Charles Stuart, G.C.B. Son Ambassadeur 
 Extraordinaire et Plenipotentiaire pres Sa Majeste Tres Chre- 
 tienne, &c. 8cc. 8cc. et Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne — le Sieur
 
 FRANCE. 329 
 
 accepted bills negotiable, to the advantage of the royal treasury, 
 or of the " Caisse d' Amort issement," (not receivers of direct con- 
 tributions), and who should not have honoured the same, when 
 they become due, may be proceeded against for payment, before 
 the regular tribunals of the country where they are settled, unless 
 they should have been compelled to pay them before the 30th of 
 May, 1814, or, with regard to the countries ceded by the present 
 
 Treaty, before the November, 1815, in favour of the agents 
 
 of the new possessors of the countries. 
 
 XXVI. All that has been agreed to by the present Conven- 
 tion, with respect to the period within which the creditors of 
 France are to deliver in their claims for liquidation, the time when 
 the abstracts of liquidations are to be drawn up, the interest to 
 be allowed to the respective classes of debts, and the manner in 
 which they are to be paid, applies equally to those debts which 
 France may have to claim from the Governments of the countries 
 detached from France. 
 
 Done at Paris, November CO, in the year of our Lord, 1815. 
 Signed Castlereagh, (L.S.) Signed Richelieu, (L.S.) 
 Wellington, (L.S.) 
 
 CONVENTION between Great Britain and France; for the 
 
 final Arrangement of the Claims of British Subjects upon 
 
 the French Government. Signed at Paris, April '25, 1818. 
 
 His Britannic Majesty and His Most Christian Majesty, being 
 desirous of removing all the obstacles which have hitherto re- 
 tarded the full and entire execution of the Convention (No. 7) 
 concluded in conformity to Article 9 of the Treaty of the '20th 
 of November, 18 15, relative to the examination and liquidation 
 of the claims of the Subjects of His Britannic Majesty against 
 the Government of France, have named for their Plenipotentiaries : 
 — His Britannic Majesty — Sir Charles Stuart, G.C.B. His Am- 
 bassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary to His Most Chris- 
 tian Majesty, &c. &c. &c. and His Most Christian Majesty, the
 
 330 FRANCE. 
 
 Armand Emmanuel Duplessis Richelieu, Due de Richelieu, Son 
 Ministre et Secretaire d'Etat des Affaires Etrangeres, et President 
 du Conseil de Ses Ministres, &c. &c. &c. lesquels, apres s'etre 
 communiques leurs Pleins-pouvoirs respectifs, sont convenus des 
 Articles suivans : 
 
 I. A I'efFet d'operer le remboursement et I'extinction totale, 
 tant pour le capital que pour les interets, des creances des sujets 
 de Sa Majeste Britaimique dont le payement est reclame en vertu 
 del' Article Additionnel duTraite du 30 Mai, 1814, etde lasusdite 
 Convention du 20 Novembre, 1815, il sera inscrit sur le grand 
 livre de la dette publique de France, avec jouissance du 22 Mars, 
 1818, vuie rente de 3,000,000 de francs, representant un capital 
 de 60,000,000. 
 
 II. La portion de rente qui est encore disponible sur les fonds 
 crees en vertu de I'Article 9 de la susdite Convention du 20 
 Novembre, 1815, y compris les interets composes et accumules 
 depuis le 22 Mars, 1816, reste egalenient affectee au rembourse- 
 ment des memes creances ; en consequence les inscriptions des 
 dites rentes seront remises aux Commissaires liquidateurs de Sa 
 Majeste Britannique, immediatement apres I'echange des ratiiica- 
 tions de la preseute Convention. 
 
 III. La rente de 3,000,000 de francs, qui sera creee confor- 
 mement a I'Article premier ci-dessus, sera divisee en douze 
 inscriptions de valeur egale, portant toutes, jouissance du 22 INJars, 
 1818, lesquelles seront inscrites au nom des Commissaires de Sa 
 Majeste Britannique, ou de ceux qu'ils designeront, et leur seront 
 successivement remises de mois en mois, a commencer du jour de 
 I'echange des ratifications de la presente Convention. 
 
 IV. La delivrance des dites inscriptions aura lieu nonobstant 
 toute signification de transfert ou oppositions faites au tresor 
 royal de France, ou entre les mains des Conunissaiies de Sa 
 Majeste Britannique. 
 
 La liste des significations et oppositions qui existeraient au 
 tresor royal sera neanmoins remise, avec les pieces a I'appui,
 
 FRANCE. a.'U 
 
 Sieur Arniand Emanuel Duplessis Richelieu, Duke of Richelieu, 
 His Minister and Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, and Pre- 
 sident of His Privy Council, &c. he. &c. who, after having 
 respectively connnunicated their full Powers, have agreed to the 
 following Articles : 
 
 I. In order to effect the payment and entire extinction, as well 
 of the capital as of the interest thereon, due to the subjects of 
 His Britannic Majesty, and of which the payment has been 
 claimed in virtue of the Additional Article to the Treaty of the 
 SOth of May, 1814, and also in virtue of the above-mentioned 
 Convention of the 20th of November, 1815, there shall be in- 
 scribed, in the great book of the public debt of France, a per- 
 petual annuity of 3,000,000 of francs, representing a capital of 
 60,000,000 of francs, and which 3,000,000 shall bear interest 
 from the 22d of March, 1818. 
 
 II. Such part of the annuity as is still disposable out of the 
 fund created in virtue of the 9th Article of the above-mentioned 
 Convention of the 20th of November, 1815, together with all the 
 interest accumulated thereon since the 22d of March, 18 16, shall 
 be equally applicable to the payment of the said claims ; in con- 
 sequence, the inscriptions of the above-mentioned annuities shall 
 be delivered over to the Commissioners of His Britannic Majesty, 
 immediately after the exchange of the ratifications of the present 
 Convention. 
 
 HI. The annuity of 3,000,000 of francs which shall be created, 
 in conformity to the above 1st Article, shall be divided into 
 twelve equal inscriptions, all of which shall bear interest from the 
 22d of March, 1818, and shall be inscribed in the name of the 
 Commissioners of His Britannic Majesty, or of those whom they 
 shall appoint, and shall be made over to them at the rate of one 
 in each successive month, to begin from the day of the exchange 
 of the ratifications of the present Convention. 
 
 IV. The delivery of the said inscriptions shall take place, not- 
 withstanding any notifications of transfer or attachments laid at 
 the royal treasury of France, or in the hands of the Commis- 
 sioners of His Britannic Majesty. 
 
 The list of the notifications which may have been laid at the 
 royal treasury, together with the requisite documents, shall,
 
 .-532 FRANCE. 
 
 aux dits Commissaires de Sa Majeste Britannique, dans le delai 
 d'un mois, i dater du jour de I'^change des ratifications de la 
 presente Convention : et il est convenu que le payement des 
 sommes contestees sera suspendu jusqu'a ce que les contestations 
 qui auraient donne lieu aux dites oppositions ou significations 
 aient etc jugees par le tribunal competent, qui, dans ce cas, sera 
 celui de la partie saisie. 
 
 Le terme de rigueur fixe ci-dessus etant expire, on n' aura plus 
 ^gard aux oppositions et significations qui n'auroient pas ete cer- 
 tifiees aux Commissaires, soit par le tresor, soit par les parties 
 int6ressees. II sera toutefois permis de former opposition, ou 
 de faire tout autre acte conservatoire entre les mains des dits 
 Commissaires, ou du Gouvernement de Sa Majeste Britannique. 
 
 V. Le Gouvernement Britannique voulant prendre, dans I'in- 
 teret de ses sujets creanciers de la France, les mesures les plus 
 efticaces pour faire operer la liquidation des creances et la repar- 
 tition des fonds auxquels les dits creanciers auront proportionelle- 
 ment droit, d'apres les principes contenus dans les stipulations 
 du Traite du 30 Mai, 1814, et de la Convention du 20 Novembre, 
 1815, il est convenu, qu'ii cet effet, le Gouvernement Francais 
 fera remettre aux Commissaires de Sa Majeste Britannique les 
 dossiers contenant les pieces a I'appui des reclamations non encore 
 payees, et donnera en meme terns les ordres les plus precis pour 
 que tons les renseignemens et documens que la verification de ces 
 reclamations pourra rendre necessaires, soient fournis dans le plus 
 court delai possible, aux susdits Commissaires par les difterens 
 ministeres et administrations. 
 
 VI. Les creances des sujets de Sa ^lajeste Britannique dejA 
 liquidees, et sur lesquelles il reste encore un cinquieme a payer, 
 seront soldees aux echeances qui avaient ete precedenmient fixees, 
 et les cinquiemes coupures seront delivrees sur la seule autorisa- 
 tion des Commissaires de Sa Majeste Britannique. 
 
 VII. La presente Convention sera ratifiee, et les ratifications en 
 seront echangees a Paris, dans le terme d'un mois, ou plutot si 
 faire se pent. 
 
 Fait a Paris, le 25 Avril, 1818. 
 Signe Charles Stuaut, (L.S.) Richelieu, (L.S.)
 
 TRANCE. 33*j. 
 
 nevertheless, be delivered over to the said Commissioners of His 
 Britannic Majesty, within the term of one month from the date of 
 the exchange of the ratifications of the present Convention ; and 
 it is agreed that the payment of the monies in litigation shall be 
 suspended until the suits which shall have given rise to the said 
 attachments or notifications shall have been tried by a competent 
 tribunal, which, in such case, shall be that of the party in possession. 
 When the above-mentioned term of delay shall have expired, no 
 attention shall be paid to the attachments or notifications of 
 transfer, which shall not have been communicated to the Commis- 
 sioners, either by the treasury or by the parties. It shall, how- 
 ever, be allowable to lodge attachments, or to execute any other 
 act, preservative of their interests, in the hands of the said Com- 
 missioners, or of the British Government. 
 
 V. The British Government desiring, for the Inteiests of its 
 subjects, being creditors of France, to take the most efficacious 
 measures for eft'ecting the liquidation of the claims and the dis- 
 tribution of the funds to which the said creditors shall be en- 
 titled in their respective proportions, according to the principles 
 contained in the stipulations of the Treaty of the 30th of INIay, 
 1814, and of the Convention of the 20th November, 1815, it is 
 agreed that, for this purpose, the French Government shall cause 
 to be delivered to the Commissioners of His Britannic INIajesty, 
 the documents in support of the claims which are unpaid, and 
 shall give, at the same time, the most positive orders that all the 
 information and documents, which shall be necessary for verify- 
 ing the claims, shall be furnished within tiie shortest possible 
 term, by the officers of the French departments of Government. 
 
 VI. The claims of the subjects of His Britannic Majesty al- 
 ready liquidated, and of which a fifth portion still remains to be 
 paid, shall be discharged at the dates which have been previously 
 fixed upon, and the fifth portions shall be delivered on the sole 
 authority of the Commissioners of His Britannic Majesty. 
 
 Vn. The present Convention shall be ratified, and the ratifi- 
 cations shall be exchanged within the term of one month, or sooner 
 if it can be done. 
 
 Done at Paris, the 25th day of April, IS IS. 
 Signed Chaules Stuart, (L.S.) Richelieu, (L.S.)
 
 334 FRANCE. 
 
 ARTICLE SEPARE. 
 
 II est bien entendu que la Convention de ce jour entre la 
 Grande Bretagne et la France, ne deroge en rien aux reclamations 
 des sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique, fondees sur I'Article Addi- 
 tionnel de la Convention du 20 Novembre, 1815, relativement 
 aux marchandises Anglaises introduites a Bordeaux, lesquelles 
 reclamations seront definitivement reglees conformement ^ la 
 teneur du susdit Article Additionnel. 
 
 Le present Article aura la meme force et valeur que s'il etait 
 insere, mot a mot, dans la susdit Convention. 
 
 En foi de quoi les Plenipotentiaires respectifs I'ont signe, et y 
 ont appose le cachet de leurs amies. 
 
 Fait a Paris, le 25 Avril, 1818. 
 Signe Charles Stuart, (L.S.) Richelieu, (L.S.) 
 
 ARTICLES ADDITIONNELS. 
 
 Les Cours de la Grande Bretagne et de France etant conve- 
 nues de terminer, par une transaction ti I'amiable, les difficultes 
 qui se sont opposeesjusqu'a ce jour a la liquidation complette, et 
 au payement des creances des sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique, 
 dont les reclamations etaient fondees sur I'Article Additionnel de 
 la Convention du 20 Novembre, 1815, confirme par I'Article 
 Additionnel (Separe) de la Convention du 25 Avril dernier,— les 
 soussignes, Chevalier Charles Stuart, Ambassadeur Extraordinaire 
 et Ministre Plenipotentiaire de Sa Majeste Britannique pres la 
 Cour de Sa Majeste Tr^s Chretienne, &c. &c. 8cc. et le Due 
 de Richelieu, Ministre et Secretaire d'Etat au Departement des 
 Affaires Etrangeres de Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne, et President 
 du Conseil de Ses Ministres, &c. &.c. &c. munis de I'autorisation 
 de leurs Gouvernemens respectifs, sont convenus de ce qui suit: 
 
 I. Le montant total des payemens a faire par la France pour 
 Tacquittement et I'extinction totale des creances des sujets de Sa 
 Majeste Britannique, fondees sur la decision de Sa" Majeste Tres
 
 1-rance: 
 separate article. 
 
 It is provided that the Convention of this day, between Great 
 Britain and France, shall in no way detract from the claims of 
 subjects of His Britannic Majesty, founded upon the Additional 
 Article of the Convention of the 20th day of November, 1815, 
 respecting English merchandize imported into Bourdeaux, which 
 claims shall be definitively settled conformably to the terms of 
 the above-mentioned Additional Article. 
 
 The present Article shall have the same force and effect as if it 
 were inserted, word for word, in the above-mentioned Con- 
 vention. 
 
 In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the same, and have affixed thereunto the seals of their arms. 
 
 Done at Paris, the 25th day of April, 1818. 
 Signed Charles Stuart, (L.S.) Richelieu, (L.S.) 
 
 ADDITIONAL ARTICLES. 
 
 The Courts of Great Britain and France having agreed to ter- 
 minate, by an amicable compromise, the difficulties which have 
 hitherto prevented the complete liquidation and payment of the 
 sums due to the subjects of His Britannic Majesty, whose claims 
 were founded upon the Additional Article of the 20th November, 
 1815, confirmed by the Additional (Separate) Article of the 25th 
 April last, — the undersigned, Sir Charles Stuart, His Britannic 
 Majesty's Ambassador Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary 
 at the Court of His Most Christian Majesty, &c. &c. &c. and the 
 Duke of Richelieu, His Most Christian Majesty's Minister and 
 Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, and President of the Council 
 of His Ministers, &,c. &,c. &c. being furnished with the authority 
 of their respective Governments, have agreed upon the following 
 Articles: 
 
 I. The total amount of the payments to be made by France 
 for the discharge and entire extinction of the sums due to the 
 subjects of His Britannic Majesty, resulting from the decision of
 
 336 FRANCE. 
 
 Chretienne, relativement aux marchandises Anglaises introduites d 
 Bordeaux, par suite du tarif des douanes public le 24 Mars, 1814, 
 est fix6 a la somme de 450,000 francs. 
 
 II. La dite somme de 450,000 francs sera vers6e entre les mains 
 des Commissaires designes a cet effet par Sa Majeste Britan- 
 nique, par portions egales de 75,000 francs chacune, dont le 
 payement aura lieu le premier de chaque mois, a dater du ler 
 Aodt prochain, de maniere a ce que la somme totale soit acquitt6e 
 au ler Janvier, 1819' 
 
 III. Les presens Articles seront ratifies, et les ratifications en 
 seront echangees dans le terme d'un mois, ou plutot si faire se 
 pent. 
 
 En foi de quoi les soussignes les ont signes, et y ont appose le 
 cachet de leurs amies. 
 
 Fait a Paris, le 4 Juillet, 1818. 
 Signe Charles Stuart, (L.S.) Richelieu, (L.S.) 
 
 CONVENTION entre la Grande Bretagne et la France ; pour 
 la Liquidation finale des Reclamations particulihes envers le 
 Gouvernement Francais, Signte a Paris, le 9.5 Avril, 1818. 
 
 Les Cours de la Grande Bretagne, d'Autriche, de Prusse et de 
 Russie, Signataires du Traite du 20 Novembre, 1815, ayant 
 reconnu que la liquidation des reclamations particulieres a la 
 charge de la France, fondee sur la Convention (No. 13.) conclue 
 en conformite de I'Article 9 du dit Traite, pour regler I'execu- 
 tion des Articles 19 et suivans du Traite du 30 Mai, 1814, 
 etait devenue par I'incertitude de sa duree et de son resultat, une 
 cause d'inquietude toujours croissante pour la nation Fran^aise, 
 partageante en consequence avec Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne le 
 desir de mettre un terme k cette incertitude, par une transaction 
 destinee ^ eteindre toutes ces reclamations, moyennant une somme 
 determinee, les dites Puissances et Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne 
 ont nomme pour leurs Plenipolentiaires, savoir : 
 
 Sa Majeste le Roi du Royaume uni de la Grande Bretagne et
 
 TRANCE. 537 
 
 His Most Cluistiiin Majesty, relative to (lie British merchandize 
 introduced into Bourdeaux, inconsequence of the tarif of customs 
 published the 24th March, 1814, is fixed at the sum of 4o0,000 
 francs. 
 
 II. The said sum of 450,000 francs shall be paid into the hands 
 of the Commissioners, appointed for the purpose by His Biitan- 
 nic Majesty, in equal portions of 75,000 francs each, the payment 
 of which shall take place the 1st day of every month, reckoning 
 from the 1st of August next, so that the whole sum shall be paid 
 by the 1st of January, 1819. 
 
 HI. The present Articles shall be ratified, and the ratifications 
 exchanged in the space of one month, or sooner, if possible. 
 
 In witness whereof^ tiie undersigned have signed the same, and 
 have affixed thereunto the seals of their arms. 
 
 Done at Paris, the 4th of July, 1818. 
 Signed Charles Stuart, (L.S.) Richelieu, (L.S.) 
 
 CONVENTION hetzcecn Great Britain aud France ; for the 
 filial Liquidation of tlie private Claims upon the French 
 Government. Signed at Paris, the Qoth Jpril, 1818. 
 
 (Translation, as laid before Parliament.) 
 The Courts of Great Britain, Austria, Prussia, and Russia, 
 Contracting Parties to the Treaty of the 20th of November, 
 1815, considering that the liquidation of private claims upon 
 the French Government, founded upon the Convention (No. 13.) 
 concluded conformably to Article 9, of the said Treaty, for 
 regulating the execution of the 19th and following Articles of the 
 Treaty of the 30th of May, 1814, had become, by the uncer- 
 tainly of its duration and result, a source of continually increasing 
 anxiety to the French nation, and consequently participating in 
 the desire of His Most Christian Majesty to put an end to that 
 uncertainty, by an arrangement which should discharge all those 
 claims by a fixed sum, the said Powers, and His Most Christian 
 Majesty have named for their Plenipotentiaries, viz.: 
 
 His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain 
 VOL. I. z
 
 -,.i>^ FRANCE. 
 
 dlrlaiide : le Sieiir Charles Stuart, G. C. B, Son Amhassadeur 
 Extraordinaire et Plenipotentiaire pres Sa Majest6 Tres Chre- 
 tienne, &c. &c. &c. 
 
 Sa Majeste I'Empereur d'Autriche, Roi de Hongrie et de 
 Boheme : le Sieur Nicholas Charles Baron de Vincent, Son 
 Envoye Extraordinaire et Ministre Plenipotentiaire pres Sa Ma- 
 jeste Tres Chretienne, See. &c. 8cc. 
 
 Sa Majeste le Roi de France et de Navarre : le Sieur Armand 
 Emmanuel Duplessis Richelieu, Due de Richelieu, Son Ministre 
 et Secretaire d'Etat des Affaires Etrangeres et President du Con- 
 seil de Ses Ministres, &c. &c. 8cc. 
 
 Sa Majeste le Roi de Prusse : le Sieur Charles Frederic Henri 
 Comte de Goltz, Son Envoye Extraordinaire et Ministre Pleni- 
 potentiaire pres Sa Majeste Tres Chretienne, &c. &c. 8cc. 
 
 Sa Majeste I'Empereur de toutesles Russies, Roi de Pologne : 
 le Sieur Charles Andre Pozzo di Borgo, Lieutenant General de 
 Ses Armees, Son Ministre Plenipotentiaire pres Sa Majeste Tr^s 
 Chretienne, Sic. 8cc. &c. 
 
 Et attendu qu'elles ont considere que le concours de Son Ex- 
 cellence Monsieur Le Marechal Due de Wellington contribuerait 
 efficacement au succes de cette negotiation, les Plenipotentiaires 
 Soussign6s, apres avoir arrcte de concert avec lui et d'accord 
 avec les Parties interessees, les bases de rarrangementdconclure, 
 sont convenus, en vertu de leurs Pleins-pouvoirs, des Articles 
 suivans : 
 
 I. A I'eifet d'operer I'extinction totale des dettes contractees 
 par la France, dans les pays hors de son territoire actuel, envers 
 des individus, des communes on des etablissemens particuliers 
 quelconques, dont le payenient est reclame en vertu des Traites 
 du oO Mai, 1814, et du 20 Novenibre, 1815, le Gouvernement 
 Frangais s'engage a faire inscrire sur le grand livre de Sa dette 
 publique, avec jouissance du C2 Mars, 1818, une rente de 
 12,040,0U0 francs, representant un capital de 240,800,000 francs. 
 
 IL Les sommes remboursables au Gouveniement Francais en 
 vertu de I'Articie 21, du Traite du 30 Mai, 1814, et des Ar- 
 ticle 6, 7, et 22, de la susdite Convention du 20 Novembre, 
 1815, serviront ^ completer les moyens d'extinction des susdites
 
 FRANCE. 339 
 
 and Ireland : Sir Charles Stuart, G. C. B. His Ambassador Extra- 
 ordinary and Plenipotentiary to His INIost Christian Majesty, &.c. 
 &c. &c. 
 
 His Majesty the Emperor of Austria, King of Hungary and 
 Bohemia: the Sieur Nicholas Charh-s Baron de Vincent, His 
 Envoy Extraordinary, and iSlinister Plenipotentiary to His Most 
 Christian Majesty, &c. &c. &.c. 
 
 His Majesty the King of France and Navarre: the Sieur 
 Armand Emanuel Duplessis Richelieu, Duke of Richelieu, His 
 Minister and Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, and President 
 of the Council of His Ministers, 8cc. &c. 8cc. 
 
 His Majesty the King of Prussia : the Sieur Charles Frederick 
 Henry Count de Goltz, His Envoy Extraordinary, and Minister 
 Plenipotentiary to His Most Christian Majesty, &c. &c. Scc, 
 
 His Majesty the Emperor of all the Russias, King of Poland : 
 the Sieur Charles Andre Pozzo di Borgo, Lieutenant General in 
 His Armies, His Minister Plenipotentiary to His Most Christian 
 Majesty, See. &c. &c. 
 
 And the undersigned Plenipotentiaries being of opinion that 
 the concurrence of His Excellency Field Marshal the Duke of 
 Wellington, would eflfectually contribute to the success of this 
 hegociation ; after having settled in concert Nvilh him, and by the 
 consent of the Parties concerned, the bases of the arrangement 
 to be concluded, have agreed, in virtue of their full Powers to the 
 following Articles: 
 
 I. For the purpose of effecting the total discharge of debts 
 contracted by France, in countries which do not form a part of 
 her present territory, with any individuals, corporations, or esta- 
 blishments whatsoever, payment of which debts is claimed in 
 virtue of the Treaties of the 30th of May, 1814, and of the 20th 
 of November, 1815, the French Government engages to cause 
 to be inscribed upon the great book of its public debt, with 
 interest from the 22d of March, 1 8 1 8, a rente of 1 2,040,000 francs, 
 representing, a capital of 240,800,000 francs. 
 
 H. The sums to be reimbursed to the French Government in 
 virtue of Article 21, of the Treaty of the 30th May, 1814, 
 and of Articles 6, 7, and 22, of the aforesaid Convention of 
 the 20th November, 1815, will serve to complete the means of 
 
 z 2
 
 140. FRANCE. 
 
 dettes de la Fiance envers les sujets des Puissances qui etaient 
 chargees du remboursement de ces sommes. 
 
 En consequence, le Gouvernement Frangais reconnait n'avoir 
 plus rien ii r6clamer, en raison du dit remboursement. 
 
 De leur cote les dltes Puissances reconnaissent que les deduc- 
 tions et bonifications auxquelles donnait lieu en leur faveur 
 I'Article 7 de la Convention du 20 Novenibre, 1815, etant 
 6galement comprises dans revaluation de la somme fixee par 
 I'Article 1 de la presente Convention, ou abandonn6es par les 
 Puissances interessees, toutes reclamations et pretentions d cet 
 egard se trouvent completement eteintes. 
 
 II est bien entendu que le Gouvernement Fran^ais, conform6- 
 ment aux stipulations contenues dans les Articles 6 et 22 
 de la meme Convention, continuera k servir la rente des dettes 
 des pays detaches de son territoire qui ont 6te converties en inscrip- 
 tions sur le grand livre de la dette publique, soit que ces inscrip- 
 tions se trouvent entre les mains des possesseurs originaires, soit 
 qu'elles aient ete transferees a d'autres personnes. 
 
 Neanmoins la France cesse d'etre chargee des rentes viageres 
 de la meme origine dont le payement doit etre ^ la charge des 
 possesseurs actuels du territoire a partir du 22 Deccmbre, 1813. 
 
 II est de plus convenu qu'il ne pourra etre mis aucun obstacle 
 au libre transfert des inscriptions des rentes appartenans a des 
 individus, communautes ou corporations qui ont cesse d'etre 
 Frangais. 
 
 HI. Les reprises que le Gouvernement Francais aurait pu etre 
 autorise a exercer sur les cautionnemens de certains coniptables, 
 dans les cas prevus par les Articles 10 et 24 de la Conven- 
 tion du 20 Novembre, 1815, etant egalement entrees dans la trans- 
 action qui fait I'objet de la presente Convention, elles se trouvent 
 par la completement eteintes. Quant a ceux de ces cautionne- 
 mens qui auroient ete fournis en immeubles ou inscriptions sur le 
 grand livre, il sera procede ^ la radiation des inscriptions hypo- 
 thecaires ou a la levee des oppositions sur la demande des susdits 
 Gouvernemens, et les dites inscriptions, ainsi que les actes de main 
 lev6e seront remis i leurs Commissaires respectifs ou k leurs 
 d61egu6s. 
 
 IV, Les sommes vers^es k titre de cautionnemens, depots ou con'-
 
 FRANCE. 341 
 
 discharging the said debts owing by France to the subjects of 
 those Powers who w ere charged with the reimbursement of these 
 sums. And, consequently, the French Government abandons 
 every claim in respect to the said reimbursement. 
 
 On their part, tlie said Powers acknowledge, that as the deduc- 
 tions and compensations ( bonifications,) sUpuhted in their favour 
 by Article 7 of the Convention of the £Olh November, IB 15, 
 are either comprised in the amount of the sum fixed by Article 1 
 of the present Convention, or are abandoned by the Powers 
 interested, all reclamations and claims on that account are 
 now completely cancelled. It is understood that the French 
 Government, conformably to the stipulations contained in the 
 6th and C2d Articles of the same Convention, shall continue to 
 pay the interest of the debts of countries detached from its terri- 
 tory, which have been converted into inscriptions in the Great 
 book of the public debt, whether those inscriptions remain in 
 the hands of their original possessors, or shall have been trans- 
 ferred to other persons. Nevertheless, France shall no longer be 
 charged with the life annuities originating from the same source, 
 the payment of which shall be at the clTarge of the actual posses- 
 sors of the territory, computing from the 22d of December, 181a. 
 
 It is further agreed, that no objections shall be made to the 
 free transfer of inscriptions of rentes belonging to those indivi- 
 duals, communities, or corporations which have ceased to be 
 French. 
 
 III. As the deductions, which the French Government might 
 have been authorized to make from the securities of persons 
 deemed accountable, as provided for by the 10th and 24th Articles 
 of the Convention of the 20th November, 1815, are equally in- 
 cluded in the arrangement which forms the object of this Con- 
 vention, they are hereby completely annulled. With respect to 
 such of these securities as have been furnished in immoveables, 
 or in inscriptions on the great book, the cancelling of the mort- 
 gage inscriptions, or the withdrawing of the protests shall take 
 place upon the demand of the aforesaid Governments ; and the 
 said inscriptions, as well as the acts of replevy, shall be remitted 
 to their respective Commissioners, or to their delegates. 
 
 IV. The sums under the heads of securities, deposits, or con 
 
 z 3
 
 343 FRANCE. 
 
 signatlons par des sujets Fravi^als, servlteurs des pays detach6s 
 de la France, dans leurs Tresors respectifs, et qui devoient leur 
 ^tre remboursees en vertu de I'Article £2 du Traite du 30 
 Mai, 18 14, etant comprises dans la presente transaction, les dites 
 Puissances se trouvent completement liberees ^ leur egard, Ic 
 Gouvernement Francais se chargeant de pourvoir a leur rem- 
 boursement. 
 
 V. Au moyen des stipulations contenues dans les Articles pre- 
 cedens, la France se trouve completement liberee, tant pour le 
 capital que pour les interets prescrits par I'Article 18 de la 
 Convention du 20 Novembre, 1813, des dettes de toute nature 
 prevues par le Traite du 30 Mai, 1814, et la Convention du 20 
 Novembre, 1815, et reclamees dans les formes prescrites par la 
 susdite Convention, de sorte que les dites dettes seront consi- 
 der6es k son egard comme eteintes et annullees, et ne pourront 
 jamais donner lieu contr'elle a aucune espece de repetition. 
 
 VI. En consequence des dispositions precedentes les Commis- 
 sions mixtes instituees par I'Article 5 de la Convention du 20 
 Novembre, 1815, cesseront le travail de liquidation ordonne par 
 la meme Convention. 
 
 VII. La rente qui sera cre6e en vertu de I'Article 1 de la pre- 
 sente Convention sera repartie entre les Puissances ci-apres nom- 
 mees ainsi qu'il suit : Francs. 
 
 Anhalt Bernbourg .......... 17,500 
 
 Anhalt Dessau 18,500 
 
 Autriche 1,250,000 
 
 Bade 32,500 
 
 Baviere 500,000 
 
 Breme 50,000 
 
 Dannemarc 350,000 
 
 Espagne - 850,000 
 
 Etuts liomains 250,000 
 
 Francfort 35,000 
 
 Hambourg 1,000,000 
 
 Hanovre 500,000 
 
 Hesse Electorale 25,000 
 
 Grand Duche de Hesse, y compris Oldenbourg . 348,150
 
 FRANCE. 343 
 
 signnients, vested by French subjects in the service of countries 
 detached from France, and placed in the respective funds of 
 those countries, and which sums were to be repaid them in virtue 
 of the '2'ld Article of the Treaty of the "0th of May, 1814, being 
 comprised in the present transaction, the above named Powers 
 are completely exonerated on that point, and the Government of 
 France undertake to reimburse them. 
 
 V. By virtue of the stipulations contained in the preceding 
 Articles, France is completely liberated, as well in respect of the 
 principal as the interest, prescribed by the 18th Article of the Con- 
 vention of the liOth November, 1815, of the debts of every 
 description, contemplated in the Treaty of the 30th of May, IB 1 4, 
 and the Convention of the 20th November, 1815, and claimed 
 in the manner prescribed by the aforesaid Convention ; so that 
 the said debts shall be considered with respect to France, as 
 extinguished and annulled, and can never be again brought for- 
 M'ard against her in any shape whatever. 
 
 VI. In consequence of the preceding arrangements, the mixed 
 Commissions instituted by the 5th Article of the Convention of the 
 20th November, 1815, shall close the proceedings of liquidation 
 ordered by that Convention. 
 
 VII. The rente which shall be created in virtue of the 1st Article 
 of the present Convention, shall be distributed amongst the herein- 
 after-named Powers, as follows : Francs. 
 
 Anhalt Bernbourg 17,500 
 
 Anhalt Dessau 18,500 
 
 Austria 1, ''250,000 
 
 Baden .32,500 
 
 Bavaria 500,000 
 
 Bremen 50,000 
 
 Denmark 550,000 
 
 Spain 850,000 
 
 The Roman States 250,000 
 
 Frankfort 35,000 
 
 Hamburgh 1,000,000 
 
 Hanover 500,000 
 
 Hesse (Electoral) 25,000 
 
 Grand Duchy of Hesse, comprising Oldenburgh 348,150 
 
 z4
 
 344 FRANCE. 
 
 Francs. 
 
 lies loniennes, ile de Fiance, et autres pays sous 
 
 la domination de Sa Majesty Britannique . . 150,000 
 
 Lubeck 100,000 
 
 Mecklenbourg Schvverin 25,000 
 
 Mecklenbourg Strelitz 1,750 
 
 Nassau 6,000 
 
 Parme 50,000 
 
 Pays-Bas 1,650,000 
 
 Portugal 40,900 
 
 Prusse 2,600,000 
 
 Reuss 3,250 
 
 Sardaigne ,, 1,250,000 
 
 Saxe . , 225,000 
 
 SaxeGotha 30,000 
 
 Saxe Meiningen 1,000 
 
 Saxe Weimar 9,250 
 
 Schwartzbourg 7,500 
 
 Suisse ... - - , 250,000 
 
 Toscane 225,000 
 
 Wirtembourg 20,000 
 
 Hanovre,Brunswick, Hesse Electorale, et Prusse 8,000 
 
 Hesse Electorale et Saxe Weimar 700 
 
 Grand Duche de Hesse et Baviere .... 10,000 
 
 Grand Duche de Hesse, Baviere et Prusse . • 40,000 
 
 Saxe et Prusse 110,000 
 
 Vni. La somme de 12,040,000 francs de rentes stipulees par 
 r Article 1 portera jouissance du 22 Mars, 1818; elle sera de- 
 pqsee en totalite entre les mains des Commissaires Speciaux des 
 Cours d'Autriche, de la Grande Bretagne, de Prusse etde Russie, 
 pour etre ensuite delivree a qui de droit aux epoques et dans les 
 formes suivantes : 
 
 1. Le premier de chaque mois le douzieme de ce qui revien- 
 dra d chaque Puissance conformement a la repartition ci-dessus, 
 sera remis a ses Commissaires a Paris ou aux Delegues de ceux-ci ; 
 lesquels Commissaires ou Delegues en disposeront de la mani^re 
 indiquee ci-apres.
 
 FRANCE. 345 
 
 Francs. 
 The Ionian Isles, the Isle of France, and other 
 
 countries under the dominion of His Britan- 
 nic Majesty 150,000 
 
 Lubeck 100,000 
 
 Mecklenburgh Schwerin 25,000 
 
 Mecklenburgh Strelitz 1,750 
 
 Nassau 6,000 
 
 Parma 50,000 
 
 The Netherlands 1,650,000 
 
 Portugal 40,900 
 
 Prussia 2,600,000 
 
 Reuss 3,250 
 
 Sardinia 1,250,000 
 
 Saxony 225,000 
 
 Saxe Gotha 30,000 
 
 Saxe Meiningen 1,000 
 
 Saxe Weimar 9,250 
 
 Schwartzburgh 7,500 
 
 Switzerland 250,000 
 
 Tuscany 225,000 
 
 Wirtemburgh 20,000 
 
 Hanover, Brunswick, Hesse Electoral, and Prussia 8,000 
 
 Hesse (Electoral) and Saxe Weimar .... 700 
 
 Grand Duchy of Hesse and Bavaria .... 10,000 
 
 Grand Duchy of Hesse, Bavaria, and Prussia . 40,000 
 
 Saxony and Prussia 1 10,000 
 
 VIII. The sum of 12,040,000 francs in reA^/g*, stipulated for 
 in the 1st Article, shall bear interest from the 22d March, 1818, the 
 whole of it shall be deposited in the hands of the Special Com- 
 missioners of the Courts of Austria, Great Britain, Prussia, and 
 Russia, to be afterwards delivered to those entitled thereto, at 
 the periods and in the manner following : 
 
 1 . On the first of each month, the twelfth part of such sum 
 as may become due to each Power, conformably with the fore- 
 going distribution, shall be transferred to their Commissioners at 
 Paris, or their Delegates ; which Commissioners or Delegates 
 shall dispose thereof, in the manner hereafter directed.
 
 346 FRANCE. 
 
 2. Les Gouvernemens respectifs ou les Comniissaires de Li- 
 quidation qu'ils ctabliront, feront remettre k la fin de chaque mois, 
 aux individus dont les creances auront ete liquidees et qui desire- 
 roient rester proprietaires des quotites de rentes qui leur seront 
 allouees, des inscriptions du montant de la somme qui reviendra ^ 
 chacun d'eux. 
 
 3. Pour toutes les autres creances liquidees, ainsi que pour 
 toutes les sommes qui ne seraient pas assez fortes pour pouvoir en 
 former une inscription separee, les Gouvernemens respectifs se 
 chargent de les faire reunir en une seule inscription collective, 
 dont ils ordonneront la vente en faveur des parties interessees par 
 I'entremise de leurs Commissaires ou Agens ^ Paris. 
 
 Le depot de la susdite rente de 12,040,000 francs, aura lieu 
 le premier du mois qui suivra le jour de I'echange des ratifications 
 de la presente Convention, par les Cours d'Autriche, de la Grande 
 Bretagne et de Prusse seulement, attendu I'eloignement de la 
 Cour de Russie. 
 
 IX. La delivrance des dites inscriptions aura lieu nonobstant 
 toute signification de transfert ou opposition au tresor royal de 
 France. 
 
 Neanmoins, les oppositions et significations qui auraient ete 
 form6es soit au Tresor soit entre les mains des Commissaires 
 Liquidateurs, auront, suivant I'ordre de leur inscription, leur plein 
 et entier eft'et, au profit des tiers interesses, pourvu (a I'egard de 
 celles qui ont ete inscrites au Tresor) que dans le d61ai d'un mois 
 a dater du jour de I'echange des ratifications de la pr6sente Con- 
 vention, la liste en ait ete remise aux Commissaires des Puissances 
 respectives, avecles pieces ^I'appui, sans, neanmoins, prejudicier 
 ^ la faculte, que doivent conserver les parties interessees, d'en 
 justifier directement, en produisant leurs titres, Le terme de 
 rigueur fixe ci-dessus 6tant expir6, on n'aura plus egard aux op- 
 positions et significations qui n'auraient pas ete notifiees aux 
 Commissaires, soit par le Tresor, soit par les parties interessees. 
 II sera toutefois permis de former opposition ou de faire tout 
 autre acte conservatoire entre les mains des dits Commissaires ou 
 des Gouvernemens dont ils dependent.
 
 TRANCE. 347 
 
 2. The respective Governments or the Commissioners of Li- 
 quidation to be appointed by them, shall, at the end of every 
 month, cause to be transferred to the individuals whose debts 
 shall iiave been liquidated, and who may wish to remain proprietors 
 of the shares of nuilcs which shall be allotted them, inscriptions 
 to the amount of the sums that may be due to them respectively. 
 
 3. All other liquidated claims, as well as the sums which may 
 not be of an amount sutlicient to form a separate inscription, shall 
 be united in one collective inscription by the respective Govern- 
 ments, who shall direct their Commissioners or Agents, in Paris, 
 to sell them for the benefit of the parties interested. 
 
 The deposit of the aforesaid rente of 12,040,000 francs, shall 
 be made on the first day of the month succeeding the date of the 
 exchange of the ratifications of the present Convention, by the 
 Courts of Austria, Great Britain, and Prussia, only, on account 
 of the remote situation of the Court of Russia. 
 
 IX. The delivery of the said inscriptions shall take place not- 
 withstanding any notice of transfer or protest to the royal treasury 
 of France. 
 
 Nevertheless the protests and notices which shall have been 
 made to the Treasury or delivered to the Commissioners of Liqui- 
 dation, shall have, according to the order of their inscription, their 
 full and entire eflfect, for the benefit of the third party concerned, 
 provided (with regard to those which have been inscribed at the 
 Treasury), that within the period of one month from the day of 
 the exchange of the ratifications of the present Convention, a list 
 thereof shall be transmitted to the Commissioners of the respective 
 Powers, with its supporting documents ; without, however, any 
 prejudice to the power which the parties interested retain, to make 
 good the same in a direct manner by the production of their do- 
 cuments. The precise term above-mentioned having expired, no 
 regard shall be paid to the protests or notices which shall not have 
 been previously delivered in to the Commissioners, whether from 
 the Treasury or other persons concerned. 
 
 Protests or appeals shall however be admitted, when made to
 
 348 FRANCE. 
 
 Les oppositions dont la notification aura ete faite en terns utile, 
 seront, pour les demandes en validite ou en main levee, portees 
 devant le Tribunal de la partie saisie. 
 
 X. Les Gouvernemens respectifs voulant prendre dans I'interet 
 de leurs sujets, creanciers de la France, les mesures les plus etR- 
 caces pour faire operer, chacun en particulier, la liquidation des 
 creances et la repartition des fonds auxquels les dits creanciers 
 auront proportionnellement droit, d'apres les principes conteuus 
 dans les stipulations du Traite du 30 Mai, 1814, et de la Conven- 
 tion du 20 Novembre, 1815, il est convenu qu'a cet eft'et, le 
 Gouvernement Francais fera remettre aux Comniissaires des dits 
 Gouvernemens ou a leurs delegues, les dossiers contenant les 
 pieces a I'appui des reclamations non encore payees, et donnera, 
 en meme terns, les ordres les plus precis pour que tons les ren- 
 seignemens et documens que la verification de ces reclamations 
 pourra rendre n6cessaires, soient fournis, dans le plus court delai 
 possible, aux susdits Comniissaires par les differens Ministeres et 
 Administrations. 11 est de plus convenu, que dans le cas ou il 
 aurait ete pay6 des a comptes, ou si le Gouvernement Frangais 
 avait eu des imputations ou des reprises a faire sur quelques unes 
 des dites reclamations particulieres, ces a comptes, imputations et 
 reprises seront exactement indiques. 
 
 XI. La liquidation des reclamations pour services militaires 
 exigeant quelques formalitcs particulieres, il est convenu ^ cet 
 egard : 
 
 1. Que pour le payement des militaires qui out appartenu a des 
 corps dont les conseiis d'administration ont fourni des bordereaux 
 de liquidation, il suffira de produire les dits bordereaux ou d'en 
 rapporter des extraits dument certifies. 
 
 2. Que dans le cas ou les conseiis d'administration des corps 
 n'auroient pas fourni des bordereaux de liquidation, les depo- 
 sitaires des archives des dits corps devront constater les sommes 
 ddes aux militaires qui en auront fait partie, et en dresser un bor- 
 dereau dont ils attesteront la verite. 
 
 3. Que les creances des officiers d'Etat Major, ou officiers sans 
 troupes, ainsi que celles des employes de 1' Administration !Militaire
 
 FRANC L. 54P 
 
 tlie said Commissioners or to tlie Governments to which they 
 belong. The protests, of which notice shall have been given 
 within the proper time, either in respect to claims established or 
 judgments obtained, shall be carried before the tribunal of the 
 party attached. 
 
 X. The respective Governments being desirous to adopt the 
 most effectual means of liquidating the debts due from France to 
 the subjects of each, and of distributing the funds to which the 
 said creditors are in due proportion entitled, according to the 
 principles contained in the stipulations of the Treaty of the 30lh 
 May, 1814, and of the Convention of the £Oth November, 1815; 
 it is agreed that, to this end, the F"rench Government shall cause 
 to be transmitted to the Commissioners of the said Governments, 
 or their delegates, the files containing the documents in support 
 of the claims not yet discharged, and at the same time shall give 
 the most precise orders, that all the information and papers that 
 can be necessary for the verification of those claims, shall be fur- 
 nished with the least possible delay to the said Commissioners, by 
 the different offices and departments. It is further agreed, that 
 in cases where payments shall have been made on account, or the 
 French Government shall have had charges or deductions to make 
 upon any of these individual claims, such payments, charges, and 
 deductions shall be exactly specified. 
 
 XI. The liquidation of the claims for military services re- 
 quiring certain particular forms, it is agreed with regard thereto : 
 1st — That for the payment of the military who have belonged to 
 Corps, the Boards of Administration of which have furnished 
 schedules of liquidation, it shall be sufficient that the said 
 schedules be produced, or extracts therefrom, duly certified. 
 
 2d — That where the Boards of Administration of Corps shall 
 not have furnished schedules of liquidation, the depositaries of the 
 archives, of the said Corps shall ascertain the sums due to the 
 military belonging thereto, and deliver in a schedule thereof, to 
 the correctness of which they shall certify. 
 
 3d — That debts due to Officers of the Staff, or to Officers un- 
 attached, as well as to the persons employed by the Military Ad-
 
 3oX) FRANCE. 
 
 seront verifiees dans les Bureaux de la guerre, conforinement aux 
 regies etablies pour les militaires et employes Frangais, par la 
 circulaire du 13 Decembre, 1814, et en joignant aux bordereaux 
 les pieces 'X I'appui, ou quand cela ne sera pas praticable, en 
 en donnant communication aux Commissaires ou a leurs delegues. 
 
 XII. Pour faciliter la liquidation qui doit avoir lieu, conforme- 
 nient a. 1' Article 10 ci-dessus, des Commissaires nommes par le 
 Gouvernement Frangais serviront d'intermediaire pour les com- 
 munications avec les divers Ministeres et Administrations. Ce 
 sera de meme par eux que se fera la remise des dossiers de pieces 
 justificatives. Cette remise sera exactement constatee et il leur 
 en sera donne acte, soit par emargement, soit par proces verbal. 
 
 XIII. Attendu que certains territoires ont ete divises entre plu- 
 sieurs etats et que dans ce cas, c'est en general I'Etat auquel ap- 
 partient la plus grande partie du territoire qui s'est charge de faire 
 valoir les reclamations communes fondees sur les Articles 6, 7, et 
 9 de la Convention du '20 Novembre, 1815, il est convenu que le 
 Gouvernement, qui aura fait la reclamation, traitera, pour le paye- 
 ment des creances, les sujets de tons les Etats interesses comme 
 les siens propres. 
 
 D'une autre part, comme malgre cette division des territoires, 
 le possesseur principal a supporte la deduction de la totalite des 
 capitaux et interets rembourses, il lui en sera tenu compte par les 
 Etats copartageans, proportionnellement a la part du dit territoire 
 que chacun poss^de conformement aux principes poses dans les 
 Articles 6 et 7 de la Convention du 20 Novembre, 1815. 
 
 S'il survient quelques difficultes relatlvement a I'execution du 
 present Article, elles seront reglees par une Commission d' Arbi- 
 trage formee suivant le mode et les principes indiques par I'Ar- 
 ticle 8 de la susdite Convention. 
 
 XIV. La presente Convention sera ratiliee par les hautes Par- 
 ties Contractantes et les ratifications en seront echangees a Paris 
 dans I'espace de deux mois, ou plutot si faire se peut. 
 
 XV. Les Etats qui ne sont pas au nombre des Puissances 
 signataires, mais dont les interets se trouvent regies par la presente 
 Convention, d'apres le concert preliminaire qui a en lieu entre 
 leurs Plenipotentiaires et Son Excellence Monsieur Le Due de
 
 IKANCE. .-551 
 
 uunisUatloii, shall be verified at Uie War-Officos, conformably to 
 the regulations established for the French military, and em'pioyta, 
 by the circular of the 1 3th December, 1814, the documents in 
 support of the scliedules being annexed thereto, or when that shall 
 not be practicable, conniiunication being made of the same to the 
 Commissioners or their delegates. 
 
 XII. 'i'o facilitate the liquidation that is to take place according 
 to the KJlh Article above cited, the Commissioners named by the 
 French Government shall form the medium of communication 
 with the different Offices and Administrations. Through their 
 means also the files of justificatory documents shall be transmitted. 
 These transfers shall be correctly verified, and registry thereof 
 taken for them, either on the margin, or by ?i procts verbal. 
 
 XIII. Whereas certain territories have been divided between 
 several States, and whereas in such cases, that State to which the 
 greatest part of the territory belongs, has in general engaged to 
 bring forward the common claims, founded upon the 6th, 7th, and 
 9th Articles of the Convention of the 20th November, 1815; it 
 is agreed that the Government which shall have put forward the 
 claims, shall, in paying the creditors, treat the subjects of all the 
 States interested as his own. On the other hand, since, notwith- 
 standing this division of territories, the principal possessor has 
 borne the deduction of the whole capital and interest reimbursed, 
 the other co-states shall account to him for the same, in propor- 
 tion to the part of the said territory possessed by each one, con- 
 formably to the principles laid down in the 6th and 7th Articles 
 of the Convention of the 20th November, 1815. If any difficul- 
 ties should arise relative, to the execution of the present Article, 
 they shall be settled by a Commission of Arbitration, formed ac- 
 cording to the mode and principles indicated by the 8th Article 
 of the above-mentioned Convention. 
 
 XIV. The present Convention shall be ratified by the high 
 Contracting Powers, and the ratifications be exchanged at Paris, 
 w ithin the space of two months, or sooner if practicable. 
 
 XV. Tlie States not actually Contracting Parties to the present 
 Convention, but whose interests are affected thereby, in confor- 
 mity to the preliminary Agreement which took place between their 
 Plenipotentiaries, and His Excellency the Duke of Wellington, in
 
 352 FRANCE. 
 
 AV'ellington reiuii aux Soussignes Plenlpotentiaires des Coins 
 siguataires du Traitfe du 20 Novembie, 18 lo, sont invites d 
 faire remettre dans le meme terme de deux mois leurs Actes 
 d'accession. 
 
 Fait a Paris, le 25 Avril, 1818. 
 
 Signe 
 Charles Stuart, (L.S.) Le Baron de Vincent, (L.S.) 
 
 Richelieu, (L.S.) 
 F. Comte de Goltz, (L.S.) 
 
 POZZO DI BORGO, (L.S.)
 
 FRANCE. .353 
 
 concert with the undersigned Plenipotentiaries of the Courts, who 
 were Contracting Parties to the Treaty of the 20th November, 
 1815, are invited to transmit their Acts of accession within the 
 said space of two months. 
 
 Done at Paris, the 25th April, 1818. 
 
 Signed 
 Chas. Stuart, (L.S.) Le Baron de Vincent, (L.S.) 
 
 Richelieu, (L.S.) 
 F. Comte de Goltz, (L.S.) 
 Pozzo DI BORGO, (L.S.) 
 
 VOL. 1. A A
 
 ( 354 ) 
 
 MADAGASCAR 
 
 TREATY hetneen Great Britain and Madagascar. Sig7ied at 
 TamatavCf Q-Sd October, 1817. 
 
 Robert Townsend Farquhar, Esq. Governor and Commander 
 in Chief, Captain General, Vice-Admiral of the Island of Mauri- 
 tius and its dependencies : 
 
 By His Commissioners, Captain Stanfell of the Royal Navy, 
 commanding His Majesty's ship Phaeton, and T. R. Pye, Esq. 
 Assistant-Agent for His Excellency's Government at Mada- 
 gascar, who are vested with full Powers, and Radama King of 
 Madagascar and its Dependencies, by His Commissioners Ratza- 
 lika, Rampoole Ramanou and Raciahato — representing the said 
 Radama, and with full Powers from His Majesty — 
 
 Have agreed upon the following Articles and Conditions : 
 
 I. It is agreed by the Parties to these presents, respectively, 
 that the mutual confidence, friendship, and brotherhood, which 
 are hereby acknowledged to subsist between the Contracting 
 Parties shall be maintained and perpetuated for ever. 
 
 II. It is agreed, and the two Contracting Parties hereby 
 covenant and agree that, from the date of this Treaty, there shall 
 be an entire cessation and extinction through all the Dominions 
 of King Radama, and wherever his influence can extend, of the 
 sale or transfer of slaves, or other persons whatever; to be 
 removed from ofi" the soil of Madagascar into any country, 
 island, or dominion of any other Prince, Potentate, or Power 
 whatever; and that Radama, King of Madagascar will make a 
 proclamation and a law prohibiting all his subjects, or persons 
 depending on him or his dominions, to sell any slave to be 
 transported from Madagascar, or to aid or abet, or assist, in
 
 MADAGASCAR. S55 
 
 any such sale, under penalty tliat any person so offending shall 
 be reduced to slavery iiiniself. 
 
 III. And hi consideration of this concession on the part of 
 Radama, the King of Madagascar and His nation, and in full 
 satisfaction for the same, and for the loss of revenue thereby 
 incurred by Radama, King of Madagascar, the Commissioners 
 on the part of His Excellency the Governor of Mauritius, do 
 engage to pay Radama, yearly, the following articles : 
 
 One thousand dollars in gold. 
 
 One thousand dollars in silver. 
 
 One hundred barrels of Powder of 100 lbs. each. 
 
 One hundred English muskets, complete, with accoutrements. 
 
 Ten thousand flints. 
 
 Four hundred red jackets. 
 
 Four hundred shirts. 
 
 Four hundred pair of trowsers. 
 
 Four hundred pair of shoes. 
 
 Four hundred soldiers' caps. 
 
 Four hundred stocks. 
 
 Twelve Serjeants' swords, regulation, with belts. 
 
 Four hundred pieces of white cloth, i j ,. 
 
 Two hundred pieces of blue cloth. j 
 
 A full-dress coat, hat, and boots, all complete, for King Ra- 
 dama ; — and 
 
 Two horses, 
 upon a certificate being received, that the said laws and regula- 
 tions and proclamations have been enforced the preceding quar- 
 ter ; which certificate shall be signed by Radama, and counter- 
 signed by the agent of His Excellency Governor Farquhar, 
 resident at the Court of Radama. 
 
 IV. And further, it is agreed by the Contracting Parties 
 mutually to protect the faithful friend and ally of England, the 
 King of Johanna, from the predatory attacks to which he has 
 been for many years annually exposed from some of the smaller 
 States of the sea-coast of Madagascar; and to use every means 
 in their power, by their subjects, allies, and dependents, to put 
 a final end to this system of piracy; and for this purpose, pro- 
 
 A A 2
 
 356 MADAGASCAR. 
 
 clamatlons shall be made by Radama and the Governor of 
 Mauritius, prohibiting all persons whatever from engaging in this 
 piracy ; and these proclamations shall be particularly distributed 
 in the ports and on the sea-coast of Madagascar. 
 
 ADDITIONAL ARTICLE. 
 
 The Contracting Parties agree in considering this Treaty as 
 provisional, until ratified and confirmed by His Majesty's Mi- 
 nisters on the part of the King of Great Britain, — which Ratifi- 
 cation will be forwarded, without loss of time, to the King of 
 Madagascar (Radama) by His Ambassador to that Court. This 
 formality, however, is not to prevent the stipulations of the 
 Treaty from being carried into full and complete effect from the 
 date hereof. 
 
 Done at Tamatave, Island of Madagascar, October 23, 1817. 
 Signed 
 
 Francis Stanfell, Ratzalika for Radama. 
 
 Captain H. M. S. Phaeton, Rampoole Ramanou. 
 
 Senior Naval Officer and Raciahato. 
 
 Commissioner. Ramalaza, as Witness. 
 
 Thos. R. Pye, 
 Agent of the British Go- 
 vernment and Commis- 
 sioner.
 
 ( 357 ) 
 
 NETHERLANDS 
 
 A A 3
 
 ( 358 ) 
 
 PAYS-BAS 
 
 CONVENTION entre la Grande Bretagne et les Fuys-Bas. 
 Signte a Londres, le \3 Aout, IB 14. 
 
 Au Noni de la Tres-Sainte et Indivisible Trinit^. 
 
 Les Provinces Unies des Pays-Bas ayant ete rendues, par la 
 faveur de la Providence Divine, d leur independance, et ayant ete 
 placees par la loyaute de la Nation HoUandaise et les amies des 
 Puissances Alli6es sous le Gouvernement de I'lllustre Maison 
 d'Orange: et Sa Majeste Britannique desirant faire avec le 
 Prince Souverain des Provinces Unies des Pays-Bas, relative- 
 ment aux Colonies des dites Provinces Unies conquises durant la 
 derniere guerre par les armes de Sa Majeste, des arrangeniens 
 propres u avancer la prosperite du dit Etat, et en m^me terns a 
 fournir uue preuve durable de I'amitie et de I'attachement de Sa 
 Majeste pour la Maison d'Orange et pour la nation Hollandoise : 
 les hautes Parties Contractantes sus-mentionnees, egalement 
 animees de ces sentimens reciproques de bienveillance cordiale et 
 de I'attachement niutuel I'une envers I'autre, ont nomme leurs 
 Plenipotentiaires : savoir, Sa Majeste le Roi du Royaume Uni 
 de la Grande Bretagne et d'Irlande, le tres-honorable Ro- 
 bert Stewart Vicomte Castlereagb, Conseiller de Sa dite 
 Majeste en Son Conseil Prive, Membre de Son Parlement, 
 Colonel du Regiment de Milice de Londonderry, Chevalier du 
 tres-Noble Ordre de la Jarretiere, et Son Principal Secretaire 
 d'Etat ayant le Departement des Affaires Etrang^res, &c. &c. 
 et Son Altesse Royale le Prince d'Orange, Prince Souverain des 
 Provinces Unies des Pays-Bas, le Sieur Henri Fagel, Son Ani- 
 bassadeur Extraordinaire et Plenipotentiaire a la Cour de Sa
 
 ( 35y ) 
 
 NETHERLANDS. 
 
 CONVENTION hetzceeu Great Britain and the Netherlands. 
 Signed at London, August 13, 1814. 
 
 In (lie Name of the Most Iloljr and Undivided Trinity. 
 
 The United Provinces of tlie Netherlands, under the favour of 
 Divine Providence, having been restored to their independence, 
 and having been placed by the loyalty of the Dutch people and 
 the achievements of the Allied Powers, under the Government 
 of the Illustrious House of Orange : and His Britannic Ma- 
 jesty being desirous of entering into such arrangements with the 
 Prince Sovereign of the United Netherlands, concerning the 
 Colonies of the said United Netherlands, which have been con- 
 quered by His Majesty's arms during the late war, as may con- 
 duce to the prosperity of the said State, and may afford a lasting 
 testimony of His Majesty's friendship and attachment to the 
 family of Orange, and to the Dutch nation : the said high Con- 
 tracting Parties, equally animated by those sentiments of cordial 
 good will and attachment to each other, have nominated Their 
 Plenipotentiaries : namely, His Majesty the King of the United 
 Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, the Right Honourable 
 Robert Stewart, V^iscount Castlcreagh, one of His said Ma- 
 jesty's Most Honourable Privy Council, a Member of Parlia- 
 ment, Colonel of the Londonderry Regiment of Militia, Knight 
 of the Most Noble Order of the Garter, and His Principal 
 Secretary of Stale for Foreign Affairs, &c. &c. ; and His Royal 
 Highness the Prince of Orange-Nassau, Prince Sovereign of the 
 United Netherlands, His Excellency Henry Fagel, His Ambassa- 
 dor Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary at the Court of His Britan- 
 nic Majesty : — who, after having exchanged their full J'owers, 
 
 A A 4
 
 360 PAYS-BAS. 
 
 Majeste Brltannique : lesquels apr^s avoir echange leurs Pleins- 
 pouvoirs, trouves en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des Arti- 
 cles suivans : 
 
 I. Sa Majeste Britannique s'engage k restituer au Prince Souve- 
 rain des Provinces Unies des Pays-Bas, dans le delai qui sera 
 fixe ci-apres, les Colonies, Comptoirs et Etablissemens dont la 
 Hollande etait en possession au commencement de la deruiere 
 guerre, c'est-a-dire, au I er Janvier, 1803, dans les Mers et sur les 
 Continens de I'Amerique, de I'Afrique et de I'Asie, k I'exceptiou 
 du Cap de Bonne Esperance, et des Etablissemens de Demerary, 
 Essequibo et Berbice, desquelles possessions les hautes Parties 
 Contractantes se reservent le droit de disposer par une Conven- 
 tion supplementaire, qui sera negociee ci-apres conformement 
 aux interets mutuels des deux Parties, et en particulier sous le 
 rapport des stipulations contenues dans les Articles 6 et 9 du 
 Traite de Paix, conclu entre Sa Majeste Britannique et Sa Ma- 
 jeste Tres Chretien, le 30 Mai, 1814. 
 
 II. Sa Majeste Britannique consent d ceder en toute Souve- 
 rainete I'lle de Banca, situee dans les Mers Orientales, au Prince 
 Souverain des Pays Bas, en echange de I'etablissement de Cochin 
 et de ses dependances sur la cote de Malabar, lequel restera en 
 toute souverainete a Sa Majeste Britannique. 
 
 III. Les places et forts dans les Colonies et Etablissemens, 
 lesquels doivent etre cedes et echanges par les deux hautes Parties 
 Contractantes, en vertu des deux Articles precedens, seront remis 
 dans I'etat on ils se trouveront au moment de la signature de la 
 presente Convention. 
 
 IV. Sa Majeste Britannique S'engage a faire jouir les sujets 
 de Son Altesse Royalc le Prince Souverain des Provinces Unies, 
 relativement au commerce, et a la s^rete de leurs personnes et pro- 
 prietes dans les limites de la Souverainete Britannique sur le Con- 
 tinent des Indes, des memes facilites, privileges et protection qui 
 sont a present ou seront accordes aux nations les plus favoris6es. 
 
 De son cote Son Altesse Royale le Prince Souverain n'ayantrien 
 plus a coeur que la perpetuite de la paix entre la Couronne d'Angle- 
 terre et les Provinces Unies des Pays-Bas, et voulant contribuer 
 autant qu'il est en Elle a ecarter des-a-present des rapports des 
 deux peuples ce qui pourrait un jour alterer la bonne intelligence
 
 NETHERLANDS. 361 
 
 found in good mid due form, have agreed to the following Ar- 
 ticles : 
 
 I. His Britannic Majesty engages to restore to the Prince 
 Sovereign of the United Netherlands, within the term which shall 
 be hereafter fixed, the Colonies, Factories, and Establishments 
 which were possessed by Holland at the commencement of the late 
 war, viz. on the 1st of January, 1803, in the Seas and on the 
 Continents of America, Africa, and Asia; with the exception of 
 the Cape of Good Hope and the Settlements of Demerara, Es- 
 sequibo, and Berbice, of which possessions the high Contracting 
 Parties reserve to Themselves the right to dispose by a Supple- 
 mentary Convention, hereafter to be negociated according to 
 Their mutual interests, and especially with reference to the pro- 
 visions contained in the 6th and 9th Articles of the Treaty of 
 Peace signed between His Britannic Majesty and His Most 
 Christian Majesty on the 30th of May, 1814. 
 
 H. His Britannic Majesty agrees to cede in full Sovereignty 
 the Island of Banca, in the Eastern Seas, to the Prince Sove- 
 reign of the Netherlands, in exchange for the Settlement of 
 Cochin and its dependencies on the coast of Malabar, which is 
 to remain in full Sovereignty to His Britannic Majesty. 
 
 HI. The places and forts in the Colonies and Settlements, 
 which, by virtue of the two preceding Articles, are to be ceded 
 and exchanged by the two high Contracting Parties, shall be 
 given up in the state in which they may be at the moment of the 
 signature of the present Convention, 
 
 IV. His Britannic Majesty guarantees to the subjects of His 
 Royal Highness the Prince Sovereign of the United Netherlands, 
 the same facilities, privileges, and protection, with respect to 
 commerce and the security of their persons and property within 
 the limits of the British Sovereignty on the Continent of India, 
 as are now or shall be granted to the most favoured nations. 
 
 His Royal Highness the Prince Sovereign, on His part, having 
 nothing more at heart than the perpetual duration of peace be- 
 tween the Crown of England and the United Netherlands, and 
 wishing to do His utmost to avoid any thing which might affect 
 Their mutual good understanding, engages not to erect any for-
 
 363 PAYS-BAS. 
 
 mutuelle, s'engage a ne faire aiicini ouvrage de fortification dans 
 les Etablissemens qui lui doivent etre restitues et qui sont situes 
 dans les liniites de la Souverainete Britannique sur le Continent 
 des Indes, ct A ne niettre dans ces Etablissemens que le nonibre 
 de troupes necessaire pour le maintien de la police. 
 
 V. Les colonies, coniptoirs et etablissemens qui doivent etre 
 cedes 'k Son Altesse Royale le Prince Souverain des Provinces 
 Unies des Pays-Bas, par Sa Majeste Britannique, dans les Mers 
 et sur le Continent de I'Amerique, seront remis dans les trois mois, 
 et ceux que sont au-dela du Cap de Bonne Esperance dans les 
 six mois qui suivront la ratification de la presente Convention. 
 
 VI. Les hautes Parties Contractantes, voulant mettre et faire 
 mettre dans un entier oubli les divisions qui ont agite I'Europe, 
 declarent et promettent que, dans les Pays restitues et c6des par 
 le present Traite, aucun individu, de quelque classe et condition 
 qu'il soit, ne pourra etre poursuivi, inquiete, et trouble, sous 
 aucun pr^texte, ou a cause de sa conduite ou opinion politique, 
 ou de son attachement soit a aucune des Parties Contractantes, 
 soit a des Gouvernemens qui ont cesse d'exister, ou pour toute 
 autre raison, si ce n'est pour des dettes contractees envers des 
 individus, ou pour des actes posterieurs au present Traite. 
 
 VIL Dans tous les pays qui doivent ou devront changer de 
 maitres, tant en vertu de la presente Convention que des arrange- 
 mens qui pourront etre faits en consequence, il sera accorde, aux 
 habitans naturels et etrangers, de quelque nation et condition 
 qu'ils soient, un espace de six ans d compter de I'echange des 
 ratifications, pour disposer, s'ils le jugent convenable, de leurs 
 proprietes acquises, soit avant, soit depuis la derniere guerre, et 
 de se retirer dans tel pays qu'il leur plaira de choisir. 
 
 VIIL Le Prince Souverain des Provinces Unies des Pays-Bas, 
 anime d'un vif desir de co-operer dela niani^re la plus cfficace avec 
 Sa Majeste le Roi du Royaunie Uni la Grande Bretagne et 
 d'Irlande, a I'eft'et de parvenir k I'entiere abolition de la Traite 
 des Esclaves sur la cote de I'Afrique, et ayant de Son propre 
 mouvement public un Decret en date du 15 Juin, 1814, portant 
 qu'aucun batiment ou navire quelconque destine au commerce 
 des esclaves ne sera equippc ou ne sortira d'aucun des ports ou
 
 NETHERLANDS. 36'J 
 
 tifications in the Establishments which arc to be restored to Ilim 
 within the limits of the British Sovereignty npon the Continent of 
 India, and only to place in those establishments the number of 
 troops necessary for the maintenance of the police. 
 
 V. Those colonies, factories, and establishments, which are to 
 be ceded to His Royal Highness the Prince Sovereign of the 
 United Netherlands by His Britannic Majesty, in the Seas or on 
 the Continent of America, shall be given up within three months, 
 and those which are beyond the Cape of Good Hope within 
 the six months which follow the ratification of the present Con- 
 vention. 
 
 V[. The high Contracting Parties, desirous to bury in entire 
 oblivion the dissentions which have agitated Europe, declare and 
 promise, that no individual, of whatever rank or condition he 
 may be, in the countries restored and ceded by the present Treaty, 
 shall be prosecuted, disturbed, or molested in his person or pro- 
 perty, under any pretext whatsoever, either on account of his con- 
 duct or political opinions, his attachment either to any of the 
 Contracting Parties, or to any Government which has ceased to 
 exist, or for any other reason except for debts contracted towards 
 individuals, or acts posterior to the date of the present Treaty. 
 
 Vn. The native inhabitants and aliens, of whatever nation or 
 condition they may be, in those countries which are to change 
 Sovereigns, as well in virtue of the present Convention as of the 
 subsequent arrangements to which it may give rise, shall be allowed 
 a period of six years, reckoning from the exchange of the ratifica- 
 tions, for the purpose of disposing of their property, if they think 
 fit, whether it be acquired before or during the late war, and re- 
 tiring to whatever country they may choose. 
 
 VHI. The Prince Sovereign of the United Netherlands, anxious 
 to co-operate, in the most effectual manner, with His Majesty the 
 King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, so as 
 to bring about the total abolition of the trade in slaves on the 
 coast of Africa, and having spontaneously issued a Decree dated 
 the 15th of June, 1814, wherein it is enjoined, that no ships or ves- 
 sels whatsoever, destined for the trade in slaves, be cleared out or 
 equipped in any of the harbours or places of His Dominions, nor
 
 364 PAYS-BAS. 
 
 places de Ses Etats, ou ne sera admis dans les forts ou posses- 
 sions sur la cote de Guinee, et qu'aucun habitant de ces contrees 
 ne sera vendu ou exporte conime esclave, — S'engage de plus par 
 le present Traite "A defendre a tons Ses sujets, de la mani^re la 
 plus efficace et par les lois les plus formelles, de prendre aucune 
 part quelconque a ce trafic inhumain. 
 
 IX. La presente Convention sera ratifiee, et les ratifications 
 en seront duement echangees ^ Londres dans le d61ai de trois 
 semaines, ou plutot si faire se pent. 
 
 En foi de quoi, nous Soussignes, Plenipotentiaires, en vertu de 
 nos Plein-pouvoirs respectifs, avons signe la presente Convention, 
 et y avons appose le sceau de nos armes. 
 
 Fait a Londres, le 13 Aofit, 1814. 
 
 Signe Castlereagh, (L.S.) H. Fagel, (L.S.) 
 
 ARTICLES ADDITIONNELS. 
 
 I. Afin de pourvoir d'autant mieux a la defense et a la reunion 
 des Provinces Belgiques avec la HoUande, conime aussi afin 
 d'assurer a Sa Majeste Suedoise, en conformite de I'Article Neu- 
 vieme du Traite de Paris, une compensation convenable pour les 
 Droits cedes par Elles, en vertu du dit Article, laquelle compen- 
 sation il est entendu que la Hollande sera tenue, apr^s la dite 
 reunion, de fournir conformement aux dites stipulations, les 
 hautes Parties Contractantes sont convenues par le present Ar- 
 ticle, que Sa Majeste Britannique prendra sur Elle et s'engagera a 
 defrayer les depenses suivantes : 
 
 1. Le paiement de 1,000,000 de livres sterling a la Suede, 
 pour satisfaire aux demandes susdites, et en consequence d'une 
 Convention conclue et signee a cet eft'et, ce jourd'hui, avec le 
 Plenipotentiaire de Sa Majeste Suedoise, (et de laquelle Conven- 
 tion, une copie est annex ee aux presens Articles Additionnels.)
 
 NETHERLANDS. 3(55 
 
 admitted to the forts or possessions on the coast of Guinea, and 
 that no inhabitants of that country shall be sold or exported as 
 slaves, — does moreover hereby engage to prohibit all His subjects, 
 in the most effectual manner and by the most solemn laws, from 
 taking any share whatsoever in such inhuman traffic. 
 
 IX. The present Convention shall be ratified, and the ratifica- 
 tions shall be duly exchanged at London within three weeks froni 
 the date hereof, or sooner if possible. 
 
 In witness whereof, we the undersigned Plenipotentiaries, in 
 virtue of our respective full Powers, have signed the present Con- 
 vention, and have affixed thereto the seals of our arms. 
 
 Done at London, this Ijth day of August, 1814. 
 
 Signed Castlereagh, (L.S.) H. Fagel, (L.S.) 
 
 ADDITIONAL ARTICLES. 
 
 I. In order the better to provide for the defence and incorpora- 
 tion of the Belgic Provinces with Holland, and also to provide, 
 in conformity to Article IX of the Treaty of Paris, a suitable 
 compensation for the rights ceded by His Swedish Majesty under 
 the said Article, which compensation, it is understood^ in the 
 event of the above reunion, Holland should be liable to furnish, 
 in pursuance of the above stipulations ; it is hereby agreed 
 between the high Contracting Parties, that His Britannic Ma- 
 jesty shall take upon Himself, and engage to defray the following 
 charges : 
 
 1st. The payment of i, 000,000 sterling to Sweden, in satisfac- 
 tion of the claims aforesaid, and in pursuance of a Convention 
 this day executed with His Swedish Majesty's Plenipotentiary to 
 that eft'ect, (a copy of which Convention is annexed to these 
 Additional Articles.)
 
 300 PAYS-BAS. 
 
 2. Une somme de 2,000,000 de livres sterling, destinee d etre 
 employee de concert avec le Prince Souverain des Provinces Unies 
 des Pays-Bas, et en sus d'une somme egale k fournir parce Prince 
 a augmenter et d fortifier la ligne de defense des Pays-Bas. 
 
 3. A supporter conjointement et en portion egale avec la 
 HoUande, tels frais ulterieurs qui pourront etre regies et arretes 
 d'un commun accord entre les dites hautes Parties Contractantes 
 et leurs Allies, dans le but de consolider et d'etablir finalement 
 d'une mani^re satisfaisante I'Union des Pays-Bas avec la Hol- 
 lande, sous la domination de la Maison d'Orange, la dite somme 
 X fournir par la Grande Bretagne comme Sa quote part, ne 
 devant pas exceder 5,000,000 de livres sterling. 
 
 En consideration des engagemens ci-dessus mentionnes pris 
 par Sa Majeste Britannique, le Prince Souverain des Pays-Bas 
 consent k ceder en toute Souverainete k Sa Majeste Britannique, 
 le Cap de Bonne Esperance, et les 6tablissemens de Demerary, 
 Essequibo et Berbice, d condition neanmoins que les sujets de 
 Sa dite Altesse Royale le Prince Souverain, etant proprietaires 
 dans les dites Colonies ou Etablissemens, auront la faculte (sauf 
 tels reglemens dont on conviendra ci-apr^s par une Convention 
 Supplementaire) de naviguer et de trafiquer entre les dits Eta- 
 blissemens et les Territoires du dit Prince Souverain en Eu- 
 rope. 
 
 Jjes hautes Parties Contractantes sont aussi convenues, que 
 les navires de toute espece appartenant a la HoUande, seront 
 admis librement au Cap de Bonne Esperance pour s'y procurer 
 des refraichissemens et les reparations dont ils pourraient avoir 
 besoin, sans avoir pour cela d'autres droits d payer que ceux exiges 
 de sujets Anglais. 
 
 II. Le petit district de Bernagore, situe pres de la ville de Cal- 
 cutta, 6tant necessaire pour assurer la tranquillite et la police de 
 cette ville, le Prince d'Orange consent a ceder le dit district X 
 Sa Majeste Britannique, contre le paiement annuel a Son Altesse 
 Royale, de telle somme qui, au jugement de Commissaires a 
 nommer de part et d'autre, sera trouvee juste et raisonnable en 
 egard aux profits ou revenu ordinairement pergu par le Gou- 
 vernement HoUandais dans le district en question.
 
 NETHERLANDS. 367 
 
 2dly. The advance of '2,000,000 sterling, to be applied, in con- 
 cert with the Prince Sovereign of the Netherlands, and in aid of 
 an eqnal sum to be furnished by Him towards augmenting and im- 
 proving the defences of the Low Countries. 
 
 3dly. To bear, equally with Holland, such further charges as 
 may be agreed upon between the said high Contracting Parties 
 and their Allies, towards the final and satisfactory settlement of 
 the Low Countries in union with Holland, and under the dominion 
 of the House of Orange, not exceeding, in the whole, the sum of 
 3,000,000 sterling, to be defrayed by Great Britain. 
 
 In consideration, and in satisfaction of the above engagements, 
 as taken by His Britannic Majesty, the Prince Sovereign of the 
 Netherlands agrees to cede in full Sovereignty to His Britannic 
 Majesty, the Cape of Good Hope, and the Settlements of De- 
 merara, Essequibo and Berbice, upon the condition nevertheless, 
 that the subjects of the said Sovereign Prince, being proprietors 
 in the said Colonies or Settlements, shall be at liberty (under such 
 regulations as may hereafter be agreed upon in a Supplementary 
 Convention) to carry on trade between the said Settlements and 
 the Territories in Europe of the said Sovereign Prince. 
 
 It is also agreed between the two high Contracting Parties, 
 that the ships of every kind belonging to Holland, shall have per- 
 mission to resort freely to the Cape of Good Hope for the pur- 
 poses of refreshment and repairs, without being liable to other 
 charges than such as British subjects are required to pay. 
 
 II. The small district of Bernagore, situated close to Calcutta, 
 being requisite to the due preservation of the peace and police 
 of that city, the Prince of Orange agrees to cede the said district 
 to His Britannic Majesty, upon a payment of such sum annually 
 to His Royal Highness as may be considered, by Commissioners 
 to be appointed by the respective Governments, to be just and 
 reasonable, with reference to the profits or revenue usually derived 
 by the Dutch Government from the same.
 
 36S PAYS-BAS. 
 
 III. Les piesens Articles Additionnels auront la menie force et 
 valeur que s'ils etaient inseres mot d mot dans la Convention 
 sign6e aujourd'hui. lis seront ratifies, et les Ratifications en 
 seront echangees en meme tems et lieu. 
 
 En foi de quoi, nous Soussignes Plenipotentiaires les avons 
 signes et y avons appose le Sceau de nos Armes. 
 
 Fait h Londres, le 13 AoCit, 1814. 
 
 Sign6 Castlereagh, (L.S.) H. Fagel, (L..S) 
 
 CONVENTIE tusschen Groot Britannitn en de Nederlanilen. 
 Geteekend te London, den VI den Anaustns, 1815. 
 
 In den Naara der Allerheiligste en Onverdeelbare Drieeenigheid. 
 
 Zyne Majesteit de Koning van het Vereenigd Koningryk van 
 Groot Britanni'en en lerland, en zyne Majesteit de Koning der 
 Nederlanden, beide even zeer verlangende om de eens-gezind- 
 lieid en goede verstandhouding, die zoo gelukkig tusschen de 
 beide Landen bestaat, te bevorderen en te bevestigen door het 
 in dadelyke werking brengen van dat gedeelte der bepalingen 
 van het eerste der Additioneele Artikelen van de Conventie van 
 den 13den Augustus, 1814, het welk mede brengt, dat de Onder- 
 danen van Zyne Majesteit den Koning der Nederlanden, zynde 
 Grond-Eigenaren in de Kolonien van Demerary, Essequebo en 
 Berbice, de vryheid zullen hebben om tusschen de voorsz. Eta- 
 blissementen en het Grondgebied van Hoogstgezegde Zyne Ma- 
 jesteit in Europa (onder zekere bepalingen) te handelen, hebben 
 benoemd tot Hunne Plenipotentiarissen, te weten : Zyne Maje- 
 steit de Koning van het Vereenigd Koningryk van Groot Britan- 
 ni'en en lerland, Hendrik Grave Bathurst, Lid van Hoogstgem. 
 Zyner Majesteits Geheimen-Raad, en een zyner voorname 
 Secretarissen van Staat; en Zyne Majesteit de Koning der 
 Nederlanden, den Heere Hendrik Baron Fagel, Lid van de Rid-
 
 NK'JUIEULANDS. 369 
 
 III. The present Additional Articles shall liave the same force 
 and validity as il' they were inserted word for word in the Conven- 
 tion signed this day. They shall be ratified, and the ratifications 
 shall be exchanged at the same time and place. 
 
 In witness thereof, we the nndersigned Plenipotentiaries have 
 signed, and affixed to them the seals of our arms. 
 
 Done at London, this 13th day of August, 1814. 
 
 Signed Castlekeagh, (L.S.) II. Fagel, (I..S.) 
 
 Convention beliceen Great Britain a)i(l the ISlelfio/aiKh. 
 Signed at London, the \'2th August, 1815. 
 
 Ill the Name of the Most Holy and Undivided Trinity-. 
 
 His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain 
 and Ireland, and His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, being 
 equally desirous of promoting and cementing the harmony and 
 good understanding so happily established between the two coun 
 tries, by carrying into immediate execution that part of the pro- 
 visions of the tirst Additional Article of the Convention of the 
 13th of August, IS 14, which stipulates that the subjects of His 
 Majesty the King of the Netherlands, being proprietors in the 
 Colonies of Demerara, Essequebo and Berbice, shall be at liberty 
 (under certain regulations) to carry on trade between the said 
 Settlements and the Territories in Europe of His said Majesty, 
 have nominated for their Plenipotentiaries, viz. His Majesty the 
 King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Henry 
 Earl Bathurst, a Member of His Majesty's Most Honourable 
 Privy Council, and one of His Principal Secretaries of State ; 
 and His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, the Sieur Henry 
 Baron Fagel, a Member of the Corps des Nobles of the Province 
 of Holland, and His Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipoten- 
 tiary to His Britannic Majesty: who, after having coumiunicateii 
 
 VOL. 1. B B
 
 370 NEDERLANDEX. 
 
 derschap der Provlncie van Holland, en Zyn Extraordinaris 
 Ambassadeur en Plenipotentiaris by Zyne Groot Britannische 
 Majesteit, dewelke, na zich onderling medegedeeld te hebben 
 hunne respective volmagten, in goede en behoorlyke forma bevon- 
 den zynde, overeen-gekomen zyn onitrent de volgende Artikelen: 
 
 I. De voorsz : Handel zal, gedurende den tyd van vyf jaren, 
 beginnende met den Iste January, I8l6, mogen gedreven wor- 
 den met Scheepen, zynde het Eigendom van de onderdanen van 
 Zyne Majesteit den Koning der Nederlanden, waar-ook gebouwd, 
 en zonder eenige bepaling of restrictie, voor zoo veel betreft de 
 Zeelieden die dezelve bevaren ; maar na verloop van de voorsz : 
 vyf jaren, of zoo veel vroeger als Zyne Majesteit de Koning der 
 Nederlanden het zal goedvinden, zal gem : Handel moeten 
 geschieden alleen met zoodanige Schepen in de Nederlanden ge- 
 bouwd, en waarvan de Schipper en drie vierde van de Equipagie 
 zyn onderdanen van Zyne Majesteit den Koning der Nederlanden. 
 
 n. Zyne Majesteit de Koning der Nederlanden behoudt aan 
 zich de vryheid op den invoer van Produkten uit gezegde Kolo- 
 nien in de Europische Staten van Hoogstgezegde Zyne Maje- 
 steit, en vice-versa, op den uitvoer, zodanige Regten als Hoogst- 
 dezelve zal oordeelen te behooren, te bepalen ; maar de Regten, 
 die m de Kolonien zelve geheven worden, zyn toepasselyk zoo wel 
 op den Nederlandschen, als op den Engelschen HandeL 
 
 HI. De Onderdanen van Zyne Majesteit den Koning der Ne- 
 derlanden, zynde Grondeigenaren in gezegde Kolonien, zuUen 
 de volkomene Vryheid hebben om naar gezegde Kolonien te gaan, 
 en van dezelve terug te keeren, zonder in dit opzigt aan eenig 
 uitstel of moeielykheid te zyn blootgesteld : ook Personen kun- 
 nen aanstellen, om in hunnen naam, in dien handel hunne zaken 
 te doen, of het opzigt over hunne Eigendommen aldaar te houden; 
 zullende echter dezelve, gedurende hun verblyf in de voorsz : Ko- 
 lonien, aan de Wetten en Ordonnantien aldaar onderworpen zyn. 
 Zy zullen ook volkomen vryheid hebben om over hun Eigendom, 
 op zoodanige wyze als zy geschikt zullen oordeelen,te beschikken, 
 met dien verstande nogtans, dat met opzigt tot de Negers zy 
 gehouden zullen zyn aan dezelfde bepalingen als de Britsche 
 Onderdanen. 
 
 IV. Ten einde de Eigenaren van Plantagien in voorsz : Kolo-
 
 NETHERLANDS. 371 
 
 to each other tlieir respective full Powers, found in due and 
 proper form, have agreed to the following Articles : 
 
 I. It is hereby agreed, that, for the space of five years from 
 the 1st of January, I8IO, the aforesaid trade may be carried on 
 in any ships being tlie property of subjects of His Majesty the 
 King of the Netherlands, wheresoever built, and without any re- 
 striction or limitation as to the mariners navigating them : but at 
 the expiration of the said five years, or as much sooner as His 
 Majesty the King of the Netherlands shall think proper, such 
 trade shall be carried on only in such ships as are Dutch built, 
 and whereof the master and three-fourths of the crew are the sub 
 jects of His Majesty the King of the Netherlands. 
 
 II. His Majesty the King of the Netherlands reserves to Him- 
 self the liberty of imposing such duties as He may think fit, 
 upon the importation into the European Dominions of His said 
 Majesty, of the produce of the Colonies in question ; and vice- 
 versa, with regard to exportation: but the duties to be paid 
 within the Colonies shall be applicable to the Dutch, as well as 
 to the British trade. 
 
 HI. The Subjects of His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, 
 being proprietors hi the said Colonies, shall be at perfect liberty 
 to go to the said Colonies, and to return, Mithout being subjected 
 in this respect to any delay or difficulty ; or to appoint persons 
 to act for them in the management of the said intercourse, or of 
 their properties in the said Colonies ; subject, however, during 
 their residence there, to tlie laws and regulations of the same. 
 They shall also have full liberty to dispose of their property in 
 any manner in which they may think fit : but it is understood 
 that in regard to Negroes, they are to be subject to the same 
 restrictions as British subjects. 
 
 IV. In order to protect the proprietors of estates in the said 
 
 B E 2
 
 37-2 NEDERLANDEN. 
 
 nien van de verderflyke gcvolgen, welke eene onmiddelyke executie 
 van de Hypotheeken, die zy aan de Onderdanen van zyne IMaje- 
 steit den Koning der Nederlanden mogten verschuldigd zyn, te 
 beveiligen, zoo zyn de Hooge Kontractauten voider overeengeko- 
 men, dat in alle gevallen in welke de Eigenaar van eene Plantagie 
 aan den bonder van eenige Hypotheek op dezelve Plantagie vroe- 
 ger dan den eersten January, 1814, (zoodanig Hypotheekhouder 
 zynde een Ondcrdaan van Zyne Majesteit den Koning der Neder- 
 landen) de hierna te meldene zekerheid mogt aanbieden, dezelve 
 Hypotheekhouder de vryheid niet zal hebben om tot innnediate 
 executie van gezegde Hypotheek overtegaan ; welverstaande 
 echter, dat in alle gevallen, in welke zoodanige Securiteit, door 
 den Eigenaar niet zal worden aangeboden, de Hypotheekhouder 
 alle zyne regten tot de executie, tot welke hy geregtigd is, behou- 
 den zal, De bedoelde Zekerheid moet bepalen dat de Hypo- 
 theekhouder, ten koste van den Eigenaar van de Plantagie, eene 
 nieuwe Hypotheek zal bekomen tot bet gantsche beloop van de 
 Schuld thans aan denzelven verschuldigd, daarin begrepen, zoo 
 wel dat gedeelte van de oorspronkelyke schuld het welk niet is 
 afgelost, als de intrest die daarop te goed mogt zyn, tot den Slste 
 December, 1814, ingesloten. Dat deze Zekerheid aan den Hypo- 
 theekhouder zal voorbehouden dat regt van preferentie boven 
 andere Hypotheekhouders en Schuldeisschers waartoe hy onder 
 zyne oorspronkelyke Hypotheek geregtigd was : dat het zal loopen 
 tegen eene Jaarlyksche Intrest, beginnende met den eersten 
 January, 1815, van hetzelfde beloop, en betaalbaar op dezelfde 
 vvyze, als de origineele Hypotheek medebragt : en dat het gantsche 
 beloop van de nieuwe Schuld betaalbaar zal zyn in acht jaarlyk- 
 sche termynen, de eerste van welke zal vervallen op den eersten 
 January, 1820. — Deze nieuwe Zekerheid zal mede aan den Hypo- 
 theekhouder waarborgen alle zoodanige middelen van legale 
 * voorzieninge in cas van wanbetaling van intrest, of van achterlyk 
 bly ven in het aflossen van het Kapitaal, wanneer het zal verschul- 
 digd zyn, en alle zoodanige andere voorregten en voordeelea 
 waartoe hy onder zyne thans bestaande Bypotheek geregtigd is, 
 en zal hem met opzigt tot de Schuld, voor welke de nieuwe 
 Zekerheid gegeven wordt, in denzelfden staat stellen in welke 
 hy was met bctrekkinge tot zyne oorspronkelyke vordering op de
 
 NETHERLANDS. 373 
 
 Colonies tVoin the ruinous tfVects of the immediate foreclosure of 
 mortgages clue to the subjects of His Majesty the King of the 
 Netherhuuls, it is further agreed, that in all cases in which the 
 proprietor of an estate shall ofler to the holder of any mortgage 
 on the said estate, made prior to the Jst of January, 1814 (such 
 mortgagee being a subject of His Majesty the King of the Nether- 
 lands) the security hereinafter specified, such mortgagee shall not 
 be at liberty to proceed to the immediate or summary foreclo- 
 sure of the said mortgage ; it being however understood, that iu 
 all cases in which no such security shall be offered by the pro- 
 prietor, the mortgagee shall retain all those rights as to foreclo- 
 sure, to which he is at present entitled. 
 
 The security in question must provide that the mortgagee shall 
 receive, at the expense of the proprietor of the estate, a new 
 mortgage for the whole amount of the debt now due to him, 
 including both that part of the original debt which has not been 
 discharged, and the interest which may have accrued upon it, up 
 to the 3 1 St December, 1814, inclusive. That this security shall 
 reserve to the mortgagee that priority of claim over other mort- 
 gagees and creditors to which he is entitled under his original 
 mortgage : that it shall bear an annual interest, beginning from 
 the 1st of January, 181.3, at the same rate, and payable in the 
 same manner, as that which was payable under the original mort- 
 gage ; and that the whole amount of the new debt shall be pay- 
 able by eight annual instalments, the first of which is to become 
 payable on the 1st of January, 1820. 
 
 The new security shall also afford to the mortgagee all those 
 means of legal redress, in the event of non-payment of the interest, 
 or omission to discharge the principal when due, and all those 
 other privileges and advantages to which he would be entitled 
 under his existing mortgage, and shall place him, with respect to 
 the debt for which the new security is given, in the same situa- 
 tion as he stood with respect to his original claim upon the 
 estate, excepting only in what relates to the period at which the 
 payment may be demanded, so that no later creditor shall derive, 
 from this arrangement, any power to affect the rights of the ori- 
 ginial creditor, and that no further suspension of payment (sur- 
 
 B B 3
 
 374 NEDERLANDEN. 
 
 Plantiigie, met ultzondering alleeii van het geen V>etrekkiiig lieeft 
 lot den tyd op we^ke de betaling gevorderd zal kiinnen worden, 
 ten dien effecte dat geen latere Schuldeisscher uit deze schikking 
 eenige de minste bevoegdheid zal kunnen adeiden ten nadeele der 
 Regten van den oorspronkelyken Crediteur, en dat geene verdere 
 opschorting van betaling (surchtance) bulten die, welke hierin 
 bepaald is, plaats zal kunnen hebben,zonder het speciaal consent 
 van den Crediteur. 
 
 Verder wordt bepaald, dat ten einde de Hjpotheekhouder ge- 
 regtigd zy om de Zekerheid in dit Artikel omschreven te beko- 
 men, hy verpligt zal zyn, om, zoodra de gem: Akte in de Kolonie 
 zal zyn geregistreerd, en aan den Hypotheekhouder of zyn Agent 
 in de Kolonie ter hand gesteld, (de onkosten van welke regis- 
 tratie door den Eigenaar moeten gedragen worden) overtegeven, 
 ten fine van royeeringe, de Akten van Hypotheeken of Schuldver- 
 bindtenissen hem oorspronkelyk ter hand gesteld, of een legaal 
 bewys overteleggen dat die Akten van Hypotheek of Schuld- 
 verbindtenissen, behoorlyk zyn geroyeerd, en niet verder van 
 eenige waarde of kragt zyn. 
 
 Wordende verder wel expresselyk bepaald, dat, met uitzondering 
 van de wyzingen in dit Artikel gespecificeerd, de Regten van de 
 Hypotheekhouders of Schuldeischers zullen blyven in hun geheel. 
 
 V. Alle Nederlandsche Eigenaren, die als zodanig by deze 
 Conventie erkend Morden, zullen bevoegd zyn om hunne Plan- 
 tagien uit de Nederlanden van de gewoone benodigdheden te 
 voorzien ; en, in retour, naar de Nederlanden te mogen uitvoeren 
 de Produkten van voorsz : Plantagien : maar zal alle andere invoer 
 van goederen uit de Nederlanden in de Kolonien, of uitvoer van 
 Produkten uit de Kolonien naar de Nederlanden, striktelyk ver- 
 boden zyn ; en wordt verder bepaald dat geen uitvoer van eenig 
 Artikel, het welk het mogt verboden zyn uit de Britsche Stateu 
 derwaards te voeren, uit de Nederlanden derwaards zal mogen 
 geschieden. 
 
 VI. Door Hollandsche Eigenaren moeten verstaan worden: 
 Vooreerst : Alle Onderdanen van Zyne Majesteit den Koning der 
 Nederlanden in Hoogstdeszelfs Europische Staten wonende, en 
 Jlans Grondeigenaren in de voorsz : Kolonien zyndc. 
 
 Ten t\v€ede : — Alle Onderdanen van Hoog.^tgcz : Zyn« Majes-
 
 NETHERLANDS. 375 
 
 cMance) beyond that herein agreed upon, shall take place without 
 the original creditor's especial consent. 
 
 It is farther agreed, that in order to entitle the mortgagee to 
 receive the security specified in this Article, he shall, as soon as 
 the said security is duly recorded in the said Colony and delivered 
 to the mortgagee or his agent, in the Colony (the expenses of 
 such record being defrayed by the proprietors), deliver up to be 
 cancelled the mortgages or bonds originally granted to him, or 
 exhibit legal proof that the said mortgages and bonds have been 
 <luly cancelled, and are no longer of any valive. 
 
 It is further expressly agreed, that, with the exceptions of the 
 modifications specified in this Article, the rights of mortgagees 
 and creditors shall remain intact. 
 
 V. It is agreed that all Dutch proprietors, acknowledged to be 
 such by the present Convention, shall be entitled to supply their 
 estates from the Netherlands with the usual articles of supply ; 
 and in return, to export to the Netherlands the produce of the 
 said estates ; but that all other importation of goods from the 
 Netherlands into the Colonies, or export of produce from the 
 Colonies to the Netherlands, shall be strictly prohibited ; and it 
 is further agreed, that the exportation of all such articles as may 
 be prohibited to be exported to those Colonies from the British 
 dominions, shall be also prohibited to be exported from the Ne- 
 therlands. 
 
 VI. By Dutch proprietors are to be understood: — 
 
 First, All subjects of His Majesty the King of the Nether- 
 lands resident in His said Majesty's European dominions, who 
 are at present proprietors in the said Colonies. 
 
 Secondly, All subjects of His said Majesty who may hereafter 
 
 B b4
 
 375 NEDERLAMDEN. 
 
 teit die in vervolg van tyd mogten geraken in het bezil tltr IMan- 
 tagien thans aan Hollandsche Eigenaren in dezelve behoorende. 
 
 Ten Derde : — AUe zoodanige Grond Eigenaren, die, in de 
 gez: Kolonien thans wonende, in de Nederlanden geboren zyn, en 
 in conformiteit van Artlkel 8 van deze Conventie mogten ver- 
 klaren als Nederlandsche Eigenaren by voortdnring te willen 
 bijven geconsidereerd ; en 
 
 TenVierde: — Alle Onderdanen van Hoogstgez: Zyne Majes- 
 teit, die mogten zyn bonders van Hypotheeken op Pkmtagien in 
 gez : Kolonien, voor de dagteekening van deze Conventie gevestigd, 
 en die, volgens hunne Akte van Hypotheek, het Regt bezitten cm 
 de Produkten van gezegde Plantagien naar de Nederlanden uitte- 
 voeren, onder de restrictie echter in Artikel 9 bepaald. 
 
 VII. In alle gevallen in welke het regt van voorziening van 
 gehypothekeerde Plantagien met behoeften, en het regt van uit- 
 voer van Produkten van dezelve naar Nederland, niet dadelyk aan 
 den Hypotheekhouder vcrzekerd is, zal het dezen vergund zyn 
 om alleen nit de Kolonie zoodanige quantiteit van Produkten uit- 
 tevoeren als genoegzaam zal zyn om, gerekend na de Prys-Cou- 
 rant in de Kolonie, het beloop van de Interessen of Kapitaal 
 jaarlyks aan hem verschuldigd te betalen, en daar en tegen, in 
 dezelfde evenredigheid, Artikelen van benodigheden in de Kolo- 
 nie iritevoeren. 
 
 VIIT. Alle Eigenaren, onderdanen zynde van Zyne Majesteit 
 den Koning der Nederlanden, thans in dezelve Kolonien woon- 
 achtig, zuUen verpligt zyn, ten einde tot de voordeelen van deze 
 Conventie geregtigd te zyn, binnen drie Maanden na de Publi- 
 catie van dien in de voorsz : Kolonien, te verklaren of zy genegen 
 zyn als zoodanig by voortduring te worden aangemerkt. 
 
 IX. In alle de gevallen in welke beide Nederlandsche en 
 Engelsche Onderdanen op dezelfde Plantagie in de voorsz : Kolo- 
 nien Hypotheek hebben, zal de hoeveelheid van Produkten, die 
 aan de Onderscheide Hypotheekhouders moet worden gecon- 
 signeerd, zyn in evenredigheid van het beloop van de Schuld 
 aan elk respectivelyk verschuldigd. 
 
 X. Ten einde de bepalingen van de tegenswoordige Con- 
 ventie des te gemaklyker in werking tc brengen en te houden, 
 wordt bepaald, dat elk jaar, op order van den Koning der Neder-
 
 NETHERLANDS. .-577 
 
 become possessed of estates now belonging to Dutch Proprie- 
 tors therein. 
 
 Thirdly, All such proprietors as, being now resident in the 
 above Colonies, and being natives of the Netherlands, may (by 
 virtue of Article 8 of the present Convention) declare that they 
 wish to continue to be considered as such ; and 
 
 Fourthly, All subjects of His said Majesty who may be the 
 holders of mortgages on estates in the said Colonies, made prior 
 to the date of this Convention, and who may, under their mort- 
 gage deeds, have the rigiit of exporting from the said Colonies to 
 the Netherlands, the produce of the said estates ; subject, never- 
 theless, to the restrictions specified in Article <)• 
 
 VII. In all cases where the right of supplying the mortgaged 
 estate with articles of supply, and exporting produce from it to 
 the Netherlands, is not actually secured to the mortgagee by the 
 mortgage deed, the mortgagee shall be allowed to export from 
 the Colony only such quantity of produce as will be sufficient, 
 when estimated at the current prices of the Colony, to pay the 
 amount of interest or principal annually due to him and to import 
 into the Colony articles of supply in the same proportion. 
 
 VIII. All proprietors, subjects to His Majesty the King of the 
 Netherlands, now residing in the above Colonies, must, in order 
 to entitle themselves to the benefits of this Convention, declare, 
 within three months after the publication of this Convention in 
 the said Colonies, whether they wish to be considered as such. 
 
 IX. In all cases where both Dutch and British subjects have 
 mortgages upon the same property in the said Colonies, the 
 quantity of produce to be consigned to the different mortgagees, 
 shall be in proportion to the amount of the debts respectively 
 due to them. 
 
 X. In order more easily to carry into effect, and the better 
 to ensure the execution of the provisions of this Convention, it is 
 agreed, that exact and specific lists shall be made out every year.
 
 378 NEDERLANDEN. 
 
 landen, naauwkeurige en specifieke Lysten zuUen worden opge- 
 maakt, bevattende de nanien en woonplaatsen der Eigenaren in 
 de Nederlanden resideerende ; te gelyk met de namen en beschry- 
 vingen van de Plantagien hun respectivelyk toebehoorende, met 
 by voeging, of de laatstgem : zy eene Suiker of eenige andere Plan- 
 tagie, en of de eerstgem : voor het geheel, dan voor een gedeelte, 
 Eigenaars der Plantagie zyn: soortgelyke Lysten zullen ook 
 worden opgemaakt van de Hypotheeken op de Plantagien geves- 
 tigd, in zoo verre die Hypotheeken in het bezit van Nederlandsche 
 Onderdanen zyn ; specificeerende het bedragen van de schuld op 
 Hypotheek, zoo als die thans bestaat, of zoo als die ait kragte 
 van Artikel 4 zal worden bepaald. 
 
 Deze Lysten zullen aan het Britsch Gouvernement worden ter 
 hand gesteld, en naar de meergem : Kolonien worden gezonden, 
 ten einde, met byvoeging van de Lyst der Nederlandsche Eige- 
 naren in de voorsz : Kolonien wonende, te kunnen dienen tot 
 bepaling van het gantsche bedragen van de Nederlandsclie Popu- 
 latie en Eigendom of interest in de voorsz : Kolonien. 
 
 Xr. Zyne Majesteit de Koning der Nederlanden aan Zyne 
 Groot-Britannische Majesteit voorgesteld hebbende, dat de Ne- 
 derlandsche Kooplieden en Actie-houders (bekend onder den 
 Naam van de Societeit van de Berbice) eene rechtmatige aan- 
 spraak hebben op zekere Plantagien voormaals door dezelve in 
 de Kolonie de Berbice aangelegd, uit het bezit van dewelke zy 
 door de revolutionaire Regering in Holland gezetwaren, en welke 
 by de laatste inname van de gem : Kolonie door de Wapenen 
 van Zyne Groot-Britannische Majesteit zyn aangezien geworden 
 als Gouvemements Eigendom, zoo verbindt zich Zyne Groot- 
 Britannische Majesteit aan de gem : Societeit van de Berbice, 
 binnen den tyd van zes Maanden na de uitwisseling der Ratifica- 
 tien van de tegenswoordige Conventie, te restitueeren de Plan- 
 tagien, Dageraad, Dankbaarheid, Johanna, en Sandioort, met 
 derzelver Negers en verder Toebehoren, tegenswoordig op 
 dezelve dadelyk gebruikt wordende, en zulks in volkomen ver- 
 goeding en voldoening van alle pretentien, welke gem : Societeit 
 zoude mogen hebben, of sustineeren te hebben, ten lasten van Zyne 
 Groot-Britannische Majesteit ofte Hoogstdeszelfs Onderdanen, 
 uit hoofde van eenigenEigendom voormaals aan meergem : Socie- 
 teit in de Kolonie de Berbice toebehoord hebbende.
 
 NETHERLANDS. 37<J 
 
 hj Older of the King of the Netherlands, containing the names 
 and places of abode of the proprietors resident in the Nether- 
 lands, together with the name and description of the estate be- 
 longing to them respectively, specifying whether the same be a 
 sugar or other plantation, and whether the whole or any part of 
 the estate belong to the proprietor in question : similar lists shall 
 also be made out of the existing mortgages on estates, in as far 
 as these mortgages are held by Dutch subjects, specifying the 
 amount of the debt on mortgage, either actually existing, or to be 
 made out by virtue of the provisions of Article 4. 
 
 These lists shall be delivered over to the British Government, 
 and shall be sent to the Colonies in question, in order to make 
 out from them, in conjunction with a list of the Dutch proprie- 
 tors resident in the said Colonies, the whole amount of the Dutch 
 population and property or interest in the said Colonies. 
 
 XI. His Majesty the King of the Netherlands having repre- 
 sented to His Britannic Majesty that the Company of Dutch 
 Merchants and others (styling themselves the Berbice Association), 
 have a just claim to certain estates formerly settled by them in 
 the Colony of Berbice, of which they were dispossessed by the 
 Revolutionary Government of Holland, and which, on the cap- 
 ture of the said Colony by his Britannic Majesty, were considered 
 as Government property; His Britannic Majesty engages to 
 restore to the said Berbice Association, within six months after 
 the exchange of the ratifications of the present Convention, the 
 estates of Dageraad, Dankbaarrheid, Johanna, and Sandvoort, 
 together with all the negroes and stock now actually employed 
 upon the same ; such restoration to be in full compensation and 
 satisfaction of all claims which the said Association may have, 
 or may pretend to have, against His Britannic Majesty or His 
 subjects, on account of any property heretofore belonging to them 
 in the Colony of Berbice.
 
 380 NEDERLANDEN. 
 
 XII. Alle questieu die tusschen byzondere Personen, betrek- 
 kelyk de Eigendoms- Regten, in de bepaling van deze tegenswoor- 
 dige Conventie vallende, mogten ontstaan, zullen door den 
 bevoegden Regter volgens de Wetten, in de voorsz : Kolonien in 
 kracht, worden beslist. 
 
 XIII. Zyne Britsche Majesteit neemt aan, cm, in alle geval- 
 len waarin de Regten en belangens van de Nederlandsche Eige- 
 naren betrokken zyn, met de uiterste billykheid en onparty- 
 digheid te werk te gaan. 
 
 XIV. De beide Hooge Contracteerende Partyen behouden 
 aan zich de magt om in het vervolg zoodanige modificatien in 
 deze tegenswoordige Conventie te maken, als de ondervinding 
 mogt doen zien dat voor de belangens van beide mogten te ver- 
 langen zyn. 
 
 XV. Eindelyk wordt bepaald, dat de Stipulatien van deze 
 Conventie van kragt zullen zyn van den dag der uitwisseling van 
 de Ratificatien van dien. 
 
 XVI. De tegenswoordige Conventie zal worden geratificeerd,. 
 en de Ratificatien van dien worden uitgewisseld te London, binnen 
 drie Weeken na de Dagteekening derzelver, of eerder indien mo- 
 
 Ten Oirkonde dezer hebben de respective Plenipotentiarissen 
 deze geteekend, en met het Cachet hunner Wapens voorzien. 
 
 Aldus gedaan te London, den 12den Augustus, 1815. 
 Was geteekend Bathuust, (L.S.) H. Fag el, (L.S.) 
 
 TRAITE entre la Grande Bretagne et les Pays-Bus. Sigiie a 
 la Hai/e, le 4 Mai, 1818. 
 
 Au Nom de la Tres-Sainte Trinite. 
 Sa Majeste le Roi du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et 
 d'lrlande, et Sa Majeste le Roi des Pays-Bas, animees d'un desir 
 mutuel d'adopter les mesures les plus efficaces pour empecher le 
 Commerce des Esclaves par leurs sujets, et prevenir que d'autres 
 Nations qui s'y trouvent engagees ne se servent de leurs pavilions 
 respectifs pour proteger cet odicux trafic j leurs dites Majestes
 
 NETHERLANDS. 581 
 
 XII. All questions of a private nature, relating to such pro- 
 perty as conies within the operation of this Convention, shall be 
 decided by competent judicial authority, according to the laws 
 in force in the said Colonies. 
 
 XIII. His Britannic Majesty engages, that the utmost fairness 
 and impartiality shall be shewn in all matters affecting the rights 
 and interests of Dutch proprietors. 
 
 XIV. The two high Contracting Parties reserve to themselves 
 the power of making such future moditications in the present 
 Convention, as experience may point out to be desirable for the 
 interest of both. ' 
 
 XV. Lastly, it is agreed, that the provisions of this Conven- 
 tion shall be in force from the date of the exchange of the ratifi- 
 cations. 
 
 XVI. The present Convention shall be ratified, and the ratifi- 
 cations thereof shall be exchanged in London, within three weeks 
 from the date hereof, or sooner, if possible. 
 
 In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed 
 it, and affixed thereunto the seal of their arms. 
 
 Done at London, the 12th of August, 1815. 
 Signed Bathurst, (L.S.) H. Fagel, (L.S.) 
 
 TREATY between Great Britain and the Netherlands. Signed 
 at the Hague, May 4th 1818. 
 
 In the Name of the Most Holy Trinity. 
 His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain 
 and Ireland, and His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, 
 animated with a mutual desire to adopt the most effectual 
 measures for putting a stop to the carrying on of the Slave Trade 
 by their respective subjects, and for preventing their respective 
 flags from being made use of as a protection to this nefarious
 
 382 PAYS-BAS. 
 
 out r^solu de proc^der ^ la conclusion d'un Traite pour atteindre 
 ce double but et ont nomme ^ cette fin leurs Plenipotentiaires, 
 ad hoc, savoir : 
 
 Sa Majeste le Roi du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et 
 d'Irlande, le Tr^s-Honorable Richard Conite de Clancavtv, Vi- 
 conite Dunlo, Baron Kilconnel, Baron Trench de Garbally, du 
 Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et de I'lrlande, Conseiller 
 en Son Conseil Prive de la Grande Bretagne et de I'lrlande, 
 Membre du Comite du Premier pour les Affaires de Commerce 
 et des Colonies, Colonel du Regiment de Milice du Comte de 
 Galway, Chevalier Grand Croix du Tres-Honorable Ordre du 
 Bain, Son Ambassadeur Extraordinaire et Plenlpotentiaire aupres 
 de Sa Majeste le Roi des Pays-Bas, Grand Due de Luxem- 
 bourg ; et Sa Majeste le Roi des Pays-Bas, le Sieur Anne Wil- 
 lem Carel Baron de Nagell d'Ampsen, Membre du Corps des 
 Nobles de la Province de Gueldre, Grand Croix des Ordres du 
 Lion Belgique et de Charles IIL, Son Cliambellan et Ministre 
 d'Etat ayant le Departement des Affaires Etrangeres; et le Sieur 
 Conielis Felix van Maanen, Commandeur de I'Ordre du Lion 
 Belgique, Son Ministre d'Etat ayant le Departement de la Jus- 
 tice ; lesquels, apres avoir ^change leurs Pleins-pouvoirs, trouves 
 en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des Articles suivans : 
 
 I. Les lois du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et de I'lr- 
 lande, assujettissant deja d de tres-graves peines, les sujets de Sa 
 Majeste Britannique, qui font la Traite des Negres ou qui y 
 seront concernes d'une maniere quelconque, Sa Majeste le Roi 
 des Pays-Bas, se referant a I'Article VIII de la Convention con- 
 clue avec Sa Majeste Britannique, le 13 Ao(it, 1814, s'engage en 
 consequence a defendre, dans le terme de huit mois apres la rati- 
 fication des presentes, ou plutot si faire se pourra, a tons Ses 
 sujets, de la maniere la plus efficace, et specialement par les lois 
 penales les plus formelles, de prendre aucune part quelconque a 
 la Traite des Negres. Au cas que les mesures repressives contre 
 la Traite des Negres, dejd prises par le Gouvernement de la 
 Grande Bretagne, et d prendre par celui des Pays-Bas, fussent
 
 NETHERLANDS. 383 
 
 traffic, by the people of other countries who may engage therein ; 
 their said Majesties have accordingly resolved to proceed to the 
 arrangement of a Convention for the attainment of their objects, 
 and have therefore named as Plenipotentiaries, ad hoc. 
 
 His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain 
 and Ireland, the Kight Honourable Richard Earl of Clancarty, 
 Viscount Dunlo, Baron Kilconnel, Baron Trench of Garbally, 
 in the United Kingdom of Great Britahi and Ireland, one of Hi* 
 Majesty's Most Honourable Privy Council in Great Britain and 
 also in Ireland, Member of the Committee of the first for the 
 affairs of Commerce and Colonies, Colonel of the Regiment of 
 Militia of the County of Galway, Knight Grand Cross of the 
 Most Honourable Order of the Bath, Ambassador Extraordinary 
 and Plenipotentiary of His said Majesty to His Majesty the 
 King of the Netherlands, Grand Duke of Luxemburg ; and His 
 Majesty the King of the Netherlands, Anne William Charles 
 Baron de Nagell d'Ampsen, Member of the Body of Nobles of 
 the Province of Guelderland, Knight Grand Cross of the Order 
 of the Belgic Lion and of that of Charles the Third, Chamber- 
 lain and Minister of State, holding the Department of Foreign 
 Affairs ; and Cornelius Felix van Maanen, Commander of the 
 Order of the Belgic Lion, and Minister of State, holding the 
 Department of Justice; who, having exchanged their full Powers, 
 found in good and due form, have agreed ou the following 
 Articles : 
 
 I. The laws of the United Kingdom of Great Britahi and Ire- 
 land rendering it already highly penal for the subjects of His 
 Britannic Majesty to carry on, or to be in any way engaged in 
 trade in Slaves, His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, refer- 
 ring to the 8th Article of the Convention entered into with His 
 Britannic Majesty on the 13th August 1814, engages in pursuance 
 thereof, and within eight months from the ratification of these 
 presents, or sooner if possible, to prohibit all His subjects, in the 
 most effectual manner, and especially by penal law the most 
 formal, to take any part whatever in the Trade of Slaves ; and in 
 the event of the measures already taken by the British Govern- 
 ment, and to be taken by that of the Netherlands, being found 
 ineffectual or insufficient, the high Contracting Parties mutually
 
 384 PAYS-BAS. 
 
 trouvees iuefficaces ou insuffisantes, les hautes Parties Coiitrac- 
 tantes s'engagent d y pourvoir par de nouvelles mesures legisla- 
 tives ou reglementaires les plus propres v\ atteindre le but qu'elles 
 se proposent par le present Traite. 
 
 II. Afin d'atteindre plus complettement le but de preveiiir 
 tout Commerce d'Esclaves de la part de leurs sujets respectifs, 
 les deux hautes Parties Contractantes consentent mutuellement A 
 ce que les vaisseaux de leurs Marines Royales qui seront munis 
 d'Instructions speciales d cet effet, telles qu'on les trouve men- 
 tionnees ci-apr^s, pourront visiter tels navires niarchands des 
 deux nations, qui sur des presomptions raisonnables, seraient sus- 
 pects d'avoir des Esclaves a bord, destines pour un commerce 
 illicite, et dans le cas seulement qu'ils trouveraient de pareils 
 Esclaves a bord, ils pourront arreter et amener les navires, afin 
 d'etre mis en jugement par devant les tribunaux etablis pour cet 
 objet, ainsi qu'il sera specific plus bas. 
 
 III. Afin d'expliquer le mode d'execution de 1' Article prece- 
 dent, il est convenu : 
 
 1. Que ce droit reciproque de visitation et d'arrestation ne 
 saurait etre exerce dans la Mer Mediterranee, ni dans les Mers 
 Europeennes, situees hors du detroit de Gibraltar, au Nord de la 
 o7me paralelle de latitude septentrionale et a I'Est du meridieii 
 de longitude, au 20me degre a I'Ouest de Greenwich. 
 
 2. Que les noms des differens vaisseaux, munis de pareilles 
 Instructions, leurs forces respectives et les noms des Coniman- 
 dans, seront communiques de terns en tems et a mesure de la 
 delivrance d'icelles, par la Puissance, qui en fait I'expedition A 
 I'autre haute Partie Contractante. 
 
 3. Que le nombre des vaisseaux de chacune des Marines 
 Royales autorises d executer la visitation susdite ne pourra exce- 
 der le nombre de douze, appartenant 'k chacune des hautes Par- 
 ties Contractantes, sans le consentement expres de I'autre Puis- 
 sance, prealablement obtenu. 
 
 4. Pour le cas, on il serait juge necessaire, qu'un vaisseau de 
 la Marine Royale de I'une ou de I'autre des deux hautes Parties 
 Contractantes, ii ce autoris6 proc6dat it visiter im ou plusieurs
 
 NETHERLANDS. 385 
 
 engage to adopt such further measures, whether by legal provi- 
 sion or otherwise, as may from time to time appear to be best 
 calculated, in the most effectual manner, to prevent all their 
 respective subjects from taking any share whatever in this 
 nefarious traffic. 
 
 II. The two high Contracting Parties, for the more complete 
 attainment of the object of preventing all traffic in Slaves, on the 
 part of their respective subjects, mutually consent that the ships 
 of their Royal Navies, which shall be provided with special In- 
 structions for this purpose, as herein-after mentioned, may visit 
 such merchant vessels of the two nations, as may be suspected, 
 upon reasonable grounds, of having Slaves on board for an illicit 
 traffic ; and in the event only of their finding such Slaves on 
 board, may detain and bring away such vessels, in order that they 
 may be brought to trial before the tribunals established for this 
 purpose, as shall hereinafter be specified. 
 
 III. In the intention of explaining the mode of execution of 
 the preceding Article it is agreed ; 
 
 1st. That such reciprocal right of visit and detention shall not 
 be exercised within the Mediterranean Sea, or within the Seas in 
 Europe lying without the Straits of Gibraltar, and which lie to 
 the northward of the thirty-seventh parallel of north latitude, and 
 also within, and to the eastward of the meridian of longitude 
 twenty degrees west of Greenwich. 
 
 2d. That the names of the several vessels furnished with such 
 Instructions, the force of each, and the names of their several 
 Commanders shall be, from time to time, immediately upon their 
 issue, communicated by the Power issuing the same to the other 
 high Contracting Party. 
 
 "d. That the number of ships of each of the Royal Navies 
 authorized to make such visit as aforesaid, shall not exceed the 
 number of twelve, belonging to either of the high Contracting 
 Parties, without the special consent of the other high Contracting 
 Party being first had and obtained. 
 
 4th. That if at any time it should be deemed expedient that 
 any ship of the Royal Navy of either of the two high Contracting ' 
 Parties, authorized to make such visit as aforesaid, should proceed^ 
 VOL. I. c c
 
 386 PAYS-BAS. 
 
 navires marchands sous le pavilion, et sous le convoi d'un ou de 
 plusieurs vaisseaux de la Marine Royale de I'autre haute Partie 
 Contractante, I'Officier Commandant du vaisseau duement auto- 
 rise et commissionne i^ faire pareille visitation, y procedera con- 
 jointement avec I'Otiicier, qui commande le convoi, lequel accor- 
 dera toute facilite a pareille visite et a la detention eventuelle des 
 vaisseaux marchands ainsi visites, et contribuera de tout son pou- 
 voir a I'execution de la presente Convention, conformement d sou 
 intention et son motif. 
 
 5. II est aussi convenu, que les Commandans des vaisseaux 
 des deux Marines Royales qui seront employes ^ ce service 
 devront s'en tenir strictement a I'exacte teneur des Instructions, 
 qu'ils recevront 'X cet efFet. 
 
 IV. Les deux Articles precedens etant eutierement reciproques 
 les deux hautes Parties Contractantes s'engagent mutuellement k 
 indemniser leurs sujets respectifs de toutes les pertes, qu'ils pour- 
 ront essuyer injustement par la detention illegale et arbitraire de 
 leurs vaisseaux ; il est entendu que cette indemnisation sera inva- 
 riablement a la charge du Gouvernement dont les croiseurs se 
 seront rendus coupables de la detention arbitraire, et que la visi- 
 tation et la detention des navires designes dans ces Articles ne 
 sauraient etre effectuees que par ceux d'entre les vaisseaux des 
 Pays-Bas et Britanniques, qui, non-seulement font partie des 
 deux Marines Royales, mais qui seront munis des Instructions 
 speciales annexees au present Traite, et en se conformant aux 
 dispositions d'icelles. 
 
 V. Nul croiseur des Pays-Bas ou Britannique ne pourra dete- 
 nir un navire quelconque, s'il n'a pas actuellement des Esclaves 
 d bord, et afin de rendre legale la detention d'un batiment, soit 
 des Pays-Bas ou Britannique, les Esclaves trouves a bord d'un 
 pareil navire doivent y avoir et6 conduits dans le dessem expres 
 d'en faire trafic. 
 
 VI. Les vaisseaux de la Marine Royale des deux nations, qui 
 par la suite seront destines d pr6venir le Commerce des Esclaves, 
 seront munis par leur Gouvernement respectif. d'une copie des 
 Instructions annexees au present Traite et duquel elles seront 
 considerees comme faisant partie integrante.
 
 NETHERLANDS. 387 
 
 to visit any merchant ship or ships under the flag, and proceeding 
 under the convoy of any vessel or vessels of the Royal Navy of 
 the other high Contracting Party, that the Commanding Officer 
 of the ship duly authorized and instructed to make such visit, 
 shall proceed to effect the same in communication with the 
 Commanding Officer of the convoy, who, it is hereby agreed, 
 shall give every facility to such visit, and to the eventual detainer 
 of the merchant ship or ships so visited, and in all things assist to 
 the utmost of his power in the due execution of the present 
 Convention, according to the true intent and meaning thereof. 
 
 5th. It is further mutually agreed, that the Commanders of the 
 ships of the two Royal Navies, M'ho shall be employed on this ser- 
 vice, shall adhere strictly to the exact tenor of the Instructions 
 which they shall receive for this purpose. 
 
 IV. As the two preceding Articles are entirely reciprocal, the 
 two high Contracting Parties engage mutually to make good any 
 losses which their respective subjects may incur unjustly, by the 
 arbitrary and illegal detention of their vessels ; it being under- 
 stood that this indemnity shall invariably be borne by the Govern- 
 ment whose cruizer shall have been guilty of the arbitrary deten- 
 tion ; and that the visit and detention of ships specified in this 
 Article shall only be effected by those British or Netherland 
 vessels which may form part of the two Royal Navies, and by 
 those only of such vessels which are provided with the special 
 Instructions annexed to the present Treaty, in pursuance of the 
 provisions thereof. 
 
 V. No British or Netherland cruizer shall detain any ship what- 
 ever not having Slaves actually on board ; and in order to render 
 lawful the detention of any ship, whether British or Netherland, 
 the Slaves found on board such vessel must have been brought 
 there for the express purpose of the traffic. 
 
 VI. All ships of the Royal Navies of the two nations, which shall 
 hereafter be destined to prevent the traffic in Slaves, shall be 
 furnished by their respective Governments with a copy of the 
 Instructions annexed to the present Treaty, and which shall be 
 considered as an integral part thereof. 
 
 c c 2
 
 S88 PAYS-BAS. 
 
 Ces Instructions seront en Hollandais et en Anglais, et signees 
 pour les vaisseaux dc chacune des deux Puissances, par les Mi- 
 nistres de leurs ^larine respective. 
 
 Les deux liautes Parties Contractantes se rcservent la faculte 
 d'alterer les dites Instructions, soit en tout, soit en partie, d'apres 
 les circonstances. Bien entendu cependant, que les dites altera- 
 tions ne pourront se faire que d'un accord mutuel et du consente- 
 raent des deux Parties Contractantes. 
 
 VII. Afin d'amener en jugement avec le moins de delai et d'in- 
 conveniens les navires qui seront detenus pour etre engages dans 
 le commerce des Esclaves, aux termes de I'Article V du present 
 Traite, il sera etabli, dans I'espace d'un an au plus tard, h dater 
 de Techange des ratifications du present Traite, deux Cours de 
 Justice mixtes, composees d'un nombre egal d'individus des 
 deux nations nommes a cet efFet par leurs Souverains respectifs. 
 
 Ces Cours resideront, I'une dans une possession appartenant d 
 Sa Majeste le Roi des Pays-Bas, et I'autre sur le territoire de Sa 
 Majeste Britannique : les deux Gouvernemens, d I'epoque de 
 I'echange des ratifications du present Traite declareront, chacun 
 pour ses propres domaines, en quels endroits les Cours reside- 
 ront. Cliacune des deux hautes Parties Contractantes se reser- 
 vant de changer, selon que bon lui semblera, le lieu de la resi- 
 dence de la Cour etablie dans ses propres Domaines. Pourvu 
 neanmoins que I'une des deux Cours soit toujours tenue dans une 
 des possessions Coloniales de Sa Majeste le Roi des Pays-Bas 
 et I'autre sur la cote d'Afi-ique. 
 
 Ces Cours jugeront sans appel les Causes qui leur seront sou- 
 mises aux termes du present Traite et conformement aux Regle- 
 mens et Instructions y annexees, duquel ils seront considerees 
 comme partie integrante. 
 
 VIII. Dans le cas ou les Ofiiciers Commandans des vaisseaux 
 des Marines Royales des Pays-Bas et Britannique commissionnes 
 aux termes de I'Article Second s'ecarteraient des dispositions du 
 present Traite de quelque maniere que ce fut, et qu'il ne seraient 
 pas en 6tat de justifier, soit par la teneur du Trait6 meme, soit par 
 celle des Instructions y annexees ; le Gouvernement qui se croira
 
 NETHEllLANDS. S89 
 
 These Instructions shall be Avritten in the Dutch and English 
 languages, and signed for the vessels of each of the two Powers, 
 by the Minister of their respective marine. 
 
 The two high Contracting Parties reserve the faculty of altering 
 the saidwj^structions, in whole or in part, according to circum- 
 stances ; it being, however, well understood, that the said altera- 
 tions cannot take place but by the common agreement, and by 
 the consent of the two high Contracting Parties. 
 
 VII. In order to bring to adjudication, with the least delay and 
 inconvenience, the vessels which may be detained for having been 
 engaged in a traffic 9'f Slaves, according to the tenor of the Fifth 
 Article of this Treaty, there shall be established, within the space 
 of a year at furtli^st from the exchange of the ratifications of the 
 present Treaty, two mixed Courts of Justice, formed of an equal 
 number of individuals of the two nations, named for this purpose 
 by their resu^ctive Sovereigns. 
 
 These Ctiurts shall reside — one in a possession belonging to 
 His Britannic Majesty, the other M'ithin the territories of His 
 Majesty the King of the Netherlands ; and the two Governments, 
 at the period of the exchange of the ratifications of the present 
 Treaty, shall declare, each for its own dominions, in what places 
 the Courts shall respectively reside. Each of the two high Con- 
 tracting Parties reserving to itself the right of changing, at its 
 pleasuie, the place of residence of the Court held within its own 
 dominions ; provided, however, that one of the two Courts shall 
 always .|)e held upon the coast of Africa, and the other in one of 
 the colonial possessions of His Majesty the King of the Nether- 
 lands. 
 
 These Courts shall judge the Causes submitted to them accord- 
 ing to the terms of the present Treaty, without appeal, and 
 according to the Regulations and Instructions annexed to the pre- 
 sent Treaty, of which they shall be considered as an integral part. 
 
 VIII. In case the Commanding Officer of any of the ships of 
 the Royal Navies of Great Britain, and of the Netherlands, com- 
 missioned under the Second Article of this Treaty, shall deviate 
 in any respect from the dispositions of the said Treaty, and shall 
 not be enabled to justify himself, either by the tenor of the said 
 Treaty, or of the Instructions annexed to it; the Government which 
 
 c c 3
 
 390 PAYS-BAS. 
 
 lese par une telle conduite aura droit de demander reparation et en 
 tel cas le Gouvernement auquel les dits Officiers Commandans 
 apparticndront, s'oblige a faire instituer des enquetes au sujet de 
 la plainte et a infliger, lors qu'elle sera troiivee fondee, une puni- 
 tion proportionnee a la transgression commise. 
 
 IX. Les Actes ou Instrumens annexes au present Traite, et 
 qui en forment partie integrante, sont les suivans : 
 
 a. Les Instructions pour les vaisseaux des Marines Royales 
 des deux nations, destines a prevenir le Commerce des Esclaves. 
 
 b. Les Reglemens pour les Cours de Justice mixtes, qui 
 siegeront dans une des possessions Coloniales de Sa Majest6 le 
 Roi des Pays-Bas et sur la cote d'Afrique. 
 
 X. Le present Trait6 consistant en dix Articles sera ratifie et 
 les ratifications echangees dans I'espace d'un mois ou plutot si 
 faire se pent. 
 
 En foi de quoi les Plenipotentiaires respectifs I'ont signes et y 
 ont appose le cachet de leurs armes. 
 
 Fait ^ la Haye, le 4 Mai, Tan de Gr^ce, IS 18. 
 
 Sign6 Clancarty, (L.S.) A. W.C. de Nagell, (L.S.) 
 
 Van Maanen, (L.S.) 
 
 AcTEs Annexes
 
 NETHERLANDS. 391 
 
 shall conceive itself lo be wronged by such conduct, shall be 
 entitled to demand reparation, and in such case the Governnjcnt, 
 to which the captor may belong, binds itself to cause inquiry to 
 be made into the subject of the complaint, and to inflict upon the 
 captor, if ho be found to have deserved it, a punishment propor- 
 tioned to the transgression which may have been committed. 
 
 XI. The Acts or Instruments annexed to this Treaty, and 
 which form an integral part thereof, are as follows : 
 
 a. Instructions for the ships of the Royal Navies of both 
 nations, destined to prevent the traffic in Slaves. 
 
 h. Regulation for the mixed Courts of Justice, which are to 
 hold their sittings on the coast of Africa, and in one of the colo- 
 nial possessions of His Majesty the King of the Netherlands. 
 
 X. The present Treaty, consisting of ten Articles, shall be 
 ratified, and the ratifications exchanged within the space of one 
 month from this date, or sooner if possible. 
 
 In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the same, and thereunto affixed the seal of their arms. 
 
 Done at the Hague, the 4th day of May, in the year of our 
 Lord, 1B18. 
 
 Signed Clancarty, (L.S.) A.W. C. de Nagell, (L.S.) 
 
 Van Maanen, (L.S.) 
 
 cc4 Acts Annexed
 
 392 PAYS-BAS. 
 
 AcTEs Annexe's au Truitt signe a la Haye, le 4 Maty 1818. 
 
 Instructions pour les vaisseaux des Murines lioi/ales des Pays- 
 Bas et de la Grande Bretagne, employes a prevenir le Trafic 
 d'Esclaves. 
 
 I. Tout vaisseau des Marines Royales des Pays-Bas ou Bri- 
 tannique qui, muni des presentes instructions aura, en conformite 
 de I'Article second du Traite de ce jour, le droit de visiter les 
 navires marchands de chacune des deux Puissances actuellemeut 
 engages, ou suspects d'etre engages dans le Commerce des 
 Esclaves, y pourra proceder hormis dans les mers exceptes par 
 I'Article trois du dit Traite, et s'il se trouvent des Esclaves d 
 bord dans le dessein expres d'en faire le trafic, le Commandant 
 du dit vaisseau de la Marine Royale aura le pouvoir de les dete- 
 nir, et en cas de detention d'un navire il le conduira afin d'etre 
 mis en jugement aussitot que possible devant celle des deux 
 Cours etablies par I'Article sept du Traite de ce jour, qui se 
 trouvera la plus proche, ou que lui, Commandant du vaisseau 
 capteur, jugera, sous sa responsabilite personnelle, pouvoir le 
 plutot atteindre d partir du point, sur lequel le navire marchand 
 aura ete visite et detenu. 
 
 Les navires a bord desquels on ne trouvera point d'Esclaves 
 destines a des objets de commerce ne seront detenus sous aucune 
 raison ou pretexte quelconques. 
 
 Des domestiques ou matelots Negres trouves a bord des dits ' 
 navires nc pourront en aucun cas etre estimes une cause suffi- 
 sante de detention. 
 
 If. Toutes les fois qu'un vaisseau des Marines Royales a ce 
 commissionne, rencontrera un navire marchand, sujet a la visite, 
 celle-ci se fera de la maniere la plus honnete et avec toutes les 
 attentions que se doivent reciproquement deux nationg amies et 
 Alliees ; en aucun cas la recherche ne pourra etre faite par un 
 Officier d'un grade inferieur a celui de Lieutenant de la Marine 
 des Pays-Bas et de la Grande Bretagne.
 
 NETHERLANDS. 393 
 
 Acts Annexed to the Treaty signed at the Hague, Ath May, 
 
 1818. 
 
 Instructions for the Ships of the British and Netherland Royal 
 Navies, employed to prevent the Traffic in Slaves. 
 
 I. Every ship of the Royal British or Netherland Navy, which^ 
 furnished with these instructions, shall in conformity with the 
 second Article of the Treaty of this date, have a right to visit the 
 merchant ships of either of the two Powers actually engaged, or 
 suspected to be engaged in the Slave Trade, may, except in the 
 seas exempted by the third Article of the said Treaty, proceed to 
 such visit, and should any Slaves be found on board, brought 
 there for the express purpose of the traffic, the Commander of 
 the said ship of the Royal Navy may detain them, and having 
 detained them, he is to bring them as soon as possible for judg- 
 ment, before that of the two mixed Courts of Justice, appointed 
 by the seventh Article of the Treaty of this date, which shall be 
 the nearest, or which the Commander of the capturing ship shall, 
 upon his own responsibility, think he can soonest reach from the 
 spot where the ship shall have been detained. 
 
 Ships, on board of which no Slaves shall be found, intended 
 for purposes of traffic, shall not be detained on any account or 
 pretence whatever, 
 
 Negro servants or sailors that may be found on board the said 
 vessels cannot in any case be deemed a sufficient cause for 
 detention. 
 
 II. Whenever a ship of the Royal Navy, so commissioned, 
 shall meet a merchantman liable to be searched, it shall be done 
 in the riiildest manner, and with every attention which is due 
 between allied and friendly nations ; and in no case shall the 
 search be made by an officer holding a rank inferior to that of 
 Lieutenant in the Navies of Great Britain and of the Netherlands.
 
 594 PAYS-BAS. 
 
 III. Les vaisseaux des Marines Royales ainsi conimissionnes, 
 qui viendront d detenir un navire marchand, d'apres la teneur des 
 presentes instructions, laisseront a bord la cargaison entiere sans 
 y toucher aussi bien que le patron et au moins une partie de 
 I'equipage du dit navire. 
 
 Le Capitaine capteur couchera par ecrit une declaration au- 
 thentique, qui articulera I'etat, dans lequel il a trouve le navire 
 detenu, et les changemens qui pourront y etre survenus. 
 
 II delivrera au Patron du navire detenu un certlficat signe, des 
 papiers saisis 'd bord du dit navire, aussi que du nombre d'Es- 
 claves trouves a son bord, au moment de la detention. 
 
 Les Negres ne seront point debarques avant que les navires 
 qui les contiennent ne soient arrives au lieu o^ la legalite de la 
 capture doit etre jugee par une des Cours mixtes, a reflfet que 
 dans le cas ou ils ne seraient point adjuges prises legales, la perte 
 des proprietalres puisse d'autant plus aisement etre reparee. 
 
 Si neanmoins des motifs urgens tires de la longueur du voyage, 
 de I'etat sauitaire des Negres ou d'autres causes requeraient qu'ils 
 fussent debarques en totalite ou en partie, avant que le navire 
 put arriver au lieu de la residence de I'une des dites Cours, le 
 Commandant du vaisseau capteur peut prendre sur soi la respon- 
 sabilite d'un semblable debarquement, pourvu que la necessite en 
 soit constatee par un certificat en due forme. 
 
 Regkment pour les Cours de Justice mixtes qui resideront dans 
 une des Possessions Coloniales de Sa Majeste le Roi des Pays- 
 Has, et sur la cote d'Afrique. 
 
 I. Les Cours de Justice mixtes, d etablir d'apres le Traite de 
 ce jour dans une des Possessions Coloniales de Sa Majeste le 
 Roi des Pays-Bas, et sur la cote d'Afrique, sont constitutes a 
 I'efFet de decider de la legalite de la detention des navires, que les 
 croiseurs des deux nations viendront d arreter, en vertu du dit 
 Traite. 
 
 Les Cours susmentionnees decideront definitivement et sans 
 appel conformement aux stipulations du Traite.
 
 NETHERLANDS. 595 
 
 III. The ships of the Royal Navies so commissioned, which 
 may detain any merchant ship, in pursuance of the tenor of the 
 present instructions, shall leave on board all the cargo, as well as 
 the Master, and a part at least of the crew of the above-mentioned 
 ship : the captor shall draw up in writing an authentic declara- 
 tion, which shall exhibit the state in which he found the detained 
 ship, and the changes which may have taken place in it. He 
 shall deliver to the Master of the detained ship, a signed certifi- 
 cate of the papers seized on board the said vessel, as well as of 
 the number of Slaves found on board at the moment of detention. 
 
 The Negroes shall not be disembarked till after the vessels 
 which contain them shall be arrived at the place where the legality 
 of the capture is to be tried by one of the two mixed Courts, in 
 order that in the event of their not being adjudged legal prize, 
 the loss of the proprietors may be more easily repaired. If, how- 
 ever, urgent motives, deduced from the length of the voyage, the 
 state of health of the negroes, or other causes, required that they 
 should be disembarked entirely or in part, before the vessel could 
 arrive at the place of residence of one of the said Courts, the 
 Commander of the capturing ship may take on himself the 
 responsibility, of such disembarkation, provided that the necessity 
 be stated in a certificate in proper form. 
 
 Regulations for the Mixed Courts of Justice, which are to reside 
 on the coast of Africa, and in a Colonial Possession of His 
 Majesty the King of the Netherlands. 
 
 I. The mixed Courts of Justice, to be established by the 
 Treaty of this date, upon the coast of Africa and in a Colonial 
 Possession of His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, are 
 appointed to decide upon the legality of the detention of such 
 vessels as the cruizers of both nations shall detain in pursuance 
 of this same Treaty. 
 
 The above-mentioned Courts shall judge definitively and with- 
 out appeal, according to the present Treaty.
 
 396 PAYS-BAS. 
 
 La procedure aura lieu aussi sommairement que possible, et 
 les Cours sont requises de prononcer, (pour autant qu'elles le 
 trouveront praticable,) dans I'espace de vingt jours, i dater de 
 celui auquel le navire detenu aura ete conduit dans les ports oh. 
 les Cours resident. EUes jugeront en premier lieu de la legality 
 de la capture, et en second lieu (dans le cas oh. le navire capture 
 viendra a etre absous) de I'indenmisation a donner au navire 
 capture. 
 
 Et il est statue par les presentes que dans tous les cas, la sen- 
 tence definitive ne pourra etre diiferee pour cause d'absence des 
 temoins, ou par defaut d'autres preuves, au delii du tenne de 
 deux mois, a moins que ce ne soit d la demande d'une des parties 
 interessees, en quel cas et moyennant qu'elles fournissent siirete 
 suffisante, qu'elles se chargeront elles memes des frais et risques 
 du delai, les Cours auront le pouvoir discretionnaire d'accorder 
 un delai additionnel, qui n'excedera pas quatre mois. 
 
 II. Chacune des Cours mixtes susmentionnees, qui resideront 
 dans une des Possessions Coloniales de Sa Majeste le Roi des 
 Pays-Bas et sur la cote d'Afrique, sera composee de la maniere 
 suivante : 
 
 Les deux hautes Parties Contractantes nommeront chacune un 
 Juge et un Arbitre, qui seront autorises a prendre connaissance 
 et ^ decider sans appel de tous les cas de capture de navire, qui, 
 en suite des stipulations du Traite de ce jour, viendront a etre 
 portes devant eux. 
 
 Toutes les parties essentielles des procedures portees par de- 
 vant les dites Cours mixtes, seront couchees par ecrit dans la 
 langue legale du pays ou les Cours resideront. 
 
 Les Juges et les Arbitres preteront serment es mains du prin- 
 cipal Magistral de I'endroit oil les Cours resideront, de juger 
 loyalement et fidelement, de n'accorder aucune preference, soit 
 aux reclamans soit aux capteurs, et de se conduire dans toutes 
 leurs decisions conformement aux stipulations du Traite de ce 
 
 jour- 
 
 A chaque Cour sera attache un Secretaire ou Greffier etabli 
 par le Souverain du pays oh la Commission x^sidera, lequcl en- 
 registrera tous les Actes de celle-ci, et qui avant de prendre pos- 
 session de sa charge pretera serment par devant la Cour, de se
 
 NETHERLANDS. 597 
 
 The proceeding shall take place as sumniariiy*hs possible: the 
 Courts are required to decide (as far as they shall find it prac- 
 ticable,) within the space of twenty days, to be dated from that 
 on which every detained vessel shall have been brought into the 
 port where they shall reside ; — First, upon the legality of the cap- 
 ture ; — Secondly, in the cases in which the captured vessel shall 
 have been liberated, as to the indemnilication which the said ves- 
 sel is to receive. 
 
 And it is hereby provided, that in all cases the final sentence 
 shall not be delayed on account of the absence of witnesses, or 
 for want of other proofs, beyond the period of two months, except 
 upon the application of any of the parties interested, when, upon 
 their giving satisfactory security to charge themselves with the 
 expense and risks of the delay, the Courts may at their discretion 
 grant an additional delay not exceeding four months. 
 
 II. Each of the above-mentioned mixed Courts, which are to 
 reside on the coast of Africa, and in a Colonial Possession of 
 His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, shall be composed in 
 the following manner : 
 
 The two high Contracting Parties shall each of them name a 
 Judge and an Arbitrator, who shall be authorised to hear and to 
 decide without appeal all cases of capture of vessels which, in 
 pursuance of the stipulations of the Treaty of this date, shall be 
 brought before them. All the essential parts of the proceedings 
 carried on before these mixed Courts shall be written down in 
 the legal language of the country in which the Court may reside. 
 
 The Judges and the Arbitrators shall make oath before the 
 principal Magistrate of the place in which the Courts may reside, 
 to judge fairly and faithfully, to have no preference either for the 
 claimants or the captors, and to act in all their decisions, in pur- 
 suance of the stipulations of the Treaty of this date. 
 
 There shall be attached to each Court a Secretary or Registrar, 
 appointed by the Sovereign of the country in which the Court 
 may reside, who shall register all its acts, and who, previous to 
 his taking charge of his post, shall make oath before the Court
 
 398 PAYS.BAS. 
 
 conduire respectuettsement 'k son egard, et d'en agir avec fidelite 
 dans toutes les aflfaires dii ressort de sa charge. 
 III. La manieie de proceder sera comme suit : 
 Les Juges des deux nations procederont en premier lieu, a I'exa- 
 men des papiers du navire, et a recevoir les depositions du Capi- 
 taine et de deux on trois des principaux individus au moins, du na- 
 vire am^ne, aussi bien que la declaration assermentee du capteur, 
 si elle paraissait necessaire ; afin d'etre en etat de juger et de pro- 
 noncer, si le navire a ete detenu justement ou non, conformement 
 aux stipulations du Traite, et afin, qu'en vertu de ce jugement, le 
 navire puisse ^tre condamne ou absous. Et dans le cas ou les 
 deux Juges ne s'accorderaient pas sur la sentence <\ prononcer 
 par eux, soit quant k la legalite de la detention, soit quant a I'in- 
 demnisation d allouer, ou sur toute autre question qui pourrait 
 resulter des stipulations du Traite, ils tireront au sort le nom de 
 I'un des deux Arbitres, lequel, apres avoir examine les documens 
 du proces, deliberera avec les Juges susmentionnes, sur le cas 
 existant, et la sentence finale sera prononcee conformement d 
 I'opinion de la majorite des Juges et de I'Arbitre susmentionne. 
 
 IV. Dans les declarations authentiques que le capteur sera 
 tenu de faire par devant la Cour, ainsi que dans le certificat des 
 papiers saisis, qui sera delivre au Capitaine du navire capture, 
 lors de sa detention, le susdit capteur sera tenu de declarer son 
 nom et celui de son vaisseau, aussi bien que la latitude et la lon- 
 gitude de I'endroit oil la detention a eu lieu, et le nombre des 
 Esclaves trouve ^ bord du navire capture au moment de sa de- 
 tention. 
 
 V. Aussitot apr^s que la sentence aura ete prononcee le navire 
 d6tenu s'il est libere, et sa cargaison dans I'etat oil elle se trou- 
 vera alors, seront restitues au patron, ou a celui qui le represente, 
 lequel pourra reclamer, par devant la meme Cour, une evaluation 
 des dommages qu'il pourrait avoir droit de demander : le capteur 
 lui-meme, et a son defaut, son Gouvernement restera responsable 
 des dits dommages. 
 
 Les deux hautes Parties Contractantes s'obligent a payer dans
 
 NETHERLANDS. 39i) 
 
 to conduct himself with respect for their authority, and to act 
 with fideUty in all the affairs which may belong to his charge. 
 III. The form of the process shall be as follows : 
 The Judges of the two nations shall, in the first place, proceed 
 to the examination of the papers of the vessels, and to receive 
 the depositions of the Captain and of two or three at least of the 
 principal individuals on board of the detained vessel, as well as 
 the declaration on oath of the Captor, should it appear necessary, 
 in order to be able to judge and to pronounce whether the said 
 vessel has been jusdy detained or not, according to the stipula- 
 tions of the present Treaty, and in order that according to this 
 judgment it may be condenmed or liberated. And in the event 
 of the two Judges not agreeing in the sentence they ought to pro- 
 nounce, whether as to the legality of the detention, or the indem- 
 nification to be allowed, or any other question which might result 
 from the stipulations of the present Treaty, they shall draw by 
 lot the name of one of the two Arbitrators, who, after having 
 considered the documents of the process, shall consult with the 
 above-mentioned Judges on the case in question, and the final 
 sentence shall be pronounced conformably to the opinion of the 
 majority of the above-mentioned Judges, and of the above-men- 
 tioned Arbitrator. 
 
 \\ . In the authenticated declaration, which the Captor shall 
 make before the Court, as well as in the certificate of the papers 
 seized, which shall be delivered to the Captain of the Captured 
 vessel, at the time of the detention, the above-mentioned Captor 
 shall be bound to declare his name, the name of his vessel, as 
 well as the latitude and longitude of the Place where the deten- 
 tion shall have taken place, and the number of Slaves found on 
 board of the ship at the time of the detention. 
 
 V. As soon as sentence shall have been pronounced, the de- 
 tained vessel, if liberated, and the cargo, in the state in which it 
 shall then be found, shall be restored to the Master, or the per- 
 son who represents him, who may, before the same Court, claim 
 a valuation of the damages, which they may have a right to 
 demand : the Captor himself, and, in his default, his Government, 
 shall remain responsible for the above-mentioned damages. 
 The two high Contracting Parties bind themselves to pay,
 
 400 PAYS-BAS. 
 
 I'espace d'une ann^e apr^s la date de lu sentence, les frais et 
 dommages qui pourront etre accordes par la Cour susnommee : 
 il est entendu que ces frais et dommages tomberont d la charge 
 de la Puissance dont le capteur sera sujet. 
 
 VI. En cas de condamnation d'un navire, il sera declare prise 
 legitime, aussi bien que sa charge, de quelque description qu'elle 
 puisse etre, ^ I'exception des Esclaves qui pourront etre 'X 
 bord comme objets de commerce ; et le dit navire, aussi 
 bien que sa charge, sera vendu en vente publique au profit des 
 deux Gouvernemens ; et quant aux Esclaves, ils recevront de 
 la Cour mixte un certificat d'emancipation, et seront remis au 
 Gouvemement sur le territoire duquel la Cour, qui aura juge, sera 
 6tablie, aux fins d'etre employes comme domestiques ou travail- 
 leurs libres. 
 
 Chacun des deux Gouvernemens s'oblige X la garantie de la 
 liberte de telle portion de ces individus, qui viendra a y etre re- 
 spectivement consignee. 
 
 VII. Les Cours mixtes connaitront et jugeront egalement et en 
 la forme voulue par I'Article trois du present reglement, de toute 
 reclamation pour compensation de pertes occasionnees d des 
 navires detenus sur soupgon de faire le commerce des Esclaves, 
 mais non condamnes comme prises legales par les dites Cours : 
 dans tons les cas ou la restitution aura ete prononcee, les Cours 
 adjugeront au profit du, ou des reclamans, ou leurs ayant causes 
 legaux, une indemnisation juste et complette de tous les frais de 
 procedure et de toutes les pertes et dommages que le, ou les 
 reclamans, pourraient avoir eprouves par telle capture et deten- 
 tion : Les Cours observeront, 
 
 1 . Qu'en cas de perte totale le, ou les reclamans, seront indem- 
 nis6s : 
 
 a. Pour le navire, ses agrets, apparaux, et munitions. 
 
 b. Pour tout fret du et 'd payer. 
 
 c. Pour la valeur de la cargaison et des marchandises, s'il y en 
 a, deduction faite des charges et depenses payables pour la vente 
 de pareilles cargaisons, y compris la commission de vente. 
 
 d. Pour toutes autres charges usit6es en cas de perte totale, et 
 2. Que dans tous les autres cas de perte, non totale, le, ou les 
 
 reclamans, seront indemnises :
 
 NETHERLANDS. 401 
 
 tvithin the term of a jear from the date of the sentence, the costs 
 and damages which may be granted by the above-named Court, 
 it being understood that these costs and damages shall be at the 
 expense of tlie Power of which the captor shall be a subject. 
 
 VI. In case of the condemnation of a vessel, she shall be de- 
 clared lawful prize, as well as her cargo, of whatever description 
 it may be, with the exception of the Slaves who may be on board 
 as objects of Commerce; and the said vessel, as well as her cargo, 
 shall be sold by public sale, for the profit of the two Govern- 
 ments ; and as to the Slaves, they shall receive from the mixed 
 Court a certificate of emancipation, and shall be delivered over 
 to the Government on whose territory the Court which shall have 
 so judged them shall be established, to be employed as servants 
 or free labourers. 
 
 Each of the two Governments binds itself to guarantee the 
 liberty of such portion of these individuals as shall be respec- 
 tively consigned to it. 
 
 VII. The mixed Courts shall also take cognizance and decide 
 according to the third Article of this regulation, on all claims for 
 compensation, on account of losses occasioned to vessels detained 
 under suspicion of having been engaged hi the Slave Trade, but 
 which shall not have been condemned as legal prize by the said 
 Courts ; and in all cases wherein restitution shall be decreed, the 
 Court shall award to the claimant or claimants, his or their lawful 
 attorney or attornies, for his or their use, a just and complete 
 indemnification for all costs of suit, and for all losses and damages 
 which the claimant or claimants may have actually sustained by 
 such capture and detention ; that is to say, first, in case of total 
 loss, the claimant or claimants shall be indemnified : 
 
 a. For the ship, her tackle, apparel and stores. 
 
 b. For all freights due and payable. 
 
 c.^For the value of the cargo of merchandize, if any ; deduct- 
 ing for all charges and expenses payable upon the sale of such 
 cargoes, including commission of sale. 
 
 d. For all other regular charges, in such cases of total loss ; 
 and, 
 
 Secondly, in all other cases not of total loss, the claimant or 
 claimants shall be indemnified : 
 
 VOL. I. i> o
 
 402 PAYS-BAS. 
 
 a. De tout domraage et depens particuliers, occasionnes au 
 navire par la perte de fret, d(i ou ^ payer. 
 
 b. Pour starie I'indemnisation due de ce chef sera reglee d'a- 
 pr^s la cedule annexee au present Article. 
 
 c. De toute deterioration de la cargaison. 
 
 d. II leur sera alloue egalement cinq pour cent, du montant du 
 capital employe a I'achat de la cargaison pour tout le tems du 
 delai occasionne par la detention ; et 
 
 e. Un dedommagement pour toute prime d'assurance sur les 
 risques additionnels. 
 
 Dans tons les cas le, ou les reclamans, auront de plus droit aux 
 interets sur le pied de cinq pour cent, par an, de la somme adju- 
 gee, jusqu'a son payement par le Gouvernement, auquel le vais- 
 seau capteur appartient; le montant entier de cette indenmisation 
 sera calcule en monnaie du pays auquel le navire capture appar- 
 tient, a liquider d'apres le cours du change d I'epoque de I'adjuge- 
 ment. 
 
 Les deux hautes Parties Contractantes desirant toutefois eviter 
 autant que possible, tout espece de fraude, dans I'execution du 
 Traite de ce jour, sont convenues, que s'il venait d etre prouve 
 d'une maniere evidente et a la conviction des Juges des deux 
 nations, et sans avoir recours 'A la decision d'un Arbitre, que le 
 capteur a 6te induit en erreur par une faute volontaire et repre- 
 hensible de la part du capitaine du navire capture ; en ce cas 
 seulement, le dit navire n'aura pas droit A recevoir pendant la 
 duree des jours de sa detention, la starie stipulee par le present 
 Article. 
 
 Cedule de Starie oujour de planche pour un Navire de 
 100 tonneaux jusqu'd 120 inclusivement, £5- 
 
 121 do. 150 do. 6 
 
 151 do. • 170 do. 8 
 
 171 do. 200 do. 10 
 
 201 do. 220 do. 11 fl^^nonr. 
 
 221 do. 250 do. 12 
 
 251 do. 270 do. 14 
 
 271 do. — 300 do. 15J 
 
 et aiusi de suite en proportion.
 
 NETHERLANDS. -^3 
 
 a. For all special damages and expenses occasioned to the 
 ship by the detention, and for loss of freight, when due or 
 payable. 
 
 b. A demurrage when due, according to the schedule annexed 
 to the present Article. 
 
 c. For any deterioration of cargo. 
 
 d. An allowance of five per cent, on the amount of the capital 
 employed in the purchase of cargo, for the period of delay occa- 
 sioned by the detention ; and, 
 
 e. For all premium of insurance on additional risks. 
 
 The claimant or claimants shall in all cases be entitled to in- 
 terest, at the rate of five per cent, per annum on the sum awarded, 
 until paid by the Government to which the capturing ship be- 
 longs : the whole amount of such indemnifications being calcu- 
 lated in the money of the country to which the captured ship 
 belongs, and to be liquidated at the exchange current at the time 
 of the award. 
 
 The two high Contracting Parties, wishing however to avoid, 
 as much as possible, every species of fraud in the execution of 
 the Treaty of this date, have agreed, that if it should be proved, 
 in a manner evident to the conviction of the Judges of the two 
 nations, and without having recourse to the decision of an Arbi- 
 trator, that the captor has been led into error by a voluntary and 
 reprehensible fault on the part of the Captain of the detained ship ; 
 in that case only, the detained ship shall not have the right of re- 
 ceiving, during the days of her detention, the demurrage stipulated 
 by the present Article. 
 
 Schedule of demurrage or daily allowance for a Vessel of 
 100 tons to 120 inclusive, £5 
 121 ditto— 150 ditto, 6 
 
 151 ditto— 170 ditto, 8 
 
 171 ditto— 200 ditto, 10 
 
 201 ditto- 220 ditto, 11 f-P^'-^^^'"- 
 
 221 ditto— 250 ditto, 12 
 
 25 1 ditto— 270 ditto, 14 
 
 271 ditto— 300 ditto, 15 J 
 
 and so on in proportion 
 D D 2
 
 404 PAYS-BAS. 
 
 VIII. II ne sera licite, iii aux Juges, ni aux Arbltres, ui au 
 Secretaire des Cours niixtes de demander ou de recevoir d'aucune 
 des parties concernees dans les sentences qu'ils prononceront, 
 aucun emolument, sous quelque pretexte que ce puisse fetre, pour 
 I'accomplissemeut des devoirs qui leur sont imposes par le pre- 
 sent reglement. 
 
 IX. Les deux hautes Parties Contractantes sont convenues 
 qu'en cas de deces ou d'empecliement legal, d'un ou de plusieurs 
 des Juges ou des Arbitres composant les Cours mixtes susmen- 
 tionnees, leurs postes seront remplis, ad interim, de la mani^re 
 suivante : 
 
 Dans la Cour qui siegera dans les Possessions de Sa Majeste 
 le Roi des Pays-Bas, les places vacantes, qui dependent de Sa 
 dite Majeste, seront desservies successivement par le Gouverneur 
 ou Vice-Gouverneur, par le principal Magistral et Secretaire 
 d'icelles. 
 
 Quant d la Cour seant dans les Possessions de Sa Majeste 
 Britannique sur la cote d'Afrique, il est convenu qu'en cas de 
 deces ou empechement legal, du Juge ou Arbitre des Pays-Bas 
 en cet endroit, les individus survivans de la Cour procederont au 
 jugement des navires qui pourraient ^tre traduits par devant eux 
 et a la mise a execution de leur sentence. 
 
 Les places vacantes de la Cour qui sera etablie sur la cote 
 d'Afrique, et qui dependent de Sa Majeste Britannique, seront 
 desservies par le Gouverneur ou Vice-Gouverneur, par le Magis- 
 tral principal et le Secretaire du Gouvernenient ; en cas de dec^s 
 ou d'empecliement legal d'un Juge ou Arbitre Britannique appar- 
 tenant a la Cour etablie dans une Colonic des Pays-Bas, les indi- 
 vidus survivans se regleront d'apres ce qui a ete determine ci- 
 dessus pour la Cour seant dans les Possessions de Sa Majeste 
 Britannique, en cas de deces ou empechement legal d'un Juge ou 
 Arbitre des Pays-Bas. 
 
 Les hautes Parties Contractantes sont convenues egalement 
 que le Gouverneur ou Vice-Gouverneur des Colonies oil se tien- 
 dront les seances des Cours mixtes, en cas de vacature d'une 
 place de Juge ou Arbitre de I'autre haute Partie Contractante, 
 previendra sans delai le Gouverneur ou Vice-Gouverneur de la
 
 NETHERLANDS. 405 
 
 VIII. Neither the Judges nor the Arbitrators, nor the Secre- 
 tary of the inixed Court, shall be permitted to demand, or receive 
 from any of the parties concerned in the sentences which they 
 shall pronounce, any emolument, under any pretext whatsoever, 
 for the performance of the duties which are imposed upon them 
 by the present regulation. 
 
 IX. The two high Contracting Parties have agreed that in the 
 event of the death or legal impeachment of one or more of the 
 Judges or Arbitrators composing the above-mentioned mixed 
 Courts, their posts shall be supplied, ad interim, in the following 
 manner : 
 
 On the part of the British Government, the vacancies shall be 
 filled successively in the Court, which shall sit within the posses- 
 sions of His Britannic Majesty, by the Governor or Lieutenant 
 Governor resident in that Colony ; by the principal Magistrate of 
 the same, and by the Secretary; and in that which shall sit within 
 the possessions of His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, it is 
 agreed that, in case of the death of the British Judge or Arbi- 
 trator there, the surviving individuals of the said Court shall pro- 
 ceed equally to the judgment of such ships as may be brought 
 before them, and to the execution of their sentence. 
 
 On the part of the Netherlands, the vacancies shall be supplied, 
 in the possessions of His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, 
 successively by the Governor or Lieutenant Governor, the prin- 
 cipal Magistrate and Secretary of Government ; and upon the 
 coast of Africa, in case of the death of any Netherland Judge or 
 Arbitrator, the surviving members of the Court shall proceed to 
 judgment in the same manner as above specified for the Court 
 resident in the possession of His Majesty the King of the 
 Netherlands, in the event of the death of the British Judge or 
 Arbitrator. 
 
 The high Contracting Parties have further agreed, that the 
 Governor or Lieutenant Governor of the Settlement, wherein 
 either of the mixed Courts shall sit, in the event of a vacancy 
 arising, either of the Judge or Arbitrator of the other high Con- 
 tracting Party, shall forthwith give notice of the same to the
 
 406 PAYS-BAS. 
 
 Colonic la plus voisine, apparteuant d la dite haute Partie Con- 
 tractante, afin que Ton puisse y suppleer au plutot ; et chacune 
 des Puissances Contractantes s'engage A remplir definitivement 
 aussitot que possible les vacatures qui pourraient subvenir dans 
 les Cours, soit par deces ou par autres causes quelconques.
 
 NETHERLANDS. 407 
 
 Governor or Lieutenant Governor of the nearest Settlement of 
 such high Contracting Party, in order that the loss may be sup- 
 plied at tlie earliest possible period ; and each of the high Con- 
 tracting Parties agrees to supply definitively, as soon as possible, 
 the vacancies that may arise in the above-mentioned Courts, from 
 death or any other cause whatever.
 
 ( 408 ) 
 
 PERSIA 
 
 DEFINITIVE TREATY OF FRIENDSHIP between Great 
 Britain and Persia. Signed at 'Tehran^ 9,5th November, 1814. 
 
 Extract. (Preamble.) 
 
 What relates to Commerce, Trade, and other Affairs, will be 
 drawn up and concluded in a separate Commercial Treaty. 
 
 Signed at Tehran, 25th November, 1814. 
 
 Signed Signed 
 
 James Morier, (L. S.) Mirza Mahammed Sheffi. 
 
 Henry Ellis,(L.S.) Mirza Buzurk Caimaqam. 
 
 Mirza Abdul Wahab. 
 
 END OF VOL. I. 
 
 London: Priiitcil by C. Rowoith, 
 Bell-yard Temple-bar.
 
 i^:s^